Full text of "Zoological Journal"

/J^^^A

A-

•\\

5 8

2^ <jf crZ . I ^~tyCy\'*^

7u^mi/

THE

ZOOLOGICAL

JOURNAL.

VOL. V.

From 1832-1834.

EDITED BY

N. A. VIGORS, Esq., D.C.L., F.R., L., G.S., & M.R.I.A.

WITH THB CO-OPERATION OP

THOMAS BELL, Esq., F.R. & L.S
E. T, BENNETT, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S.
J. E. BICHENO,-Esq., F.R. & L.S.
W. J. BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., &c
V.P.G.S.

Major-Gen. THOS. HARDWICKE

F.R, & L.S.
T. HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R. &L,S.
Rev. W. KIRBY, A.M., F.R. & L.S.
J. De C. SOWERBY, Esq., F.L.S.
G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.

J. G. CHILDREN, Esq., Sec. R.S., &c.| W. YARRELL, Esq., F.L.S.

^<i:;4: Hi:.'.
Honlroti:

Primed by E. J. Slirlinj, 29, Addle Street, Wood Street, Cheapside;
AND PUBMSHED UY G. B. SOWEHUY, 50, GREAT RUSSELI. STREBT, B(X)0MSB(7RV.

1835.

3' //

CONTRIBUTORS TO THE FIFTH VOLUME OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

AiKiN, W. 0., Esq.

Bancroft, E. N., M.D., Corr. Memb. Z.S., &c.

Bell, Thomas, Esq., F.R., L. & G.S.

Bennett, E. T., Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S., &c.

Benson, W, H., Esq., Bengal C.S.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., A.M.

Blackwall, John, Esq., F.L.S., &c.

Booth, Mr. W. B.

Brightwell, T., Esq., F.L.S.

Broderip, W. J., Esq., V.P.G. & Z.S., F.R. &L.S., &c.

Brooke, Henry James, Esq., F.L. & G.S.

Buckland, Rev. W., F.R., L. & G.S., Professor of Geology, 4cc. in

the University of Oxford.
Collie, A., Esq., F,L.S.
Davies, Mr. John Henkv
Gapper, Dr.

Gould, Mr. John, F.L.S., &c.
Grant, J., M.D.

GuiLDiNG, Rev. Lansdown, B.A., F.L., G. & W.S.
Haliday, a. H., Esq.
IIeineken, C, M.D., &c.

Hoffman, G. H., Esq.

HoLBERTON, T. H., Esq., M.R.C.S., &(.

HoRSFiELD, Thomas, M.D., F.R., & L.S., &c.

King, Phillip P., Capt. R.N., F.R.S., &c.

KiRBY, Rev. W., M.A., F.R., L. & Z.S.

Lay, J. Tradescant, Esq.

Lowe, Rev. R. T., B.A.

Lyon, Capt., R.N.

MacLeay, W. S., Esq., A.M., F.L.S., &c.

Shore, Hon'^'^- Captain

SOWERBY, G. B., F.L.S., &c.

Stutchbury, Mr. Samuel, A.L.S.

Templeton, Robert, Esq.

Verany, M.

Vigors, N. A., Esq., D.C.L., F.R., L. & G.S., &i-.

Westwood, J. 0., Esq., F.L.S., &c.

Woods, Henry, Esq., A.L.S., &c.

Yarrell, William, Esq., F.L. & Z.S.

CONTENTS.

No. XVII. May, IS29— February , 1830.

Pag-e

Art. I. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, iJ.JV'., Corr.
Member Z.S., Sfc, to a Friend in England, dated Gongo Soco,
Brazil, \7th March, 1829 1

Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. By Henry Woods,

Esq., A.L.S., F.Z.S., Sfc 2

Art. III. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of Insects in
the Order Cohoptera, with a Description of Clinidium
Guildingii. By the Rev. William Kirby, M.A., F.R., L.,
andZ.S.,Sfc 6

Art. IV. Extracts from a ZoologicalJournal, hept at Crumpsall
Hall, near Manchester. By John Blackwall, Esq.,
F.L.S.,Sfc 10

Art. V. JVotes on the internal appearance of several Animals
examined after Death, in the Collection of the Zoological
Society. By T. H. Holberton, Esq., M.R.C.S., Sfc, and
William Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Sfc 14

Art. VI. On the (Estrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By W. S.
MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., Sfc. In a Letter to the
Editor 18

Art. VII. Observations on the ChitonidcB. By the Rev. Lans-

j)OWtiGuihDiJ<G,B.A.,F.L.S.,M.G.andW.S.,^c. . . 25

Art. VIII. Descriptions of a new genus of Hemiptera, and of a
species of Ilegeter. By C. Heineken, M.D., Sfc. In a
Letter to the Editor 35

Art. IX. On Cermatia. By C. Heineken, M.D., Sfc. . . . 41
Art. X. Description of two new Species of Buccinum from the
Engluh and Irish Seas. By W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S.,
ifc, Sec. G.S 44

CONTENTS.

Page
Art. XI. Observations on neiv or interesting Mollusca, contained,

for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological Society.

By W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S., Sfc, Sec. G.S., and G. B.

SowERBV, F.L.S., Sfc 46

Art. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communicated
by W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S., §-c.. Sec. G.S. ... 51

Art. XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous Insects,
Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By J. O. Westwood,
Esq., F.L.S., ^c 53

Art. XIV. Observations upon the iN'otoxidce, a Family of Cole-
opterous Insects, with Characters of two new British Genera,
separated therein. By 3. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S., Sfc. 57

Art. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects,
Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, belonging to the Family Lampyri-
dcB and Descriptions of two Species. By J. 0. Westwood,
Esq., F.L.S., ^c 62

Art. XVI. Descriptions of several Oriental Lepidopterous In-
sects. Bi/ Thomas HoRSFiELD, M.D., F.R. and L.S., ^c 62

Art. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Sylvia Jltri-
capilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. Heineken,
M.D., 8fc 70

Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Animals sent from Jamaica. By

E. N. Bancroft, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., ^c 80

J^''otes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding
Paper. % E. T. Bennett, £59., F.L.S., ^c. . . 86

Art. XIX. Post Mortem Examination of a Female Orang Ou-
tang. In a Letter addressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the Se-
cretary of the Zoological Society 91

Art. XX. On two new Genera of Testaceous Mollusca, and five
new species of the Genus Anatina, lately discovered at Port
Jackson, J\''ew South Wales; in a Letter from Mr. Samuel
Stutchbury, J.L.S 95

Art. XXI. JVo<ice of the Habits of Bulinus hcemastomzit. By
Mr. W. B. Booth, communicated by W. J. Broderip, Esq.,
F.R.S., Sfc, Sec. G.S. 101

Art. XXII. On the occurrence of anew British Warbler. By
Mr. John Gould, In a Letter to N. A. Vigors, Esq. . . 102

CONTENTS.

Page
Art. XXIII. Analytical ^''otices of Books,

A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous In-
sects contained in the Museum of the Honourable East
India Company, illustrated by coloured Figures of new
Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian Lepido-
ptera, Sfc. By Thomas Horsfield, M.D., F.R.S.,
L.S., and G.S., Sfc. Parts I. and II 104

British Entomology, or Illustrations and Descrip-
tions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain
and Ireland. By John Cuktis, F.L.S. Vol. V.

[NOS. XLIX — LX.] 110

Histoire JVaturelle des Mammiferes, avec des Figures
originates coloriees, dessinees d^apres desAnimauxvivans.
Par MM. Geoffroy-Saint-Hilaire et Frederic

CuviER. Livraison 59 erne 114

Voyage autour du Monde, pendant les Annkes 1822,
1823, 1824, et 1825, faitepar la corvette La Coquille.
Partie Zoologique. Par MM. Lesson et Garnot.

Ldvraisonsi. — xii 115

A Systematic Catalogue of Bi itish Insects; being an
Attempt to arrange all the hitherto discovered Indigenous
Insects in accordance with their natural affinities. By

3. F. Stevhej^s, F.L. and Z.S.,Sfc 124

Art. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con-
nected with Zoology.

Royal Society 129

Linnean Society 130

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. , . .131
Art. XXV. Scientific Jfotices.

Notice respecting some species of Mammalia referred
to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield in the Xlllth

Jfo. of this Journal 134

Mutations of colour in Sepim and Coryphcena. By

J. Tradescant Lay, Esq 141

Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects. By Mr. John

Henry Uavies 142

Fauna of Madeira 143

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Page

Plate L — Antilope personata 2

Plate IL— K(/. 1, 2, 3, 4. ClinidiumGuildingii 9

5. Cerascopus marginatus 40

6. Cermatia 41

Plate III. — Fig. I, 2. Buccinum acuminatum 45

3. fusiforme 45

4, 5, 6. Chelyosoma MacLeayanum .... 46

Plate IV. — Fig. I. I.a. Aconthea Apaturina 68

2. PontiaThyria 69

3. 3. a. Aconthea Cocytina 67

CONTENTS.

No. XViri. February,— June, 1830.

Page

Art. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of the
Thorax in Winged Insects, with a Review of the present state
of the JVomenclature of its parts. By W. S. MacLeay,
Esq., J.M., F.L.S., ^c 145

Art. XX VII. Additional JVotice on the Genus Capromys of Des-

marest. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., Sfc. . 179

Art. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spiders
construct their JVets. By John Blacicw^ALL, Esq., F.L.S.,
^'^ , 181

Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly-described Species of Swan.

% John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S., Sfc 189

Art. XXX. Entomological Notices. By the late C, Heineken,
M.D., ^c 191

Art. XXXI. Observations on the Quadrupeds found in the
District of Upper Canada extending between York and
Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographical
distribution, as well as of describing some Species hitherto
unnoticed. By Dr. Gapper 201

Art. XXXII. On Conchology, regarded as a distinct branch of
Science. By Henry James Brooke, Esq., F.L.S., M.O.S.,
Sfc 207

Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of

KiRUY. % J. O. We8 TwooD, Esq., F.L.S., ^c. . . . 213

CONTENTS.

Page
Art. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with the JVatural

History of the Kangaroo. By A. Collie, Esq., F.L.S.,
Corr. Memb. Z. S. In a Letter to N. A. Vigors, Esq.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., SecZ.S 238

Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books.

Untersuchungen ueber die Bildung und Entwick-
elung des Flusskrebses : von Heinrich Rathke.

Researches on the Formation and Developement of

the Crawfish 241

Transactions of the Linnean Society of London.

Volume XVI. Part the Second. 256

Art. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con-
nected with Zoology.

Linnean Society 263

Art. XXXVII. Scientific Notices.

Jfote on the British Species of Caryophyllia. . . 268
JVotice on the Rev. L. Guilding's description of

j^ncylus. By the Rev. M. G. Berkeley 269

Notice relating to Mustela favigula, Bodd. By the

Hon. Capt. Shore 271

J\^otice on some new Species of Birds. By N. A.

Vigors, Esq 273

Note on CEstrits. ByW. S. MacLeay, Esq. . . 276

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Page
Tab. V. and VL — Figs, I. to X. Various parts of the Thorax of

Polistes Billardieriy particularly re-
ferred to in 179

XL Nest of Polistes BiUardieri

Tab. VIL — Sorex Forsteri, Gapper 201

Tab. Yin.— Sorex Talpoides, Gapper 202

Tab. IX. — Arvicola Gapperi, nobis 204

Tab. X. — Cricetus Myoides, Gapper 204

Tab. XL — Sciurus Leucotis, Gapper 206

(.7^3^

CONTENTS.

July, 1830.— September, 1831.

Page

Art. XXXVIII, J\^otice of a new Species of Herring. By Wil-
liam Yarrell, Esq., F.L. and Z.S. 277

Art. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampus, Pedipes and Trunca-
tella : with Experiments tending to demonstrate the real nature
of the Respiratory Organs in these Mollusca. By the Rev.
R. T. Lowe, B.J 280

Art. XL. On the internal structure of Helicolimax (Vitrina)

Lamarckii. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley 305

Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood.
By the Rev. W. Buckland, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., and
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of
Oxford 314

Art. XLII. Descriptions of two species of Jraneidce, Natives of
Madeira. In a Letter to the Editor, by the Rev. R. T.
Lowe, B.J 320

Art. XLIII. J^'ote on the Jsh-c.oloured Harrier, ( Falco cinera-
rius, Mont. J. By W. O. Aikin, Esq., in a Letter to the
Editor , 323

Art. XLIV. Notice sur la Carinaria et description. Par M.

Verany 325

Art. XLV. Observations upon the Eighteenth .N'umber of the
Zoological Journal. By J. O. Westwood, Esq., F.L.S.,
^c. 326

CONTENTS,

Page
Art. XLVI. Description of a new Cowry and other Testacea,
brought to England by the Rev. Archdeacon Scott. By W.
J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., ^c. V.P.G.S. . . 330
Art. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and
Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.M.S.
Adventure and Beagle employed bet%veen the years \i>26 and
1830 in surveying the Southern Coasts of South America,
including the Straits of Magalhaens and the Coast of Tierra
del Fuego. By Captain Phillip P. King, iJ.JV., F.R.S.
Sf-c. assisted by W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S. , ^c . . . 332
Art. XLVIII. The characters of two new Dipterous Genera, uith
Indications of some generic subdivisions and several undescribcd
species of Dolichopidce. By A. H. Haliday, Esq. . . . 350
Art. XLIX. Analytical J\fotices of Books

Nova Acta Physico Medica Academim C(esare<B
Leopoldino-Carolince Katurce Curiosorum. Tomus XIV.

— Bonnae 1828 368

British Oology, being Illustrations of the Eggs of
British Birds, with figures of each species. By W. C.
Hewitson of Newcastle. 1831. Nos. 1. to 6. . . 381
Art. L. Scientific Notices.

Appendix to the Notice of the Herring. ..... 382

On the Metamorphosis of Decapodous Crustacea . . 383
Mote on Procellaria Anginho, Hein, and Proc. Bulverii,
Selby and Jard 384

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Page

Plate XU.—Clupea Leachii 279

Plate XIIL — Fig. 1. to 5. Melampus sequalis 288

6, 7. exiguus 291

8. to 12. Pedipes Afra 296

13. to 18. Truncatella tnincatula .... 302

Plate XIV.— Cypraa Scottii 330

Plate XV. — Fig. 1 . to 9. Orphnephila devia 367

10. Metatarsus of Plectropus ib.

11. and 12. Machaerium Maritimae . ... ib.
13. Claw of the Larva of Common Lobster 382

N.B. Part rV. of the Supplementary Plates is published at the same
time as this XlXth Number of the Zoological Journal.

Trr

'.i>X

CONTENTS.

No. XX. 1832—1834.

Page
Art. LI. Remarlts on the nature of the Respiratory Organs in

certain littoral Mollusca of Madera. By the Rev. R. T.

Lowe. J.M 485

Art. LIL Description of a Genus of Reptilia of the family

of Amphishcenida. By Thomas Bell, Esq, F.R. 8^ L.S. 391
Art. LIIL Description of a new Genus of Reptilia of the family

ScincidcB. By Thomas Bell, Esq., F.R. Sf L.S., Sfc. . . 393
Art. LIV. On the Food and Habits of certain Insects. By

T. Brightwell, Esq., F.L.S 396

Art. LV. On the Spiders of the Genus Dysdera, Latr., with the

Description of anew allied Genus. By Robert Templeton,

Esq. In a Letter to the Editor 400

Art. LVL Account of several Fishes and other Animals of

Jamaica. By E. N. Bancroft, M,D. In a Letter to the

Editor 409

Art. LVIL Observations upon the Dentalium subulatum of

Deshayes. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, A. M. 424

Art. LVin. Description of the Animals of Voluta denticulata,

Mont., and Assiminia Grayana, Leach. By the Rev. M. J.

Berkeley, A.M. 427

Art. LIX. A description of the anatomical structure of Cerithium

Telescopium, Brug. By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, A.M.,

and (j. n. HoKFMAN, AV/ 431

CONTENTS,

Page

Art. LX. Insectorum ^rachnoidumque novorum Decades duo.

Auctore J. 0. Westwood, F.LS., ^c 440

Art. LXI. On a remarkable sexual peculiarity exhibited b;/ the
Ear-wig, (Forficula auricularia, Linn.J By J. 0. West-
wood, Esq., F.L.S., ^c 454

Art. LXII. On Pentatrematites orbicularis, acuta, and pentan-

gularis. By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., ^c 456

Art. LXIII. Conchological Aotices; chiejly relating to the Land
and Fresh-water Shells of the Gangetic Provinces of Hin-
doostan. By W. H. Benson, Esq., of the Bengal Civ
Service , . . 458

Art. LXIV. Analytical J^'otices of Books.

J\''aturgeschichte der Sdugethiere von Paraguay, Sec.
The JVatural History of the Mammalia of Paraguay. By
Dr. J. R. Rengger. Basel, 1830, 8vo. pp. xvi, and 394. 467

IN'ova Acta Physico-rnedica Academics Casarece Leopoldi-
no-CaroUna JVaturce Curiosorum. Tomusxv. — Vratislaviae
et Bonnae, 1831 472

Art. LXV. JSTotice of some recent Publications on the Chinchil-
lid(E. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S 491

Art. LXVI. Scientific Xotices : 495

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Page

Plate XVI.— Fig. h Anops Kingii 391

2. Lerista lineata 393

Platb XVU.—Fig. 1—9. Dysdera Templetoni 402

10 — 18. Oonops pulcher 404

Plate XVIIL — Echeneis lunata 413

Plate XIX. — Fig. 1. Larvaof Corethraplumicornis; a. natu-
ral size; b. highly magnified . , 397

2. Ditrupa subulata 427

3. Voluta denticulata 428

4. Assiminia Grayana 429

5. Rissoa suburabilicata 430

Plates XX. & XXI.— Details of Cerithium Telescopium . . .437
Plate XXII. — Fig. 1 . Metallyticus splendidus 442

2. Strongyloderus serraticollis .... 444

3. Antenna of Tripetalocera ferruginea . . 444

4. Cheilopogonus punctiger 441

5. Antenna of Ozocera interrupta . . . 449

6. Deroploa parva 445

7. Pentatoma verrucosa ... ... 446

8. Flatydius subpurpurascens 446

9. Opistoplaytis Australasise 447

10 — II. Gynoplistes nervosa 448

12. Antenna $ of Gyn. variegata . . . 448

13. Antenna $ of Gyn. variegata . . . 448

14 — 15. Ptilogyna marginalis 449

16 — 17. Hemicteina gracilis 450

18. Antenna of Acronolepia 451

19. Phoroncidia aculeata 453

N. B. Part V. of the Supplementary Plates to tliis Journal is published
at tiie same time as this 20"' Part.

CONTENTS OF THE THIRD PART

OP THE

SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES

TO THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Tab. XVI. bis.
Fig. 1. Bulinus heemastomus, young.

2. Head of the animal of a full grown specimen of the same

3. Egg of the same.

4. Egg broken to show the perfectly formed Shell within.

Vide Vol. I. pp. 131, 566, and Vol. II. p. 440.

Tab. XVII. bis.
Fig. 1, 2. Succinea Cuvierii. Vol. II. p. 443.

3. The same with the animal magnified.

4. A young Shell of the same, with its apparently stercoreous

covering.

5. Form of the under side of the foot.

6. Helicina variabilis, with its animal, magnified. Vol. II. p. 443.

7. Upper side of the front of the head.

8. Under side of the foot.

9. Operculum.

10, 11, and 14. Three varieties of the natural size.
12,13. Two varieties, magnified.

Tab. XVIII.

Ftg. 1. Modiola rhombea. Vol. III. p. 229.

2. Animal of Serpula Arundo. Vol. III. p. 229.

3. Animal of Serpula Filograna. Vol. III. p. 230.

CONTENTS.

Tab. XIX.

Fig. 1. Voluta antiqua. Vol. II. p. 234,
2. Cast of the same.

Tab. XXL
Phyllostoma Jamaicense. Vol. III. p. 238.

Tab. XXIII.
Testudo Actinodes. Vol. III. p. 419.

Tab. XXIV.
Testudo Tentorla. Vol. III. p. 420.

Tab. XXV.
Testudo Pardalis. Vol. III. p. 420.

Tab. XXVI.

Fig. 1 . to 6. Ancylus irroratus. Vol. III. p. 535.
Fig. 7. to 9. radiatus. Vol. III. p. 536.

Tab. XXVII.

Fiq. 1. Stenopus lividus, with its animal. Vol. III. p. 528.

2. Length and diameter of the Shell.

3. Shell magnified.

4. Succinea Barbadensis. Vol. III. p. 532.

5. and 6. Two views of the Shell, magnified.

7. and 8. Ampullaria dubia, two views, with the animal,
a. the operculum. Vol. III. p. 539.

Tab. XXVin.
Fig. 1, 2, 3. Paludina parvula. Vol. III. p. 537.
4, 5, 6, 7. Ceratodes fasciatus. Vol. III. p. 539.

CONTENTS.

Tab. XXXI.
Bulinus Labeo. Vol. IV. p. 222.

Tab. XXXIV.

Illustrations of the anatomical structure of the animal of Cy-
clostoma elegans. Vol. IV. p. 278.

Tab. XXXIX.
Felis Nepalensis. Vol. IV. p. 382.

Tab. XL.

Fig, 1, 2. Bulinus bilabiatus. Vol. V. p. 49.

3. Venus decorata. Vol. V. p. 49.

4. Conus Solandri. Vol. V. p. 50.

5. Conus cylindraceus. Vol. V. p. 51.

Tab. XLI.

Fi(^. 1 . Amydetes apicalis. Vol. V. p. 63.

2. Vigorsii. Vol. V. p. 64.

3. Ctenostoma Ichneumoneum. Vol. V, p. 56.

4. Aderus Boleti. Vol. V. p. 61.

5. 6, Euglenes oculatus ^ et $ . Vol. V. p. 61.

CONTENTS OF THE FOURTH PART

OF THE

SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES

TO THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Tab, XVI.

Fig. 1. Chiton spiniferus. Vol. III. p. 196.

2. Coquimbensis. Vol. III. p. 197.

3. Cumingii. Vol. III. p. 193.

4. olivaceus. Vol. III. p. 199.

Tab. XVII.

Fig. 1. Chiton granosus. Vol. III. p. 200.

2. glauco-cinctus. Vol. III. p. 201.

3. granulosus. Vol. III. p. 201.

4. Peruvianus. Vol. III. p. 202.

5. disjunctus. Vol. III. p. 203.

6. elegans. Vol. III. p. 203.

7. lineolatus. Vol. III. p. 204.

8. Chilensis. Vol. III. p. 204.

Tab. XXIX.
Anas Rafflesii. Vol. IV. p. 99.

Tab. XXXV.
Paradoxurus leucopus. Vol, IV. p. 304.

CONTENTS.

Tab. XXXVI.
O-sphroinenus Olfax, or Goramy. Vol. IV. p. .310»

Tab. XXXVIII.
Fig. 1. to 5. Helicolimax Lamarckii. Vol. IV. p. 343.

Tab. XLII.
Fig. 1. to 4. Myochama anomioides. Vol, V. p. 97.

TAB.XLII. his.
Fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8. Cleidothaerus Chamoides. Vol. V. p. 98.

Tab. XLIV.
Mustek flavigula. Vol. V. p. 272.

Tab. XLV.
Carinaria Mediterranea. Vol. V. p. 325.

Tab. XLVI.

Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus. Vol. V. p. 215.
2. Catogenus rufus. Vol. V. p. 221.
For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 234, 235.

Tab. XLVII.
Fig, 1. Cucujus piceus.' Vol. V. p. 225.

2. unifasciatus > Vol. V. p. 225.

For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 235, 236.

N. B. The XlXth Number of the Zoological Journal appears at the
same time as this IVth part of Supplementary plates.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Januartf — May, 1829.

Art. I. Extract of a Letter from, Capt. Lyon, R.N.,
Corr. Member Z. S., 8^c., to a Friend in England, dated
Congo Soco, Brazil, llth March, 1829.

I AM too closely confined here, and too constantly occupied to attend
much to Natural History, or any thing except the mines; but it may
interest you to have an account of some young Humming Birds whose
hatching and education I studiously attended, as the nest was made in a
little orange bush by the side of a frequented walk in my garden. It
was composed of the silky down of a plant, and covered with small flat
pieces of yellow lichen. The first egg was laid January 26th, the
second on the 28th, and two little creatures like bees made their appear-
ance on the morning of February 14th. As the young encreased in
size, the mother built her nest higher and higher, so that from
having at first the form of figure 1, it became uhimately like figure 2

The old bird sat very close during a continuance of the heavy rain for
several days and nights. The young remaintd blind until February 28th,
Vol. V. ^

2 Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope.

and flew on the morning of March 7th without previous practice, as
strong and swiftly as the mother, taking their first dart from the nest to a
tree about 20 yards distant.

Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. By Henry
Woods, Esq., A.L.S., F.Z.S., 5fc.

Antilope personata. Ant. cornibus acutis, subhmatis : corpore fusco
variato ; natibus disco albo ; facie fascia cana,

BoMPTE-BOK, Cape Colonists.
[Tab. L]

The Antelope, of which a more detailed description was promised in
the last number of the Journal, unfortunately died a few days after the
accompanying figure was taken, which was within a week of its posses-
sion by Mr. Cross, so that no opportunity has occurred either of studying
its habits, or of correcting the drawing. Since its death it has, by the
liberality of John Morgan, Esq., passed into the Museum of the Zoologi-
cal Society; but for the reasons hereafter mentioned, little additional
accuracy could be derived from the stuffed skin.

This animal, which I have ventured to name Antilope personata, from
the unusual marking of the face, is in appearance intermediate between
the Genera Antilope and Capra, and might therefore appropriately be
associated with the Chamois. It possesses the thick short body, and large
head of the Goat, with all the influential characters of the true Antelope :
the individual under consideration, however, it must be borne in mind,
was very young, and how far its form, and even its colours and markings
might alter when arrived at its full stature, which was reported by the
person who brought it to this country to be little inferior to that of a Red
Deer, we have yet to learn, as the species does not appear, as far as I have
been able to discover, to be known to Zoologists. Having placed my
drawing in the hands of Mr. Gray, I am happy to say that I have had my
opinion of its novelty confirmed by Major H, Smith, to whose inspection
that gentleman submitted it.

v."

■•J-

Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 3

The native country of this Antelope is the vicinity of the Cape of Good
Hope, where we may conclude that it is exceedingly rare, from its having
escaped the notice of Barrow, Lichtenstein, Burchell, and other South
African travellers : hence I have been able to gather no information re-
specting its mode of life ; but it has evidently been seen sufficiently often
to be recognized by the Dutch colonists, as they have given it an appel-
lation. The following description is a precise transcript of notes taken
during two visits to the animal whilst alive.

Its size was that of a Goat, the body being about 2 feet and a half in
length ; the head large ; the neck (for an Antelope) short ; the body
thick-set, being very deep at the shoulders, between which was situated a
small but well-defined hump, from which, no doubt, its vernacular name
has been derived ; the legs long, slender, graceful, and deer-like.

The head was much elongated from the horns to the muzzle ; very
wide from the frontal bone to the angle of the jaw, and suddenly tapering
from the latter to the face, which becomes, in profile, narrow to the muz-
zle ; the frontal bone projected considerably ; the upper part of the
nasal bones was concave ; they were then convex to their termination.
The top and sides of the head, forehead, and round the eyes, were of a
fulvous brown, a white crescent-formed streak extending from under each
eye to the ear.

The horns were short, not exceeding 6 inches in length, round, black,
smooth, excepting one annulus at the base, diverging laterally, and again
converging slightly at their tips ; in a profile view they were nearly
straight, slanting backwards, their points being again slightly inclined
forwards.

The ears were very large, six inches and a half long, and pro-
portionably broad ; on the outside they were of a dark dun or mouse-
colour, with the margins white, and the extreme tips black ; in the in-
side grey, crossed by two broad black bands.

The eyes were large, and of a chesnut-brown, their expression soft
and ' gazelle-like :' the suborbital sinuses were very small, but distinct.

The singular marking of the face suggested the specific title, which I
have imposed upon the animal. From between the horns arose a dark
grey stripe, which \vas continued to the muzzle, its grey colour being pro-
duced by a mottling of short black and white hair : at first it was nar-

4 Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope.

row ; then expanded in a trifling degree ; again contracted, and, when
level with the eyes, widened suddenlj' and proceeded, as a broad mask, to
the noSe, extending to the cheeks considerably, and on each side of the
centre of the face : throughout its whole extent it was margined with
deep brown ; a brown shade also mingled with the grey across the mid-
dle of the mask.

The nose was broad and dark grey, nearly black ; the muzzle hairy ;
the lips brown, furnished with a few grey hairs.

The neck and back were dull dark fawn-colour, a little freckled with
yellowish brown ; the throat, chest, and abdomen, and the insides of the
arms and thighs, of a very light Isabella, as were also the knees and el-
bows. An indistinct grey stripe, caused by the presence of a few white
hairs thinly scattered amongst the fawn-coloured fur, occupied the situa-
tion of a dorsal line, on the lumbar regions.

The sides were of a deep rich and glossy brown, which commenced
at the breast, and passed, in an oblique line at its upper boundary, to the
crupper, where it almost deepened to black : its lower margin extended
half way down the upper arras, along the side of the belly, and down
the outside of the thighs, nearly to the hocks.

On the buttocks was situated a white oval disk, (similar to that of
many of the American Deer,) which included the upper part of the tail :
below the disk the tail terminated in long, coarse, scanty, black hairs,
being altogether about 8 inches in length.

The legs were of a beautiful pale reddish fawn-colour. The fur on
the neck and shoulders was rough and long, but smooth and close on all
other parts.

The nearest similitude to the figure and general appearance of this
species is possessed by the Vlacte Steenbok, Ant. rufescens, Burchell,
also a very rare animal having the same habitat, of which a specimen
was presented to the British Museum, and figured and described in. Grif-
fith's Translation of the R^gne Animal ;* but the two Antelopes differ
in the following particulars. Although the direction of the horns, in profile,
is similar in both, those of the Jlnt. rufescens are parallel, and without
the annulus ; the mask on the face, and the hump on the shoulders, are

• Griffith, Vol. IV, p. 249, F=Jid Pynopsi.,, Sp. 839.

Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 5

wanting in that species ; the disk on the buttocks is not so circumscribed
or so well deBned as in Ant. personata ; the tail is a mere rudiment ;
and the general colour of the superior parts is bright fulvous red, with a
cast of crimson.

Upon seeing the preserved skin of the Bompte-bok, I was much struck
with the alteration which had taken place in its appearance since its death,
which brought forcibly to my mind Mr. Waterton's humourous illustra-
tion of the effect which stuffing usually has upon the skins of quadrupeds.
I do not mention this circumstance as calling in question the ability of the
operator at the Museum of the Zoological Society, whose reputation is
well deserved, but with the hope of usefully supplying a hint to those
who might be inclined to derive from such specimens generic or specific
characters. In all cases some considerable distortions by partial shrink-
ing and expansion will inevitably take place, and, unless a living specimen
of the same species exist as a model, it is utterly impossible to preserve
the true figure of an animal : for how can a correct form be assumed, the
type of which is totally unknown .' This observation vnW be well borne
out by the subjoined enumeration of the principal points of difference
between the preserved skin and the living animal.

The head in the former is much shortened ; the ears shrivelled to
two-thirds of their original size, the internal black bars having lost the
greater part of their colour ; the mask has likewise shrunk and become
so pale as scarcely to present a prominent character. From the adoles-
cence of the specimen, and the consequent great vascularity of the nuclei
of the horns, their direction has so far changed, during the process of
drying, that their tips do not at all incline forwards, and the horns them-
selves, being very thin at their bases, have in shrinking nearly lost the
annulus ; the neck is too long ; the humeral hump has entirely dis-
appeared ; and the body is very much too thin, the skin either having
shrunk, or been stuffed to the model of some other Antelope ; finally,
the whole of the colours are infinitely lighter and more obscure, having
totally lost their richness and the evanescent purple hue, which so often
and so beautifully appears on the fur of Ruminant animals, when seen in
the vivid freshness of animation.

6 Rev. W. Kirbv on Clinidium.

Art. III. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of
Insects in the Order Coleoptera, with a Description of
Clinidium Guildingii. By the Rev. William Kirby,
M.A., F.R., L., and Z.S., Sfc.

The remarkable insect, of which I now offer a description to the
Editors of the Zoological Journal, inhabits St. Vincent's, and was taken
in a rotten tree, in the woods of Mount St, Andrew's in that island, by
the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, and sent me with a valuable collection of
insects, by that indefatigable collector, accurate painter, and learned
describer of the zoological treasures of the Caribbean Islands and Ocean.

This insect, like the Pseudomorpha excrucians,* presents characters
of several different and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspec-
tion, and diligent comparative investigation of its characters, I feel un-
certain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it. As the
specimen received from Mr. Guilding was somewhat mutilated, and
gummed down upon a piece of card so that I could not examine the
under side of it, I drew up as accurate a description of it as I could,
and sent it to that gentleman under the name here given, requesting him
to make a figure of it from his own specimens, and to furnish such fur-
ther characters as they might supply him with. His observations, which
I have now received, though they throw some further light upon the
subject, do not yet enable me to decide upon the exact station of the
insect. I shall begin by laying down the characters of the genus as far
as I am, at present, enabled to ascertain them.

Genus. Clinidium. t

Labrum punctiforme, minutum.
MandibulcE subforcipatae.
Maxilla nondum investigatse.

* Kirby in Linn. Trans, xiv. 98. — t. iii. f. 3.
t From kXiviSwi; a couch, from its form.

Cluiiclium Guildhigii described. 7

Palpi articulo extimo elongate, acuto.

■maxillares\

, , . , f nondum investieati.
laoiales J

Labium nonduni investifiratum

Mentum latum, utrinque tumidum.

AntenncE moniliformes, undecim artioulatae : articulo primo basi subat-

tenuato, apice sequentibus crassiori, reliquis subglobosis, extimo sub-

acuminato.

Corpus apterum. Caput pedunculatum, ex oblongo-subquadratura.

Ocw/treticulati nulli. Spatium laterale, leevigatura, nitidum, subquad-

ratum pone antennas oculos reprfesentare videtur,* Prothorax ex

oblongo subquadratus, marginatus, lateribus rotundatis, angulis ob-

tusiusculis ; supra medio longitudinaliter profunde et lat^ canaliculatus,

basi utrinque longitudinaliter foveatus, ut in Harpalidis plurimis. Co-

leoptra oblonga. Pedes breves, longitudine fere aequales : cubitis

apice intus subemarginatis ; sinu pectinato, utrinque calcarato ?f tibiis

apice calcari triplici ; J tarsis brevibus, pentameris, unguiculatis : un-

guiciolis brevissimis simplicibus. Sterna complanata : prosterno antic^

constricto postice emarginato-bifido ; mesosterno postice bilobo, lobis

divaricatis ; metasterno quinquelatero, angulo umbilicum mesostethii

spectante.

From its pentamerous tarsi, the sculpture of its prothorax, its neck,

and the tendency to a notch at the inner side of the extremity of the

cubitus, one is led to suspect some approximation in the insect before us

to some of the Harpalidai, or some other group of Linne's genus Cara-

but, but as Mr. Guilding has not yet been able to investigate the maxillae

• Mr, Guilding used a powerful Dollond's achromatic microscope in the ex-
amination of this insect, but even with tliis aid he could discover no lenses or
reticulations in the space here supposed to represent the eyes.

f From Mr. Guilding's figure, it seems as if the lower part of the pectinated
notch terminated in a spur, as in the Harpalida;, Sec. I cannot discover the
pecten in my specimen, but there is something like the spur; being gummed
down, however, I cannot speak with confidence.

J I can see nothing of a triple spur in my specimen, but the gum may have
obliterated it, Mr. Guilding thinks that the pecten and the spurs are used by
the animal to make its way out of the tree it passed its first states in.

8 Rev. W. Kirby on Clinidium.

and ascertain whether the lower lobe is unguiform, and the upper palpi-
form, which would decide the question, and as the other characters lead to
other groups, it would be rash to affirm that it belongs to any of these
tribes. Indeed its short, rather thick, legs, and its short tarsi are quite un-
like these limbs in the predaceous Beetles, and shew that it is not swift
of foot ; if it has any eyes, likewise, which seems very doubtful, they
are not prominent, as in the Eutrechina, and the antennae are quite dis-
similar.

Its aspect is that of a heteromerous beetle, belonging either to Latreille's
Melasoma, or his Taxicornes, but we soon discover a neck which would
lead us to the Trachelides, of which, however, it exhibits no other cha-
racter ; and indeed when we examine the structure of its antennae, the
terminal joint of its palpi, and its prothorax, we see clearly that it can
belong to no tribe of that, as it now stands, artificial section.

It exhibits also some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus
Brentus, which, I believe, is also a timber devourer, but it seems to me still
nearer to Cucujus, Fab., as, for instance, Cue, riifus, which has a pedun-
culated head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium,
is pentamerous. It has not, however, the depressed body of Cucujus;
its head, prothorax, and antennae, differ, and no other coleopterous in-
sect yet known, agrees with it in the absence of reticulated eyes : so that
it is the only known individual that strictly verifies the old proverb, " As
" blind as a beetle."

Till we know how it is circumstanced with respect to its maxillae and
palpi we cannot decide with confidence upon its natural station.

Clinidium Guildingii.
Long. Corp. Lin. 3.

Hab. in Insula Caribbea St. Vincent, in arbore putrescent!.

Desc. Corpus lineare, supra partibus elevatis glaberrimis nitidissi
mis, aterrimis ; depressis vero plerumque subtomentosis, opacis, sub-
cinereis. Caput facie plagis elevatis septem ; intermedia rhomboidea, vel
ex rhomboideo lanceolata, cum aliis duabus parvis triangularibus anterius
ordinate ; lateralibus internis quadrato-oblongis, externis oculos simulan-

/ 'A-

. H\%

2t>olotfipal Jwncmal Trol.T.Tl.H.

Clinidium Giiihtingii described, 9

tibus ?* trapezatis. Mentum latum, utrinqu^ tumidum. Gula tumida.
Collum capite dimidio angustius.t Antenna robustae capite longiores :
articulis transverso-subglobosis, coronula setularum cinctis. Prothorax
ovalis, quasi pulvinatus. Elytra profundi sulcata, vel porcata : porcis
sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis, duabus longioribus apice connatis.
Apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum apud suturam in foveam raagnam et
profundam excavati. Tarsi reliquo corpore minus nigri, subsetacei,
subtiis baud pulvillati, hirsutuli. Abdomen ventre medio longitudinali-
ter prominulo : segmento ultimo tuberculo nitido armato.
Var. /3. Atro-castaneum, calcaribus minoribus. An idem nuper decla-
ratum ?

Explanation of the Plate. [Tab. II.]
Fig. 1. Clinidium Gnildingii very highly magnified.

a. The space supposed to represent the eye.

6. The pecten of the Cubitus.

c. One of the triple spurs that arm the tibiae.
Fig. 2. The under side of ditto.

a. The prosternum.

b. The mesosternum.

c. The nietasternum.

d. The umbilicus.
c. The eye-space.

Fig. 3. The space supposed to represent the eye, very highly magnified.
Fig. 4. The neck and part of the head as exhibited by the specimen
sent to Barham.

a. Part of the head.

6. The neck.

• It seems to me very doubtful whether this space, which occupies the sides
of the head, both above and below, does really represent the eyes, its quadran-
gular shape and levigated surface do not favour that idea, and it is too near the
occiput. See Plate II, Fig. 2. e. and 3.

+ Mr. Guilding, in the particulars he has added to my original description,
and of which I have, in most cases, availed myself, describes the neck by the
term Uitum, and his figure so represents it; but in my specimen it is not bo
wide, and rather longer in proportion, (Fig. 4.) so that it must either be a dis-
tinct ipecicii, or p'Tbaps the olher se.x.

10 Ml". Blackwall's Extracts from his Zoological Journal.

Art. IV. Extracts from a Zoological Journal, kept at
Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester. By John Blackwall,
Esq., F.L.S., Sfc.

Crumpsall Hall, Juhj \st, 1829.
Sir,
Not having any thing of greater interest to communicate at present,
I transmit to you a few extracts from my journal ; requesting, that if they
should be considered too trifling or unconnected to appear in your valua-
ble publication, you will, without hesitation, commit them to the flames.

I am. Sir, with much respect,

Your obedient Servant,

John Blackwall.
To JV. A. Vigors, Esq., SfC. Sfc.

NiDIFICATION OF BiRDS.

Birds sometimes construct their nests in unusual situations, and occa-
sionally modify their structure in order to adapt them to peculiar circum-
stances. The following examples exhibit instances of departure from
the ordinary rule, in these particulars.

In the month of April, 1821, three pairs of Rooks built in some low
Black Italian Poplars, growing in the back-yard attached to the residence
of the late Miss Hall, situated in King-street, in a central part of the
town of Manchester. Considering that they had to collect all their ma-
terials in the country, the rapidity with which these birds proceeded in
their undertaking was truly surprising : their nests were speedily com-
pleted ; they deposited their eggs in them ; and, though they were fre-
quently much disturbed by the eager curiosity of idle people who ci'owded
about the premises, desirous to witness so extraordinary a sight, they ul-
timately succeeded in rearing their young, and conveying them to a place
of greater security. In the ensuing spring, the Rooks again visited their
nest-trees, and began to repair their former habitations with great dili-

Nidification of Birds. ll

gence ; but the Jackdaws, which had commenced building in the steeples
of St. Ann's and St. Mary's, two churches in the vicinity, pilfered the
sticks they brought as fast as they were supplied, till, at last, the Rooks,
wearied witli fruitless exertions, deserted the spot, and sought a locality
better adapted to their purposes.

In the summer of 1823, a pair of Spotted Flycatchers built a nest in a
oird-cage, which had been left, with the door open, suspended from the
branch of an apple-tree, in the garden belonging to E. Turner, Esq.,
situated in the township of Crumpsall. In this nest the female laid three
eggs, but forsook them in consequence of the repeated alarms she expe-
rien'^ed from the frequent visits of the younger branches of Mr. Turner's
family, who were attracted to the spot by the novelty and singularity of
the occurrence.

A pair of Chimney Swallows, in the summer of 1824, built a nest in a
hole, from which a brick had fallen, under the eaves of a house at Crab-
lane, in the chapelry of Blakeley. It consisted of a breastwork of mud,
erected about two inches within the aperture, leaving a space for entrance,
and the interior was lined with hay and feathers. The female deposited
and incubated her eggs in this nest, and the nestlings, when about half
grown, by their pressure against the breastwork of mud, broke it down
entirely. The parent birds, without attempting to re-build the breast-
work thus injured, immediately began to construct another, rather lower
than the former one, quite at the entrance of the hole ; affording their
young, by this sagacious proceeding, a more ample space than they en-
joyed before, combined with a much greater degree of security.

The familiarity of the Redbreast is a matter of almost daily observation
to those who are engaged in rural pursuits. In the month of June, 1825,
a pair of these birds built a nest in a small saw-pit, situated in Crumpsall.
Soon after the female had begun to sit, the sawing of timber was com-
menced at this pit, and, though the persons employed continued their
noisy occupation close to the nest every day during the hatching of the
eggs and the rearing of the young, yet the old birds performed their seve-
ral parental offices to their progeny without interruption, and apparently
without alarm.

Ornithologists are aware that House Sparrows frequently deprive the
House Martins of their nests, and, fitting up the interior after their own

12 Mr. Blaekwall's Extracts from his Zoological Journal.

manner, retain possession of them ; but perhaps it is not so generally
known, that they sometimes expel the Sand Martins from their subterra-
neous retreats, at the farther extremities of which they construct nests,
meagre in dimensions, and scanty in materials, when compared with the
bulky fabrics which they build in trees, and under the eaves of houses,
where they are less restricted in room.

House Martins, before they retire in autumn, are sometimes observed
to repair their nests ; and I have ascertained, by marking birds of this
species, that they regularly return to their accustomed breeding haunts.
It may be remarked also, that they occasionally assist each other in con-
structing their nests, as I have had several opportunities of vntnessing.
The intelligence manifested by this species will amply repay the observer
for the attention he may bestow upon its manners and economy.

It is well known that the Yellow Bunting generally makes a very sub-
stantial nest, yet, from some internal defect, (for there did not appear to
be any in its external configuration,) a female of this species, in June
last, deposited its eggs on the bare ground ; in which situation it sat upon
them till they were hatched. It is evident that birds of the same species
possess the constructive powers in very different degrees of perfection ;
for, though the same style of architecture is usually adhered to, the nests
of some individuals are finished in a manner greatly superior to those of
others. In the instance before us, the requisite instinctive capacity ap-
pears to have been vranting altogether, as it is known to be in the Goat-
sucker, Cuckoo, Cow-pen bird, and some species of water-fowl.

The roosting op Fieldfares.

In the spring of the year 1812, which vras cold and wet, being on a
visit at a friend's house, near Tamworth, in Staffordshire, I remarked
that great numbers of Fieldfares prolonged their stay in that part of the
country till the second week in May, which is considerably beyond their
usual time of departure. At the close of day, they regularly assembled
in an extensive wood in the neighbourhood, and roosted on the ground,
among the withered grass and fern, under the trees and bushes. This
fact tends to confirm the observation made by Mr. White, (Nat. Hist, of
Selborne, Letter XXVII, addressed to T. Pennant, Esq.,) that Fieldfares,
though they frequently perch during the day, always appear to roost on

Mode of Falcons takivg their Prey. 13

the ground : but a near relation of mine, to whom this species is famiharly
known, assures me, that on moon-Hght nights, he has shot individuals
with his air-gun, as they sat at roost on the naked branches of lofty trees.
The practice of roosting on the ground, therefore, is not so invariable as
Mr. White supposed it to be.

Falcon and Pigeon.

Some of the larger species of Falcon may occasionally be seen flying
over Manchester in pursuit of the Pigeons which are kept in that town.
Several years since, I saw a fine Peregrine Falcon, so occupied, stoop at
a Pigeon, which adroitly avoided the deadly blow by a dexterous turn ;
in a second attempt, however, the Falcon proved more fortunate, as it
succeeded in carrying off its prey. Perceiving that it bore away its booty
in the direction which I was pursuing, I kept a sharp look-out for it, and,
at the distance of about a mile from the town, I observed it amusing itself
with the quarry, by repeatedly rising with it to a great height in the air,
letting it drop from this lofty elevation, and descending after it vnth asto-
nishing velocity. Approaching as cautiously as I could, and seizing a
favourable opportunity, I succeeded in frightening away the Falcon and
securing the Pigeon, which was much mutilated ; the head being sepa-
rated from the body, which had been deeply pierced, in many places, by
the sharp talons of the Falcon. Now, as the manner in which birds of
the Falcon tribe take their prey on the wing, has long been a subject of
controversy among naturalists and sportsmen, who have variously conjec-
tured that they inflict the fatal stroke with the beak, the breast, the wings,
and the talons, my principal object in introducing the above anecdote is
the explanation of this difficulty. In the present instance, it is evident,
from the peculiarity of the situation, that the Falcon could not descend
with its victim to the ground, as is usually the case, and this circumstance
enabled me to ascertain with precision, the manner in which it effected
its purpose. Stooping impetuously, it struck the Pigeon with great vio-
lence on the neck with its beak, and keeping its hold, it raised its feet,
and so transferred the prize to its talons, in order that it might impede its
flight as little as possible, and, consequently, be more readily conveyed to
a distance. Should it be objected, that the circumstances under which
this Falcon seized its prey, might induce it to change its usual mode of

14 Mr. Holberton's and Mr. Yarrell's

attack ; I would reply, that it performed the feat with wonderful prompt-
ness and dexterity, not at all in a manner to be expected from a novice.
In short, there can scarcely be a doubt that the means employed were
those to which it was impelled by its natural instinct.

Art. V. Notes on the internal appearance of several
Animals examined after Death, in the Collectio7i of the
Zoological Society. ByT. H. Holbkrton, Esq., M.R.C.S.,
Sec, and William Yarbkll, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &;c.

[Continued from Vol. IV, page 322.]

Active Gibbon. Hylohates agilis, F. Cuv.

The skeleton presented seven true, and six false ribs on each side,
the last three floating. The upper and lower extremities incapable of
the same degree of extension as in man, either at the elbows or knees,
owing to strong fascial expansions of the flexor tendons passing in front
of the elbow, and behind the knee joints, to be attached to the upper
halves of the respective bones below these parts.

The stomach was placed more longitudinally than in the human sub-
ject, particularly from the cardiac orifice, the first two-thirds passing
straight down the left side ; the other third portion crossed directly over
to the right, terminating in the duodenum, which soon passed again to-
wards the spine, (not being placed so far to the right as in the human
subject,) and enclosed the head of the pancreas. The coats of the sto-
mach were remarkably and uniformly thick ; the great omentum quite
devoid of fat ; no valvula conniventes, nor appendices epiploicce. The
large intestines were thrown into folds by three longitudinal bands, as in
the human subject. A long glandular body of 2 inches and ^ in length
and nearly j of an inch vdde, placed in the folds of the mesentery, ap-
peared to perform the office of the mesenteric glands. The attachments

Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 15

of the mesentery were much higher up than in the human subject. The
kidnies in situation, and the ureters in their passage, resembled the hu-
man, the latter terminating in the upper part of each side of the blad-
der. The spleen was situated like that of the hun)an subject, and very
similar in appearance. The vessels in Glisson's capsule laid also simi-
larly to those of the human subject. The Pancreas and Liver presented
nothing remarkable, the small lobes of the latter were not quite so well
defined as in man. Small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in length ; appendix
ecEci vermiformis 2 inches; large intestines 18 inches. The rectum di-
lated in the pelvis forming a pouch. Two bodies having the appearance
of vesiculce seminales, but very minute, the animal being young, occu-
pied the usual situation, as did also the vasa deferentia.

Diana Monkey. Simia Diana, Linn.
Cercopithecus Diana, Geoff.

Length from the mouth to the root of the tail 17 inches; of the tail
itself 24 inches. Stomach a single cavity, small intestines 4 feet ; no
ecBcum; large intestines 2 feet in length. This Monkey had appeared
unusually dull and drowsy some days before death ; the intestines were
generally of large volume, the colon and rectum distended with the re-
mains of food. A considerable quantity of water pervaded the cellular
tissue of the lower extremities.

Weeper Monkey. Cehus Jpella, Desm.

Length from the nose to the root of the tail 10 inches, tail 11 inches ;
length of the whole intestinal canal 6 feet 10 inches, Kidnies inflamed,
particularly that on the left side ; lungs, liver, and intestines generally
healthy. Bones of the extremities irregular in form, quite cartilaginous,
and devoid of earthy deposition ; those of the head perfectly soft and
flexible, inferior maxillary bone the same. The cerebral and spinal
nerves, when in a relaxed state, exhibited a spiral filament passing along
their substance, which disappeared on tension. P. P. Mollinelli, who
described this appearance, in 1775, seems to be the first anatomist who
mentions this arrangement of the nervous filaments of the human sub-
ject within their covering of the pia mater : they form small transverse,

16 Mr. Holbertoii's and Mr. Yarrell's

folds more or less obliquely angular, and were not inaptly compared,
originally, to the rugse of earth-worms, or the rings of the aspera arteria.
See EUiotson's Translation of Blumenbach's Physiology, Section 212.

Mexican Dog, young. Canis familiar is, var. Mexicanus.

Length from mouth to anus 13 inches; whole length of intestines 5
feet 4 inches ; caecum 2 inches, of the ordinary form. Dentition irre-
gular and imperfect ; no apparent cause of death.

Jerboa. Dipus Sagitta, Gmel.

When divested of its skin, the form of the head in this animal is
peculiar. The upper surface of the cranium is nearly square ; the mas-
toid processes are unusually large, excavated, and their parietes diapha-
nous. They occupy the whole space behind the zygomatic arch on
either side, and extend beyond the occipital bones backwards, and even
with the surface of each parietal bone upwards. From the anterior
portion of the nasal bones to the occipital ridge was 1 inch -S>-^; from the
anterior surface of the malar bone to the back of the mastoid process of
the same side 1-f'*^; the width of the head between the edges of each
zygcrma 1-J^; behind the zygomatic arches |- of an inch; across the
mastoid processes 1 inch ; mastoid cells projecting backwards beyond the
occipital surface J of an inch.

The meatus auditorius directed backwards ; the malar bones so deep
in front that vision is confined to the lateral and backward directions.
The masseter muscle, large, arising from the under edge of the zijgoma and
orbit, passes downwards and backwards to be inserted into the base, angle,
and ascending plate of the inferior maxilla ; raising, bringing forwards,
and also o-iving a limited degree of lateral motion to the lower jaw. The
muscle analogous to the temporal arising from the fossa in front of the
orbit, passing under the zygoma, is inserted on the fore part and side
of the lower jaw. The portio dura passed outside the muscle elevating
the jaw, vmder the edge of the zygoma to the angle of the mouth to be
distributed over both lips. The branches of the infra-orbital nerve were
distributed in the usual manner. The reason for noticing these nerves
was on account of their unusually large size.

Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 17

The flexors of the legs were not inserted by single tendons, but ended
in a broad thin tendinous expansion which enveloped on either side the
head of the gastrocnemius and all the flexors of the foot and toes, to be
afterwards inserted into the whole length of the tibia, giving additional
power to its own muscles as also to those covered by this fascia in its
course. The capsules of the joints admitted great extension. Descrip-
tions of two species of this genus having been given by Pallas in his
" Novae species quadrupedum e glirium ordine" with representations of
a skeleton, stomach and ccecum, it may be only necessary to add, that,
the lungs appeared of a more dense structure than usual ; the stomach
simple; /u-cr of large size; small intestines 26 inches long; ccecum 6
inches, curved spirally; large intestines 18 inches : the animal measured
from mouth to anus 6 inches. It was a female with very long uterine
cornua. The ensiform cartilage terminated in a broad flattened extre-
mity similar in shape to the same part in the Bobac, which comes next
under consideration.

Bobac. Arctomys Bobac, Gmel.

Died from the effect of a very large abscess which formed between the
skin and pectoral muscles, confined principally to the right side. The
ensiform cartilage, united to the sternum by a narrow neck, had a thin
expanded heart-shaped termination, to both lateral edges of which
muscular fibres were attached.

The heart had a glandular substance lying upon its sternal surface,
which surrounded its base and the primitive vessels. Two portions then
passed backwards in the thorax attached to each side of the dorsal verte-
brae. There was an ossification of the thoracic aorta to the extent of an
inch and a half. Length of the animal from the mouth to the root of the
tail 15 inches. Stomach a single cavity; liver formed of two principal
lobes, that on the right side subdivided into tiiree minor ones ; the form
of the gall-bladder nearly circular ; small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in
length; cmcum large, filled with fajcal matter; large intestines 2 feet 10
inches. The fibres of the pubic surface of the bladder had a longitudi-
nal and somewhat curved direction ; upon the sacral surface the fibres of
the upper half were transverse, on the inferior half they were curved
Rimiiarly to those of the opposite side.

Vol. V. u

18 Mr. W. S. MaeLeay on the CEslrus of Mr. B. Clark.

Malabar Squirrel. Sciurus maximus, Gmel.
Length from mouth to anus 14 inches ; intestinal canal 13 feet. Sto-
mach large in proportion to the size of the animal, triangular in shape,
somewhat contracted at the cardiac extremity with a broad surface opposed
to the right side ; the spleen very small, of the size of a goose-quill, and
only 1 inch and a half long. ^

Crested Porcupine. Hystrix crislata, Linn.
Extreme length from nose to anus 2 feet 4 inches. Small intestines,
17 feet ; ccecitm, 18 inches ; large intestines, 4 feet. This animal was
very fat. The cause of death was not ascertained.

Alpine Hare. Lepus variabilis. Pall.
Length from mouth to anus 17 inches; the stomach showed an appa-
rent division externally ; internally the two different lining surfaces de-
scribed by Sir E. Home were distinctly observable, that of the cardiac
portion being the most vascular. Small intestines 7 feet in length ; cae-
cum 16 inches ; large intestines 3 feet 8 inches. General form and du-
plicatures of the different viscera very similar to those of our common
Hare, Lcp. timidus. The animal appeared to have died from the effects
of hydatids, which in considerable numbers pervaded the whole abdomi-
nal cavity.

Art. VI. On the CEstrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By W. S.
MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., S§c. In a Letter to the
Editor.

My dear Vigors,

Two reasons have hitherto prevented me from taking notice of
Mr. B. Clark's singular paper on CEstrus, independently of the con-
sideration that for my part I confess I have little more to say on the
subject. The first of these reasons is, that, from the difficulty of know-
ing the particular conclusion at which he wishes to arrive, the paper
in itself unanswerable. The second is, that Mr. Clark has most sapiently
laid down the following law in the Linnean Transactions, viz. " that identi-
" fying the descriptions of the ancients with the modern species of
" natural history, should be avoided in the volumes of the Society."

Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the (Estrus of Mr. B. Clark. 19

My crioie in attempting to make out the ancient (Estrus is no doubt ac-
cording to this rule very great; but I trust that I shall meet with some
little mercy, as Mr. Clark himself led the way, by attempting in his
first paper to identify the modem (Estrus with that of the emcients,
and as I have only followed, at a humble distance, the footsteps of this
lawgiver.

The argument indeed by which Mr. Clark quenches for ever any
attempt to identify the animals described by the ancients, namely, that
it leads to much unsatisfactory discussion, is most conclusive ; and I
really think, that as the identification of the species of modern authors
likewise leads very often to unsatisfactory discussion, the council of the
Linnean Societyoughttoextendthe bright idea which they have adopted,*
and to prohibit the identification of all species whatsoever. The argu-
ment holds equally good in both cases.

In order to do full justice to what Mr. Clark calls his Reply, it may
perhaps be necessary to repeat the statement to which he replies. Now
the object of ray unfortunate paper was to shew, first, that the (Estrus of
the ancients, as described by them, was not a modern (Estrus; and
secondly, that " it is not indeed unlikely that some of the ancients should
" have seen the perfect insects of the modern (Estrus flying about cattle,
" and that they should have witnessed the extraordinary effects which
" they produce, but, however this may be, they certainly appear to
" have confounded such insects with the more common Tabani, for it is
" the modern Tabanus, or some genus extremely near to it, that they
" have always described as the (Estrus." Such are my words. Now
let us see how they are replied to.

When I heard that Mr. Clark had read a paper to prove me in the
v/rong, I rather foolishly imagined, that, as the question under discussion
was the (Estrus of the ancient Greeks, I should be overwhelmed with a
host of new pa.ssages from ancient authors. But Mr. Clark holds such
weapons in sovereign contempt, and annihilates my paper with only three

• We must here observe, that we do not acquiesce in the conclusion
apparently drawn above, that the editors of a paper " adopt the ideas" of tlie
authour. For our own parts, we consider the authour alone responsible for
the opinions or expressions contained in the papers which we publish. Ed.

20 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the (Estrm of Mr. B. Clark.

passages, and those all from modern writers,* viz. one from Shakspeare,
who therein says, that the brize annoys the herd more than the tiger ; one
from Thomson, who says that when thus annoyed, they scour the plain and
cut various other unseemly capers ; and lastly one from an old play, the
author of which proposes to plant a brize, by way of spur, into some
nameless part of some inactive and nameless gentleman. These three
English passages form a main body of evidence, that, according to Mr.
Clark, most decidedly prove the CEs<ru5 of Aristotle to be that of Lin-
naeus. I may, therefore, take less notice of the light skirmishers which
appear on the field to support the same cause, in the shape of passages
from the Lachesis Lapponica of Linnseus, one of which says, that in
Lapland the (Estrus of the Reindeer has an egg like a white mustard
seed, and another that the Reindeer stop short and remain motionless on
the sight of their peculiar tormentor. The appositeness of these quotations
to the subject in question is not very manifest, but I suppose the mode of
reasoning from them is as follows : if the egg of the Lapland CEstrus be
like a white mustard seed, and if the Reindeer in Lapland stop short, ergo
the (Estrus of Aristotle must be that of Bracy Clark, and the Oxen in
Greece on being tormented by their (Estrus do not stop short.

Mr. Clark says that Linnaeus, Vallisneri, Reaumur, and, though last,
not least, Bracy Clark, hold the opinion that the (Estrus of the ancients
is the (Estrus bovis of Linnaeus; and he therefore pronounces Ray,
Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby to be heretics, nay, even Aristotle, ^lian,
and Pliny themselves to know nothing about the matter, if they have dared
to write otherwise than as he would have them. It is right, however, for
Mr. Clark's glory, to assign him the full force of this argumentum ad
verecundiam, for Linnaeus having changed his opinion once with respect
to the ancient (Estrus, might, if he had lived, have changed it again.

• It is true Mr. Clark repeats the hackneyed passage from Virgil, but it is
for the sole purpose of unfolding from it the following " curious discovery,"
which is thus solemnly imparted to the Public, through the medium of the
Linnean Transactions. Alluding to the words " Cui nomen Asilo Roma-
" num est, CEstron Graii vertere vocantes;" Mr. Clark says, " From
" this admirable description, it is clearly manifest that Asilus was the Roman
" name for the fly which agitates the cattle ; and it is equally clear, that (Estrus
" was the Greek name for it."

Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the CEstrus of 3Ir. B. Clark. 9A

As for Vallisneri, he knew about as much of entomology as he did of
steam-boats; and Reaumur* expresses himself in doubt as to the Greek
(Estrus. Consequently, the only opinion that remains at once valuable
and decisive on the subject is that of Mr. Clark. It is, in short, Bracy
Clark solus, versus Ray, Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby ; nay, even versus
the ancients themselves, if they have the impudence to contradict him.
The question indeed is concerning the 'Oi^poc of the ancients; but this
is of the very slightest consequence, for says this diffident logician, " if
" Aristotle, ^lian or Pliny described the msect which they called (Estrus
" with spotted wings, or with a trunk or proboscis, they knew nothing
" at all about the true CEstrus bovis.'' I beg leave to inform Mr. Clark
that he has most thoroughly convicted these ancients of ignorance, for
although they have not audaciously proceeded so far in their guilt as to
verify quite his worst suspicions, and to describe their CEstrus as having
spotted wings, these ignorant philosophers, to their shame be it said, nay,
even iEschylus himself, although he is one of those poets whom Mr. Clark
considers as better authority on a scientific question than any philo-
sopher, have all, as I have shewn, described their CEstrus as having a
proboscis. What follows then ? Why, that although we wish to ascer-
tain what Aristotle, ^lian, Pliny, and ^Eschylus, considered an CEstrus,
those ignorant philosophers, and that still more inexcusable poet, knew
nothing at all about their own insect, the accurate knowledge of which
is the snug and sole property of Mr. Bracy Clark. His " practical
" pursuits" and his " curious discoveries," entitle him, and him alone,
to decide the question as to the true (Estrus of the ancients.

Indeed, upon Mr. Clark's profession depends a great deal of the
argument; for if, sajrs he, " MacLeay or Latreille had been as much among
" cattle on the heaths, as my pursuits have led me, they would have
" long since obtained a practical acquaintance with the effects produced
" by these insects, and would not have been led to suppose that the

• Reaumur mentidns the subject as a doubtful one, Vol, IV, p. 540. He
4eeins to make a distinction between tlie Oistrus and Asilus of the ancients,
and merely appropriates the latter name to the CEstrus bovis, because Vallisneri
Jiad done it before him. " M. Vallisneri veut que ce noni soit donn6 a notrc
" mouche. Aui»i I' appellcrai-je volontiersen Franjois," Such are his words.

22 Mr. W. S. MacLcay on the (Estrus of Mr. B. Clark.

" Tabani, Conopses,* or Culices, were the object of poetic description."
M. Latreille, I dare say, has witnessed these practical effects, that is, a
Cow dancing a hornpipe with a Gadfly, and I am sure, so have I ; but no
matter, I shall only hint, that as the " practical pursuits" of Aristotle and
other ancients did not much lead them among cattle on the heaths, this
may have probably been also the cause of their being so shamefully igno-
rant of their own meaning.

Mr. Clark talks of his " curious discoveries" on this singular tribe of
insects. Now, the reason why I committed the heinous fault of over-
looking this gentleman in my paper, was, that I conceived these " disco-
veries," when correct, to have been already discovered by others, and
found these "discoveries," when his own, to be almost always in direct
opposition to the fact. In the paper before us, there are, however, some
truly curious and original discoveries, and I shall state them at length, in
order that Mr. Clark may no longer complain of my overlooking him.f

First Discovery. — Mr. Clark finds that there is a scoundrelly set of

• As to " Conopses," I never heard of their existence before, and certainly
never mentioned the names in my paper either of these new animals, or of
Culices, as beinif the O^stri of the ancients. I ought to plead guilty, however,
to the accusation that I have been led to suppose that a Culex has been the
object of poetic description. If Mr. Clark be not too old to go to school, he
will find so too.

■f By far the most accurate and laborious work that has yet appeared on the
genus (Estrus, is that of Johannes Leonardus Fischer, published at Leipsic, in
1787. This gentleman gives a %no^m S^jecieram, and a correct and detailed
account of the natural history and anatomy of CEstr. ovis, (Estr. bovis, and their
respective larvae. And yet this Mr. Bracy Clark, who talks of his curious
discoveries, published many years afterwards a work on CEstrus, wherein he
describes two or three new species with such abominable names as veteiinus
and salutiferus; pirates from Mouffet and Reaumur, the history of (Eslrns equi ;
describes the pupa of CEstrus for its larva, which it appears that he does not
even yet know ; gives an anatomy of both pupa and perfect insect that would
equally answer for that of a Whale ; and finally makes a new genus, of which
to this day he does not know the true character, and names it in direct defiance
of every Linnean rule. Such is Mr. Clark's paper on the Bots of Horses, and
yet it is indisputably the best paper that the old Linnean School ever published
on Zoology in England. I allude not of course to Mr. Kirby's papers, because
te belongs to an infinitely superior class of Naturalists.

Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the (Estrus of Mr. li. Clark. 23

flies composed of Tahani, " Conopses,'' Asili, and Culices, which have
all spotted wings, and of which the three first have lately taken to the
filthy habit of " sweat sucking.' ' Our worthy " Naturalist," however, is
still in doubt whether Culices suck.*

Second Discovery. — A new tribe of animals called " Conopses,''
which, having so classical a name, were no doubt also known to the
ancients, and I hope when Mr. Clark describes them in the next volume
of the Linnean Transactions, he will also identify them. So far as I am
concerned, I assure him there will be no disagreeable discussion on the
subject, although some ignorant innovators are very likely to change the
name as being too near to K(ov(07rec.

Third Discovery. — " CEstri are like ichneumon flies, which deposit
" their egg's on the sides of caterpillars of Lepidoptera, and then hatch-
" ing, perforate their skins and live on the parenchyma." Now, I
do say, that of all this gentleman's "curious discoveries," this is the
most curious, that ichneumon flies, in order to perforate caterpillars,
walk out of the eggs which they themselves have laid.

Fourth Discovery. — The testimonies of the ancients with respect
to CEstrus militate against each other, according to Mr. Clark. I only
trust that, when the members of that Linnean Council which so acutely
distinguished the merits of Mr. Clark's paper, are re-elected, they will
allow him to shew how.

Fifth Discovery. — The greater part of Mr. Clark's paper is taken
up with shewing that the presence of an (Estrus bovis has a greater
influence on an Ox than that of a Tabanus.f I am not aware of any

• What in the name of heaven has put " Conopses," Asili, and Culices, into
this learned Theban's head? The ancients knew but too well the Ch//cc,« to
takfi them for (Eslri. The Adli are insectivorous insects, and the Conopes,
which I suppose he means, are, in their larva state, parasitical upon Humble Bees,
and, in their perfect state, perfectly harmless. The Crniops cotoVranj of Linnaeus,
is, indeed, an insect that sucks blood, (not sweat, as I know by sad experience
both here and in Europe,) but this species was some fifty years ago separated
from the genus by Geoffroy and Degecr under the name of Stomoxys.

t I have already said that the ancients as well as the moderns, such for
instance as tlie autlior quoted by Archdeacon Nares, may all have confounded
the BrizD with the (Estrus when flying. Tlie fact is, we inherit this confusion

24 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the (Estrus of Mr. B. Clark,

person having ever disputed this ; but the contrary assertion is here to my
mind most vahantly combated, upon the principle, I suppose, that the
truth cannot be too often told.

Sixth Discovery. — Mr. Clark had in his first paper stated that the
(Estr. bovis, according to his own experience, makes no noise; but not-
Avithstanding one might have thought that his " practical pursuits on
" heaths" entitled him to decide this weighty matter, it appears that a
farm-yard friend of his has still more " practical pursuits," for he by
standing among dung once heard some noise, and Mr. Clark accordingly
discovers the truth and abandons his own experience. Hence we learn,
on Mr. Clark's own authority, that his friend in the farm-yard is still a
better judge of poetic description than himself. Virgil's words " asper,
" acerba sonans" are certainly rather difficult to surmount if the insect
be a silent one.

Seventh Discovery. — Mr. Clark has just discovered that " CEstrui
" bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdomen." Very
new and ingenious indeed ! He appears to have formerly thought it
h3Tnenopterous. But as of all Diptera it is the least provided with a
sting in the mouth, some people will perhaps fancy that Mr. Clark is here
arguing against himself, since if he be right, and the (Estrus have no
sting; and if the CEslrus of the ancients be described by the poets as
o^v^ofiog and be said by the philosophers t'x^"' '^"f^poi' Icr-xypor i)pT-q^ivov
rov TOfxaroc;, why then the innocent (Estrus of Mr. Clark cannot be their
insect.

However, the cream of consistency is to come. In p. 404, Mr. Clark
comes to the conclusion that the fly of Aristotle, iElian, and Pliny,
" may have been a Tabanus or an Asilus, a Conops, or a Culex, or any
" other with spotted wings;"* and in p. 409 he arrives without any new
argument, but with equal confidence, at the diametrically opposite con-
clusion, " that the (Estrus of the ancients could have been no Tabanus.^*

as to the name from the Saxons ; the Germans still confounding the Bremse
and the Breme. But in the time of MoufFet the Brize was the Ilcematnpotu
pluvialis, and theBurrell-flye or Whame was the (Estrus equi.

* How precise and scientific! particularly when not one of the ancientsi
makes mention of spotted wings.

Rev. L. Guildinff's Observations on the Chitonidce. 25

'»

Ohe! jam satis! His arguments and his mode of using them are, I will
admit, of such an extraordinary nature, as fully to entitle him to come not
only to the two extreme conclusions, but also to five hundred intermediate
ones. Still, as it is rather puzzling to guess Mr. Clark's real decision, I
tiust the Council of the Linnean Society will either allow him to append
a supplement, stating which of the two opposite conclusions is his final
opinion, or that they will have the condescension to state, for the good of
the Society at large, what they conceived to be his real sentiments when
they ordered the paper to be printed. I repeat that the paper is so truly
original in natural history, classical lore, style, and orthography, that I
find it impossible to answer it. I may humbly venture to deny, however,
the accuracy of Mr. Clark's assertion, that I ever expressed or even enter-
tained a wish to change the name of the genus (Estrus.

I would here ask a question, most important to tlie future interests of
the Linnean Society. Is it not advisable for the Council to alter their
present plan, and to insist upon the person to whom a paper is referred,
making a written report upon the manner in which any opinion is
supported ? Similar reports are made on all papers given in to the French
Institute. The critic's personal reputation being then at stake, the
Council at large might be sure that no paper would be unjustly condemned
or stupidly lauded.

Ever, my dear Vigors,

most truly your's

W. S. MacLeay.

Art. VII. Observations on the Chitonidce. By the Rev.
Lansdowv GuiLDiNG, li./l.y F.L.S,, 3I.G. ^' If.S., Sfc.

Tribus. Polyplakiphora, Blainv.*
Fam. Chitonidw, Gray, Guilding.

.^nimalia caeca, hermaphrodita .' plantivora }

Corpus ovato-elongatum ; apicibus a;qualibus, rotundatis : disci ver-
tice nunc longitudinalitcr subcarinato, nunc rotundato-subdepresso.

* Locum melius dcmonhtravit Cuvicrius.

26 Rev. L. Guilding's Observations

Lorica dorsalis, calcareo-testacea, in globum convolvenda (animal)
avulso) : cujus

Scuta (vel tegula) octo, saepius denudata, raro minutissiraa, nonnun-
quam obtecta, (in monstrosis 6 vel 7 ? ?) : ssepius transversa, marginibus
omnibus vel plerisque deorsum imbricatis, lateribus declivatis. Scutum
primum seepius semicirculare, margine antico symmetrice crenato, postico
simplici : scuta intermedia contracta, plerumque transversa, margine
£intico immerso, lobato-alato, alis saepe medio fissis; margine postico
subtus subcostato, lateribus alarumque sinu saepe fissurato-denticulatis :
scutum extremum postice crenatum, alaeque integrae : scuta omnia infra
laevia, lineis puncturarum notata propter insertionem musculorum innume-
rabilium. Areola dorsalis angulato-transversa,nunc distinctanuncobsoleta:
peripheriae stria impressa. testae incrementum nonnunquam demonstrat.

Zona (vel cingulumj continua, carnosa, ssepius crassa, cartilagineo-
muscularis, corpus totum obtegens, latitudine et vestura multum varians,
margine ipso ciliato, subtus planato, ossiculis creberrimis scabriuscula
ad arctiorem adhaesionem. Saepe in canales zona contrahitur ad aquae
receptionem, et stercoris ejectionem.

Pallium (verum) indistinctum, continuum, tenue, agglutinatum, con-
tractum, vix ac ne vix quidem margine liberum, branchia pedem et
caput omnino circumdans.

Pes raaximus carnosus, fere longitudine corporis. Solea complanata
adhaesiva.

Caput sessile magnum, caecum, pileo latissimo obvelatum, margine
tenui libero, et postic^ in angulos extenso loco tentaculorum. Tentacula
nulla.

Os infra, extensile, labris plicatilibus crassis, carnosis.

Lingua brevissima, apice lobata.

Velum tenue, extensile, loco mandibulae superioris.

Trachi/derma* (organum edendi et manducandi) tracheae forme, denti-
culatum, membranaceum, fere longitudine abdominis, postice in aso-
phagum tubo-canaliformem semiclausum productum, antice in alas duas
extensum, quae apices Siagoniorumf vesiciformium arete tegunt, Mem-

* A TpaxvQ asper, et depict cutis.
t Siagonia, a atayuviov pars maxill%,

OH the Chilonid(E, 27

brana tola intern^ serie duplici dentium raolarium minutorum, innume-
rabilium, transversorum, oppositorum, munita: seriebus ad palatum
denticulatum recedentibus, postice gradatim moUibus : dentibiis omnibus
tendinibus obliquis parallelis impulsis. Abdominis viscera profunde
immersa, loricaque defensa.

Intestinum gracile,, corpore multoties longius, mire convolutum.
Ovarium maximum, dorsale.

Ventriculus magnus.

Anus posticus, supra pedis extremitatem, saepe tubiformis.

Branchia nudae, lineares, elongate, utrinque in medio fossulae pro-
fundse lateris sitae : saepius longitudine pedis, nonnunquam abbreviatae.
Lobi acuminato-digitiformes, linei media lineolisque transversis crebris
signatae, apice saepe decumbentes.

Structuram Poli et Cuvierius (nomina veneranda) bene demonstra-
verunt. Vide Cuv, Mem., &c., sur les Mollusques.

Synopsis generum.

1. Chiton, Linn, (a graeca voce x""^'' tunica). Lorica scutis maxi-
mis irabricatis transversis nudis. Zona (vel ligamentum continuum peri-
pheriae) tenuior, coriacea, lata, squamulosa, vel squamis conformibus
subovatis distinctis alternatim (ut in piscibus) dimidiato-imbricatis vestita.

* Zona distinct^ squamosa.

f Disco subcarinato : areola transverso-marginali distincta. Exemp.

Chiton squamosus, Sowerb., Gen. f. 2. Ch. Capensis, Gray, &c.
f f Disco subrotundato, laevi : areola angulatu obsoleta. Ex. Chiton

marmoratus, Blainv.

*• Zona exillime reticulata. Ch. IcBvis, Lowe, Zool. Journ.
***2^na laevigata. Ch. marginatus, Linn. Trans. VIII, p. 21, t. 1,
f. 2. Ch. latus, Lowe.

2. Acanthoplcurn, Guild. (Etym. i'tK(tr(hi spina, et irXtvpny latus.)
Lorica pnecedentis. Zona crassa, carnosa, spinosa, spinulosa, crinita.

28 Rev. L. Guildinar's Observations

vel scabra : spinis laxe insertis ; nunc varise longitudinis raris, nunc
confertis. Pagina inferior ossiculis distincte scabra. Peripheria ciliata.

Zona spinosa. Chiton spinosus. Sow., Gen. f. 1.

** Zona spinulosa, Ch. Carmichaelis, Gray, Spicil.

*** Zona granulosa. Ch. asellus, Lowe, Zool. Jour.

**** Zona rugoso-granulosa- Ch. aselloides, Lowe.

***** Zona crinita. Ch. crinitus, Wood, Ind.

****** Zona villosa. Ch. Perurianui, Frembly.

******* Zona farinosa. Ch. cinereus, Lowe.

3. Phakellopleura, Guild, (a ^ukiWoq fasciculus, et TrXsvpdv latus.)
LoriciE scuta minora. Zona crassa, carnosa, lata, serie unica fasciculorum
elongatorum spiculorum ornata: spicula sericeo-vitrea, acuformia, nunc
conferta, niox expanso-radiantia, urentia. Peripheria distincte ciliata.
Pes latus. Ex. Ch. fascicularis. Sow., gen. f. 3.

4. Chitonellus, Lam. (Chitonis diminutlvum.) Loricae scuta mini-
ma, contracta, fere abscondita : alse magnae nonnunquam sagittatse.
Zona valdd crassa, carnosa, fere denudata, vel scabrLuscula, peripheric
ciliatil. Pleura punctis spiraculiformibus perforata.

* Animal larviforme. Scuta saepius disjuncta, branchiae abbreviatae,
pes contracta ? Ch. Icevis, Blainv. Ch. larviformis. Burrow. Ch.
striatus, Sow.
** Animal brevius, subovatum. Scuta approximata, pes latus. Pori

zonae valde distincti spinulis cincti.
Chitonellus latus, Guilding.

Ch. scutis cretaceis, disco lateribusque fusco fasciatis : lateribus gra-
nulato-scabris : zona sordid^ flavida ? peripheric pallidC.
Long, corporis 1 unc. Vidi mortuum at illaesum.
Habitat in brevibus Antillarum rarus.

5. Cryploconchus, Blainv., Burrow, (Nunquam vidi,). (a Kpinr-w
occulto, et Koyyi] concha.) Loricae scuta mediocria, utrinque dentata.

on the Cldtonklce. 29

zona tomentosa obvelata, omnino tecta. Zona (in utroque scuto) fissura
porisque duobus tubulosis lateralibus signata : supra scutum anticum
pori quatuor. Branchiae abbreviatae.

Ex. Ch. porosus, Burrow.

Has divisiones subojenericas non omnes egomet vidi, at liibenter recepi.
Squamae et sculptura semper oculis armatis examinandae.

These animals frequent the rocks and stones of the sea-coast, and are
distributed nearly over the whole globe. Many of the species are con-
stantly under water, while others ascend above low or even high water-
mark, spending the day exposed to the hottest sun, or selecting a rest-
ing-place which is only occasiomlly moistened by the rude and restless
surf. In Chitonellus and Cryptoconehus there are certain minute ,organs
on the zone, which bear a strong resemblance to the splracula of the
annulose animals. From their habit of quitting the watery element, like
many of the Turhinidoe, I once supposed that the organs for the aeration
of the circulating fluid might be of a compound nature, (pulmono-bran-
chiati.) It is, however, far more probable (as in the case of some Crus-
taceous* genera which I am now investigating,) that this process is capa-
ble of a diurnal or a temporary interruption, or that the branchiae, so
long as they are kept moist, and shielded from atmospheric influence,
may perform their functions, though much more slowly.

The species are very numerous, but involved in the greatest confusion.
As De Blainville has remarked, " Leur separation en petits groupes na-
" turels est assez ditficile, nous ne doutons cependant pas qu'on y parvi-
•• enne, si I'on peut reussir a etudier a la fois et conipletement les ani-
" maux et les coquilles." From the great variation in their colouring,
and the liability of the older shells to become corroded and decorticated
by atmospheric exposure, the action of salt water, or the blows of roll-
ing stones, while the spines and other appendages of the zone, are worn

• In the decapod short-taikd Crustacea wliich reside at the bottom of the
ocean, the foramina wliich admit the water to the branchiae are very large: in
the genera which dwell lonpf on land they are contracted. Thf>se curious open-
ing's, seated at the base of the arms, and dosed with a moveable oporculiforni
ciliated jnnun, I have termed porliilie.

30 Rev. L. Giiilding-'s Observations

down or lost, the species are not easily described. Tiiere can be no
doubt of the necessity of always giving magnified figures and careful de-
tails of these animals. An uncoloured outline is also desirable, to shew .
the peculiar carving of the valves. We might add, with advantage, a
profile of the back, and highly magnified figures of the scales, spines,
and countless ossicula which beset the inferior adhering surface of the
zone, which, added to atmospheric pressure, protect them so effectually
from the violent washing of the surf, and the attacks of their countless
enemies. The smaller species in particular, without careful line engrav-
ings (made with the specimens in sight), it will be difficult to distinguish.
Where it is necessary to avoid expense, one half only of the figure might
be coloured, while the other might be left to shew the strise and verrucae
with which the valves are commonly adorned. It would be of great ad-
vantage if oudines of the valves, deprived of their connecting ligament,
could be also given : the teeth, fissures, and punctures for muscular in-
sertion vary much in the diff'erent species, and should be always noticed.
Two specimens of each should be sacrificed for this purpose. If left to
putrefy in water, or if boiled sufficiently, the fleshy parts are easily se-
parated, and the valves, well cleaned and scraped, may then be gummed
in their proper order, with a small interval, on card either white or par-
tially blackened : one of the sets being reversed. With these should be
preserved a portion of the detached scales or spines, with a thin slice
from the inferior surface of the zone, that they may be submitted to the
microscope.

They seem to feed entirely by night. Though they remain stationary
during the day, when disturbed they will often creep away with a slow
and equal pace, often sliding side- ways, and creeping under the rocks
and stones for concealment. If accidentally reversed, they soon recover
their position, by violently contorting and undulating the zone ; and for
defence they sometimes (when detached) roll themselves up like the wood-
lice. Some of the larger kinds, especially oi Acanthopleura, are eagerly
devoured by the lower orders in the West Indies, who have the folly to
call them beef: the thick fleshy foot is cut away from the living animal,
and swallowed raw, while the viscera are rejected. We have here a
large pale Chiton, which is said to be poisonous.

The zone of the Acanthopleurcs is often beset with fnd, while the

on the Chitonidce. 31

scales of Chiton, from their more constant motion, rarely afford a rest-
ing-place to the SerpulcE and other bodies which are so often dispersed
over the broad and solid scuta. The Zoologist, while he takes the size
and leading characters of the species from full-grown specimens, will
do well to colour from young ones, which are commonly free from any
incrustations or injuries. I have observed that some species, of which it
is commonly impossible to find specimens not corroded and spoiled, are
in certain localities beautifully perfect, and that many species are altoge-
ther local, and confined to particular coasts and reefs.

In the 10th number of the Zoological Journal, p. 193, Mr. Frembly
has given some of the most interesting observations which have ever been
made on these animals. His mode of kiUing them, however, is very
faulty, and would lead to the loss of the greater part of the specimens.
Their beauty will in all cases depend on the mode in which they are cap-
tured and killed. The finest specimens will of course be those which
are preserved in spirit, and exhibit no contraction of the zone. I have,
however, been able to dry the whole animal with so great success, that
specimens long preserved can scarcely be distinguished from living ones.
The capture of them, from the violence of the surf, I have sometimes
found a dangerous occupation, the waves having nearly carried me from
the rocks. The Naturalist should choose the hour of lowest tide on a
calm day, and go prepared with a blunt, round-pointed dinner-knife, a '
few negro calabashes, or a small keg with a smooth interior, and sus-
pended by a string. These should be half filled with sea-water. Speci-
mens found on smooth stones may, with little force, be slided off" into the
keg to the sides of which they will immediately attach themselves in their
natural position. If they are found on rough coral, or uneven rock, the
knife must be suddcnbj inserted under the zone, and the animal turned
Mp : or if the coral be soft, a small chisel may be forced under the spot
occupied, and tlie animal secured without injury. The adhesion, which
is slight when they are undisturbed, on the slightest alarm becomes so
great, that they cannot, when on hard rocks, be secured without lacerating
the sides. By the time they are carried home, all will have attached
themselves to the wooden vessel, and the cold water having been poured
out, scalding water mast be suddenly dashed on them, and not poured
gently tlirough a tea-kettle. Pew will fall or bend their bodies : as soon

32 Rev. L. Guilding''s Observations

as the water cools they are to be thrown into strong clear spirit for a few
days. The flesh is on no account to be removed ; but before being placed
to dry, the animals are to be for a moment immersed in spirit, saturated
with corrosive sublimate, which insures their safety. They are now to
be placed in rows according to their height, and boards or weights of
any kind placed on them till they are dry: or they may be pressed be-
tween the leaves of an old useless folio volume, the bent specimens being
laid in the central groove, which, as it is closed, will restore the natural
attitude : when freed from extraneous bodies, they may be gummed on
card of various colors, and the natural tints are easily brought out by a
brush moistened with pure oil. Nothing can exceed the simplicity of
this plan, or the beauty of the specimens which are thus prepared and
secured from the attacks of insect enemies and air. Mr. Frembly's plan of
suffering them to die gradually in a covered box is subject to great objec-
tions. Even in this sultry climate they will live many days, and will
require to be often watched : they crowd on the backs of each other for
the sake of moisture and coolness, and putridity at last often advances
before the animals can be secured.

There is another plan of destroying the Mollusca, to which I must call
the attention of Zoologists. The examination of Bivalves is attended
with the greatest difficulty, from the impossibility, in many cases, of open-
ing the valves without rudely cutting asunder the adductorial muscles or
breaking the shell at the risk of injuring the inhabitant, or waiting till its
death, when it is commonly in a state unfit for examination. I have found
that many Acepbala, which in a damp cellar would survive for weeks,
die in a single night if left in stale sea-water, with their valves open, and
the animal well extended. Sea-water, when exposed to the sun and
stale, in a very short time is fatal to the Mollusca, Crustacea, and other
marine creatures : while it has the advantages of not causing them to
throw off their limbs in the agonies of death, or to shorten their retractile
organs. Of course the observer will not omit to keep them for a time in
water perfectly fresh, and carefully attend to their habits while they con-
tinue in health and vigour.

Another plan I have long practised with great success for Land
Mollusca, and Mr. Gray informs me he has followed it at the British
Museum. A glass, or other vessel, with a ground or perfectly even

on the ChitonidiB. 33

top, is to be filled with fresh water to overflowing, and the animals
thrown into it : they are to be covered over with flat even glass, and in
this prison-house they are suffocated and destroyed, the organs remaining
extended in their natural attitudes. It is better to use separate glasses,
as the animals,* il" placed together, by crawling over each other, often
in fright retract their organs ; and they are to be kept as still as possible.
When quite dead, they are to be throv\'n, without loss of time, into
weak, and afterwards stronger spirit : some are to be preserved naked,
while the sliells of others may be retained, the spire being perforated or
cracked, for the admission of the antiseptic fluid to the spiral turns of the
abdomen. It does not, however, so well answer for the Ampullariada,
and those genera which possess branchiae as well as a respiratory cavity
(Respiratorium.) On these it would be advisable to try the sliock of an
electric battery. Xerilince are destroyed with great diflSculty: some
whicli were even kept close in salt water seemed to have the power of
purifying it, and rendering it fit for respiration, while many large air-
bubbles were generated in the glass. Some power of this kind would
be very valuable to those species which inhabit maritime ponds, the wa-
ters of which, nearly dried up at certain seasons, must be stafrnant and
unwholesome.

The marine univalves, if kept still in separate vessels thus covered,
will die in their natural attitudes, thougii not without some exceptions,
which the zoologist will be taught by experience. All, however, are
liable to deceive the operator. Although lying reversed, and apparently
lifeless, many, when thrown into spirit, will possess sufficient muscular
power to withdraw within the shell, when suddenly stimulated by the
ardent spirit. It would be safer to pour oflP gently the stale sea-water,
and to have boiling water dashed on them, to secure the success of the
operation.

Many of the minuter shells, as soon as the animal has been described,
are to be thrown into spirit, and the operculum in situ may be observed

• In warm countries, if the smaller Land Mollusca are captured at a distance
from home, they should be placed in tin boxes, with only damp leaves, and
all water carefully poured out: without this precaution, the steam grenerated
during the nifjlit will be fatal to the captivcK.

Vol. V. c

34 Hev. L. Guildinar's Observations on the Chitonida;.

at leisure. If the existence of the opercuUim is doubtful, or the animal
has withdrawn itself from sight, a specimen may be fractured and suf-
fered to rot in sprino; water, when the putrid mass must be carefully
washed and examined in a watch-glass. By these means I have detected
the spurious operculum in species which I believed possessed it, but in
which it could not, in the common way, be detected after the most pa-
tient examination. In ColombeUa it is sometimes so minute as to require
a sharp eye, or even a magnifier, before it can be found. In such cases
it is indeed spurious, or only the rudiment of the organ, vv^hich may be
more perfectly developed in other species, or in kindred genera, which
from their economy require an ampler shield against the attacks of
enemies.

We are apt, however, to make use of this word spurious without suffi-
cient consideration. We should recollect, when wondering at the small-
ness or weakness of the horny opercula of some MoUusca, that the spe-
cies which possess such either live under the sand, reside in safety on the
coasts, or quit the waters when they are not feeding, the shell being held
dovv^n close to the rocks by a dried mucous secretion, as in some Turhi-
nidcB, or by the mere adhesion of the foot, as in Purpura, &c. The
operculum, which in many cases would not close the expanded aperture,
is only brought into use in cases of great peril, when the hold of the
adhesive foot is loosened, the vessels are emptied of mucus, the various
secretions, or the poisonous or coloured fluids by which the enemy is to be
driven back or baffled, and the animal retires into the narrower whorls,
for which alone the operculum is fitted. When the operculum is per-
fectly solid and testaceous, we may be sure that its possessor commonly
resides in places where it is subject to the sudden attacks of dangerous
pursuers. Here it will be of ample size, and capable of closing the
larger and exterior whorl. The structure and composition of this organ
indicates the habits of the inhabitant in so many cases, that its value in
generic characters is far greater than many are willing to allow.

Before concluding these notes on the Chitonidw, I cannot refrain from
again referring to the complex and wonderful organs of the mouth for com-
minuting the food. The Palato-oesophagal membrane, when the animal is
plunged into boiling water, is easily detached, and forms a beautiful and in-
teresting object for the microscope. The anterior termination is expanded

Dr. Heiiieken's DescriptioJi ofCerascopus. 36

into a denticulate palate, while the broad naked ate are reflected over the
singular organs which supply the place of the under jaw of the Mamma-
lia. The inferior portion is folded into a half-closed tube, resembling
the trachea of birds, from the two lines of external sloping parallel ten-
dons, which give motion to each molar tooth-like process, as they are set
in action to grind the food and pass it into the stomach. The tongue is
minute, lobate at the tip, and terminates this singular organ, to which
the name of Trachijdcrma is now given. We easily see why the termi-
nation is not closed into a perfect tube, as this structure would have in-
terfered with the necessary degree of motion required for the teeth. In
other Mollusca the organs I have called Siagonia, from their use, are
often quadrate cartilaginous bodies ; here they are represented by two
large elongate bladders, composed of a Vv'hite tough skin, and most tightly
distended with a transparent fluid, so as to give them almost the strength
of cartilage. Their bases are distant, while the apices are brought toge^
ther under the alate processes of the palate, and set in motion by an ap-
paratus of strong and numerous muscles, as we see in the very satisfactory
outlines given by Cuvier.

I hope soon to have opportunities of publishing, in some work or
other, figures of the many beautiful species which inhabit the Caribean
Sea.

St. Vincent, May 1, 1829.

A R I . VIII. Descriptions of a neiv gemis of Hcmiptera, and of
a species of Hegeter. By C. Hkinkkkn, M.D., ^c. In a
Letter to the Editor.

To THE Editor of the Zoological Journal.
Sm,

The first of the two following insects appears to me to have been
hitherto undescribed, and to constitute an intermediate genus between
J 'loiaria and the secUon Plotercs of the " Genera, &c." of Latreille;
and the second to be a new species of his genus Ilegeter. As, however,

c 2

SiS Dr. Heineken's Description ofCerascopus.

my means of reference are very limited, and as it is several year^^ since I
have seen any collection of insects, excepting a very small and local one
of my own, I may be deceived ; in that case the details which I have
given, will, perhaps, compensate for the failure of my attempt to con-
tribute something new.

I am. Sir,

Your obedient Servant,
Funchal, Madeira, C. Heineken, M. D.

25th April, 1829.

Order. Hemiptera.

Section. Heteroptera, (Kirby, Leach.)

Family. Geocorisae, (Latreille.)

Tribe. NudicoUes, (Latreille.)

Genus. Cerascopus, (nobis.)

Corpus elongato-clavatum, membranaceum. Elytra alceque nulte.
Caput elongato-ovatum, bilobatum. Ocelli nuUi. Jlntennce cor-
poris saltern longitudine, geniculatse, filiformes (articulo Imo aliis
longiore et arcuato) ante oculos, et supra lineam ab iis nsque ad
rostri originem ductam, insertse. Rostrum articulo secundo mediove
aliis plane breviore. Thorax elongatus, ineequalis, bipartitus.
Pedes antici raptorii coxis elongatis, intermedii et postici (quorum
hi longiores) longissimi, graciles, filiformes. .Abdomen clavatum,
depressum, segmentis falsis. Genitalia exserta.

Cerascopus marginatus.

Length about four lines. Colour dingy yellowish brown, interspersed
with umber. Legs and antenna o{ the latter colour with pallid articula-
tions. Thighs and tibice of raptorious legs spotted with umber, and two in-
terrupted central and one margmal line of the same on the abdomen, which
is depressed above with an elevated margin and six false segments;
smooth, entire, slightly convex, and of a pale yellow colour, beneath.
Eyes black. Head divided into two unequal lobes, by a transverse de-
pression between the eyes. First joint of antenncp as long (or nearly)
as the two next, and bowed forwards; fourth somewhat the shortest, and
suddenly tapering to a fine conical point. Thorax unequally divided by

Dr. Heineken's Description of Cerascopus. 37

a constriction and depression just before the second pair of legs:
posterior division elongate and irregular in figure and surface, in conse-
quence of the articulations of the legs; anterior rather linear and
giving origin to the raptorious legs at its anterior extremity. Tarsi cf
the latter gradually and finely pointed, and slightly curved inward?, and
together with the tibia received into a groove between two rows of spines
and a strong prominent curved spur at their termination ou the thighs.
Second joint of the tarsi of tlie other legs shortest, and third longest.
Three joints in all, with two curved, simple, exserted terminal claws.

Genitalia 5 in statu quiescente adeo compressa ut vix investigari
queant ; nee in coitu observare contigit.

Genitalia^ distincta, extantia, antrorsum sursumque flexa. Penis
membranaceus, pellucidus, truncatus, inter crura prehensorum (quorum
duo laterales appositi, alter inferior posticus) exsertus. De coitu,
semel tantum viso, tam ob brevissimum spatium temporis quo peractum
est, quamob difficilem observandi rationem (insectis vase vitreo inclusis),
haec tantum quoad partes observata sunt : scilicet, cruribus prehensorum
expansis vel divaricantibus, penem deinde extensum fuisse; interea, pedi-
bus raptoriis feminse utrisque ab alterutro maris comprehensis, thoracem
ejus amplexus corpusque incurvans, coitur. Alio tempore fefellit marem
spes pedes raptorios feminae comprehendendi ; ilia itaque evasit.
lUaquidem semper invita, idcirco nonnihil periculirespicere marem videtur;
quippe post coitum sese invicem vitant, nee (ut semel ambobus in vase
relictis) aliquando femina marem necare recusat. Coitum cum femina
gravida semel a mare inceptum vidi, sed infelici casu : ex hoc patet,
marem nisi experiendo feminae affectus nescire. Quarta circiter hebdo-
roada post coitum, $ ponit ova, ovalia, albida, pellucida, vasi adhaerentia,
dispersa, numero incerta, larvis decimam post diem exclusis : impregna-
tione una ad tres quatuorve ovorura depositiones suflficiente. Meta-
morphosis nulla aut valdd indistincta.

The insect is found from March to December (seldom if ever during
the intermediate months) stalking on the walls of rooms, and almost
invariably after dusk ; those in confinement arc more or less torpid
during the day. The motion when the pace is quickened, or when about
to take prey, is more elastic and librating (if the term be allowable) than
tremulous and vibratory, so that it cannot be strictly called tipvlous; it

38 Dr. Heinckcii's Description of Ccrascopus.

resembles the poising motion of a rope-dancer more than any tiling else.
The antennae are invariably used (bent to a certain angle) for touching
the prey, and measuring its distance apparently, before it is seized. I
never saw a fly taken by it without this previous operation, and once, when
one was dropped close to the insect, they were bent at a more acute angle
than usual, and the stroke failed; retreating a little, the angle was in-
creased, and the fly taken. They are always in a state of slow up and
down motion, and are used as tactors and explorers upon all occasions ;
touching either another animal or one of the same species with a leg
accidentally seems to be hardly perceived, but the instant an antenna
comes in contact with any thing, the insect suddenly darts back. They
seem in a great degree too to supply the place of sight, which I suspect,
although the eyes are of proportionate size, to be but limited, for after
remaining quietly within a moderate sphere of vision from one of its own
species, it starts off as though suddenly alarmed, upon the slightest
contact. I have removed both from several individuals, and never saw
them attempt to seize any thing afterwards. They invariably died, and I
should say not from the mutilation, but the privation of food. When
only one is removed, in some instances that which remains is clumsily
made use of, but seldom efficaciously. Death sooner or later is the con-
sequence, the abdomen is shrivelled and collapsed from lack of nourish-
ment, the animal continuing as active as one with entire antennae, but either
deprived of, or refusing food. The legs are not deciduous, and I have
never seen a limb reproduced ; this however, has not been fairly tried.
It is the most unsparing and indiscriminate destroyer and devourer of its
own species that I have ever met with. Spiders will kill, but rarely if
ever suck, one another and their mates ; but I have never succeeded by
keeping all other food from them, (and the trial has been made frequently
and for long periods) in inducing them to kill their own offspring, or
indeed the very young of another of their own species ; but a female
Cerascopus killed and sucked a companion of the same sex, her own mate,
and, after only a kw days' fast, her own young, and sucked her own eggs!
They generally appear early in March, and I have now (April) one begin-
ning to lay. Two summers ago one received the male in July, laid four
batches of eggs at nearly equal periods between that time and November,
and died, although used to confinement and well fed, early in December.

Dr. Hcineken's Description of Cerascopm . 39

The only family of Latreille's " Genera, &c." which will admit this
insect is the second, Cimicides. From the section Ploteres it is excluded
by its habits (vvliich are strictly those of a land and in-door animal) , its
claws, antenna: and rostrum. From the section JlcanthillcB, every thing
is exclusive : and it can only be admitted within that ofReduvini by a little
accommodation. This section contains four genera, viz. .A'cibis, Reduvius,
Zelus and Plolaria. In Xahis the body is " conico-ovate," the legs " not
" long," the coxce " short," the insertion of the antenna is " beneath,"
and the first joint of the rostrum is " not longer than the second." In
Reduvius there are the additional discrepancies of the second joint of the
rostrum " the longest," and the presence of " ocelli.'" Of Zelus and
Ploiaria, no generic characters are given ; I therefore conclude that thev
are amenable to those of their predecessor Reduvius, but in the " His-
" toire Naturelle, &c." the distinguishing character of Zelus is " pattes
" simples, ni ravisseuses, ni tres-courtes," and the Ploiaria there have
" le corps long et etroit," " de petits yeux lisses," and " le corselet
" assez plat en dessus se retrecissant et diminuant d' epaisseur de son
" bord posterieur a celui de devant." When therefore, in addition to all
this, it is excluded for equally good reasons from the numerous genera,
either invented or adopted by Leach, which Samouelle has given ; and
possesses the peculiarities of not even the rudiments (as far as I can
ascertain) of elytra or wings, of a bowed first joint to the antennce, of
using these members as tactors, measurers and explorers, of the second
joint o{\he rostrum being palpably the shortest, andof exserted and com-
plicated organs of generation ; I hope, that even in this genus-malcingage,
I shall be held justified in offering my small " sum of more, to that which
" had too much." Two genera (Holoptile and PetalocheireJ are given
in the " Families Nat. &c." with which I am perfectly unacquainted;
should our insect belong to either of them, the name which I have
intended as a generic, may easily be converted into a specific one.
The details which I have added can in neither case do harm. *

• Dr. Heinekeu's insect cminot be nn Holu/tiilu.t, Lcpel. and Serv., the
antenna: in tliat gcuus being only three-jointed, with the last two joints fea-
thered with long hairs ; nor a Petnlocheini.i, Pal. do Beauvoir, in which tlu-
body is not linear, the legs of only moderate length, and the anterior tibia-
dilated into the form of a shield. Its nearist relation is \o PIninria, in wliicU

40 Dr. Heineken's Description of Hegeter IVebhianus.

Tab. II. Fig. 5. A Female. It is somewhat magnified, and the thighs are
proportionally rather too short. The Male has a narrower
abdomen, and the sexual organs bent upwards and for-
wards. The Young differ only in being more linear,
smaller, lighter in colour and less distinctly marked.
The false segments are also obsolete, or nearly so.

Hegeter. (Latreille, Genera, &c. vol. 2, p. 156.)

Heg. WebbiantLS. (nob.)

Ater, obscurus ; labro, palporum maxillarium antennarumque apicibus
fuscis; capite thoraceque Isevibus impunctatis ; thorace postice subsinuato
et ad latera posticeque leviter marginato, angulis acutis ; scutello lineari
transverse ; elytris basi et externe marginatis, obsoletissime subsulcatis.
Longitudine 4j lineis.

Habitat in Insula Nivaria.

The above insect was sent to me a few weeks back from Teneriffe, by
my friend Mr. Webb, (after whom I propose, should it prove new, to
name it), but I have not yet learnt any particulars of its habits. It is so
precisely in every respect a Hegeter of Latreille, that it would be useless
either to figure or minutely describe it. Indeed excepting in size (4^
instead of 8| lines), in having the grooves of the elytra but just dis-
cernible, in the elytra diminishing more gradually in width towards the
thorax, and in the latter being subsinuated behind, and less palpably
marginated, it approximates so nearly to his Heg. striatus, that, with the
addition of the few words in italics, the specific character given above is
verbatim that of the striatus in the " Genera, &c." And as I conclude
the latter, both from its having led to the formation of the genus, and from
Lamarck designating it " ^kis Hegeter,^' to be the only known species,
I have ventured ours in addition.

genus the Rev. Mr. Kirby, to whom the description and figure have been
submitted, is disjwsed to place it. " If you examine," he says " tlie true
" Ploiaria vagabunda, you will find that it has a bilobed head as in fig. 5. a.
" and that the antenna, rostrum, and fore legs, are precisely similar. In fact
" there is no prominent difference except that the Madeira species is apterous."
F.d.

Dr. Heineken ow Cemiatia, 41

J'fote on the Hegeter Webbianiis. By the Rev. W. KiRBY.

I have great doubts whether this insect is distinct from Heg. xlriatus.
Latreille gives Teneriffe as its habitat, and describes the elytra as
safisulcata, which indicates that they are slightly furrowed. I have a
specimen from Madeira only six lines long, which brings it near Mr.
Webb's specimens, and the thorax is subsinuated behind ; so that there
remains scarcely any distinction except that of size, now reduced, and
that the elytra instead of subsulcata are obsoletissime subsulcata, which
may be casual.

Art. IX. On Cermaliu. fii/ C Keinekkn, M.D., i^c.

Latreille cautions the entomological aspirant against making even a
species (" meme une esp^ce"), " sans y avoir murement reflechi ;" but
as I am not aware that equal forbearance is either expected or requisite in
the unmaking process, I may perhaps be allowed the attempt, even though
it should appear that I have not " maturely" considered the subject : a
condition much more easily fulfilled to our own content, than to the satis-
fection of others.

In the third volume of the Zoological Miscellany, page 38, is a de-
scription of the Cermatia livida, and No. 136 is the plate of the same.
Madeira is given for its habitat, and as in the course of several years, and
amongst some dozens of specimens either seen or preserved by me, (they
are common in our houses,) not even a variety has occurred, I think I
need not hesitate in saying that we have only one species of Cermatia,
and consequently that the Cermatia livida of Dr. Leach is that one.

Fig. a of the accompanying Plate [Tab. IL fig. C] is our Cermatia vfhen
alive, and it will readily be conceived that I was not a little puzzled to recon-
cile it with either the description or figure in the Miscellany. However,
upon examining some which had been for a length of time preserved in
spirits, and then exposed to the air for a few hours, as I suppose Dr. Leach's
to have been before the drawing was made, I found them as represented by
Fig. h ; and as they then agreed with the description, and corresponded

42 Dr. Hehickeu ou Cerniafui.

with the figure (which I suspect to be far from an accurate one) at least
as well as that description did, I felt perfectly satisfied ; and although Dr.
Leach hinted a suspicion that his Cerm. livida and the Scolopendra cok-
optrata of Linnaius might be the same, yet as he appeared unable to de-
termine the matter, I thought it by no means probable that I should suc-
ceed, and therefore took the negative for granted. Happening, however,
a short time since to meet with a new species in Risso's " Histoire Natu-
" relle," &c. Vol. V. p. 153, which he had named Cermatm variegata,
and finding that ours answered to its description, I was led to prosecute
the inquiry ; and the result is, (as I hope to prove,) that the Scolopendra
coleoptrata of Linnaeus, — the Scutigera longipes and coleoptrata of
Lamarck, — the Scut, araneoides of Latreille, — the Cermatia livida of
Leach, and the Cerm. variegata of Risso, are one and the same, and
identical with ours.

As I have not any of the works referred to by Lamarck and Latreille,
I am obliged to adopt one of their species as a standard, and by identify-
incf ours with tliat species, to assume its correspondence with the syno-
nyms. I shall take Latreille's Scut, araneoides.

In his "Histoire Naturelle," &c. Vol. VII, p. 86, &c. he says, " Les
" pal pes maxillaires sunt longs et epineux" — " le corps a, outre les pe-
" tits anneaux dont je viens de parler, sept autres recouverts chacun en
" dessus d'une plaque bien terminee dans les contours, comme un petit
" bouclier, presqiie carree, avec le bord posterieur arrondi aux angles,
" echancre an milieu, et ayant dans ce sinus une petite fissure, dout les
" bords etantun peu releves semblent representer une esp^ce de stigmate,"
&c. &c. &c. — " Les trois premieres plaques, a commencer par la tete,
" sont un peu plus courtes et la quatrieme est la plus longue. Linneeus
*' et Pallas en comptent huit. Je crois que la huitieme doit etre censee
*' faire partie de I'espece de petite queue qui resulte des segments termi-
" naux sans pattes." — " Les pattes sont beaucoup plus longues que dans
" ces insectes (les Scolopendres) et par la figure de leurs articles se rap-
" prochent de celles des Faucheurs, &c. &c. Les six dernieres paires, et
" surtout les terminales, sont plus longues que les huit premieres, &c.
" Les tarses sont fort longs, composes d'une infinite d'articles se roulanl
" sur eux-memes a leur extr^mite," &c. &c. — " On trouve la S. arane-
" oide dans les maisons." — This I am aware is his generic description,

Dr. Heineken on Cermatia. 43

but as it appears to have been taken from a single species, (the Scol. cu-
leoptrata of Linneeus), and is so minute, I have selected such parts as
more especially elucidate the species, of which his essential characters are
the following — " 1 4 paires de pattes ; corps jaune roussatre, avec trois
" lignes d'un noir bleuatre le long du dos, et des fascies de la meme cou-
" leiu- sur les cuisses." In the " Genera Crustac," &c. Vol. I, p. 77,
published subsequently to the Histoire, he says, " Pedibus triginta ; cor-
" pore rufo-flavescente, lineis longitudinalibus pedumque fasciis coeru-
" leo-nigris :" and whoever compares these descriptions with Fig. a,
will at once, I think, agree that ours is the Scut, araneo'ides of Latreille.
The follo\ving is the list of synonyms in the "Genera:" " Scutig^re
" araneoide Lat., Hist. Vol. VII, p. 88. — Scolopendra coleoptrata,
" Linn., Sr/st. A'at. ed. 13, Vol. I, pars 1,pag. 3015 — La Scolopendre
" a 28 pattes, Geoff., Hist, des insect. Vol. II, p. 675. — Julus araneoi-
*' des. Fall., Spic. Zool.fasc. 9, tab. 4, fig. 16. — Scolopendra coleop-
" trata. Fab., Entom. S>jst. Vol. II, p. 389, and Fanz., Faun, insect.
" Germ.fasc. 50, Jig. 12." The synonyms given by Lamarck (Ani-
maux sans Vertebres, Vol. V, p. 29,) of his Scut, longipes, are, Scolo-
pendre a 28 pattes, Geoff., Vol. II, p. 675, No. 2, and Julus araneoi-
des ? Fall., Spic. Zool. 9, p. 85, t. 4, y. 16: and of his Scut, coleop-
trata, Scolopendra coleoptrata, Fanz.,fasc. 50, t. 12, clearly identifying
his two species with Latreille's araneo'ides. Dr. Leach's essential cha-
racters are, " Corpore livido ; pedibus luteis :" " few, and far between,"
it is true, but sufficient when backed by the habitat, to leave no doubt as
to its being our Fig, b. " Corpore flavescente, glauco ; dorso lineis
" tribus longitudinalibus purpureo-nigris, una centrali, duabus lateralibus
•' e maculis constantibus ; antennis croceis, pallidis ; pedibus flavescenti-
" glaucis, violasccnti annulatis ; oculis atris," are the very words in
which I should have thought that I had happily described our Fig. a. They
are Risso's description of his Cerm. variegata. I should perhaps have
added, incisuris (scutellorum marginibus) pallidis; but as Dr. Leach has
not noticed them in his description, although they are shewn in the figure,
and as Latreille only says in the generic characters, " les bords semblent
" represonter iine esp^ce de stigmate," I conclude, cither that Risso
overlooked them in his species, or considered them of no consequence ;
that they really are immaterial, or that they are strictly generic marks.

44 Mr. Broderip's Description of two

That Lamarck's Scut, longipes and coleoptrata and Latreille's Scut,
araneo'ides are the same, is evident from the correspondence of their sy-
nonyms. Latreille himself considers his Scut, araneo'ides and Linnseus's
Scol. coleoptrata as identical, and adopts araneoides, " le nom specifique
" de Linnaeus rentrant dans celui du genre ;" and a comparison of the
different descriptions with the figures, cannot fail to shew that ours is the
Scut, araneoides, livida, and variegata of their respective authors. I
suspect, from its omission in the " Genera," that Latreille considers
the longicoriiis of his " Histoire," synonymous with the araneoides ;
and as Lamarck says of his longicornis, " est elle vraiment distincte de
" la precedente ?" (the longipes J it may perhaps turn out, after all, that
there is only one well-known and established species of Scutigera, namely,
the Scolopendra coleoptrata of Linnaeus.
Funchal, Madeira, Feb. 10, 1829.

P. S. I am indebted to a friend for the drawings, and I mention this
because, in addition to their being better than my own would have been,
he is not interested either in the branch of science to which they refer,
or the subject of discussion which they are intended to elucidate ; his
pencil is therefore more likely to have been unprejudiced. Fig. 6. was
sketched from the same animal as Fig. a., but coloured from one which
had been long in spirits and afterwards exposed to the air for two or
three hours.

Art. X. Description of two new Species of Biicciiium from
the English and Irish Sens. By W. J. Brooerip, Esq ,
F.R.S., Si-c, Sec. G.S.

BUCCINUM ACUMINATUM.

B. testa conico-siihidatd, alba, anfraclihus 10, idtimo angulato, xtriis
elevatis inlermediisque minoribus anwxlosis et granulosis ; epider-
mide fused ; columelld uniplicatd ; sulco basali ct canaH magnis ;
long. unc. ^^^, lat. 2.
Ilab. in Oceano Britannico.

JIus. Sowerby.

77^7.2.

new species of liuccinum. 45

Tab. III. fig. 1, 2.

Shell white, or brownish-white, of a conical-subulate shape, tapering
gradually from the angle of the body-whorl to the acuminated apex.
The whole of the ten whorls are ringed with elevated striiE, which, toge-
ther with those which are intermediate and less elevated, have a granular
appearance. The epidermis is brown. The mouth is milk-white, with
the edge of the lip a little reflected, and the pillar strongly marked with
one plait in the advanced stage of growth. The basal furrow is deep,
and the canal large.

This fine and interesting addition to our British Mollusca was dredged
off Torquay by a fisherman, in a boat wherein was Viscount Kilcoursie,
the late proprietor of the shell. In its outline it approaches to Terebra,
It is very different from B. glaciale, with which species it was con-
founded by some of those who had an opportunity of seeing the shell in
Lord Kilcoursie's cabinet. The animal was alive when it was brought
into the boat, and it is very much to be regretted that it was not pre-
served with the operculum.

I have seen two other specimens of this shell. One much younger,
in which the angle of the body-whorl is not yet developed, and the plait
on the pillar is only just beginning to appear ; though the other charac-
ters are as clearly marked as they are in the figured specimen. The
other, a very young shell, is much distorted by a mal-formatitai of the
whorls at the suture ; but the general contour and character of the spe-
cies is preserved.

BUCCINUM FUSI FORME.

B. testd ovato-oblongd, fusiforrni, albd, anfradibus 7 ventricosis, lon-
gitudinal iter creherrim^ costatis et transversim slriatis, costis sub-
granulosis ; columclld la>vi ; long. 1-J-, lat. j, unc.
Hub. in Mari Hibornico.

Mus. Bennett, J. Sowerby.

Tab. III. fig. 3.

Shell ovate-oblong, fusiform, white : whorls seven, ventricose, with
numerous longitudinal subgranulose ribs, crossed by frequent transverse
striae. The ribs cease upon the lower part of the body-whorl, leaving
the base simply striated transversely. The pillar is smooth. The speci- ,
men from which the description was taken was found by Mr. J. Hum-

46 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca.

phreys, near Cork. 1 have before me another individual of larger size
(one inch \ long, and about | of an inch broad), but it is very much
worn. This last came from the collection of Mr. Bennett. The species
approaches in general appearance to some of those Fusi which have a
short canal.

Art. XI. Observations on new or interesting Mollusca, con-
tained, for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological
Society. By W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S., &ic.. Sec.
G.S., and G. B. Sowkrby, F.L.S., SjC.

(Continued from Vol. IV. p. 379.)

Group.

Tunicata.

Family.

**** ?

Genus.

Chelyosoma.

Corpui sessile, Jixum testa coriaced swpernk diviio-laminatd indutuvi.
Orificia conica, utrumque valvulis 6 trigonis clausum.

Specific Character.
Chelyosoma MacLeayanum.
Ch. elongato-ovalnm, basi uffixinn, superne planum, uctopartUum,
laminis striatis, orijims prominentibus.
Hah. in Oceano Arctico, saxis adhaerens.

Ta3. III. fig. 4, 5, 6.
This extraordinary inhabitant of the Arctic Seas appears to differ from
any of the Tunicata already^ described. It comes nearest to those Mol-
lusca which form Mr. MacLaay's group Tethya, but there are no traces of
tentacula surrounding the branchial orifice. From the Thalida it differs,
inasmuch as the mantle seems to adhere to the orifices only, and, instead
of a simple valvule, each orifice of Chelyosoma is furnished with a
complicated one. From the AscididiE, the only simple and fixed fa-
mily of the Tethya, according to MacLeay, it differs, inasmuch as both
its orifices are surrounded by six valves, instead of being quadrifid.

Mr. Broderip and Mr. («. B. Soworby on MoUusca. 47

Having thus endeavoured to shew the necessity of estabhshing a new
genus at least, if not a new family, let us proceed to describe the animal.
There were four specimens, one of which was sacrificed to the inquiry ;
but decomposition was so far advanced that the ovaries and other viscera
were nearly reduced to a shapeless pulp, and we could only trace those
parts of the internal structure, which we proceed to lay before our
readers.* The mantle appears to adhere only to the orifices, each of
which consists of six triangular valvules. Each valvule is furnished
with a set of muscular fibres, adhering at one end to the inner surface of
the tunic (not of the mantle) and at the other "extremity to a small pa-
pillary process on the valvule. These muscles appear to be the agents for
opening and shutting the valvules. Besides this set of muscular fibres
and within them there is another set, which passes laterally from one
papilla to another, forming a sphincter, the base of which is hexagonal.
[Tab. III. fig. 6.] There are other strong subcutaneous muscular fibres,
passing from the edge of the upper part of the tunic to that of the lower,
and also from the edge of each of the coriaceous plates which form the
upper surface. These appear to be intended to give the animal the power
of dilatation and contraction. Externally, the animal is of an oblong
cup-shape, adhering by coriaceous processes from the lower part of the
cup. The upper surface, which is flat, consists of eight coriaceous,
somewhat horny, angular plates. One of these is placed between the
two orifices, and, in four specimens which were examined, this was of an
hexagonal shape, the sides coming in contact with the orificial valvules
being lunated. The plates are so disposed that the branchial orifice is
surrounded by three plates, and the anal orifice by four, besides that
which is intermediate and abuts upon both. The three plates near the
branchial orifice are much larger than the four which are near to the anal
orifice. Each of the plates is marked with three or four elevated strife,
parallel to the sides of the plate, and near to them, leaving an area in

• The decomposition, which prevented any thing like an accurate demon-
ktration of the ovaries and other viscera, was, apparently, occasioned by the
spirit in which the specimen was preserved not having sufficiently penetrated
to the internal parts. This is mentioned, in order to draw the attention of col-
lectors to the necessity of puncturing the external integuments, muscular coats,
&c. of such animals as arc plun|;o(I ciilirr into spirit, in (irdcr that it nviy
reach and preserve the viscera.

48 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollumi.

the centre, and bearing a striking general resemblance to the external
plates of a Laud-tortoise's shell. The orifices are very small, and are
surrounded by six triangular valvules, each transversely striated, and
when shut, rising from the surrounding surface in the form of a cone.
The lower or cup-like part is formed of a coriaceous substance, with
slight traces of separation into plates, but without internal muscular
fibre. In one specimen only there were two irregular somewhat horny
plates at the external base of the cup, but not so strongly marked as the
upper plates. These lower plates were not to be observed in another
specimen which was removed for the purpose of examination from the
stone to which it was fixed.

The learned and accurate anatomical observations on the natural
group of Tunicata, by William Sharps MacLeay, Esq., (Linn. Trans.
Vol. XIV, p. 527.) have done so much in elucidation of the hitherto
obscure structure of many of these animals, that the specific name above
recorded is but a small tribute to the author of such a valuable
memoir.

Dentalium filosum.

D. testd gracili, tenui, albd,Jilis octo longitudinalibns, striis transversis
creberrimis ; long. 2-^% poU. lat. -j\ poll.

Hab. ad littora maris ad Tennasserim.

Distinguished from D. odogonum, by its much more slender shape,
and its thinner shell ; instead of the eight angles of that species, it has
eight distinct, raised, longitudinal threads. Three specimens of this fine
species were lately brought to England by Mr. Hay, who himself picked
them up on the coast of Tennasserim.

Cytherea planulata.

C. testd trigond, depressiuscuM, subcequilateruU ; angulis inferioribus
rotundatis ; pallide flavicante, radiis numerosis fuscescentibvs ;
intus albida, fusco-violaceo varid ; dente postico remoto ; long. IrW
poll. lat. Vo poll. alt. W polL
Hab. in littoribus Oceani Pacific!, prope Mazatlan.

A pretty species of Cytherea, which has so much of the general ap-

Mr Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollasca. 49

pearance of a Mactra, that it might at first sight be easily mistaken for
one. In form it is triangular, nearly equilateral, and somewhat de-
pressed ; its base and lower angles are rounded : it is of a pale yellowish
colour, with many diverging fuscous rays : within it is white, varied with
brownish violet, and its posterior cardinal tooth is unusually remote.

Venus decorata.

[Tab. Supp. xl. f. 3.]

V. testa cordato-trigond, latere postico productiore, albd, lirls longi-
tudinalibus crenulatis sulciique radiantibus decussatis granulosd,
margine crenulato.
Habitat ?

This highly decorated shell (the only specimen we have seen) bears
some resemblance in its outward ornament to Area gradata. It was
brought home in the Blossom. In Mr. Sowerby's collection.

BULINUS BILABIATUS.

[Tab. Supp. xl. f. 1,2.]

B. testd acuminato-ovali, anfractibus 6, (ultimo ad basin angulatoj
costis elevatis obliquis distantibus, pallidd fused ; aperturd auricu-
lari, pcristomate rejlexo, sinuoso, pone labium lamellifero ; colu-
melld obtush uniplicatd.
Hub. in Brasilia.

We have placed this extraordinary shell under the genus Bulinus,
being unwilling to add to the list of generic names till we are compelled
to do so. But the species is bo intermediate in its character between the
Auriculae and the Bulini, that it might be referred to either wth little
violence. The mouth of the shell, as well as its general appearance,
is unlike that of any of the Testacea which we have seen. At a little
distance behind the reflected lip rises a shelly plate, which in an earlier
state of its existence appears to have formed the right side of the aper-
ture. We have only seen two specimens; but both of these have the
same formation which does not seem to be accidental. In the collections
of Mr. Bland and Mr. Sowerby.

Both specimens appear to have suffered by exposure to the weather.

Vol. V. D

50 Mr. Broderip ami Mr, G. B. Sowerhy oii MoUusca.

Cyclostoma Rafflesii.

C. testd spird depressiusculd, anfractibus quatuor rotundatis, supeme
striatts, carinis 4 ad 6; umbilico magno ; aperturd orbicularis
peristomaterejlexo; long, ^j^gpoll. lot. 2 poll.
Hab. in Sumatra.

The first specimens we saw of this fine Cyclostoma were brought to
England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, in honour of whom we have
named the species. Its upper side is of a fine chestnut colour, prettily
varied with white. In its very young stale it is quite destitute of the
keels, but has only close-set transverse striae : the reflected lip is some-
times of a light orange brown colour.

Cyclostoma Perdix.

C. testd spird depressiusculd, acuminata, anfractibus quatuor, leviter
striatis ; carina media, estate obliteratd ; aperturd ampld, peristo-
mate rejlexo ; umbilico mediocri ; long, -j^o- polf. lat. 1 tV poll.
Hab. in Tennasserim.

A very elegant species, of which a single specimen was brought to
England by Mr. Hay, who foimd it alive in Tennasserim, not far from
the shore. It is of a dark chestnut colour, mottled with white, and
there is a sutural band of chestnut articulated with white. We have met
with other specimens which show that the keel, which is always sharper
in the young shell than when at its full growth, is sometimes not deve-
loped at an early period.

CONUS SOLANDRI.

[Tab. Supp. xl. f. 4.]

C. testd cylindraceo-turbinatd, subcoronatd, striis transversa frequen-
tibv^, hasalibus granulosis, fulva, fascid medid ulbd, castaneo
maculatd et punctata ; spird mediocri, striatd.
Hab. ad Taheite.

The specimens of this pretty Cone, which were brought home in the
Endeavour, are in a very bad state, the points of the spires being ground
oflF, apparently for the purpose of stringing them. They are labelled,
" Otaheite," in Dr. Solander's hand- writing. Our specimen, which is
in high perfection, was brought home in the Blossom ; but we know not
where it was found. In Mr, Sowerby's collection.

Mr. Stokes' Observations on Volvox Glohator. 51

CONUS CVLINDRACEUS.*

[Tab. Supp. xl. f. 5.]

C. testd cylindraceo-fusiformi, Icevigatd, transversim leviter striatd,
striis inferiorihus fortioribus, granulosis ; spiru rotundato-pyra-
midatd, mucronatd ; colore pallid^ fulvo, alho vario.
Habitat ?

A single specimen of this curious Cone has come to our hands ; it was

brouglit by the Blossom. In its outline it approaches nearest to C. mi-

trains of Lam., and bears a great resemblance to a Terebellum. It

is of a pale fulvous colour, having two transverse rows of very irregular

white blotches, and several distant and irregular longitudinal white

stripes.

(To be continued. J ^

Art. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communi-
cated by W. J. Brodkrip, Esq , F.R.S., SfC, Sec. G.S.

I have received from Mr. Stokes the following remarks upon Volvox
Globator, which will, I think, be interesting to Naturalists.

On the 10th of August, 1828, while observing some aquatic
animalcules under a microscope, his attention was particularly attracted
by a specimen of Volvox Globator of larger size than usual, and remark-
able as containing four distinct green globules within it. These, on
examination, appeared to be young ones, perfectly formed and quite in
contau;t with each other.

• In reference to a shell, named by us Conus interruptns, in the 4th volume
of this Journal, page 379, we have to observe, that soon iifter the publi-
cation of that number we found a very different shell figured under the same
name, but without any description, in the Supplement to Mr. Wood's Index
Te«taceologicu«. Upon examining an individual furnished by Mrs. Mawe
(from whose cabinet the shell figured by Mr. Wood is said to have been taken)
we have no hesitation in stating our opinion that it is only a variety of Conus
nebulosus of Solander and Lamarck. Our Conus interruptns may, therefore,
a« it appoars to us, retain its nainf.

52 Mr, Stokes' Ohservntiona on Volvox Globator.

Their spines were clearly developed, and appeared more closely set
than in the specimens usually met with; and this circumstance, connected
with their darker colour, suggests the idea, that the outer membrane or
integument of the animal is distended as it increases in size. The parent
animal was unusually large and transparent, and almost colourless, as if
by distention, and the spines were proportionately more distant so as to
confirm this supposition : its motion was much more languid than usual.

After a time the glass, containing this individual, was removed in order
to place other objects under the microscope. It was soon however
remarked, that two of the small ones were separated and moving
about in the glass, which was in consequence immediately replaced for
observation. The larger Volvox now shewed an opening or laceration on
one side, which was always hindmost as the animalcule moved ; and its
shape was as here represented.

The other two small ones soon passed through the opening, when they
immediately moved freely in the usual manner of these animalcules, and
with a rapidity strongly contrasted to the languid motion of the parent,
which continued to move as before, and its transparency was such, that it
was not possible to define the edge of the lacerated part between the spines.
'ITie closest attention and variation of the light did not detect any
appearance whatever of internal organization. After an hour had elapsed
the observations were discontinued, but during that period the motion
vras uninterrupted, and there did not appear any tendency in the laceiated
part to collapse or alter its form. On examining many individuals which
contained young ones of different sizes, it appeared that the young pro-
ceeded from points on the internal surface, to which, as in other
gemmiparous animals, they remained attached while continuing to grow.
The number of young varied in different individuals, from two to five.

W. J. B.

Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostomu. 53

Aar. XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous
Insects, Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By 3.0.
Westwood, Esq., F. L. S., S(c.

Order. Coleoptera.

Fam. CiCINDELlDiE.

Genus. Ctenostoma. Klug, Latr., Dej.

Caris. Fischer. Colhjris, p. Fabr.

The principal generic characters of this group have been detailed by
Dejean, in his Species General, &c., Vol. I. p. 152, and by Klug in the
Berlin Transactions. The following observations principally suggested by
the possession of the sexes of one of the species may however be added.

The upper lip (labrum) of the female is more advanced in front than
that of the male, and is furnished with a small tooth at each side, and
three in front, the centre one of which is almost obliterated in the
male. The figure of the upper lip of Ct. trinotatum, given by Fischer
in his Genera, Tab.l, f. 8, is very incorrect.

Fischer and Latreille describe these insects as apterous, and Klug aj
being furnished with moderate sized wings. Dejean (having only a sin-
gle specimen of each of the three species) states his unwillingness to
sacrifice them to verify the fact. Without, however, injuring my speci-
mens, I have discovered that the the males are furnished with wings,
about two-thirds of the size of the elytra, unfolded, and with two diagonal
nerves, and tliat the wings of the female are not above half the size of
those of the male.

The legs of the male are rather longer and larger than those of the
female. In both sexes the four posterior femora and tibia are com-
pressed (especially the hinder pair), so that when seen sideways they
appear much stronger and thicker than when seen from above. The
anterior tarsi of the male have the first three joints dilated and thickly
clothed beneath with short hairs; the third joint being produced obliquely
and flatly on the inside. The tarsi of the female are quite simple.
In the Iconographie des Coleoptdres d' Europe, t. I. f. 2, the penultimate
joint of the four posterior tarsi of Ct. trinotatum $ is represented bilobcd.
Klug's figure of Ct, rugosum (which is drawn from a female) represents

54 Ml". Wcstwood on the Genus Ctenostomit.

the penultimate joint of the anterior, as well as of one of the intermediate,
aod of one of the posterior, tarsi, as bilohed. This joint, however, in
all the legs is simple in both sexes of Ct. ichneuraoneum ; and also, I
imagine, in all theotherspecies, else Dejean would doubtless have noticed it.

The elytra of the male are elongated and rounded at the tips, whilst
those of the female are less elongated, and truncated so as nearly to form
three slight teeth. This character therefore, in this species at least, is a
sexual and not a specific one.

The penultimate segment of the abdomen of the male is emarginated
beneath; the last segment in the females is long and pointed at the tij),
and there are two lateral lobes above, united apparently on their inner
surface.

With reference to the geographical distribution of insects, it may be
mentioned that the genus Ctenostonia appears to represent in South
America (of which all the species are natives) the Asiatic genus CoUiuris.

I am happy in having come to the possession of the sexes of one of
the species of this rare and interesting genus, and in being consequently
enabled to illustrate it with the sexual characters given above, and to
correct the specific characters of the same species given by Dejean.
Ct. ichneumoneum. Dej., Species General, &c. v. 2. Suppl. p. 436. $

, Guerin, Iconogr. du Regne Animal, Insectes. pi. 3.

fig. 3.

Ct. nigro-subaeneum, nitidum, elytris punctatis basi subtransversim rugosis,

macula media transversa apiceque flavis.

Long. Corp. ^ et ? , lin. 5|.

Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dejean, nostr. ^ et ? .

This is a very distinct species. The sexes are of equal size, and their
general specific characters are precisely similar, except as before and
after mentioned. The antennce are brownish black, with the first three
joints yellowish brown, their upper surface being black. The surface of
the head is nearly flat in front, and punctured, especially between and
behind the eyes, and has upon its surface several rugosities forming two
longitudinal chaimels between the eyes, and terminating behind them
in a semicircular transverse ridge, behind which the head is narrower,
smooth, and shining. The colour of the head, tropin and thorax is
shining black, slightly bronzed ; the latter is highly polished and impunc
tate, and formed as in Ct. trinotatum, as described by Dejean ; the elytra

Mr. Wcstwood on the Genus Cteuostotnu. 55

are long, very narrow at the base, and increasing nearly to the lip.
Dejean says of the elytra of his insect, " leur extremite est echancree et
" n'est pas prolongee," evidently from an inspection of the female. The
variation in the formation of the elytra of the sexes I have detailed
above. They are of the same colour as the head, and covered with punc-
tures, especially at the base, where these occasionally unite together and
form a few transverse ridges. These have one transverse, pale yellow
fascia behind the centre, slightly interrupted at the suture, and the apex is
of a more obscure yellow colour ; the slender margin of the elytra is pale
brown. The legs are black bronzed, with the base of the four posterior
femora pale yellowish brovra. All the parts of the body have long
delicate hairs scattered sparingly over them.

The sexes of this species now in my collection were the only two
individuals contained in a large collection of Brazilian insects lately
arrived in England. " Trouvee" according to Dejean " dans les environs
" de Rio Janeiro, dans un bois tres-touffu. EUe se tient sur les branches des
" arbres et court avec beaucoup d'agilite." The species differs from Ct.
formicarium, CoUiuris formicarium, Fab., in having the apex of the
elytra pale ; and from Ct. trinotatum in wanting the pale spot at the base
of the elytra. Its situation in the genus may be seen by the following

S3mopsis Specierum.

1. Ct. formicarium, elytris macula media transversa flava.

2. Ct. ichneumoncum, elytris macula media transversa apiceque flavis.

3. Ct. hifasciatuin, elytris postice laevigatis, fascia antica mediaque
transversa flavis.*

4. Ct. trinotatum, elytris macula baseos, mediaque transversa apice-
que flavis.

• This new species of M. Dejean (Icon, des Col. d'Eiir., 2d Edit., Vol. I. p.
55, pi. 6, f. 5.) might, from the coloured figures, be regarded as the insect
figured under the name of C. formicarium in the first edition of the Co-
leopt^res d'Europe (there being, as I have observed below, some doubt as to
the identity of that species and the insect described by the German and Russian
entomologists under the name of trinototum). As, however, Dejean himself
gives this as a new species, without any reference to former figures and dcscrip-
iiouK, it mu.it doubtless be considered as distinct, and the above riucstion still
remains unsettled.

56 Mr. Wcstwood on the Gernis Ctenostomus.

5. Ct. rugosum, elytris postice laevigatis, maculft baseos apiceque
lat^ pallidis.

From Sturm's figure and Dejean's description of this last insect, it is
evident that the central fascia and the apical spot are united. It may also
be noticed that Klug's specific character of Ct. trinotatum, is not
sufficiently explicit, as it will also apply to Ct. ichneumoneum. Dejean,
however, has corrected it and Indeed Klug's specific detailed description
appears exact.

From the variation in the description of the markings of Ct. trinotatum
in the different authors, I think it not improbable (if the descriptions and
figures be faithful) that two distinct species are confounded ; since, from
Klug's description, and Fischer's figure, it appears that the base itself
of the elytra is pale yellow, while Dejean's description and figure in the
Iconographie des Coleopteres, t. 2, f. 1, represent the basal spot as a
distinct fascia " prln de la base." If my supposition, which is not an
improbable one, be correct, Fischer and Klug's insect will retain the
name of trinotatum, and it will be specifically characterized as above by
its " macula baseos ;" and it will be necessary to give a new name to
the insect described and figured in the French works.

Description of the Figures, {all more or less magnijied. J
Tab. Supp. xli.
Fig. 3. Ctenostoma ichneumoneum, Dej., $

a. Labrum of the male.

6. Ditto of the female.

c. Apex of the elytra of the male.

d. Ditto of the female.

e. Underside of the terminal joints of the abdomen of the male.
/. Ditto ditto of the female.

g. Anterior tarsus of the male.

h. Ditto of the female.

t. Posterior part of the thorax and its appendages, and abdo-
men of the male, with one of the elytra opened to shew
the size of the wing.

i. Head of either sex, shewing the relative size of the palpi

Mr. Westwood on the Notoxidce. 57

Ari'. XIV, Observations upon the Notoxida, a Family of
Coleopterous Insects, with Characters of two new British
Genera separateil therein. By J. O. Westwood, Esq.,
F.L.S., Sfc.

Order. Coleoptera.

Fam. NoTOXiD^,* inihi.

(Heterornera, Div. Trachelides, Fam. Anthicites, Latr.)

It has already been thought necessary to separate several insects from
the extensive genus Xotoxus, established by Geoffroy and Olivier, fAn-
thictis, Payk., Fabr., Gyll, &c., CucuUus, Latr,, Regne Animal), and ac-
cording!}' the name of j^nthiciis has been generically restricted to those
species vrhich in form resemble the true Notoxi fMot. Monoceros, &c,)
but do not possess the comuted thorax of those species. Jlnthicus po-
pulneus (figured by Panzer) has been formed into the genus Xylophilus,
and Latreille (Fam. Nat. 383.) observes that it has the appearance of
\he Bruchidce, having the posterior thighs incrassated, the second joint
of the antennae small, the third long and thickened at the tip, and the
remainder shorter than the preceding, and thick. In the R^gne Animal
another genus, Steropes,f is established in the family, in which the an-
tenns terminate in three very long joints. In addition to these I have
thought it expedient to propose the tw^o others characterized below, founded
upon species varying very considerably in form and characters from the
other groups.

Genus. Aderus,J mihi, G. N.

Cliar. Gen. Corpus subovatum.

Caput transversum, inflcxum, thorace latius, postice in coUum
non productum, oculis magnis prominulis lateralibus.

• My reasons for forming the family name from Notoxuji, are stated in the

fourth volume of this work, p,4.
f Had Latreille forgotten that at p. 240 there is aUo a genus Sttrope f
\ From a, privativura, Atjir/, colluuii in cou!>equcuee of the head not being

produced behind into a neck.

58 Mr. Wcstwood on the NotoxkUc^

^'yH<en«rt?corporedimidiobreviores, articulolmo.magno,2do.
3oqiie minoribus, 4to. et leliquis magnitudine et longitu-
dine articuli primi, ultimo acuto.
Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo magno securiformi (majo-

res quam in Anthico.)
Palpi labiales clavati.
Thorax fere quadratus subdepressus,
Scutellum minutum rotundatum.
Elytra elongata, postice dilatata, subdepressa, ihorace la-

tiora.
Femora et tibice simplices.
Tarsi articulo penultimo bilobato.
The type of the present genus, which was described by Marsham as a
Lytta, and which is the only species in the genus, departs considerably
from the appearance of the ^nthici, especially in the shape of the head
and thorax and the simple thighs, although its principal characters will
bring it near those insects. The smallness of the second and third joints
of the antennae appears to be a striking character.
Sp. im. Bolcti. Ad. testaceo-ferrugineus, subtilissime punctulatissimus
tenuissirae sericeo-pubescens, capite obscuriori,oculisnigris,
abdomine fusco, elytris in quibusdam partibus quasi fric-»
tione denudatis, thorace postice transversim impresso.
Tab. Supp. xli. fig. 4. $ ?
Syn. Lytta Boleti, Marsham, Ent. Brit. p. 486.

Aderus Boleti, Steph,, Catal.
Habitat in foliis Quercus. Captus, Septembre ineunti, 1826,

prope Ensham, Oxoniae.
In Mus. Curtis, Kirby, Stephens, nostr.
Long Corp. lin. 1-^.

This species is undoubtedly the Lytta Boleti of Marsham ; my friend
Mr. Stephens having allowed me to compare it with the identical specimen
described by that author, with which it perfectly agrees. This exami-
nation enables me to correct his description of the colour of the head,
which he states to be black. The head of the insect is, however, dark
ferruginous brown, with large black eyes. It does not appear to be no-
ticed by the continental writers, since Marsham's reference to the Abtoiu*

EiHglenes pygrnceus. 59?

calycinus of Panzer is decidedly incorrect, that species being (according
to Schonherr, and confirmed by Panzer's figure) merely a variety oi An~
thicm jioralis, which is a true Anthicus, and congenerous with Anth. an-
therinus, which I fake to be the type of that group. The Adcrus Jioleti
may perhaps be the Kotoxus melanocephalus of Panzer,* notwithstanding
Gyllenhal gives that insect as the female of Anthicus (Euglenes mihi)
pygnuEus as after mentioned, considering also the Anthicus ferrugineus
of Paykull to be synonymous with the JVbt. melanocephalus. It is certainly
not the Anthicus (Xylophilusj populneus (with which it agrees in colour) ,
that species differing essentially from the Aderus Boleti in its generic
characters, especially in those of the antennae and hind legs.

Marsham says of his Lytta Boleti, " Habitat in Boleto velutino. Larva
'• et Imago simul semper adsunt."

I beat two specimens of this interesting insect in the month of
September, 1826, from the oak near Ensham, in Oxfordshire; they
ran about quickly, although not with the vivacity of the Anthici, having,
indeed, somewhat the appearance of an Anobium. Mr. Stephens has
since met with several specimens at Ripley, all agreeing in colour and
gecicral appearance, although I noticed that the legs and antennae of one
of the smallest specimens were longer than in the others; the basal joints
of the latter organs were however similarly shaped, and I think it there-
fore not improbable that this might be the male, and the others females.

Genus, Euglenes,! mihi, G. N.
Char. Gen. Corpus elongatum subdepressum.

Caput magnum, transversum, deflexum,thorace latius, oculis

masculis maximis in fronte fere conniventibus, profunde

punctatis ; femineis mediocribus lateralibus.

Antennce subtus oculos insertae ; mascula; fere longitudine

corporis, filiformes, subtus seu intus subserratffi, articulo

• This i« very doubtful, since, I think, that if it were the case, Gyllenhal
would not have omitted all notice of the peculiar formation of the basal joints
of the aiitennic in his description of that inject, and which he states to agree
with the female of oculatut.

\ From Ev, Ijcnc, and yXrivi], pupilla, oculus; from the singularly largecycs
lu the males.

00 Mr. Westwood on the Notoxidce.

Inio. crasso, 2do. lircvi, ultimo elongato subcylindrico,
apice obliqufe truncate; femineae crassiusculae vix diraidio
corporis loDgioribus, ad apicem crassioribus, articulis Imo.
et 2do. crassis, ultimo magno cylindrico.

Palpi articulo ultimo dilatato subsecuriformi.

Thorax brevis fere quadratus, postic^ pauUo latior.

iiVy/ra thorace latiora,depressa,elongata (praesertim mascula.)

Pedes simplices longiusculi, femoribus posticis (prsesertim
faemineis) pauUo crassioribus.

Tarsi articulo penultirno bilobato.

The above characters are drawn from insects receding still farther
from the true type of this family than the Adei-us, more especially in
the singular structure of the eyes and antennae which vary in the
sexes; in fact, the peculiar formation of the latter organs gives the
males of these insects, when magnified, somewhat the appearance of Calo-
pus serraticornis, between which and Euglenes, it is, indeed, probable
that a nearer than analogical resemblance may exist.

Gyllenhal gives the two following species, (which from the similarity
in formation are referable to the same subgenus,) although it may per-
haps be doubted whether, as that author has indeed surmised, they may
not eventually prove identical.

Species 1. Cerambyx pygmcBus, De Geer, f^nthicus pijgmcEus, Gyl-
lenhal) ; the female of which, according to the latter author, is the J\ o-
toxus melanocephalus of Panzer.

Species 2. Anthicus oculatus, Paykull, the female of which is without
a doubt the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham, a name which must sink into a
synonym, Paykull's name having the priority. MdiTsham^s Lytta nigricollis
was, I believe, unique as British in Mr. Kirby's cabinet until last July,
when numerous specimens of both sexes were beaten out of a whitethorn
bush at Windsor, by Messrs. Griesbach and Waterhouse ; thereby
confirming the correctness of Gyllenhal's views as to the identity of the
sexes, and also that the female is the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham ; its
specific character, which is applicable to both sexes, is

Euglenes oculatus, Eugl. niger punctatissimus, tenuiter pubescens,
antennispedibuselytrisque testaceo-fuscis, his interdum ad apicem obscu-
rioribus; thorace postice transversira impresso.

Euglenes pygmeaus. "•

Long. Corp. $ lin. 1^ $ lin. 1.
Tab. Supp. xli. fig. 5. $ fig- 6. ? .
My specimen of the male is rather larger than the female.

Description of the Figures.

Fig. 4. Aderus Boleti, magnified.

a. The head, seen in front, a. Antenna magnified.
Fig. 5. Euglenes oculatus. $

a. Head seen in front to shew the size of the eyes, and insert

tion of the antennae.

Fig. 6. Idem. ?

a. Head seen in front, shewing the smaller eyes. a. Antennae.

P. S. Latreille, in the new Edition of the Rfegne Animal, t. v, p. 73,
has removed the genera Rhaebus and Xylophilns from the MtoxidcE,
and has placed them immediately after nruchus, with the observations,
« Les Rhebes (Rhaebus) de Fischer se distingaent des Bruches par leurs
" elytres flexibles, et les crochets bifides de leurs tarses.

« Les Xylophiles (Xylophilus) de Bonelli s'en feloignent par leurs
'* palpes termines en massue."

The Jnthid populneus, oculatus and pycjmmis of Gyllenhal are all
stated (hut incorrectly, vide supra) to be the types of the latter genus,
which I cannot but think has much more affinity with Anihicus than with
Bruchus.

\)'2 Mr. Westwood's Chdmcters of Amydetes.

Art. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects,
Amydetes of Hojfinnnsegg, belonging to the Family Linitpy-
ridcc, and Descriptions of two Species. ByJ. O. Whstwood,
Esq., F.L.S., i)C.

Order. CoLEOPTERA.
Fam. Lampyrid.t:.

(Pentamera, Div. Serricornes, Fam. Sternoxi, Latr.)
Genus. Amydetes, HofF.

Char. Gen. Corpus elongatum, depressum.

Caput parvum, sub thorace omnino absconditum, oculis

magnis lateralibus.
Antenna longiores articulis 37, articulo lino, raajori, 2do
brevi , 3tio. et reliquis brevibus, singulo (in inaribus tantum ? )
ramuluin elongatum apice compressum intus emittente.
Palpi breves articulo ultimo subsecuriformi.
Thorax semiorbicularis marginibus reflexis, angulis posticis

acutis.
Scutellum mediocre posticfe rotundatum.
Elytra lineari-elongata depressa mollia, (lineis 4 aut 5

elevatis fere obsoletis,) abdomine longiora.
Pedes breves inermes.
Tarsi articulo 4to minuto bilobato.
The establishment of genera which appear more closely to connect
families already nearly allied, (although not of so great interest as the
establishment of such as Kycteribia, Stylops, &c. connecting groups
apparently more distant) cannot but be regarded with attention by
the entomologist, as, tending to confirm the remark of Linnaeus, that
" Natura non facit saltus."

The two insects, which I am about to describe, would, were the an-
tennae broken off, be placed with the elongated Lampyrides, such as
Lamp, noctduca, &c., to the general habit of which they very nearly
approach. The antennae, however, of such exotic Lampyrides as I have
examined, are not above eleven jointed, and in each joint there is only one
point from which the flabella arise; for, in those species, Lamp. Latreillii

Mr. Westwood's Characters of Amydetes. 6S

Kirby, &c. the antennse of which are biflabellate, the flabella on each side
arise from the same part of the joint, and not (as in the dipterous genus
CtenophoraJ from various distances from the base of various jomls. In
the two species of my new genus, however, the antennae have upwards of
thirty-five joints, the first and second alone being without pectinations,
thus pointing the way to the genus Rhipicera, one species of which, from
New Holland, Mr. Kirby describes as having upvrards of thirty pectina-
tions in the antennae. The genus has doubtless a near affinity with
Phengodes, and was separated by Hoffmansegg from the Lampyrides in
the same paper in which he established that group. The generic cha-
racters given by him were by no means sufficiently detailed, and I have
therefore attempted to supply the deficiency. And indeed in regarding
the follovping insects as belonging to this genus, it is proper to state, that
Illiger describes the antennae as having " mehr als vierzig Gliedern."

We may presume that the female when discovered will be found to
possess simple antennae.

The student will find some interesting observations upon the singular

anomaly of certain insects possessing more or less than the usual number

of joints in the antennae, in Dalman's Analecta Entomologica, under the

genus Pohjtomus, and also in Kirby and Spence, Vol. III. 321 and 519.

Sp. 1. Jlpicalis. Am. testaceus crebr^ punctulatus subpubescens,

elytrorum apice fusco.
Amydetes apicalis, Germar, Insect Sp. nov. p. 67.

Tab. Supp. xm. fig. 1.
Long. Corp. lin. 4.

Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dom. Haworth, nostr.
Descr. Caput fuscum, oculis nigris, ore fulvo. Antenna; articulis Imo.
2doque flavis, reliquis fasco-testaceis. Thorax flavo-testaceus disco
elevato obscuriori. Scatellum testaceum. Elytra tenuiter pubescen-
tia, in utroque lineis 4 elevatis longitudinalibus, fere obsoletis.
Corpus subtils fuscnm; abdomen segmentis ultimis latii flavis.
Pedes dilutfe fuscescentes.
The only two specimens which I have yet seen of this insect are males,
one is in Mr. Haworth's cabinet, and the other in my own. I had
originally named the insect in my MSS. after that gentleman as a slight
return fur the many entomological favoiirs which I have received from
him, and tiirough whose kindness my own collection has been enriched

64 Mr. Westwood's Characters of jJmydetes.

with this interesting insect; but I find it has since been described by
Germar.

Species 2. Vigorsii. Am. fuscus crebrfe punctulatus pubescens,
thoracis elytrorumque marginibus testaceis.

Tab. Supp. xli. fig. 2.

Long. Corp. lin. 6.

Habitat in AraericS, meridionali. Peru. Humboldt.

In Mus. Dom. Vigors.
Desc. Caput fuscum oculis magnis nigris, antennee pedesque fuscescentes.

Thorax fuscus marginibus testaceis. Scutellum testaceum. Elytra

pubescentia, lineis 4 ut in priori, fusca marginibus suturaque testaceis.

Corpus subtus ut in priori.

This insect is considerably larger than ^m. apicalis, and is differently
coloured. I am informed that it was brought from Peru by the celebrated
Humboldt ; it is now in the Cabinet of Mr. Vigors, who has kindly
allowed me to give it as an accompaniment to my own species. Mr.
Vigors also possesses a specimen brought from Brazil by Wm. Swainson,
Esq.

It appears to me that this species differs materially from the Lampyris
plumicornis, Latr., (Hunib. Voy. 1, 156, pi. xvl. f. 4,) not only in the
more obscure colouring of the latter species, but also in its habitat,
Latreille's specimen having been taken by Humboldt near Valladolid, in
Mexico.

Description of the Figures.
Fig. 1. Amydetes apicalis, magn.
2. ./Imydetes Vigorsii, magn.

A. Head seen in front.

a. One of the flabella of the antennse seen sideways.

b. Maxillary palpus.

B. Anterior tarsus.

Dr. Horsfield's Descriptioiis, SfC. 65

Art. XVI. Descriptions of several Oriental Lepidopteroua
Insects. By Thomas Horsfield, J/.Z)., F.B. and
L.S., ^c.

Genus Aconthea, Horsf. Descr. Cat. of the Lepidopterous Insects in
the Museum of the East India Company. Part 11.

Papiuonis species, Linn. PaphijE species, Fabr.
Nymphalis species, Latr.

Character of the Genug.

Larva chilopodomorphou^;, linear, lengthened, provided on each
side with ten long, attenuated, spreading, brachiform appendages
of nearly equal length, consisting of a mid-rib and lateral beards,
decreasing in length towards the extremity, and imitating the struc-
ture of a very delicate plume, being armed with a terminal spike,
composed of dense whorls of short robust spines. Feet agreeing
in number with those of the other larvse of this tribe; short minute
and entirely concealed by the lateral appendages.

Chrymlis short, angular, attenuated at both ends, with two sides even,
and the third gently swelled and rounded; consisting of two unequal
pyramidal portioas, the terminal being longest, and provided vnth two
points, while the angles are armed with a few short spines, which are
more robust at the union of the two pyramids : the longitudinal and
transverse ridges ornamented with a delicate golden streak.

Perfect Insect : Antcnnee of very great length, slender, filiform at the
base, beyond the middle very gradually incrassated to a long cylindrical
abruptly terminated, slightly curved capitulum.

Palpi of moderate length, slightly projecting beyond the head;
second joint greatly lengthened and increasing in breadth exteriorly;
third joint minute.

Proboscis of moderate length, robust, compressed towards the ex-
tremity and provided with delicate lateral, spreading ciliae.

Wings: anterior pair somewhat triangular, with a lengthened boldly
carved costal and somewhat excavated posterior margin ; hinder pair
roimded, very slightly attenuated, obtuse, rcpand or slightly notched.

Vol. V. E

66 Dr. Horsfield's Descriptions of

Feet: anterior with tarsi differently constructed in the sexes; in the
7nalc consisting of a single elongated, attenuated joint, covered with a
dense uniform down; in the female with five joints of equal dimensions
as to breadth, but diversified in length, the first greatly lengthened, the
three remaining short, the last abruptly terminated, with several spines
along the edge of the three extreme joints.

Observation. The detailed description of this genus being reserved
for the third part of my Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained
in the Museum of the East India Company, I have in this place merely
enumerated the essential peculiarities. The larva and chrysalis of^con-
thea primaria, one of the typical species, are figured on the eighth plate
in the second part of the same work, where also the antennae, palpi,
proboscis and feet are represented in detail; and in referring the reader
to the illustrations which I have given of the larva and chrysalis of this
very smgular genus, it is very satisfactory to me to be enabled to state,
that it has also been observed by General Hardwicke on the Continent of
India. This accurate observer has confirmed the details I have given, in
all points; and he has, with his accustomed liberality, communicated
to me his drawings. These exhibit the larva in three different points
of view; that of the under side is particularly interesting, as it supplies a
deficiency in my own series. The feet, although very minute, are
distinctly exhibited ; they agree in number and disposition with all other
diurnal Lepidoptera, The pupa likewise, figured by General Hardvncke,
resembles in every peculiarity that which I observed in Java.

In the second part of the work above cited, two species of Aconthea
are figured on plate v. ; the Aconthea Lubentina, being the Papilio
Lubentina of Cramer, and a new species from Java, named Aconthea
Alanhara. My immediate object in this communication, is, to add the
description of a new species, the Aconthea Apaturina, which, though
not part of my collection, is, as far as has been ascertained, an oriental
species, departing slightly from the typical form ; and to illustrate an
obscure species, the Aconth. cocytina indicated indeed by Fabricius, but
not sufficiently discriminated from its neighbours in the series.

The metamorphosis of Aconthea is very remarkable, and strikingly
illustrates the analogy which exists between the forms of the individuals of
the class of Ametabola, and the larvae of diurnal Lepidoptera. The

Oriental Lcpidopteroiis Insects. 67

nearest representative of our genus, among the Ametabola, with which I
am acquainted is Scutigera. This annulose animal, although disposed in
the Chilopodomorphous, is close to its union with the Thysanuriform
stirps: and Aconihca, in the series of Lepidoptera, follows immediately
after Biblis and Limenitis, leading gradually to Jpatura. These state-
ments, which %vill be more fully illustrated in another place, accord with
the arrangement of the series given in the Synoptic table of the stirpes
of the first tribe of the Lepidoptera. See Horsf. Descr. Cat. &c. 61.

ACONTHEA COCYTINA.

Tab. IV, fig. 3, 3, a.

^lee suprh nigricanti-fuscee nitore obsoleto ceneo lavatuE, ared costali
pallidiore lituris iransversis dimidiatis variegatd ; antica fascid
marginali latd ad apicem sensim attenuatd, posticce dimidio apicali
omni ccerulescenti-griseis argenteo pulverulentis strigd extimd atrd
niveo Jimhriatd cinctis: subtus dilute corticitKE limbis saturatiori-
bus ochraceis; antlccB in regione anali basin versus striolis quinque
atris interioribus brevioribus rectis exterioribus fiexuosis. (Exp.
alar. unc. 2i.)

Papilio JV. Cocyta. Fab., Ent. Syst. em. torn. 3. pars. 1. p. 127.

No. 388.

JVijmphalis? Coojta. MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Meth. Hist Nat.

IX. 382.

In selecting this insect for the present memoir, my principal object has

been to contribute, as far as I am able, to the illustration of a doubtful

Fabrician species. A few explanatory remarks are therefore required.

The first indication of our iasect is in the Mantissa Insectorum,vol. 2, p. 29.

After describing a lepidopterous insect found in Siam, from the Banksian

Museum, with the name of Cocylus among the Papiliones Danai festivi,

Fabricius adds the following note : " Simillimum ex India Oriental!

" misit Dom. Lund : at alis dentatis margineque alarum postico cccru-

" lescente, vix tamen distinctum." In the Entomologia Syst. emend. &c.

vol. 3, p. 127, we find an insect from tlicMuseumofM.Lund,agreeingwith

the individual concisely indicated in the note of the Mantissa ; but it is

there raised to tlie rank of a species arranged among the Nymphales, and

C8 Dr. Horsfieltl's Descriptions of

referred to Jones's drawings with the name of Papilio Cocyta : the very
concise specific character has nothing but the following remark for its
illustration : "affinis certe P. Bella at diflfert alis haud falcatis, ecaudatis
et dentatis." Now it appears from the preceding details that our insect
should have rather been compared with P. Cocytxis, with which it was
originally associated. This oversight of Fabricius has called forth a very
severe censure from the authors of the Encyclopedic.

The description of the P. Mymphalis Cocyta of Fabricius, which is
now offered with the name of Aconthea Cocytina, has been made from
individuals brought by Sir Stamford Raffles from Sumatra. The name
has been modified in order to prevent a collision with the insect disco-
vered in Siam, to which the name Cocytus was applied among the Danai
festivi. The Banksian cabinet of insects, so frequently cited by Fabricius,
and now deposited in the Museum of the Linnean Society, still contains
the individual from which the description of the P. Cocytus appears to
have been made. The specimen, although in an indifferent state of
preservation, exhibits the peculiarities of this species, the most promi-
nent of which are the falcate wings, and the posterior brown band on the
under surface of the fore wings: but my object is not at present to
illustrate the Papilio Cocytxis of Fabricius; I trust however, that the
preceding details, with the figure accompanying them, will procure a place
for the Aconthea Cocytina in the systematic catalogues.

ACONTHEA ApATURINA.

Tab. IV, fig. 1 ; 1, a.

.4l<s suprii nigra, antic(B serie duplici marginali arciique costali punc-
tonim alhorum, lunulis insuper duabus angidi apicalis interioris
punctoque solitario ad medium costm sito cccrulescentibvs ; posticcB
fascid laid saturate azured versus angtdimi analem exteriorem
attenuatd, strigisque duahus macularibus margini postico parallelis,
alterd exteriore ex striolis albis alterd interiore ex maculis oblongis
atris conjlatd: suht'iis fusc(B, antic<B notis marginalibus pagina
superior is signatcc, fasciisqne insuper duabus parallelis abbrcviatii
in area mediana dispositis ; posticce strigd regxdari nived limbatce,
vmculisque atris pagintp superioris inscriptw. anali didymd reliquis

ZodlojjipBl JoTOTia] XolXl'LB'^

.t,/

Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. 69

oblongis; serie insuper interiore punctorum minutorum, arcu
denique obsoleto discoidali fiisco cano adnato. (Exp. alar. unc. 2|.)

The native place of this species, is, as far as I have ascertained, the
Island of Java, but it does not form part of my own collection. The
peculiarities of our insect, as far as regards habit and outline, are indicated
by the name : according to my views, it stands in the series near the
confines of the genus Apatura. The antennae agree in form with
Aconthea, but they are slightly abbreviated. The external character is
likewise intermediate ; the colouring imitates that of Apatura Lasinassa,
while the abbreviated transverse bands are more peculiarly a charac-
teristic of the individuals of Aconthea. I have endeavoured, in the
description, to represent every essential particular of its markings.

PoNTiA Thyria.
Tab. IV, fig. 2.

AlcE integer rinuE suhconcolores dilute rubra, nervis fuscis: anticoi
elongato-trigoncB ; postkcB rotundatce. (Exp. alar. 2 unc. 7.)

Pieris Thyria, MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. IX. p. 147.

With the preceding concise character this species is noticed for the
first time in the Encyclopedic. Its native place is the Island of Java.
Three specimens have come under my observation ; two of these, a male
and a female, form part of the Museum at tlie India House ; a third was
presented to my private collection, by Mr. G, B. Sowerby. In the
prosecution of my Descriptive Catalogue it will be disposed in a separate
section, with several other Javanese and Asiatic species. The anterior
wings in the individuals of this section are elongate-triangular, somewhat
acuminate, with an uniform posterior margin, giving a decided obliquity
to the wing.

The male, in our insect, is distinguished by a more rich and saturated
colour above, by very prominent blackish nervures, and by a very faint
posterior border. In the female, Iwth wings have a distinct broad black-
ish posterior border, and tlie anterior pair has besides a band of the same
colour nciir the outer apical angle, ])assing obliquely from the middle of
the costii towards the margin, being succeeded by several indistinct arcs.

70 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Cunaria, ^c.

Therint in the female is less brilliant. Underneath, both pairs have a
saturated sulphureous-orange colour, which assumes an obscure vermil-
lion tint in the medial and basal areas of the forewings. In the female,
the surface is variegated by the transmission of the marks of the upper
side, and by grayish irrorations towards the margins. The thorax in both
sexes is clothed above with a greenish, and underneath with a yellowish
down: the body is blackish above, and gray underneath.

Art. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Syl-
via Atricapilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. Hei-
neken, M,I>.^ SfC.

Happening to meet with " Starke's Elements of Natural History" a
short time ago, I observed that his specific character of the Fringilla
Canariav/as, word for word, the erroneous* one of the 12th Edition of
Linnseus's Systema Naturae ; and, as I suppose, from Mr. Starke's work
bemg very recent, and professedly a compilation, that the best authorities
are had recourse to, I conclude that a more accurate description is not
to be met with, and therefore offer the following : —

Fringilla, (Illig.) Sect. 1. Laticones, (Temm.)
Fring. Canaria, ~.

Fring. butyracea, (Linn.) J
Adult male. — hides dark brown. Upper mandible fuscous, sides and
tip darker ; lower livid flesh-colour. Legs brownish flesh-colour. Front,
brows, line below the eyes, chin, throat, (extending backwards and
forming an indistinct, imperfect collar with the slight shade on the nu-
cha, J breast, rump, and lesser wing-coverts greenish-yellow : scapulars,
and larger coverts deeply shaded with the same : nucha and back (a tinge

• I say " erroneous," because never having heard a doubt about our bird
being the true Fring. Canaria, I assume that it is so, and consequently that
" F. rostro corporeque albo-flavicante, rectricibus remigibusque virescentibus,
" rostro albido," (Linn. I2th Ed. Vol. I. p. 321.) can only apply to one of its
numerous varieties.

Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, ^. 71

only on the latter) similarly, but very slightly shaded. Abdomen, as far
as the legs, golden-yellow : vent, under tail-coverts, thighs, and sides,
dirty white, the latter with large longitudinal brown spots. Vertex, oc-
ciput, cheeks, back, larger wing-coverts, scapulars, and upper tail-
coverts brown-ash, with a longitudinal brown spot down each feather ;
indistinct, small, and light-coloured on the head, &c., large, dark, and
defined on the otlier parts. Remiges, tertiaries, and tail-feathers brown-
black, with pale brown-ash edges : the external margin of the first four
or five remiges white, of the rest pale greenish-yellow. Length 5^,
breadth 9 inches. Bill about 4 lines. Weight about A oz. Tail (which
is forked) 2 inches 4 lines. Tarsus about 8 lines.

Mult female. — General plumage more dingy and indistinct ; rump
only greenish-yellow, writh a tinge of the same round the eyes, and on
the throat, breast, and wing-coverts.

Variety $ ( ? ?) General plumage more grey ; colouring more in-
clining to green : somewhat larger ; song the same. Its produce with
the tame bird stronger.

Young male. — Like the female, but with the legs brown-black, and
the lower mandible darker.

Young female. — No yellowish or greenish colouring.

Habitat. Universal.* It builds in thick bushy high shrubs and trees,
with roots, moss, feathers, hair, &c. ; pairs in February ; lays from 4
to 6 pale blue eggs, and hatches five times (not unfrequently six) in a
season. It is very familiar, haunting and breeding in gardens about the
city. It is a delightful songster, with, beyond doubt, much of the night-
ingale's and sky-lark's, but none of the wood-lark's song, although three or
four sky-larks in confinement in Funchal are the only examples of any
of these three birds in the island, and notwithstanding the general opi-
nion, that such notes are the result of education in the Canary : it is in
full song about nine months in the year. I have heard one sing on the
wing and passing from one tree to another at some distance, and am told

• Wherever this is stated, I wish it to be understood as applying to the south
side of the island only, although in most instances (I believe in this) it might
be extended to the north. Of the latter, in consequence of ill health, I know
little or nothing from personal observation.

72 Dr. Heinckeu on Friiigilla Canaria, ifC.

that during the pairing season this is very common. Each flock has its own
song, and from individuak in the same garden differing considerably, I
suspect tliat of each nest varies more or less. After the breeding season
they flock along with linnets, goldfinches, &c. and are then seldom seen
in gardens. The moult takes place in August and September. An old
bird caught and put into a cage will sometimes sing almost immediately,
but seldom lives longer than the second year in confinement. The young
from the nest are difficult to rear, dying generally at the first moult.
They cross readily with the domesticated variety, and the progeny are
larger, stronger, better breeders, and, to my taste, better songsters alio
than the latter ; but a pure wild song from an island Canary at liberty, in
full throat, and in a part of the country so distant from the haunts of
men that it is quite unsophisticated, is unequalled, in its kind, by any
thing I have ever heard in the way of bird-music.

In the 12th Edition of Linnaeus (Holmiae, 1766.) Vol. I. p. 321, 1 find,
*' Fringilla butyracea.

F. virens, superciliis pectore abdomineque flavis, remigibus primori-
bus margine exteriore albis. — Chloris indica, Edw. av. 84, t. 84. Briss.
av. 3, p. 195.

Habitat in Madera;

Similis Loxiae butyraceae, sed rostrum minus,"
and as it appears to me to be clearly the same bird, although I acknow-
ledge that I should not by choice call ours " virens," I have adopted it as
a sjmonym, to the exclusion of his Fring, Canaria, and its numerous
progeny, which must be spurious if ours be true. The reasons for ven-
turing on such a liberty are, that " virens" is not less applicable to it, than
" grisea" at the next page \s to Fring. Petroniay or " testacea" a little
further forwards to Motacilla Atricapilla; that in other respects his
description answers precisely ; that he gives " Marfera" as its sole and
decided habitat ; that we have no other bird either at all approaching to
green,* or answering in the most distant manner to his description ; and

* The Fring. Chloris is only blown to us occasionally and accidentally, and
then only by twos and threes, and is never known to remain or build on the
island. Two which a friend tried to rear died, and in the course of several
years I have met with only one specimen. Were I to enumerate all the birds
common in Europe which are seen but seldom, if ever, here, a tolerably long

Dr. Heinckcn un FringiUa Canaria, ^c. 73

that his having made a distinct species of it is so readily accounted for, by
his having no doubt about the legitimacy of its representative. If " those
" of authority" in such matters admit that I have established my point,
it follows that the Linnsean Fring. Canaria must be expunged, and the
Fring. butyracea ^substituted for it. If they do not, I shall only mutter
for my inward satisfaction, " bastards and else," over their Catalogue,
and rest perfectly satisfied with having at all events unmade a
Fring. Canaria by converting it into a Fring. butyracea; for the
identity of the two species, call them by what name you will, is quite
beyond all cavil. That the error has existed so long is owing partly to
tlie injudicious preference too frequently given to bulky, faithless " trans-
lations," " compilations," and " improvements," forsooth ! over ori-
ginal works. Gmelin's 13th Edition of LinnEeus, as it is called, I have
had the good fortune never to be burdened with, but in an evil hour a
kind friend bestowed upon me the seven ponderous tomes of that kindred
spirit, Turton. In this work, Vol. I, p. 559, the habitat is altered from
" Madeira^'' to "India," and it is added, " Bill and legs brown, 4|
" inches long, sings finely." All this is done without one word in
explanation. An act of forgery* on an illustrious name, is, in fact,

list might be made; the following, however, almost as extensively spread as
man himself, are unknown to us :— the Raven, Crow, Cuckoo, Daw, Magpie,
SparroW (both house and hedge), Pheasant, Thrush, Sky-lark, and Nightingale.
There are several others which do not occur to me at the moment.

• Whoever translates or revises an original work, and does not honestly
point out every deviation from the text; and whatever compiler introduces, or
alters, a word in a sentence marked as a quotation ; is guilty of a literary fraud.
In the last Number (XVI.) of the Zoological Journal, Mr. Bennett has restored
a Linnxan species ("Mus BarharusJ, which either Gmelin's conceit or his in-
stinctive propensity towards the erroneous (an obliquity by no means unusual
with this sort of gentry) had for years excluded.

The first time I opened Mr. Starke's work, was at the Annhium pertinax,
which he gives as Latreille's, putting at the end of the description (which is
between inverted commas) " Lat. Gen. 1, 276." Now the " Genera" (Ed. 1806.)
does not contain a description of the Anob. pertinax : neither, to prevent all
subterfuge, is it a correct quotation of any description of any Anobium, in any
of Latreille's works. In birds too, (these occurred accidentally, for I have
not examined lialf a dozen in the two volumes,) that of the AtUhus ru/escens.

74 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, ^c.

committed, and one of deliberate deceit on the reader. Whether Gmelin
has lent his aid in this instance I am ignorant : it is most probable that
he has : I trust that the sin rests with him and not with one whose original
works of late have gone far to secure him from the obloquy which would
attach to a mere compiler.* The synonyms given by Linnseus have,

although professing by the usual signs to be a quotation from Temminck, is
not only abridged, but garbled as far as it goes. It is really high time that
such things were put a stop to, and the remedy is one of easy and universal
application. Only let societies, bodies, and individuals of weight in science,
make and abide by a determination to quote and admit as authorities, original
works alone, or well-established faithful translations, and our grocers and
cheesemongers will soon know as much of " Natural History" as many of its
would-be expounders. Pretenders are a pest in every thing: in science a curse
secondary only to the food which nourishes them in the shape of " Catechisms,"
" Pocket-books," " Conversations," and, when a great name is to be shewn
up, " a butterfly on a wheel," for their edification, volumes of nameless bulk.
I have objected to the alteration of a " single word," and I do so because such
an alteration in one of Latreille's descriptions, that of the Calosoma sericeum, for
example, would convert it (there are other differences, but not in the identical
description to which I refer) into the Cal. Maderce : the one abundant, the
other, as far as I know, never found here. I would even go so far as a letter,
and however much it may remind the reader of " In the name of the prophet
" figs!" when he sees " Elophilusia/., Helophilus Leach," in all the circum-
stance of generic pomp in " Samouelle's Useful Compendium," yet if the one
has thought it worth his while to make so insignificant an addition as an aspi-
rate, a mere " windy suspiration of forced breath," establishing what may be
called, without offence I hope, " Leach's genus H.", the other was quite right
in marking the distinction. Fabricius has called a butterfly, peculiar to this
island I believe, Xiphia : were my classical sensitiveness so far to get the bet-
ter of my common sense, as to induce me to add an s to it, I might be pitied ;
but if I then quote it as his, I state the thing which is not, and deserve blame :
besides, too, as " to write and read comes by nature," according to honest
Dogberry, it is but a pitiful thing, after all, to make a display of a natural
gift at another's expence,

* Dr. Heineken is right in his conjecture. Gmelin is answerable for this
deviation from the original authority, and Dr. Turton, who placed too implicit
a reliance on one who did not deserve it, has here translated faithfully the so
called thirteenth edition of theSystema Naturae, omitting only the Cape of Good
Hope as an additional habitat of the Fringilla bulyracea. — Ed,

Variety of the Sylvia atricapilla. 75

I suspect, also had their influence in obscuring the species, and if it
were not too adventurous, I would almost doubt, either their accuracy,
or that of the habitat given by Edwards and Brisson ; for it is highly im-
probable that the Canary should have existed so long as a native of India
without being recognized. Of course, any person having access to the
identical birds figured or described by these writers, or possessing a spe-
cimen of the Chloris indica, actually found in India, can easily set this
question at rest : it being clearly understood that I only pretend to iden-
tify our bird with Linnaeus's description, declining all responsibility re-
specting either the individual from which it was taken, or the synonyms
to which it is referred ; and that nothing short of a direct comparison
between his specimen and my description, will satisfy me of their being
distinct species.

We have a male variety of the Sylvia atricapilla. Lath. (Black-cap :
Tinto negro*) which I have never met with before, or seen described.
It is called " Tinto negro de capello" (Black-cap, with a hood or cowl),
is a somewhat larger, and coarser bird than the common one ; its gene-
ral plumage more sombre and olivaceous ; and the black, instead of be-
ing confined to the head, extends as low as the shoulders behind, and
loses itself gradually on the breast before (see Fig. 2). In habit, oeco-
nomy, and song, it is precisely similar. Satisfied with the universal opi-
nion, that it was merely a variety, I took no trouble to prove the fact,
but as a friend visiting here last winter seemed much inclined to doubt it,
I have taken some pains to investigate the matter, and the following are
the results.

It is rare, for although the ordinary one is as common in our gardens
(even in the midst of the town) as the hedge-sparrow in those of Eng-

• Bowdich, under the name of " Intinegro," (" Tontinegra," from " Ton-
" ti9o," occiput, and " negro" black, is the original name,) calls this (our com-
mon one, nijt the variety) " a new species of nightingale;" but whoever reads
bin description will perceive that he is describing, as far as he goes, the Mo/.
and Si/tv, Atricapilla of authors. To set the matter at rest, however, without
waste of words, my sketch (1) of our common ^ T. negro, is copied from
Bewick's figure of that found in England. It is by no means one of his hap-
piest efforts, but will answer the purpose of identifying the two birds.

76 Dr. Heincken on Fringilla Canaria, ^c.

land, I have never seen above a dozen either at large or in confinement.
I have never seen or heard of a female example, and it is universally
asserted that such never occurs. A friend who keeps and pays a good deal
of attention to birds, once saw a Capello cock and common hen tending
the same nest, but as he had no object in doing so at the time, he did
not take the trouble of ascertaining the contents of the nest, or of pursuing
the matter further. Two years ago I had a bird of this variety, which I
have since ascertained ^vas bought by the person from whom I obtained
it of a country boy, in the nest, along with a common cock : nothing
was known of the parents, or the rest of the young, if there were any.
A short time back, hearing that a neighbour had one, I sent for it to look
at ; he being aware that I had no intention of becoming a purchaser, and
indeed having no desire to dispose of the bird, being also rather too
knowing in such matters to be easily deceived, may, I think, be thoroughly
depended upon. He states that last year (1828), a common cock and
hen Tinto negro built a nest in his garden ; that four young ones were
hatched, one of which died so young that nothing could be ascertained,
another proved a common hen, a third a common cock, and this of the
Capello variety. I do not hesitate, therefore, to give it as a variety pe-
culiar to the male.

This is the only warbler worth noticing for its song which we have,
and it amply makes amends for the absence of most of the others. I
suspect that in this genial climate it is much superior to any of its own
species in a northerly latitude, and inferior only to the Nightingale; and
if " the wild sweetness of its note" used to bring to the placid mind of
the enviable old naturalist of Selbourne, lines which he has almost im-
proved by slightly mis-quoting, how often has it not here

" spoke

" Of a dear quiet home afar,"

to those whose only home has been the grave. Humboldt mentions in
his " Personal Narrative," a bird at Teneriffe, called " Capirdte," stat-
ing that he " had never seen it sufficiently near to know to what family
" it belongs," and adding (from hearsay, of course) that " no effort has
" been able to tame it," and that, " it is unknovm in Europe." Now,
from " Capirote" in Portuguese (although probably a Spanish word
also) meaning " a hood," and from the kind of impression which its

Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, 8?c. 77

melody made upon the traveller, I have very little doubt about its iden-
tity with our Tinto negro, and consequently with the European Black-
cap ; for of course the assertion that he knew it not, even of a Humboldt,
when following the confession that he " had never seen it near," is
worth nothing. Here it is most easily tamed, and becomes more docile
than any other cage-bird ; but seldom attains to the melody which it
pours out when at large, and is al\vays unhealthy in confinement. The
latter arises from the custom of feeding it (an insectivorous bird) entirely
on fruit, and bread and milk; and it is for this matter o'fact reason, I
fear, and not the more elevated one of " liberty being sacred to his soul !"
("Personal Narrative") that it dies at Teneriffe.

The Woodcock, fScolopax rusticola, Linn.,) which is admitted by all
not even to be a variety of the European species, is permanent, and
breeds here ; and had not the latter fact, like that of the variety of the
Tinto negro, been occasionally called in question, I should have rested
satisfied with its notoriety. Two years ago I saw a bird just fledged, which
I was told had been taken from a Woodcock's nest. It answered to all
the essential characters of the species, but as I never before saw so young
a bird of any of the genus, and as the only reason given for the identity
of the nest was simply " because it was so," the valeat quantum of this
evidence will not, perhaps, amount to much, although it more than sa-
tisfied me. Woodcocks are brought about for sale as commonly in July
as in December.* There is no sudden increase or decrease in their num-
bers. Forty years ago they were imknown here. One was then acci-
dentally met with in the South, and afterwards abundance in the North
of the island, where they were for many years plentiful, and since that
time have never disappeared. But the best evidence is that of an old
sportsman, who has in several instances found nests with three eggs (the

• There are no game laws. All descriptions of animals not domesticated
arc looked upon by the cultivators as " fruges consumere nati," and knocked
on the head in all ways, and at all seasons, without ceremony : the wonder
therefore is, not that wc luive so few, but that any should remain in such a
purgatory. Nightingales were attempted to he introduced some thirty years
ago, and heavenly they would have been in such a climate : it is said not to
have suited them, but I shrewdly suspect they were all made into pies.

78 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Cunaria, b;c.

colour blueish, spotted with dark grey, size tliat of Pigeons'), and says
that a boy once brought him one with five young ones, which he replaced
in the nest, that they soon began to call, and that the old one immedi-
ately made her appearance ; that in shooting he has frequently raised the
old bird, and heard the young ones among the brushwood call to her ;
and that he believes they hatch twice, if not thrice, in the course of the
season.

Whether the first visit of these birds to the island was accidental or
volimtary, and whether their remaining stationary be from choice or
necessity, it equally proves that migration is not the result of such a
blind, brute instinct as some would have it to be ; for allowing in this
instance both the first arrival and subsequent detention to be the result of
necessity, the same cannot be the case vnth the Swift, which is equally a
fixture, with its more than ample requisites for the most extensive trans-
portation. The Swallow and Snipe are said to be periodical visitors, and
the reason both for the stationary habits of the former bird, and the mi-
gratory of the latter two, is very readily to be found, I suspect, in one
common cause, namely, food. The Woodcock finds its food about
spring-heads, the margins of little mountain-rills, water-courses, &c.
These are neither dried up here during our hottest summers, nor frozen
in the severest winters. The Swift preys on insects universally, but
throughout the summer on a moth which abounds so on our most parched
and sterile sierras, that what with the insects and the birds the place
seems all alive. The Snipe requires a tolerable quantity of poachy,
moist, decomposing soil, for the production of its food, and this, even
in the winter, is both scarce and very local, while at other times there is
not a square yard in the whole island ; and the Swallow requires insects
which are found only over streams, and something approaching to rivers,
which we make but a sorry figure in at the wettest of seasons, and are en-
tirely without six months in the twelve.

The Quail fPerdix Coturnix, Lath.,) is the identical European spe-
cies. It is stationary and not polygamous ; it pairs like the Partridge ;
lays from fourteen to sixteen eggs ; has three or four broods in the sea-
son ; and is found in bevies of a dozen or more, until the young are well

Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, ^c.

able to shift for themselves. A single pair will, in a favorable season,
sometimes hatch above forty young ones.

Buffon says that the Fringilla Petronia " has no habit in common with
" the House-sparrow." Here it completely supplies the place of the
latter, builds under eaves, frequents corn and poultry-yards, keeps the
whole place alive with its chirping, and is frequently met with in gar-
dens in the city and towns, though seldom, if ever, seen in the public
streets. It at the same time flocks and partially removes periodically,
and numbers are always to be found living and breeding in trees, rocks,
&c., far from all habitations.

Funchal, Madeira, 6th September, 1829.

Explanation of the Plate.
Fi ». 1 . Tinto negro $ . 2. Tinto negro de Capello $ ,

80 Dr. Bancroft o)i some Animals of Jamaica.

Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Animals sent from Jamaica.
By E. N. Bancuoft, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., Sfc

TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

July 30th, 1829.
Sir,

I HAVE already written to you on the 27th inst., to acknowledge the
receipt of your two letters, dated the 23d August last, and to acquaint
you that the Jamaica Society had shipped on board the brig Mars,
Hoseason, a small barrel containing the genital organs of a second Manta,
(vide Zool. Joum. IV, 449.) alluded to in my letter of the 13th October,
which I have since been led to suspect was a male, and not a female, as
had then been supposed.* I was obliged to close my letter on Monday
last, in very great haste, and omitted to inclose the dravirings of the parts
of that Manta ; but I shall inclose them in this, with some sketches of my
own, to be presently noticed. I now beg leave to acquaint you that I send
you, for the Zoological Society, a chip box, a small flat oval keg, and a
small phial, by the Barque Highbury, Capt. Pearce, and that these pack-
ages contain, inter alia, the following objects of Natural History, viz.

1. A species of Proeellaria (not your ThalassidromaJ , which is per-

• In the letter here referred to, Dr. Bancroft states, " I had been led to sup-
•' pose that the Manta we sent last year was a male, and the second a female,
" in consequence of the accounts given to me by some of our surgical practi-
'• tioners here, who had taken the trouble of opening both subjects. I was,
" however, soon after led to doubt of their knowledge of comparative anatomy,
" and to suspect that they must have mistaken the sexes : oihcrwise there would
" be a singular deviation in the Mantas from the structure believed to be com-
" mon throughout the Ray family, in which the males alone are furnished with
" a sub-cylindrical process from the side of each ventral fin next to the tail, a
" deviation that I consider as most improbable. But, to show that the error
" was not originally mine, and that I was led into it, I inclose two drawings
" of the parts in the second Mania, made by the gentlemen to whom I have
" alluded, in which is represented what the.y thought was the vagina.

Dr. Bancroft oji some Animals of Jamaica. 81

haps new, as I find no description in the books we have here that agrees
with its characters. I had drawn up an account of these to be read at
one of our meetings here ; but as I send you the original (in but sorry
preservation, yet as I received it) I do not presume to transmit my paper
to your Society, knowing how much better the subject will be treated and
illustrated by your home naturalists.

2. It is accompanied in the box, by a specimen of Scyllarus occiden-
talis. Fab., which here and elsewhere is accounted rare, and may not be
in your Society's collection. I am very sorry that this too is in an imper-
fect state. I originally rubbed it thoroughly with arsenical soap ; and
afterwards, in endeavouring to wash this off, and to diminish a part of
its dirty or muddy look (which however is its natural appearance) I
broke off one of its less, and one of its antenncB. These I secured at
the time, and they are sent along with it in the box. But I find that an
ignorant careless servant has since broken off another leg (which is also
sent), and done some other slight damage. I can therefore only say that
I will endeavour to send you a more perfect specimen, both of this and of
the Procellaria. In regard to the latter, I may state tliat, although not rare,
it is with difficulty found, since it burrows only in crevices on the tops of
our highest mountains, scarcely accessible. The individual now sent
was hunted by a terrier dog from a hole on the summit of the Blue Moun-
tain Peak, on the 17th of March last, and, as I am told, uttered the
most piteoas cries, like those of a child, while being dragged forth.
These birds are found in some number on that spot, and individuals have
sometimes gone thither to hunt them. They probably resort thither
chiefly in their breeding season, and are very seldom seen flying except
in the evening, when it is supposed that they proceed to sea. As they
frequent this island, and have not been observed elsewhere, the species,
if new, might be called Proc. Jamaicensis.

3. A species of Lamarck's genus Loligo, which is doubtless the Sepia
mentioned with unpardonable looseness by Dr. Brown, in his Naturaj
History of Jamaica, p. 386, so as to forbid all subsequent notice of it by
naturalists. He says that it is *' furnished with a great number of ten-
*' tacuia of different sizes and forms,'* and this he deemed sufficient ! It
differs in its form and in certain characters from all the species described
in Lamarck's Animaux sans vert^bres, and other recent works, and seems

Vol V. r

^ Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica.

to be strictly a nondescript, except quoad Dom. Brown ut supra. Here
it is called " Quib," and is seldom met with or eaten ; but I learn that
it is esteemed a great luxury at the Havana, where they call it Calamar.
It seems to me to be the more interesting as connecting Loligo with La-
marck's genus Sepia, having its " nageoire" nearly the whole length of
the sac, as in Sepia, but not the opake calcareous bone of the latter ;
being furnished with a delicate transparent cartilage in its stead, a sample
of which is sent in the box. I kept it in brine for a good while, which
has caused it to shrink, and has somewhat altered the shape and size of
its fin. I therefore send you a memorandum I drew in pencil of its out-
ward form, which is quite correct as to its dimensions, being drawn of
the natural size. The salt, and the inky fluid of the animal together,
have changed its greyish hue to a purplish one.

4. A species of Shark, which some of our fishermen call Nurse, and
which is said to grow to the length of seven or eight fiot. This is the
only individual of the kind I have met with. Believing it to differ from
every species I could find any description of, and considering it as the
link between Cuvier's sub-genera Carcharias and Scyllium, I had made
drawings of it, and a statement of its characters, also for our Society.
But I gladly avail myself of the present opportunity of sending the spe-
cimen to your Zoological Society, as I indulge the hope that Mr. Ben-
nett will be induced to bestow his attention on it, and do it a degree of
justice which it could not receive from me, with means too so limited as
to information. Were the title of Squalus ocellatus not pre-occupied,
this might suit it : Squal. Argus may answer in its stead.

5. A small specimen of Squalus Zygcena, which T venture to send,
because individuals of this size may not readily be found in European
Musea ; and because, if Mr. Bennett should have derived his knowledge
of the species only from books or from dried specimens, he may per-
ceive how very incorrectly its features have been represented, especially
as to the shape of its head, which has been always represented at right
angles with the body, and the situation of the eyes, always drawn as
protruding greatly from the side of the lateral processes. It has, besides,
been incorrectly described, e. g. by Gmelin (in Turton's edition of Lin-
naeus) and the writer of the article Squalus, in Rees's Cyclopaedia, who have
assigned to it temporal orifices, which it has not. I consider that a good

Dr. Bancroft oti some Animals of' Jamaica. 83

figure and an exact description of this fish are desiderata, which I hope
now to see supplied in the Zoological Journal ; and I trust that the liberty
I take will be excused, when I suggest that, with a creature of this ex-
traordinary formation, a front view, and a side view, would be very
useful in order to convey a just idea of its peculiarities. In the Sharks,
too, I consider that a representation of the under surface is not less in-
structive than in the Rays. I inclose a memorandum I took in pencil, of
the form of the head, and position and appearance of the eyes, while the
fish was quite fresh : it is of the natural size, and may assist in the draw-
ing to be made.

6. A series of ovarian sacculi, connected by a membranous cord, that
was found not long ago near one of the wharfs of this city. I have not
yet been able to ascertain by what animal it was deposited. I had a
similar specimen lately, but shorter and rather smaller, which I kept for
several weeks in water, without its exhibiting the slightest tendency to
putrefaction. During my short absence in May last, the sacculi sepa-
rated at their edges, and the ova escaped, and appear afterwards to have
become decomposed into particles so minute as to have eluded observa-
tion when the water was occasionally changed. To prevent a similar
accident with the present specimen, I put it into rum.

7. The tail of a small specimen of Ra:ia Sloanii (Cuvier) which I
send, because it has its sting perfect, and this the fishermen are not easily
prevailed on to allow to remain. This species is here called the " Sting-
ray," and, when so small as the specimen to which this tail belonged,
" Maid." I had the fish put into water to macerate previously to its
being put into spirit ; but the servant neglected it, and, notwithstanding
his assertions of its not being putrid, when at last I ordered it to be
brought to me, the body was quite gone. I will send you another spe-
cimen as soon as I can, and in the mean time I inclose an unfinished
sketch I took (of the natural size) , showing its form and features. Com-
pare this with the figure of Sloane, pi. 246, f. 1, and you will see the
excessive distortion represented in the latter, which I know not how to
account for, except by supposing that it was drawn by a careless ignorant
artist, from a dried specimen, in which all the softer parts had shrivelled
up, and to which he thought it necessary to add all the monstrosity of
feature in the head that his fancy could invent. In a paper in the box

v'i

W Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica.

you will find the curious membranaceous coverings of its upper and lowef
lip ; as I could detect nothing like teeth in the fish (notwithstanding the
" dents menues, serrees en quinconce" assigned by Cuvier to his sub-
genus Pastenague) I regard the hard granulations on them as its substitutes
for teeth.

8. A fish (about nine inches long) called here Butter-fish, but not
noticed by Brown, nor described by any Ichthyologist, so far as I can
discover. It falls under Cuvier's sub-genus Serranus of the Percoid
family. I wish it may preserve a portion of its colours, which, particu-
larly over the head, opercula, and middle of the body, are of a full
bright scarlet, changing into a rose-colour over the abdomen. Its con-
trast with the black dots, especially with those of them that are ocellated,
give it a very handsome, almost splendid, appearance.

9. A specimen of Brown's Gar-fish (p. 443.), which both he and
other naturalists have chosen to refer to Esox Belone, tliough it is differ-
ent from that species. Its teeth are not black ; its back not black {but
dark green) ; the inside of the mouth not purple ; belly not flat ; dor-
sal and anal fins very different in form from those represented in Shaw's
and Bonnaterre's figures, and the caudal still more so. Eyes also not
round, as to iris and pupils, as in these two figures, but ovate ; and there
is a peculiarity in the form of the iris, which sends forth a rounded pro-
cess covering a part of the upper circle of the pupil, aS if this were
emarginate. I consider this species therefore as almost a nondescript.

10. A small specimen of Brown's Piper, Esox Brasiliensis, in which,
if it preserve its characters through the voyage, you will perceive two
marked features, unnoticed by Brown, first, in the bright flame-colour
which tips the apex of its lower jaw ; and secondly, in the full-bodied
silver stripe extending horizontally along the middle of the body, from
the operculum to the tail, one-tenth of an inch broad.

11. A specimen of a Salmo that I cannot find described any where,
but which has a good deal of relation to the Smelt, in its sub-semitrans-
parency, and some of its other characters, and still more to Salmo fa-
tens, except that its head is the reverse of *' truncated."

12. A specimen of our White Grunt, Bloch's Anthias formosus. If
it keep its colours, you will see how very differently it is striped from the
representations in Shaw, Vol. IV. of Gen. Zoology, pi. 64, p. 439, and
in other works.

Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 85

I come now to another class of animals, for which I hope that I may
invoke the aid of Mr. Bell : I mean, that of Reptiles. Dr. Brown has
mentioned only three kinds of Snake here, but there are more in the
island than he knew of. l have been endeavouring to obtain some of each
kind, and I now send three sorts, all I have yet succeeded in getting.
They are as follow : —

13. Two specimens of Brown's Coluber, No. 2. He has spoken of
it as " very slender," but this is wrong ; it is the tail only that is so, and
it is remarkably long, as compared with its body. Brown's description
being imperfect, a new one is much wanted, and if it come from Mr.
Bell, and if a figure may accompany it (and the other Snakes I now
send), drawn with the accuracy, elegance, and mastery of hand that
mark the figure of Dryinus auratus, in the 2d Vol. of the Zoological
Journal, I shall be most happy in having sent the specimens where such
justice shall be done to them. I send in a small paper, here inclosed,
some of its scales ; near the apex of each of the dorsal ones will be ob-
served a faint minute dot, a peculiarity I do not recollect to have seen
noticed by any naturalist as to the scales of Ophidia.

14. Two specimens also of our Whip-snake, which, I presume, will
come under Mr. Bell's sub-genus Leptophis. I cannot but think that it
is yet undescribed, and there is another peculiarity in its dorsal scales,
that they are likewise dotted near ttieir apices; but bi-punctated. Some
of the loose scales are in a paper in the box. As both Dryimis and
Leptophis have been separated from the Colubres, there seems wanting
some explanation concerning the caudal scutella, which in the figure just
mentioned of Dryinus auratus, are drawn as single, instead of double,
as usual among the Colubres. My Whip-snake has its scutella double.
The specimens come from St. Mary's Parish.

15. A specimen of a Snake caught in the woods not long ago, and
accounted to be very rare here, and very poisonous also ; but this is an
error, as I have examined its mouth, and besides the usual structure as
to the palatine and maxillary ranges of innocuous teeth, I have extracted
three of those which, were it poisonous, would be fangs, and they are
imperforate. These teeth are inclosed in a paper within the box. This
Snake seems to fall under Daudin and Cuvier's sub-genus Eri/x.

16. A specimen of Anolius, not uncommon about Kingston. It is

8C Mr. Bennett on some lushes from Jamaica.

neither Brown's Lacerta, No. 7, nor his No. 8, as I conceive. Three
of its eggs, as I suppose them to be, are sent in the phial.

17. In the phial are some specimens of a native Leech of this island,
clearly nondescript. They are slightly shrunk from the action of the
spirit, but they never, I believe, grow larger than the present ones were
originally. 1 put into spirit some individuals bearing ova on their abdo-
men ; and some others in which, there having been no moisture, the
young were adhering to the belly, which they continued to do for some
days. This species appears to be destitute of teeth, since none have ever
incised my skin, in any trial I made with them.

18, Three specimens of Brown's Canoer, No. 1, taken from some
Mangrove Oysters. There are besides, in the phial, some of our Wood-
Ants, and other things not worth particular mention.

As I have proceeded with this letter {currente calamo) I have felt
almost vexed at the length to which it was extending ; and therefore I will
not now add to it, except to say that I have no hesitation in acceding to
the offer you have made to me of giving my paper on the Manta a place
in your Journal, but I wish to have a few alterations previously made,
and these I will send you very shortly.

I have the honour to be. Sir,

Your very obedient and humble Servant,
E. N. Bancroft.

Notes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding Paper. By
E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., 8,'c.

The Shark, numbered 4, evidently belongs to the aberrant section
distinguished by M. Cuvier in his genus Scyllium, as having the anal
fin placed farther back than the second dorsal, the temporal orifices very
small, the fifth branchial opening frequently concealed in the fourth, and
the lobules of the nostrils generally so prolonged as to resemble beards.
All of these characters, except the latter, are possessed by the specimen
transmitted with Dr. Bancroft's communication. The length of it is
about one foot, and its colour (in spirit) is brownish above, and some-
what fawn-coloured beneath, marked on both surfaces, over the whole

Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 87

of the body and the fins, by small black rounded spots, not closely set,
and somewhat regular in their distribution. It agrees well with the figure
given by Parra, t xxxiv., f. 2., on which was founded Schneider's Squa-
lus punctatiis, Syst. Ichth. p. 134, erroneously placed in his section "B.
" Foraminibus temporum carentes," &c. The only differences worthy
of notice are, that in Parra's figure the branchial openings are placed
wholly in front of, and not partly above, the pectoral fins ; and that these
openings are all exhibited as distinct, whereas the fifth is partially con-
cealed in the fourth. Parra's specimen appears to have been even smaller
than that of Dr. Bancroft, " tan pequeiio como que se saco del vientre
" de su madre ;" and he states that he describes so young an individual
because he could not obtain any of larger growth. According to him,
" El color de todo el es cenicento, sembrado de varias machas negras
" redondas que lo hermosean mucho." It is called Gata by the Spani-
ards of Havaiia.

A remark made by M. Broussonnet will account for the apparent diffi-
culty, but more probably the absolute impossibility, of procuring indivi-
duals possessing the characters of the Squalus punctatus, Schn., of larger
size than those obtained by Parra and by Dr. Bancroft. M. Cuvier regards
this species as identical with the Barhillon of Broussonnet ; and this opi-
nion is almost unquestionably correct. Now Broussonnet states expressly
that in his species, the young, while not exceeding one foot in length,
exhibit small, round, black spots, which are not found on the larger
individuals, some of which attain the length of five feet. On the des-
cription of the Barhillon given by Broussonnet is founded the Squalus
cirratus, Gmel., which is properly placed by Schneider in the section
possessing temporal orifices. The location by the latter of the Sq. punc-
, tatiit among those Sharks in which these openings are wanting, may
readily be accounted for by the extreme minuteness of the orifices,
which in our specimen could not be detected without mnch difficulty, and
into which the point of an anatomical blowpipe could not be introduced.

By some oversight M. Cuvier refers the Barhillon of Broussonnet to
the Squalus barbatus, Gmel., instead of the Sq. cirratus, Ej. The
Sq. barbatus is founded on the description of the Barbu of Broussonnet,
a very distinct species from a totally different locality.

To the same species with the one under consideration, for which the

88 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica.

name of Scyllium cirratum will of course be used, M. Cuvier alsa
refers the Squale pointille of Lacepfede. Such an association would have
been impossible to any one who did not enjoy the opportunity of ex-
amining the specimen described and figured by M. Lacep^de. The
words of that authour, at variance even with his figure, are diametrically
opposed in every particular, except the relative position of the fins, to
the appearances exhibited by perfect specimens of the fisli, which,
according to M. Cuvier, formed the subject of his description.

5. Is the Zygcena Malleus of M. Valenciennes, to whom we are
indebted for an excellent Monograph of the genus, published in the
Memoires du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. M. Valenciennes has pointed
out four well defined species, which he has carefully described. He
has also given representations of the upper and under surfaces of the
head in each species. We have therefore here a standard production
to which recourse may be had. In the Zyg. Malleus the head
is more produced on the sides than in the other species; its front is
nearly straight, with a notch on each side near the nostrils ; and the
nostrils are situated very near the outer angle of the head. M. Valen-
ciennes mentions as its habitats, the coasts of France, the Mediterranean,
and Brasil ; to these may now be added the West Indian Seas.

8. is the Serranus Ouatalihi, Cuv. and Val., recently described in the
Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, II, 381. It was figured by Parra, t. v.
f. 2, and with f. 1. of the same plate, constituted in Schneider's System
a species of Bodianus, under the name of Guativere. The fish repre-
sentedinthe latter figure, is distinguished by MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes
as the Serranus Guativere, solely on the authority of Parra, no speci-
men of it having yet reached them.

9. is the Belone Carribcea of M. Le Sueur, by whom it and several
other species were first distinguished from the common European Belone,
in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, ii.
127. It is known by the equality of its mandibles ; the greater prolon-
gation backwards of its dorsal than of its anal fin ; the greater length of
the lower lobe of its caudal fin ; the flattened form of some of the rays
of the fins; and several other peculiarities which distinguish it from
the rest of the genus.

10. Notwithstanding the assistance afforded to us by M. Le Sueur, in

Mr. Bfcimctt on name Fishes frum Jamaica. 89

his description of several species of Hemirhamphus, Cuv., forming part
of the paper just quoted, there is some difficulty in determining the pre-
sent fish. It can be neither of the West Indian species there mentioned,
for, with a body four times the length of the lower mandible, it has dor-
sal and anal fins of equal length. In these particulars, in the silvery
band along the side, and in the relative length of the pectoral fins (one
half) to the lower jaw, it agrees with the Hem, erythrorhi/nchus, Le S.;
the name of which, although no mention is made of such a marking,
would appear to indicate the existence of some red on the beak, perhaps
confined to the tip, as pointed out by Dr. Bancroft. But the upper
mandible in our fish is certainly not " about the length of the diameter
" of the eye," scarcely exceeding one half of that diameter ; the num-
ber of fin-rays is somewhat different, being D. 15, A. 16, instead of
D. 16, A. 18 ; and the locality is perfectly distinct, M. Le Sueur's Hem.
erythrorhynchus having been obtained by him and M. Peron, in the East
Indian Seas. These differences induce me to regard Dr. Bancroft's fish
as distinct from all those of M. Le Sueur. It is evidently the " Orphie
" de Rio-Janeiro, Esox dorso monopterygio, rostro apice coccineo,
" linea laterali lata, argentea," &c. of Commerson's MSS. as quoted
by Lacepede ; in whose Histoire Naturelle des Poissons it forms part of
his Esox Gambarur, a medley composed of this western species, of the
Hem. marginatus from the Red Sea, and perhaps of a third. With it,
however, is not associated by M. Lacepede the Esox Brasiliensis, Linn.,
as stated by M. Le Sueur ; who must also be in error in regarding one of
his West Indian species as the Esox marginatm, Forsk.

I trust that Dr. Bancroft's exertions will enable him to procure speci-
mens of the other western Hemiramphi for comparison ; and should the
present prove to be distinct, as I apprehend it will, I would propose for
it the trivial name of apicalis.

11. This fish is referable to the sub-genus Saurus, Cuv., and is cer-
tainly nearly related to the Salmo fatens, Linn. Without exten«ively
consulting specimens, it would be impossible to determine any species of
a group so comparatively numerous, and mostly differing from each other
only in particulars requiring close examination.

12. Tothe species figured by Bloch, tib. cccxxiii (copied in Shaw's
General Zoology), the fish transmitted by Dr. Bancroft cannot be referred.
It differed m its markings totally, as that gentleman remarks, from Bloch's.

90 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica.

j^nthias formosus, the Umtmlon elegans, Cuv. MSS., for, instead of
the longitudinal vittm we have here numerous obHque lines. This cha-
racter distinguishes it equally from every other described species with
which I am acquainted of the genus HcEmulon, recently proposed among
the Sparidm by M. Cuvier, with the single exception of his Hcem. hete-
rodon, the Diabase ra\je de jaune of M. Desniarest. In this latter there
are, however, three vittcB along each side of the back, which are wanting
in our fish, the oblique lines being continued in it to the base of the
dorsal fin. I would therefore propose to characterize it as a new species.

DiABASis OBLIQUATOS. Diob. fiavescens, capite vittis cceruleis duo-
decim, corpore lineis caruleis obliquis numerosis.

D. If. P. 15. V, ^. A. -j-V C. 16.

On a yellowish, somewhat fuscous, ground, (perhaps altered by the
spirit in which the specimen has been immersed for about three months,)
the markings are pale blue, in numerous vitta : those on the head and
opercula, which are somewhat broader, and more deeply coloured than
those of the body, are nearly longitudinal, about twelve in number : those
of the body are oblique, directed upwards and backvrards. The latter
are formed by lines passing across the middle of each scale, and are con-
sequently numerous, not less than sixteen or seventeen being crossed by
a line drawn from the junction of the spinous and soft portions of the
dorsal fin to the belly in front of the anus. On the tail, behind the dor-
sal and anal fins, the markings become longitudinal, in about nine rows.
The fins, especially in their scaly soft portions, are more fuscous than
the body ; into these the markings do not extend. The lateral line,
deflected opposite to the extremity of the dorsal fin, is yellow, and is
accompanied below by a blue line ; a similar line, but more indistinct,
passes along its upper edge. The caudal fin is forked ; the spines of the
dorsal are filamentous.

The front and the extreme teeth in each jaw, especially in the upper,
are longer and stronger than the others, and are somewhat hooked ; a
variance from the generic mark " dents en velours" indicated by M.
Cuvier. His characters may perhaps be erroneous in this respect, or the
structure may be peculiar to the present species, the only one of the
genus I have yet examined.

In this description I have omitted several points which form part of the
generic marks indicated by M. Cuvier, whose name for the genus ^H<e-

Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Oiitang. 91

mulonj should give way to the prior claim of that of Diabasis proposed
by M. Desmarest. It is to be feared, however, that in such a case the
weight of M. Cuvier's authority will bear down all opposition, and that
even the principles of nomenclature, if he persists in retaining the ap-
pellation he has proposed, will in vain be urged against one who has

engaged in his favour the gratitude of every ichthyologist.

E. T. B.

AiiT. XIX. Post Mortetn Examination of a Female Orang
Ontang. In a Letter uildressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the
Secretary of the Zoological Society.

Sir,

In the latter part of the year 1 828, an Orang Outang that passed for
a female and was supposed to be about three years of age, was pre-
sented to Mr. Svnnton, of Calcutta. She was sent from Singapore, where
she had lived for some time, and was, in all probability, a native of
Borneo.

She was of a mild, docile, and melancholy disposition, and had been
taught to walk in the erect posture, which she was very fond of assum-
ing of her own accord.

Although reputed a female, some doubts arose respecting the sex of the
animal. At length, after as careful an examination as the restlessness
and timidity of the creature would permit of, the great probability of her
being a female was generally concurred in.

There was no appearance of either vulva or labia, and at the first
glance it was not surprising that the animal should be by some mistaken
for a male, for a small flaccid penis-WVt body, about an inch in length,
was visible under the pubes. This being found imperforate, and devoid
of any appearance of scrotum, or testes, was pronounced a clitoris. On
raising it, or pashing it to one side, a small aperture was observed near
its root, capable of admitting the end of a crow-quill, and through
which the urine passed, but whether this aperture was the urethra itself,
or a common passage behind which was the proper urethra and vagina.

92 Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang.

could not be determined while the animal was alive. But the impression
was, that this animal was a proper female, with her genital parts imper-
fectly developed.

Having premised so much, I come now to the illness and death of the

animal. In January last, the creature became much emaciated, appeared

to suffer considerably, and to be very sensible of cold. Accordingly,

about the end of that month, it was sent for medical treatment to my

friend Mr. Breton, with whom she remained about three weeks, until she

died, on the 14th of February. I have been favoured by Mr. Breton with

the following particulars of her illness. " On my first examining the

" animal, it appeared to me that its lungs were affected ; since it had a cough

" which was sometimes violent, difficulty of breathing, fever attended

" with a very quick pulse, loss of appetite, and costiveness. The cough

" at night was, generally violent at intervals, but during the day it was less

" so. The animal coughed and moaned at times like a human being. It

" never expectorated in the smallest degree. It seemed to feel the effects

" of cold air, and it remained in a recumbent posture under a blanket in

" a room in the early part of the mornings, and in the evenings. Every

" now and then it would of itself go out in the sun, remain there a little

" while, and then return to its bed and cover itself with the blanket.

" Every day, till within a day or two of its death, it partook of plantain,

" milk, and some plain sweet cakes. It never at any time seemed op-

" pressed by thirst. Its skin, whilst the fever continued, was hot, but

" the heat was not very considerable. The fever intermitted, but the

" intermissions were never at regular periods. At times the animal re-

" mained without fever a whole day, at other times the fever continued

" two or three days wthout intermission. No cold fit was ever observed.

" The paroxysms came on invariably with heat, and while under its

" effects, the poor animal manifested anxiety and uneasiness. It sel-

" dom had a natural motion. Stools were procured by enemas given

" every other day. Purges were attempted to be given, but a sufficient

" quantity could not be forced down the throat so as to produce any sen-

" sible effect. Doses of half a grain of tartar emetic were mixed with

" milk, and this the animal drank of itself, but without any effect.

" Sometimes it appeared lively, at other times very dull and languid, and

" in this state it continued and languished until it died."

Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 93

Mr. Breton, Dr. Adam, and myself examined the body a few hours
after death, and as there was an anxious wish to preserve the remains as
much as circumstances would permit, for the purpose of being sent to
the Zoological Society, a minute dissection would have been Inconsistent
with this object. The examination that took place was therefore cursory,
and had more particular reference to the discovery of the cause of death
and the solution of doubts respecting the generative system of the animal.

In opening the cavity of the abdomen, the parietes were found much
thinner than in the human species ; the colour of the skin in the line of
incision was of a rather deep blue, and the skin itself was strong and
thick compared with that of other varieties of SimicB, The stomach,
liver, caput ccecum colt, and bowels generally bore a strong resemblance
to the human, both individually and in relative position. A serous
effusion had taken place in the peritoneal sac, and the stomach was dis-
tended with air. The caput ccecum was filled with indurated faeces, and
attached to the caput was, as in man, an appendicnla vermiformis about
four inches long. The pylorus was remarkably well defined, with the
same strong resemblance to the human as that possessed by other organs.
The duodenum also was formed as in man.

In his valuable work on Comparative Anatomy, Sir Everard Home
states, that, in a long-tailed Monkey the intestines were very nearly the
same as in man, and that th^re was an appendicula ccEci of a pyramidal
form, and about half an inch long. In another Monkey, the appendi-
cula cad, it is stated in the same work, ^vas entirely wanting ; in a
large black Monkey (cjueere Gibbon) it was found three inches long; and
in the Baboon it was wanting. Dr. Adam a few days before had exa-
mined a Lungoor fSlmia Enlellus, Dufresne,) which had no vermiform
appendicle to the caput cecum nor proper prjlorus. In the animal under
consideration, as already mentioned, the pylorus was well marked, and
there was an appendicula vermiformis.

The whole of the abdominal viscera were more or less in a morbid
state, there being tuberculous macula; on the liver, and tubercles in the
spleen, stomach, omentum, mesentery, &c. : the tubercles when cut into
exhibited a whitish cheesy structure. The spleen was one mass of tu-
berculous disease, and was found strongly adhering to the stomach and
pnrietes of the abdomen. Near the inferior part of the stomach, point-

94 Dr. .1. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang.

ing more to the right, a very small supplementary spleen existed. The
liver, though covered with tuberculous macula, when cut into exhibited
in its interior no tubercles. The mesenteric glands were also filled with
the same cheesy substance mentioned above, and one large mass was in
a state of partial suppuration.

The cavity of the thorax, generally speaking, was in an equally dis-
eased state with that of the abdomen. A purulent serous effusion had
taken place, with adhesion of the lungs, more especially the left lobe, to
the thoracic parietes. On cutting into the left lobe, it was found con-
verted into a mass of cheesy tubercles, but no suppuration had taken
place ; the appearance of the right lobe was similar, but the disorgani-
zation was less in degree. The heart was sound.

On the whole, from the appearances manifested on examination, it
was obvious that the Orang Outang had died from the effects of general
inflammation of the thoracic and abdominal viscera, but whether this had
commenced with the abdominal or thoracic is not easy to determine. The
brain was not examined.

On examination of the sexual organs of the Orang Outang, some dif-
ficulty arose in duly ascertaining them, on account of the minuteness of
some of the parts. On introducing a director into the external meatus
beneath the root of the clitoris (which, as already stated, was only large
enough to admit the end of a crow-quill) an incision was carefully made
down the perincEum. On thus laying open the external meatus, two ori-
fices or canals were discovered, the upper one of which quite under tlie
root of the clitoris was found to be the urethra, and was large enough
to admit a small bougie or probe into the bladder. The lower aperture
or orifice of the vagina was large enough to admit a common-sized pen-
cil. The canal was about an inch and a half long, evidently dilatable,
and of the diameter (undilated) of a common pencil-case. A blunt
probe introduced into it was felt with the finger in the pelvis, where it
met resistance from the os tincce of a small uterus, which it required
minute search to find ; but the existence of which, with its fallopian
tubes and ovaries vras satisfactorily demonstrated ; thus the question of
the creature's sex vras set at rest.

The pectoral air-sacs or membranous bags peculiar to the Orang spe-
cies, and communicating with the larynx, were found very distinct, but

Mr. S. Stutchbury o?2 two new genera of MoUusca 95

these have already been so accurately described by other observers that
it is unnecessary further to notice them.

I would suggest to the Zoological Society a careful dissection of the
right arm, as it appeared to us, upon the hurried examination made of
the left arm of the animal, that it possesses a sterno-humeral muscle not
to be found in man. The pectoro-laryngeal sacs and this muscle were
the only striking instances of departure from the human model which we
observed. The muscle in question appeared to rise fleshy from the
upper part of the sternum, proceeding in a straight line to be inserted
into the humerus upon its external surface, and a little below the neck of
the bone. Its action would seem to be, to roll the humerus, and to
bring the arms across the body, thus helping the animal to take hold in
climbing, &c.

J. Grant.

Calcutta, March 1829.

Aht. XX. On two new Genera of Textaceous MoUusca,
and five neir Species nf the Genus Anatina, lately dis-
covered at Port Jackson, Neiv South IFales ; in a Letter
from Mr. Samtkl Stutchbury, A.L.S.

TO THE CONDUCTORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Gentlemen,
Among a parcel of shells just received from Port Jackson, New South
Wales, two, which appear to have been hitherto undescribed, have
particularly interested me. Their peculiar characters prevent their
admission into any of the genera yet known, virithout giving greater lati-
tude to established limits than would, I think, be consistent with the true
interests of science. Although they both possess an internal testaceous
appendage to the hinge, characteristic of the shells placed by Lamarck
in his genus Analina, (though not mentioned by him,) it will surely be
allowed that the habits and economy of an animal having the power of
locomotion mast differ sfj widely from those which have not, that the

96 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of MuUusca.

fiict of the shells under notice being constantly attached, did there exist
no other difference, would itself be a sufficient reason for resrardino: them
as distinct from Anatina. Under these circumstances, I have thrown to-
gether such observations as will point out their distinguishing peculiarities
until further information may confirm the propriety of continuing them as
genera, or enable us to ascertain their true affinities, and correct situation
in the system. The first I propose to call

Myochama.*

Testa inmquivalvis adhcErens. Valva afjfixa dentibus duobus margi-
nalibus, divaricatis, ad umbonem disjimctis, foveold trigond interme-
dia alteram testaceeB appendicis extremitatem, cartilugine corned con-
nexam, excipiente. Valva libera dentibus duobus inaqualibns,
partis, divaricatis, altera appendicis extremitate foveolcB intermedicB
insertd. Umbones valveB libera interne, alterius externk, recurvi.
Impressiones musculares du(B, orbiculares, distantcs, laterales.
Impressio muscularis pallii sinu brevi, lato. Liyamentum tenue,
externum.

At first sight this shell might be passed over as an Anomia, but it may
readily be distinguished by examining the attached valve, which will
be found to be destitute of the foramen ; from Cleidothaerus it differs
in wanting the conical tooth of the hinge, as well as in the shape of the
muscular impressions, in having a sinus in the muscular impression of
the mantle, and in the attached valve being the smaller. The following
characters will at once distinguish it from every other genus. Shell inae-
quivalve, adhering ; the attached valve with two unequal diverging mar-
ginal teeth, separated at the umbo by a triangular pit, in which one end
of a testaceous appendage is inserted and connected by a horny cartilage ;
the free valve with two unequal, small diverging teeth, close under the
umbo, in which is inserted the other end of the testaceous appendage.
The umbo of the free valve is curved inwards, that of the fixed valve
outwards. Muscular impressions two, nearly orbicular, distant, lateral.
There is a short broad sinus in the muscular impression of the mantle.

• From the circumstance of the Shell thus named connecting in itself some
of the characters of the Myarits and Chamaceat.

Myochama. — Cleidothcerus. 97

Myochama anomioides.

Tab. Supp. xlii. f. 1, 2, 3, 4.

M. tcstd rosed, tenui, fragili, costis prommentibus radianttbus dichoto-
mis ; valvd liberd valde convexd ; umbone extra apicem valves alterce
producto ; epidermide tenui, pellucidd ; long. -J-i, lot. ■^^, alt. •5-"^.

Shell rose-coloured, thin, fragile, ornamented by prominent radiating
dichotomous ribs. Free valve extremely convex, the umbo projecting
beyond the apex of the other. Epidermis thin and transparent.

The shell described above adheres to a smooth species of Pectunculus ;
some specimens are attached to Trigonia* pectinata, in which case the
natural ribs are crossed by others still more prominent, corresponding
with those of the shell on which they have grown.

CLEIDOTHiERUS.t

Tcxta suhmargaritacea, inccquivalvis, adhcerens. Cardo, dente conico
in valvd liberd, in fossnlam alteiius valves inserto, claviculd testaced
elongatd recurvd, cartilayine connexd, et in cicatrici profundd infra
utrumque umbonem insertd. Tmpressiones musculares, in utrdquc
valvd duce, luterales, antica prcelonga, postica sub-orbicularis, Im-
pressio muscularis pallii integra. Ligamentum externum.

Shell somewhat pearly, inaecjuivalve, adhering. Hinge with a small
conical tooth in the free valve, fitting into a corresponding pit in the
attached valve. A testaceous, elongated, curved clavicle, connected by
cartilage, is inserted in a deep cicatrix imder each umbo. Muscular
impressions two, lateral, the anterior Ungulate, the posterior suborbicu-
lar. Muscular impression of the mantle entire. Ligament external.^

• It may not be thought irrelevant to mention that Trigonia must be re-
moved from the situation Lamarck has given it, between the Arcacefe and
Naiades, to the Cardiacese ; having seen the living animal, I am convinced it
bears the nearest affinity to that family.

f From the Clavicle in the hinge.

X Since tliis Article was sent to press, it has been ascertained that De Roissy
has named and characterized this remarltable genus, though evidently from
iucompkte specimens. He has called it in French " Camostrie" a name so

Vol. V. o

98 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca.

In general contour, this shell has so great a similitude to Chania, that
without opening it there would be no hesitation in pronouncing it of that
genus, belonging to Lamarck's division, " Crochets tournant de droit a
" gauche." Its internal differences are given in the generic description.
The species I characterise as follovrs : —

CLEIDOTHiERUS ChAMOIDES.

Tab. Supp. xlii. f. 5, 6, 7, 8.

C. testd involuted, rufd, interne suhviridi sub-margaritacen ; vahd
dextrd majore profunda, latere antico adharente; latere convexo
claviculcE sulcata.

Shell involute, brownish red, internally of a greenish pearly lustre,
attached by the anterior side of the right valve, which is of great deptb ;
left valve but slightly convex ; the clavicular appendage with a groove on
the convex side.

My specimens being destitute of colour, the figure has been taken by
G. B. Sowerby, jun., from one in his father's collection, which he found
among the stores of the late Mr. Humphreys, but which, not having theclavi-
cular appendage, had been Liid aside, until more perfect specimens should
decide its true characters. Mine were foimd attached to sand-stone rocks
by T. Young, Esq., R. N., together with an Aspergillum (perhaps agglu-
tinans of Lamarck), some Chamae, &c. while searching near the entrance
of Port Jackson, pointed out to him as the s])ot where I discovered, in
1 286, the first living Clavagellse.

The five following shells bear so close an analogy to Myochama, that
beheving the four last to be inedited, I am induced to give specific de-
scriptions of them, adding them to the genus Anatina. I must, however,
premise, that the spoon-shaped teeth mentioned by Lamarck are absent
in each, but they possess the moveable appendage to the hinge, found in
most, if not all the shells placed in that genus by him.

entirely inapplicable that I hesitate not to retain the appellation of Cleido-
th<Eriis, by which I had designated it. There is nothing in the shell to con-
nect it with Ostrett.

Netc Species of Anatina. 99

Anatina brevis.
Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 1, 2.
^. testa plano-convexd, sub-triangulari, transversim striatd, valvd dex-
trd convexd, costis duahus depressis, transversim lamellosis, supra
extremitatem posticam positis ; valvd alterd subconcavd, margine
dorsali inflexo et in sulcuni alterius valva inserto -• cardine cartila-
gine inttrnd trigond et appendiee testaced intermedia : umbonibus
postice reflexis : impressionibus muscularibus distantibus, laterali-
bus : impressione pallii sinu lunari : long. \^, lat. yV» "'*• i" ?•

Shell plano-convex, subtriangular, transversely striated. Right valve
convex, with two depressed transversely lamellated ribs upon the posterior
extremity. Left valve slightly concave, dorsal margin inflected, and in-
serted into a sulcus in the opposite valve. Hinge with an internal trian-
gular cartilage, and a supervening small shelly piece. Umbo reflected
posteriorly.* Two distant muscular impressions ; a lunate sinus in the
impression of the mantle.

A figure of this shell was given by Mr. G. B.' Sowerby, in his Appen-
dix to my Sale Catalogue as Pandora brevis, the cardinal ^pendage
being overlooked by him, or (which is more probable) it was lost before
he had the shell.

Anatiwa Pandoriformis.

Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 3, 4.

.^. leUd plano-convexd, suhovatu, striis transvcrsis distantibus ; valvd
dextrd convexd, extremitate posticd carinatd truncatd ; valvd alterd
subconcavd : cardine appendiee pland fossidis cardinalibus cartila-
gine adhtsrente ; lined dcpressd subobsoletd, internd, ab umbone
versus marginem inferiorem obliqui decurrente ; long, -j^, lat. -^,
alt. -^y.

Shell plano-convex, subovate, with transverse distant striai. Right
valve convex, the posterior extremity carinated and truncated ; left valve
slightly concave. Hinge with a flat testaceous piece attached by cartilage

• Contrarj' to every other genuK examined, applyine; the term posterior to
the tide where the Kipbons arc situated.

o 2

100 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new getiera of Mollmca.

to the cardinal pits : a nearly obsolete depressed line obliquely crossing
the internal disk of each valve, from the umbones to the inferior margin.

Anatina crassa.
Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 5, 6.
A. testd erassd, sublrigond, incequivalvi, transversim costatd ; valvd
sinistra convexiusculd, latere postico utriusque valves carinato ; de-
prcssione lavi, cordatd, ad latus posticum timbonum ; impressioni-
bus muscularibus profundis ; long. j\, lat. ,\, alt. j\.

Shell thick, subtriangular, inaquivalve, transversely ribbed ; left valve
but slightly convex, posterior side of both valves carinated, vpith a
smooth cordate depression on the same side of the umbones ; muscular
impressions deep. Although the smallest species we have seen, it is
probably the thickest of the genus.

Anatina ovalis.

Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 7, 8.

A. testd inaquivalvi, tenui, pellucidd ; latere postico brevi, truncato ;
valvd dextrd convexd, margine superiore sulcatd, marginem injlexum
alterius valvce recipiente ; valvd sinistra convexiusculd ; cartilagine
cardinis interna, obliqud, elongatd : impressione pallii sinu magno ;
long. J^, lat. x\, alt. ■^\.

Shell inaequivalve, thin, pellucid, posterior side truncated ; right valve
convex, superior margin sulcated, receiving the inflected edge of the
other valve ; left valve slightly convex. Hinge vrith an oblique elon-
gate internal cartilage. Sinus of the impression of the mantle large.
Now in the cabinet of Michael Bland, Esq.

Anatina elongata.

Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 9, 10.

./^. testd transversim elongatd, inaquivalvi, pellucidd ; sinu impressio-
nis muscularis pallii versus latus anticum elongato ; long. y\> let-
t\, alt. r^.

Shell transversely elongate, inaequivalve, pellucid, .sinus of the im-

Habits of Bulitius hcEmastomus. 101

pression of the mantle elongated towards the anterior side. In Mr.
Sowerby's possession.

Should the foregoing notices be deemed of sufficient interest to deserve
a place in the Zoological Journal, I shall feel honoured by their inser-
tion, and remain,

Gentlemen,

With great respect.

Your obedient Servant,

Samuel Stutchburv.
33, Theobald's Road.

Art. XXI. Notice of the Habits of Bulinus bcemastomus.
By Mr. W. B. Booih, communicated by W. J. Broderip,
Esq., F.R.S., hic.,Sec. G.S.

I AM indebted to the kindness of Mr. Sabine, Secretary of the Horti-
cultural Society, for the following interesting Note on the habits of a
specimen of Bulinus haemastomus,* which lived for more than a year
in a hot-house in the Society's garden at Chiswick. The soft parts had
suffered materially from the cause which occasioned the death of the ani-
mal ; but the general condition of those parts, and of the shell, indi-
cated the best health at the time when an unfortunate accident deprived
it of life. The specimen, which was of the usual full-grown size, has
been presented to the Zoological Society by the hands of Mr. Sabine.
The Note was written at Chiswick, by Mr. W. B. Booth.

W. J. Broderip,
London, Dec. 1829.

Note. — It was brought from Rio, in October, 1828, by Mr. William
McCulloch, then gardener to the Right Honourable Robert Gordoiv, and

• Bulimus iKcmastomus, Scopoli. Bulimus oblongus, Brug. Bulla obloiiga,
Chcmn, Helix oblonga, Mull., Gincl., and Daudeb, Turbo h.xraastomuB, GmeK

102 Mr, Gould on a new British Warbler.

presented by him to the Horticultural Society. At first it appeared rather
sickly, but after it had been kept in the hot-house for some time, it re-
covered, and began to move about. It cannot now be correctly ascer-
tained when it produced the firet egg, but it was very shortly after its
arrival. I should think about the beginning of November. This egg
was sent, by the desire of Mr. Sabine, to the Zoological Society. About
the same time this year, it produced a second egg, and three weeks after-
wards, a third;* the latter was unfortunately broken by the animal itself,
but the former is still in preservation. It fed upon lettuces and the tender
leaves of cabbages; the former seemed to be its favourite food. Sometimes
it would devour two large lettuces, and then remain for days afterwards
without touching food, or moving from its place, except when cold
water was sprinkled upon it. During the day it was usually in a dormant
state, in the shade : but towards the evening, when the house was moist
and warm, it would spread itself out, and move from one part to another.
It seemed to like moisture, and I have no doubt that it might have been
preserved for years, if it had not been accidentally killed. On Satur-
day last it was at the end of the house where the fire comes in, and
ventured too far upon the hot bricks after they had been watered. In
the morning it was found fixed to them, and quite dead.

W. B. Booth.

Art. XXII. On the occurrence of a 7iew British Warbler.
By Mr. John Gould. In a Letter to N. A. Vigors, Esq.

Sir,

I hope to be excused the liberty I have taken in thus addressing to
you, in the form of a letter, the following short account of the occur-
rence of a European bird, which, as far as I am acquainted, is new to
the British Fauna.

When we consider that European ornithologists have enumerated in

* These eggs were as large, and appeared to be as fully developed, as those
produced by the animal in its native country. Two representations of these
eggs are given in Tab. Suppl. xvi, bis. f. 3, 4. W. J .B.

Mr. Gould on a new British IFarhler. 103

their systematic catalogues more than one hundred birds unknown to
our own shores, it may appear surprising that researches in this class are
not more frequently rewarded with new objects, their power of flight,
and extent of migration being duly appreciated. Many rare birds pro-
bably escape unnoticed, others unknown, and some unrecorded.

The foliage of our extensive woods and thick hedgerows affords imper-
vious shelter to the smaller summer visitors, and it is to one of the nu-
merous family of tiie Warblers, whose habits confine them to such
localities, that I now refer.

This bird was shot at Kilburn, on the 25th of October, by my friend,
Mr. Frederick Bond, who has kindly allowed me to make any comment
I may think proper. It was at first believed to be a variety of the Red-
start ; but on closer investigation a comparison was instituted by which
the real difference was ascertained ; the individual proving to be the
black Redlail of Latham's Synopsis, Vol. IV., page 486, Sp. 16; the
Sylvia Tilhjs of the same author's Ind. Orn., Vol. II, page 512, Sp. 16;
and the Bec-Jin roucje-queue of M. Ten)minck's Manuel d'Ornithologie,
Vol. I, p. 218. It is correctly figured (under the latter name, though
with the wrong Latin appellation of Sylvia suecicaj in Werner's Atlas
des Oiseaux d' Europe, which is intended as an illustration of the Manuel
just quoted.

The length of this bird is 5| inches. Its beak black ; the head, back,
and neck dusky slate-colour ; the chin and abdomen somewhat lighter ;
the upper and under tail-coverts chestnut ; the wing-primaries dusky,
their edges ash-colour, and shafts black ; the two middle tail-feathers
dusky black, and all the others chestnut.

Adult males of this species have the general plumage of the body
darker, and the chestnut-coloured parts more bright.

This bird appears to be found over an extensive portion of the north
of Europe, but according to M. Temmiuck is only occasionally seen in
Holland. It Ls at once distinguished from our Uedstart by its dark breast
and under jjarts, the whole of which in our well-known Sylvia Phani-
curus are of a bright chestnut.

I avail myself of this opportunity to notice the occurrence of a third
specimen of the Pleclroplianes Lapponica, a species described by Mr.
Selby, in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society

104 Analytical Notices of Books.

of London. This fresh example of the Emberiza calcarata of M. Tem-
minck was taken by a bird-catcher, in September, 1 828, in the vicinity
of London, and its plumage so nearly corresponds with the description
given by Mr. Selby, at page 158 of the volume of the Transactions re-
ferred to, as to make any additional remarks unnecessary.

I have the honoxir to be.

Your obedient humble Servant,

John Gould.
33, Bruton Street.

Art. XXIII. Analytical Notices of Books.

A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained in the
Museum of the Honourable East India Company, illustrated by co-
loured Figures of new Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian
Lepidoptera, ifc. By Thomas Horsfield, M.D., F.R.S., L.S.,
and G.S., Sfc. 4to., Parts I. and IL

In a previous notice of this important Work, in which we confined
ourselves to an analytical exposition of the views advanced by Dr. Hors-
field in his Introductory Remarks, we gave an outline of the general
arrangement of the Lepidoptera propounded by the authour, enume-
rated the tribes into which he regarded the order as naturally divisible,
and explained the characters of each of the stirpes composing the first
tribe, that of Papilionida. Having been induced by the novel and in-
teresting nature of the views which we had then to notice to extend our
analysis to a greater length than usual, we were compelled to defer that
portion of it which contained the commencement of the descriptions of
the genera and species of Lepidopterous Insects deposited in the East
India Company's Collection. The Second Part of the Descriptive Ca-
talogue having now appeared, we resume our analysis at the point where
our previous notice terminated.

Dr. Horsfield's Lejndopterous Insects of India. 105

After giving a character of the order, accompanied by some observa-
tions on the important assistance to be derived in arrangement from the
study of the metamorphosis. Dr. Horsfield thus characterises the Papi-
lionidce : " Larva pedibus sedecim, elongata, cylindrica, tarda ; capite
" globoso retractili ; exserto, a corpore disjuncto. Chrysalis nuda, an-
'• gulata, postice alligata, sed vario modo suspensa ; in Stirpe Anopluri-
" formi subfoUiculata IjEvis, et Lepidopterorum ahquorum nocturnorum
♦' chrysahdi simihs. Imago : Antennce multiarticulatae, basi graciles,
** apice crassiores plerumque capitulates aut clavatae, in paucis fiUformes
" vel subsetaceae vel apice graciHore uncinato. Ala insecto sedente erectse,
" inferiores retinaculo nuUo. In Stirpe Anopluriformi ate posticae tantiim
" erectae vel suberectae. Tibia posticcn plerumque apice solo calcarato.
" Volatus diurnus." This character is succeeded by a Synoptic Table ol
the stirpes of the PapilionidcB, which exhibits at one view, with refer-
ence to each stirps, 1. the analogies borne by it to the genera of
Ametahola, MacL, ; 2. its characters as derived from the metamorphosis ;
3. its characters as derived from the perfect insect; 4. its synonyms; and
5. the genera comprehended in it, these latter being distinguished into
normal and aberrant. The characters of the stirpes here given corres-
ponding essentially with those contained in the Introduction, it is un-
necessary for us to repeat the outline of them which we formerly gave
at pages 122, 123, and 124, of our fourth volume.

Commencing his descriptions with the Vermiform stirps, Dr. Horsfield
again characterises its larva a.x\dpupa. Owing to the want of sufficient
materials, he expresses his inability to proceed to the subdivision of this
group into families so as clearly to define them. He states, however, that
the genera Petavia, Polyommatus, Lyccena, Thecla, and Myrina, are
respectively representatives of so many families, the precise limits of
which can only be determined by accurate and extensive investigation.
Examples of each of the genera above enumerated, and of two others
belonging to this stirps, are contained in the collection.

In the genus Polyommatus, a new subgenus is distinguished under the
name of Pithecops, by its " wings somewhat elongated ; hinder wings
" entire, regularly rounded, and elliptical," Its representative in India
is the Pith. Ilylax, the Ucsperia li. Ilylnx of Fabricias, of which a
figure is given. The same form exists in Europe in the Pith. Alsus,

106 Analytical Notices of Books.

Lysimon, Plieretes, and Damon. Of Polyommatus, strictly so called,
with the " margins of the hinder wings at the anal extremity angular,
" and produced to a short point," two new species are described, the
Pol. Masa and Pol. Puspa, which may be respectively regarded as the
Eastern analogues of the European Pol. Jrgiolus and Pol. Arion. The
latter forms a natural traniition, by its markings and habit, to the follow-
ing genus.

Lyccena is distinguished frt)ra Polyommatus primarily by its larva,
which in the latter genus is regularly rounded or cylindrico-gibbous, and
In the former is more oblong and impressed at the sides. The only other
mark of distinction between the genera is the form and habit of the
wings of the perfect insect. Of Lycana seventeen species exist iu the
collection, five of which are described as new. They are distributed into
four sections founded, for convenience of reference, on artificial cha-
racters.

Of Thecla two prominent types of form have been determined, chiefly
by the minute examination of the tarsi in both sexes, which Dr. Hors-
field has pursued more closely and extensively than any other observer.
The character obtained from the structure of the feet has been confirmed
by that of the antenna ; and Thecla, strictly so called, is therefore
characterized in the following terms : " Antennae capitulo cylindrico-ovali,
" utrinque manifeste attenuato ; tarsi pedum anticorum maris articulo
" solitario, cylindrico, ungue incurvo baud exserto." In the insects of
this group, the hinder wings are furnished with an anal appendage, and
a single tail. The larva of the only Indian species in which the meta-
morphosis was observed, is linear-oblong, depresso-scutate, and fur-
nished with tufts of short bristles arranged in transverse rows at the seg-
ments. Oi the nine species of this subgenus contained in the collection,
five are now described for the first time. The subgenus Amblypodia is
V distinguished by its " Antenna e basi usque ad apicem sensim incrassatae,
" capitulo baud distincto ; tarsi pedum anticorum in mare articulo soli-
" tario inermi obtusissimo, superficie verticali abrupte terrainato." Its
larva corresponds in form with that of Thecla, but is covered entirely
with short, delicate, solitary haire ; in one species, Amblypodia Longi-
mis, Horsf., Hesperia R. Longinns, Fab., it is aberrant in form, being
distended anteriorly, excavated at the sides, contracted behind, and

Dv. Horsfield's Lepidopterous Insects of India. 107

throughout tiansversely swelled at the segments. This subgenus is di-
vided into the following sections, distinguished by the appendages of the
hinder wings : 1. " Cauda solitaria oblique divergente, cum appendiculo
" anali elongate connatS.," illustrated by Amhlypodia JVarana, a new
species ; 2. " Caudis duabus distantibus exteriore minore, appendiculo
" anali abbreviato," also illustrated by a new species, ./^mi^, Vivarna;
3. " Caudis tribus, intermedia elongata, lateralibus minimis dentifor-
" mibus, appendiculo anali brevi," of which four described species,
including the Papiliones P. R. Jlpidanus and Centaurus, Fab., are in the
collection ; 4. " Cauda solitaria longissima, appendiculo anali lineari
" subelongato," a single new species, Ambl. Sugriva, resembling in
its markings the insects of the previous section, but approaching in its
form to the true Thcclce ; and 5. " Caudis duabus mediocribus subeequa-
" libus, dente marginali conspicuo, appendiculo anali rotundato pro-
" dueto;" of this section ten species are described, five of which ap-
pear to have been previoasly unnoticed.

Of Mxjrina two species are described. The first of these, Myr. Ra-
vindra, Horsf., belongs to a section " Alis posticis caudis tribus, inter-
" media longissima, interiore mediocri, exteriore brevi denti marginali
" adhaerente," and preserves, in the painting of its lower surface, an
affinity to toe individuals of Amhlypodia, although in essential charac-
ters it rigidly agrees with Myrina. The second, Myrina Jafra, Latr-
and Godt., is referred to another section of the genus, " Alis posticis
" caudis duabus denteque marginali prominulo; cauda exteriore longis-
" 8im&, interiore mediocri."

LoxuRA, a new genus proposed by Dr. Horsfield, agrees in various
particulars with Myrina. But its antenncB are short, strict, more evi-
dently incrassated towards the point, and provided at the terminal joints
with more distinct bristles : its palpi arc proportionally much longer, be-
ing full half the length of the antciina : its head is comparatively nar-
row, and the eyes prominent : its hinder wings are lengthened and -reo"u-
larly attenuated to a narrow anal extremity ; the anal appendage is
angular, with a lateral projection, and an abrupt posterior termination ;
and they have a single tail, whicii passes off in an oblique direction.
According to Dr. Horsfield's views, it stands in the series of the Papilio-
nidte near tlie confines of the Vermiform and Chiiognalhiform stirpes. Its

108 Analytical Notices of Books.

immediate relation to Myrina will be readily conceived from the agree-
ment of their principal characters, the distinctions between them being
chiefly derived from differences in the proportional length of parts. In
external habit it resembles Colias, a group referred to the Chilognathiform
stirps ; the colour is spread over the surface in the same manner, and
yaries but little in the sexes ; the margins are similar, and the metallic
irrorations existing in Myrina are no longer observable ; the markings
underneath likewise are simple. The form of the hinder wings and the
direction of the tail indicate also an affinity to Gonepteryx ; but this re-
semblance, being founded entirely on an artificial character, is not in-
sisted on. The insects in the East India Company's collection referred
to this genus are the Loxura Atymmis, (Papilio P. R. Atymnus, Fab.,)
and a new species, Loxura Pita.

Another new genus, PHiEDBA, is proposed by Dr. Horsfield as a kind
of appendix to the Vermiform stirps, in which its true position is not at
present satisfactorily ascertained. Its metamorphosis is yet unknown ;
and the perfect insects referred to it possess a complication of characters,
partaking of several genera, besides certain peculiarities of their own.
In the structure of their antennce they agree, upon the whole, with Lox-
ura ; and the palpi, although shorter than in that genus, are constructed
on the same plan : in the anterior feet of the male they resemble the in-
dividuals of Thecla, strictly so called ; b»it they differ from all the spe-
cies of that genus and of Lycaena in the pulverulent covering of the tinder
side of their wings, in their markings, and in the abrupt termination of
the hinder pair. The first species enumerated, the Phcedra Terricola,
Horsf., fUesperia R. Phcedrus, $ , and Hesp. R. JSsopus, 5 , Fab.,)
was arranged by MM. Latreille and Godart in their fourth great subdivi-
sion of the genus Polyommatus, comprising those with entire or slightly
dentate wings ; but although several of the insects of that section resem-
ble it in the colour of the upper surface, they have nothing of the pecu-
liarity which distinguishes the under side, and are all essentially different
in a generic point of view. A second species is the Phadra insular is,
Horsf., which differs from the preceding, not merely in marking, but
also in the form of its hinder wings, indicating a sectional division in this
small group. In Ph. Terricola these organs are broad and obtuse, with
an abrupt regularly transverse posterior margin, gradually rounded to-

Dr. Horsfield's Lepidrjpterous Insects of India. 109

wards the outer apical angle : in Ph. insularis they are gradually atte-
nuated towards the anal region, with a slightly rounded inner apical
angle.

Having now arrived at the conclusion of the descriptions of the insects
referred by Dr. Horsfield to the Vermiform stirps of PapilionidcE, we
here again suspend for the present our analysis of his valuable work ;
deeming it better to defer our notice of those of the Chilognathiforra
stirps until the account of them, which is only commenced in the second
Part, shall be completed. We shall then attempt to give a connected
view of the whole of that great subdivision of the tribe, so far as it is
illustrated by the East India Company's collection. To repeat our ad-
miration of the beauty of the plates, the correctness of the figures, the
nicety of the dissections, and the .extent of the illustrations of the meta-
morphosis would be unnecessary. Far superior in scientific value to any
which have yet been devoted to exotic insects, these illustrations are un-
equalled even by the most finished of those works in which the authours
have applied themselves solely to subjects indigenous to the countries in
which their publications were proceeded with, and where every facility
for acquiring full information was consequently at all times in their power.
To the extent, the accuracy, and the minuteness of the details conveyed
in the text an almost equal praise is due. In the latter point even an
exceeding is perhaps to be remarked, and this is particularly striking in
that form of expressing the character of an insect which is usually re-
garded as indicative of its specific difference ; it is here carried in many
instances to the length of an extremely minute description. The labo-
rious diligence of the authour is indeed every where remarkable. Each
species is described with accuracy and precision from the materials in his
immediate custody, and the extent and nature of these materials are in
each instance specified : reference is made to other cabinets in which
some of the insects are contained, especially to the very large collection
of Papiliones, (Linn.), possessed by Mr. Haworth, and to the Banksian
Cabinet, which now belongs to the Linncan Society, and which is most
instructive on account of the names having been affixed to the specimens
by Fabricius himself: the works of previous writers are referred to, and
correct synonyms are thus obtained, while their errors are occasionally
corrected : insects which have been before confounded together are ac-

1 10 Analytical Notices of Books,

curately discriminated : the essential differences between closely approxi-
mating species are pointed out : and the subject is, in short, investigated
in all its branches with a precision, and to an extent which can scarcely
be surpassed.

British Entomology, or Illustrations and Descriptions of the Genera
of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. By John Curtis,
F.L.S. Vol. V. [Nos. XLix— Lx.]

In the fifth volume of his illustrations of the genera of our native In-
sects, Mr. Curtis has fully maintained the high character for beauty and
correctness of delineation which we have held to be deservedly due to
the four which have preceded it. He has also been no less successful in
furnishing to the entomological student at least an equal share of novel
information as to the objects of his pursuits with that contained in his
earlier volumes. Of the forty-eight insects which occupy the plates
before us, six only have been previously figured in British works ; and
no less than twenty-four, one half of the whole number, have been for
the first time represented. Many of these are new as regards the spe-
cies, and one of them presents a form which had not before been noticed
by entomological writers.

This new form belongs to the family of Staphylinidce, and is limited,
so far as our present knowledge extends, to a single species, probably
the Evasthetus ceneopiccus of Mr. Kirby's manuscripts. Mr. Curtis ap-
plies to it the name of Syntomium. It is nearly allied in form to the
genus Proteinus, Latr., but is distinguished by its shorter elytra, which
leave seven segments of the abdomen uncovered, as well as by its very
differently formed palpi. Of the other Coleopterous genera, Pterosti-
chus, Cohjmhetes, Heterocerus, Berosus, Micropeplus, and Telephorus,
are illustrated by figures and descriptions of new species ; and a third
British species of Berosus is characterized, which had not previously been
described. Of Dromius, Clytus, and Orchesia, the species selected
for representation are new to this country. The only Neuropterous insect
figured is also new : it is the Ilemerobius fimhriatus. The seven Hy-
menopterous genera illustrated are extremely prolific in novelty ; no less

Curtis' Britisli Entomology. Ill

than five of them, Ichneumon, Pimpla, Anomalon, Drxjinvs, and Os-
mia, being represented by new species. Of the latter genus a second
new species is indicated ; and of Drijinus no fewer than five others are
described.

But the most interesting plate of the volume is that which illustrates
the Strepsiptera by figures and dissections of a new species of Stylops,
named, in honour of its discoverer, Stylops Dalii. Opportunities of
examining insects of this order are so extremely rare, that entomologists
are still at a loss with respect to many points, even of their external
structure. Some of these have received considerable elucidation on the
present occasion, and we are therefore induced to extract entire Mr.
Curtis's description of Stylops, the only genus of the order that has yet
occurred in this country. " .Antenna: inserted between the eyes, near the
" crown of the head, membranous, perforated or punctured, composed
" of six joints, the basal one somewhat cup-shaped ; second very short,
" transverse ; third produced on the internal side into a dilated hollow
" lobe, extending beyond the fifth joint ; fourth large, subclavate ; fifth
" smaller, subovate ; sixth as long, ovate, compressed. Lahrum and
" Mandibles wanting ? Pharynx visible. Maxilla arising between the
" eyes, very remote at their base, conniving, long, slender, lanceolate,
" and horny. Palpi arising close to the maxillm, large and robust,
" membranous, indistinctly pubescent, biarticulate, basal joint subconi-
" form ; second attached to the oblique apex of the first, oblong, some-
" what truncated obliquely. Mentum very obscure. Labium and
•' Palpi none. Head sessile, very broad and short, producing a large
" triangular lobe in the centre. Eyes very remote, lateral, globose,
" composed of numerous hexagons. Prothorax and Mesothorax very
*' short lings, not so broad as the head. .Melathorax very large and
" long, divided diagonally into four portions, and dilated very much on
" each side, producing a large Sculellum projecting over the Abdomen,
" which is small, Sfjft, and composed of eight or nine joints, terminated
«' by an incurved Oviduct ? Anterior wings short and narrow, attached
♦' to tiie sides of the mesothorax, subcoriaceous, pubescent, thickened at
" the costa and inflated at the apex. Posterior wiuijs attached to the
" metathorax, folded longitudinally when at rest, and meeting over the
" body, very larjje and membranous, the casta thickened, the nervures

112 Aiialytical Notices of Books.

" very fine. Legs alike, four anterior approximating, first pair attached
" to the antepectKS, second pair to the medipectus ; third pair very re-
" mote, attached to the extremity of the postpectus. Coxes, four an-
" terior very large. TibicB not spined. Tarsi composed of four joints
" surrounded by a pubescent membrane, basal joint the largest, terminal
" the smallest, and notched at the apex. Claws none. Larva inha-
" biting the abdcmens of living Andrence, the heads being exserted be-
" tween the segments. Pupce inhabiting the same situations."

In the accompanying Plate are given various vievirs of this singular in-
sect, and also figures of the larva, both detached from the bee in which
it dwells, and as it appears from between the segments of the abdomen
of the Andrena. The pupa is also figured, which differs in several
remarkable particulars from the larva, and had entirely escaped the
notice of previous observers. The dissections of the mouth are laboured,
but, owing probably to the minuteness of the subject, Mr. Curtis pro-
fesses his inability to determine whether the organs internal to the palpi
are mandibles or maxilla .• the palpi themselves he believes to be biar-
ticulate. The third joint of the antennce seems to be merely excentric,
being produced considerably on its inner side, so as to give to the whole
organ the appearance of being forked. The curious anterior appendages
of the alary trunk are shown, by its separation into the segments of which
it is composed, to be attached to the mesothorax, and consequently to be
truely anterior wings or elytra. No mention whatever is made, nor do
the figures indicate the existence, of the Prebalanciers of M. Latreille :
organs which we believe to have been founded on some misconception on
the part of that great entomologist.

The species figured is distinguished by the minuteness of the second
joint of the antenna, the small size of the second joint of the palpi, and
the differently formed wings. It appears, from Mr. Dale's information,
to have been far from uncommon in Dorsetshire during the spring of
1828, no less than five species of Andrena being infested with it, and
every specimen taken of one, the .^nd. barbilabris, having contained
either its larva, pupa, or exuvia. It is active, and even when running
up and down a young shoot, has its elytra as well as its wings in conti-
nual motion, and makes a buzz nearly as loud as that of a Sesia, twisting
about its rather long tail, which it turns up like a Staphylinus. Two bees

Curtis' British Entomology. 113

confined under a glass, gave birth, if the expression may be allowed, to
two Stylopes, and immediately before the latter were produced appeared,
according to Mr. Dale, quite mad. The confinement together being
continued, the bees seemed uneasy, and went up towards the Stylopes,
but evidently with caution, as if to fight, and, moving their antenna
in the direction of their enemies, retreated. Once the bee seemed to
make an attempt to seize the Stylops, but the latter mounted on the
body of its victim, and with its wings still and half erect kept its seat
firmly, notwithstanding the efforts which were made to dislodge so an-
noying a rider. The hole left in the tail of the bee when the Stylops
escapes is large, and closes up after a time.

Among the twelve Lepidopterous genera illustrated, four are proposed
as new. These are, 1. Clisiocampa, under which are comprehended
the Bombyces processionea, Cratcegi, Neustria, and castrensis ; the latter
being figured in illustration : 2. Speranza, a Phalaenidous group, re-
markably characterized by a protuberance at the base of the upper wings
of the males, and distinguished from Aids by the equal size of the two
sexes, and the simple hinder tihicB, and from Bupalus and Fidonia by
the want of pectinations towards the apex of the antenna ; it is illus-
trated by a new species, and the Phalcena limbaria is referred to it : 3.
Melia, a new genus of Pyralida, offering so remarkable a" analogy in
habit to Lithosia as to have induced Fabricius to luiite its typica. species,
Melia soda, with that group ; it is regarded by Mr. Curtis as connecting
(iruleria with Chilo, a genus recently separated from Crambus, and is
illustrated by a new species, a second British species, previously un-
described, being also referred to it : 4. Amphisa, a Tortricidous group,
the type of which is the Amph. pectinana recently discovered in Britain,
and illustrated by a new species, Amph. Walkerana. The genus Pen-
thophera is added to our native list by the discovery of a new species,
which is here represented ; and the species of Depressaria figured is also
new. A double illustration of Ifipparchia is given for the purpose of
introducing the only two British species of the genus remaining unfigured
in English works, the Hipp. Hero and Ilipp. Arcanixis, the latter of
which is unique as a native production.

Two plates of Diptirn and one of Ilrmipteru are also included in the
volume.

Vol. V. II

114 Analytical Notices of Books.

To the preceding notice we may add that Mr, Curtis has recently com-
menced the pubhcation, in separate sheets, of " A Chiide to an jirrange-
" meiit of British Insects ; being a Catalogue of all the named species
" hitherto discovered in Great Britain and Ireland.'' Its object is to
furnish a compact list for the purpose of being carried in the pocket or
transmitted to correspondents, so as to ascertain at one view the insects
which are possessed by tlie student, and those which are desiderata to
him. It may also be cut up to form labels for cabinets ; and may be
made use of as a systematic Index to the British Entomology.

Histoire J^'alurelle des Mamniiferes, avec des Figures originates colorizes,
dessinies d'apres des Animaux vivans. Par MM. Geoffroy-Saint-
HiLAiRE et Frederic Cuvier. Livraison 59 eme.

In the present number, nearly the concluding one, of this splendid
work, the species of Mammalia illustrated are the Patas d Bandeau
blanc; the Jacchus CEdipus, Geoff.; the Pedetes Capensis, 111.; the Sci-
urus ferrugineus, n. s.; the Ecureuil de la Calif ornie; and a Delphi-
mis designated as No. 4. The text referring to the latter two animals
does not accompany the figures ; the Jacchus and Pedetes have been long
well known to naturalists ; and our notice is therefore limited to the Patas
and the new Squirrel.

The Patas d bandeau blanc appears hitherto to have been noticed by
Buffon and Daubenton alone, whose account of it extends no further than
to point out the single difference indicated by its name as existing between
it and the Patas d bandeau noir, which is generally known as the Simia
rubra of Linnaeus. But the former animal differs from that with the
black frontlet, not only in this particular but also in several others of at
least equal importance. The redness of the fur of its upper surface is
less intense, and has more of an orange tinge ; this colour does not
extend along the outside of the anterior limbs, nor along the tibia, these
parts being grey like the under surface ; and each thigh is maj'ked by a
whitish spot just beneath the base of the tail. There are no black whis-
kers on the lips, and, instead of the black band crossing the forehead, a
line of black hairs passes obliquely from each temple to unite with the
.corresponding line of the opposite side upon the middle of the head, at

Lesson and Garnot, foyage de la Coqnille. 115

about an equal distance from the forehead and the vertex. Except in
these respects the two animals are perfectly similar in appearance, in
proportions, and in manners. The differences between them have yet
been ascertained on only a single individual of the Patas d bandeau
blanc, which appears to be extremely rare, and M. F. Cuvier therefore
expresses some uncertamty as to their value ; nor does he venture to de-
cide, although he looks upon these as equalling in importance the dis-
tinctions between the Callitriche and other nearly allied Cercopitheci,
whether they should be regarded as characteristic of a species, or merely
as indicative of a strongly marked variety.

The Sciurus ferrugineus is a native of the Peninsula of Hindoostan.
It somewhat exceeds in size the common Squirrel of Europe, and is sub-
ject to some variation in its colours. It is usually of a brilHant golden
chesnut, which is rather lighter on the under surface than above ; the
toes are covered with black hairs, and the whiskers are also black. The
ears are not tipped unth tufts of hair. The long hairs are most numerous
on the back and sides, and clothe the tail completely ; and the woolly
hairs are in very small quantity in every part of the body. In the indi-
vidual figured, from a drawing by M. Duvaucel, the long tuft of hairs at
the tip of the tail is white ; a variety in colour which appears to be
merely accidental.

I'ciijage autour du Monde, pendant les An)i.eex 1822, 1823, 1824, et
\825, faite par la corvette La Coquille. Partie Zoologique. Par
MM. Lesson et Gaknot. Livraisons i. — xii.

On the gratitude of zoologists the government of France possesses no
slight claims for the liberality with which its influence is exerted in pro-
moting the advancement of the science which hey cultivate. Not to
mention the Museum and the Menagerie which it has created in Paris,
and which have been rendered by its continued support during a series
of years almost the centre of zoological knowledge, especial thanks are
due for the attention which has been directed under iu authority in all
the recent voyages of discovery to the acquisition of subjects from the
aoimal kingdom, and of information respecting them. Qualified persons

1 1() ^naltftical Notices of liouks.

have been selected, chiefly as surgeons of the vessels employed, and
encouragement has been afforded to them, not merely while engaged in
the voyage, but also after their return to their native land, where their
first care has been to publish, under the auspices of the government, the
zoological results of the expedition. Of those obtained from the voyage
of M. Freycinet we have lately had occasion to speak : and we have now
before us an equally splendid work with the one edited on that occasion
by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The present is devoted to the zoological
results of the voyage round the world performed between the years 1822
and 1825, by the ship La Coquille, under the command of M. Duper-
rey. For the collection of these we are indebted to MM. Lesson and
Garnot, the surgeons to the expedition, and it is under their superin-
tendence, and especially, we believe, under that of the former, that they
are now in course of publication. A somewhat full analysis may be
allowed of such a work, which, owing to its extent and the consequent
expense of its acquisition, will be confined to a very few libraries.

Passing over entirely the first chapter, which is devoted to general re-
marks on the Islands of the South Seas, and on the varieties of the human
race which inhabit them, (although many curious particulars and much
interesting information are contained in it,) we arrive at the general re-
marks on some Mammalia. These occupy the second chapter, and are
far from numerous. They are arranged in the order of the places at
which the expedition made its short and hurried rests. In the forests of
Brasil neither Agoutis nor Armadilloes were met with, although these
animals were said by the inhabitants to be abundant ; but the Cehus Ca-
pucinus was seen in great numbers. The Falkland Islands, affording
from the absence of wood but little shelter to terrestrial animals, offer
few except the domestic races imported thither by Europeans, which
have become naturalized and wild. The horses and pigs are plentiful,
and rabbits are abundant ; but the oxen are few in number, suffering
continually from the chase of the sailors of the vessels engaged in the
South Sea fishery. The Canis antarcticiis was seen only once. On the
western coast of South America few Mammalia were seen excepting
Cetacea and Seals. In Chili the red Coati, some Armadilloes, and a Cat,
probably the Jaguarondi, were the only quadrupeds observed, with the
exception of the Dog, which is noticed as appearing; to form a distinct

Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Co(juiUe. 1 17

species approaching to the Wolf by its size, its long and coarse hair, its
straight large ears, and its lengthened muzzle. In Peru the greater num-
ber of the Dogs belong to the hairless or Egyptian variety ; a species of
Arvicola was also noticed common ; and a Gerbillus was said to be fre-
quently met with in the neighbourhood of Piura, of which no specimen
could be procured. In the South Sea Islands the only quadrupeds are
the Rat, a second large species of Mus, the Dog, and the Hog : the
latter is of the Siamese breed, and is frequently allowed to run wild in
the woods, in which circumstances its tusks become developed.
None ot the domestic animals attempted to be introduced by the mission-
aries have succeeded except the Goats, which seem capaple of being
acclimated with moderate care within the tropics. In the Island of
Oualan the Pteropus Keraudreni, Temm., and the Norway Rat were
observed ; and in New Ireland, teeth of the Babyrusa were obtained,
as vras also the Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. In Waigiou, one of
the PhiHppine Islands, the Phalangista maculata, Temm., was extremely
plentiful, and another Marsupial animal, apparently an undescribed spe-
cies, of the size of a rat with grey hair and a very slender muzzle, called
Kalubu by the natives, was obtained, although subsequently lost by
shipwreck off the Cape of Good Hope. A large species of Deer has
multiplied in Bourou, one of the Moluccas, to a great extent; and the
Pteropus cdulis, the flesh of which is delicate, is met with in abundance
in the woods. Here also exists in the interior the remarkable Babyrusa,
no specimen of which was procured; but several individuals were sub-
sequently seen in Java whither they had been brought by the Governor
with the intention of sending them to Holland : they died on the voyage,
and their skins were not preserved. Hence the museums of Europe were
still without specimens of this interesting animal, even up to the period
when M. Gaimard despatched, from the voyage in which he is now
engaged, a living individual to the Paris Menagerie. In the description
given there is little additional information to that derived from Valentyn :
the skin is hard, wrinkled, and forming folds, with only a few scattered
hairs, and has some resemblance to that of the Tapir. It is very common
in the marshes of the interior of Bourou, in the territory of the Alfou-
rous. New Guinea furnished the voyagers with a new species of Sus;
and they once saw a GalenpUhccus or largo Ptcrnmi/s. The Dog of New

118 Analytical Notices of Books.

Guinea closely resembles that of New Holland, and is identical with
that of New Ireland. At Java the Felts melas, Per. and Les., was seen.
It is common there, and is said to be ferocious and much dreaded. It is
employed in the punishment of slaves guilty of certain crimes ; and in
state ceremonies, in which the lives of individuals are frequently sacri-
ficed for the gratification of their rulers. In New Zealand only the Hog,
the Australian Dog, and the Rat, were observed. At Sidney, the large
Kanguroo was seen only in a domesticated state: the Kangurus Ualaha-
tus. Less, and Gam, , was brought to market in abundance, and some-
times also the Hi/psiprymnus White, Quoy and Gaim. The Dasyunis
Maugei was seen in captivity. No opportunity occurred of seeing a
living Ornithorh/nchus, although these animals are said to be still common
on the banks of the Fish River at Newcastle, and in Campbell and
Macquarrie Rivers. The colonists assured the travellers that the Orni-
thoryncld are oviparous ; and Mr. Murdoch, superintendant of the farm
of Emeu-plains, affirmed positively that he had seen the eggs, two in
number, and of the size of those of a hen. A living Echidna Hi/strix
was obtained, which had been kept for two months by a convict, who fed
it on vegetables. It lived for about three months on board the vessel,
refusing equally pulse, insects, meat, and soup, and taking nothing but
water, which it lapped greedily. On arriving at the Isle of France, ants
and worms were procured for it, but without avail : it, however, took
with pleasure the milk of the cocoa-nut. Shortly afterwards it died,
having probably been poisoned by some arsenical soup. Its manners in
its captivity were particularly noticed by M. Garnot, who describes them
with some detail, having evidently taken great interest in watching his
curious pet. The animals of the Isle of France are said to have been
chiefly imported either from Madagascar or from Java. From the latter
came the Macacus Sinicus, Geoff. ; from the former, the Tenrecs.
Two species of Lemur were procured, which died on the passage.
Such is an outline of the zoological diary of the vopge, so far as relates
to the Mammalia.

In the third chapter we are presented with descriptions of the new
species of Mammalia which were collected by the expedition ; and
of these, with only one or two exceptions, figures are given in the
9pcompanying Atlas of plates. The Ve^pertUio Bonariensis, " auricula

Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 1 19

" brevibus et ovalibus : membranis rubro-nigris ; interfemorali villosa,
" infra nuda : pilis tergi luteis, pruiiiosisque, abdominis brunneo-luteis,
" rostri croceis," is remarkable for the variety of colours which decorate
its fur. Its length is twenty lines, that of its tail fifteen, and extent of
its expanded wings eight inches. As in the Veap. nigrita, Gmel., two
incisor teeth are deficient in its upper jaw. It differs from the Fesp.
lasiurus, a North American species, which it seems to represent in
nearly the same latitudes in the southern part of the New World, in
being larger, in its members being proportionally more developed, in its
tail being proportionally one half longer, and in the variety of its co-
lour, that of the New York Bat being uniformly throughout of a bright
reddish brown.

The Otaria molossina is referred to the genus Platyrhynchus of M.
Fred. Cuvier, and is stated to be synonymous with the Loup marin of
Pages and the Lion de mer of Pernetty. It is thus characterized : " pilis
" brunneo -fuscis concoloribus, omnino brevibus ; membrorum extremis
" nigris : unguibus anterioribus nullis ; tribus extensis, necnon robustis,
•' posterioribus. Segmentis membranaceis et lobatis quinque. Pilis
" superioris labri rigidis, Isevigatis, transversa coniplanatis." The in-
cisors of the upper jaw are divided by a deep gi'oove into two lobes, a
character which is assigned by M. F. Cuvier to his Arctocephali, but the
distinction between these and the Platyrhynchi appears to MM. Lesson
and Garnot not to be sufficiently precise; and the mass of characters con-
nect their new species with the latter group. The male Otaria molos-
rina has much affinity to the Otaria jtihata, Desm., but differs not merely
in the complete absence of a mane, but also in the proportions of its
parts and in size. It is nearly five feet in length, and its circumference
at the axilla is nearly three feet. It inhabits the Falkland Islands and
the Coast of Chili, as far as Valdivia and La Concepcion. In the for-
mer locality it is an object of pursuit to the individuals engaged in the
South Sea fishery. The Seals most sought after are stated to be the Sea
Lions, Phoca proboscidea. Per., the Maned Seals, Otaria molossina and
Ot.jubata : and the Fur Seals, Otaria nrsina, Desm. The latter espe-
cially has been of late years productive of large profits, but the animals
•eem now to be becoming scarce. Other species, some of which appear
to be yet unknown to science, are also the objects of a considerable
commerce.

120 Analytical Notices of Books.

To the Phalangista maculata, Desm., are referred specimens of a
Couscous which the authours had once regarded as the type of a new spe-
cies, and to which they had given the name of Cuscus chrysocephalus.
These differ from the individuals previously known by their large size,
their almost entirely woolly fur, and their colours. They possess the
small additional false molar in each jaw, which is generally indicative of
immaturity in the genus to which they belong. But notwithstanding this,
which, in conjunction with their size, would appear to indicate that they
were the young of a larger animal than the Cuscus maculatus, MM. Les-
son and Garnot regard them as belonging to that species, of which they
consider the specimen figured and described by them to be an individual
in its complete developement, and in a fine state of fur. It is placed in
a section of the genus Cuscus, Lacep., " Auriculis brevibus, non dis-
" tinctis, intiis pilosis," and is thus characterized, " Cuscus major,
" corpore lanuginoso subalbido, supra maculis aterrimis sparso. Cauda
" prehensili rubra, tubeiculos&. Faciei pilis aureo-fulvis : extremitatibus
" supra brunneo-fuscis." Its length to the root of the tail is twentj'-five
inches, and that of the tail twenty inches, eleven inches of the latter being
naked : the former dimension, it may be remarked, exceeding in an in-
dividual with immature dentary characters by no less than seven inches and
a half that of M. Temminck's largest adult specimen of his Phalangista
maculata. From the anatomical observations appended we learn that the
sternum is extremely narrow, being in fact only a slip for the attachment
of the cartilages of the ribs : the stomach, which is reniform, occupies the
whole of the epigastric region extending a little into the left hypochon-
drium; the pyloric valve is thick and fleshy; the duodenum forms a
single curve in front of the vertehrce ; the small intestines, about nine
feet and a half in length, join the rectum perpendicularly ; and the
cescumis large, Avith a vermiform appendage seventeen or eighteen inches
in length : the liver is divided into five unequal lobes, two of them being
much larger than the others, and notched ; the gall-bladder is large,
elongated, and placed between the large right lobe and the third in size,
by which it is hidden : the spleen is small, elongated, and somewhat
triangular : the kidneys are small, and resemble those of the human
subject : and the penis is placed behind the scrotum, its glans terminat-
ing in a pointed prolongation.

A second species of Ctiscus belonging to ihe same section with the

Lesson and Garnot, Foyaye de la Coquille. 12!

Cusc. maculatus is the Cuscus macrourus, n. s., " corpore griseo, pilis
" longioribus nigris, et maculis sparsis brunneis. Capite fulvo, gula
" auriculisque albis. Cauda robust^ longiore, cinerea. Abdomine
" albido. Manibus pedibusque nigrescentibus." In fur it resembles
some of the protean varieties of the preceding species, and approaches
nearly to the Phalangista Q,uoy, Quoy and Gaim., which MM. Lesson
and Garnot are disposed to refer to the Cuscus maculatus. But charac-
ters fully sufficient to authorise its separation are afforded by its size, two-
thirds smaller than that of the species just mentioned, its teeth being at
the same time those of an adult animal ; by the form of its head, which
has no concavity in its profile ; and by the developement of its tail com-
pared with its other proportions. The length of its body is twelve inches
and a half; that of its tail seventeen inches, of which scarcely seven
inches are naked.

To a second section of the genus Cuscus, " Auriculis distinctis, intfis
" nudis," is referred a third species described and figured as the Cuscus
albus, " pilis in universum subalbis ; vitta dorsali longitudinalique fulva.
" Auribus intiis nudis, extra pilosis." It comprehends the Phalangistm
alba and rubra, Geoff., being synonymous with the Didelphis orientalis,
Linn., and the Phal. cavifrons, Temm.

Under the name of Kangurus Ualabatus, MM. Lesson and Garnot give
a description of the Rang, bicolor of the Velins du Museum, the Rang.
Brunii, Desm., remarking that the species indicated by these names is
not the Didelphis Brunii of Gmelin, with the character of which it by
no means accords. The latter animal, for which the name of Rangurus
veterum is provisionally proposed, was a native of the burning climate
of the Moluccas and of the northern part of New Guinea, while the
Oualabat, mistaken for it by M. Desmarest, inhabits in great profusion
the temperate neighbourhood of Sydney in New South Wales. The cha-
racter of the species is thus given ; " pilis supra brunneis, infra fulvis.
" Caudi longissim&, ore, manibus, pedibus, et caudae parte superiore,
" aterrimis. Genis griseis ; auricularum pilis inferioribus croceis ;" and
tlje description of it, contained in the Mammalogie of M. Desmarest
under the name of Rang. Ihunil, is praised as correct. An animal obtained
by the expedition in New Guinea Is stated to have been very probably the
lost Didelphis I'runii, the Pclandoc or Aroe Rabbit. It was called by

122 Analytical Notices of Books.

the natives at Dorery's Harbour, Podin. Its external characters were
those of the Australian Kanguroos, from which it differed in the propor-
tions of its members. Its size was that of the hare ; its ears shorter in
proportion than in the other Kanguroos ; its head rounded, with the
muzzle not so slender as that of the Oualabat ; its neck also less slender ;
its anterior limbs more elongated, and stronger ; its posterior members
shorter and thicker ; and its tail one-third shorter. Its fur was of a
uniform brown above, passing into grey on the under surface. The ani-
mal thus described suddenly disappeared from the vessel at the end of a
few weeks, having probably fallen into the sea ; so that no further par-
ticulars respecting it could be obtained beyond those furnished by the
notes taken during its stay on board.

The Bathyergus Hottentotus, " minor ; pilis supra brunneo-griseis
" concoloribus, subter cinereis : cauda brevi, plana, pilis ciliatis ac-
" cincta," differs from the Bath. Capensis, Desm., by its smaller size,
its length being only four inches and a half from the end of the nose to
the base of the tail. Its colour affords another ground of distinction,
being nearly uniform, lighter on the under surface and on the feet, and
exhibiting none of the white spots on the face and head which are re-
marked in the Bath. Capensis. In this latter respect it agrees with the
Bath. Ludwigii described by Dr. Smith, at page 439 of our fourth vo-
lume, with which, notwithstanding its smaller size, and the somewhat
different tints of the fur, the animal brought home by MM. Lesson and
Garnot has evidently much in common.

A description is given^ unaccompanied by a figure, of the Lepus
Magellanicus, " pilis omnino atro-violaceis, albis passim sparsis:
" auriculis fuscis, capite brevioribus; macula alba naso, (interstitio
" narium,) mento, guise, frontique." It is of the size and form of
the Wild Rabbit; but the Baron Cuvier agrees with M. Lesson in regard-
ing it as a distinct species. Its markings are clear and uniform, and its
ears are shorter than the head. It takes up its residence, in small families,
in the midst of numerous other Rabbits, whose appearance is perfectly
that of the wild European race, with which they agree also in habits.

The Sus Papuensis, " corpore gracili ; sacculo moUi sub cjculos
" nullo ; dentibus caninis hand aliis longioribus. Setis supra brunneo-
" fuscis, infra albis, atro annulatis. Cauda brevissima," differs from

Lesson arid Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 12tJ

the common species in various particulars, and especially in the disposi-
tion and number of its teeth. These in the iudividual examined were
only thirty-six in number, whereas in the Sus Scrofa they are forty-four ;
in the Sus Papuensis they may, however, amount to forty, as it seemed
probable, from the appearances observed behind the last molar of each
jaw, that the rudiments of a sixth nfolar were contained within the bone.
The tusks, as noticed in the specific character, are not longer than the
other teeth, and their sockets, although higher, are not directed out-
wards. The absence of these formidable organs, some resemblance in
form, and the shortness of the tail, indicate, according to MM. Lesson
and Garnot, the passage from the genus Suh to the Peccaries. But there
is no organ analogous to the dorsal gland of the latter animals, nor is
there any unpleasant odour ; each foot also possesses four hoofs. Its
length is three feet, and its height nineteen or twenty inches. It is very
common in the forests of New Guinea, and furnishes an agreeable ali-
ment.

Numerous Cetacea were observed during the voyage, and remarks on
these form the subject of the fourth chapter. Many of them were pro-
cured for examination, and among these were several species of Delphi-
nus altogether new to science, and others hitherto imperfectly understood.
Near the Falkland Islands was obtained the Delphinus bivittatus, a new
species with the upper parts of a deep shining black, and the under parts
white, aad marked along each side by a broad satiny white stripe, which
is interrupted, and becomes broader, opposite to the dorsal fin. In se-
veral parts of the South Seas occurred the species described by Lacepede
and Desmarest as the Delph. Peronii, the Delph. leucoramphus of the
able naturalist whose name is commemorated in its trivial appellation.
Owing to the absence of the dorsal fin, this animal is necessarily referable
to the genus Delphinapterus. It is nearly six feet long, and has thirty-
nine teeth on each side of either jaw. The Delph. albigena of MM.
Quoy and Gaimard, suspected by these authours to be a variety of their
Delph. cTuciger, was also observed in the same seas, and proves, accord-
ing to MM. Lesson and Garnot, to be a distinct species, to which they
give the name of Delph. supercUiosus. In the Bay of La Conccpcion,
on ibe coast of Chili, exists in gr<!at numbers another new species, Delph.
lunatiu, of a light fiilvouB brown above, which gradually melts into the

124 j^nalyticul Notices of Books.

white of the under surface, and marked in front of the dorsal fin by a
brown crescent. Between Java and Borneo was procured another new
species, Delph. Malayanus, of a uniformly cinereous colour. Several
other species which appeared to be new, including the Delph. minimus,
the Delph. maculaius, and the Delph. leucocephalus, were observed
sufficiently to enable the voyagers briefly to describe them, but no speci-
mens could be obtained, and no figures are consequently given ; but
representations of the whole of the others enumerated above are con-
tained in the Atlas of Plates.

With the Mammalia we terminate for the present our analysis, pro-
posing to resume it when the text shall have proceeded so far as to enable
us to give in one article a sufficient view of the whole of the ornitho-
logical department of the work. The text now before us embraces only
general remarks on the ornithology of the several places at which the
expedition rested, and does not descend to particulars as to the new
species and forms which were observed. Many of these are extremely
interesting, as is evident from the beautiful representations of them con-
tained in the accompanying Atlas.

A Systematic Catalogue of British Insects ; being an Attempt to arrange
all the hitherto discovered Indigenous Insects in accordance with their
natural affinities. JBy J. F. Stephens, F.L, and Z.S., Sfc. 8vo.
pp. xxxiv, 416 and 388.

In this enumeration of the species of indigenous Insects, Mr. Stephens
has furnished us with a condensed view of the results of his entomological
labours during nearly twenty years devoted sedulously to their collection
and examination. At the period when his enquiries commenced the
most extensive lists of British insects in which all the orders were in-
cluded, were those contained in Berkenhout's Synopsis, in Stewart's
Elements of Natural History, in Mr. Donovan's expensively illustrated
Natural History of British Insects, and in the indications of Dr. Turton's
English edition of the System of Linnaeus. In the latter alone did the
number of species pointed out as natives of this country approach to even
one-fourth of that contained in the present catalogue. We had, how-

Stephens' Catalogue of British Insects. 125

ever, on two separate orders, and on one large group, works of superior
merit and research. Mr. Marsham had given to us a Species of British
Coleoptera, the commencement of an Entomologia Britannica, which
proceeded no farther than its first volume ; Mr. Haworth had published
about three-fourths of the British species of Lepidoptera ; and the Rev.
W. Kirby had, in his Monographia Apuni Angliee, almost exhausted, in
every po.nt of view except that of affixing names to his subdivisions, the
very extensive subject of the British species of Bees. To these must be
added Monographs of a few, and but a very few, genera, chiefly of
Coleoptera, and a correct idea will be obtained of the total amount about
twenty years since of our information as regarded this extensive depart-
ment of our native Fauna. The Diptera, exceeding even the Lepidop-
tera in number of species ; the great mass of Hymenoptera, at least of
equal extent ; the Trichoptera, even now an almost unknown subject ;
the Jfeuroptera; the Hemiptera, &c.; maybe said to have been at that
time almost utterly untouched.

But since that period a more active spirit of enquiry has existed, and
investigation has been both better and more extensively directed to the
acquisition of information on this interesting subject, although until
within the last few years but little has been published respecting it. Of
the entomologists whose names have been previously mentioned, the Rev.
Mr. Kirby and Mr. Haworth have continued the pursuits in which they
had already distinguished themselves ; the latter has completed his Lepi-
doptera Britannica, and the former has given a monograph of a large
genus of Coleoptera, and had also prepared an almost equally complete
account of the species of the extensive family of Staphylinidcp, of
which, in geographical distribution, these islands seem, as Mr. Kirby
has himself remarked, to be the metropolis. Mr. Spence, the excellent
colleague of Mr. Kirby in the Introduction to Entomology, has also given
a monograph of one interesting group. Two families of Coleoptera,
almost utterly unknown to entomologists at the period first alluded to,
have been admirably illustrated both by the pencil and the pen of Mr.
Denny, and the two species known to Marsham have been increased to
upwards of forty, partly by his exertions, but principally by those of Dr.
Leach. The published labours of the distinguished zoologist just men-
tioned arc limited, as regards our present subject, to a few monographs.

126 Analytkal Notices of Books.

and give but a faint idea of the extent of his investigations, which em-
braced the whole series of British Insects. Of this ample evidence is
afforded by the cabinet which he formed, and which is now in the British
Museum, and by his manuscript catalogues and descriptions. Both the
one and the others were at all times open to the enquiring student, and
from them much assistance was derived by Mr. Samouelle in the pre-
paration of his Entomologist's Useful Compendium, a work which first
brought the British naturalist acquainted with the views of continental
writers as applicable to our native insects. In it was also embodied a list
of species indigenous to this country, which far exceeded any that had
been previously published. The views of the modern school of ento-
mology, more especially as they relate to the illustration of those subdi-
visions which are now regarded as genera, have been rendered yet more
familiar to us by the British Entomology of Mr. Curtis, a work still in
progress, but of which six volumes are already completed, embracing
figures and descriptions of nearly three hundred genera, and describing
or indicating about two thousand species. Of this, and of Mr. Stephens'
Illustrations of British Entomology, we have already spoken in previous
articles in terms of merited praise, and to both these valuable contribu-
tions to our native Fauna we trust that we shall frequently hereafter have
occasion to advert.

The brief sketch of the progress of British Entomology |which we
have thus hastily traced can scarcely be regarded as misplaced in a notice
of a work, the publication of which unquestionably forms an epoch in
the history of the science among us. Gratifying as it is to witness the
rapid strides which are making towards the acquisition of a complete body
of information respecting the animal inhabitants of our native country,
the feeling partakes somewhat of national pride when we see the most
numerous class among them illustrated, as in the present instance, with an
accuracy unequalled in any other land. No local list of insects at all
comparable with the present in number of species is elsewhere to be
found, and there are but few works even of a general nature which ex-
ceed it in this respect. It consequently becomes, although professedly
local in its object, a work of general interest to entomologists of all
countries, to whom it will recommend itself as eminently useful, not
merely as an enumeration of species, but also on account of the extent

Stephens' Catalogue of British Insects. 127

of its synonymy, which bears the impression of having been throughout
collated with the greatest care.

Those who have not attended to the subject, and those also who are
not acquainted with the extent of several of the collections at present in
London, will be surprised at the announcement that very nearly ten thou-
sand distinct races of insects are known to exist in the British Islands.
The mass of these is contained in four orders ; upwards of three thou-
sand being Coleopterous ; the Hijmenoptera exceeding two thousand in
number ; the Lepidoptera amounting nearly to two thousand j and the
Diptera being more than two thousand six hundred. To furnish a com-
plete list of the whole of these is Mr. Stephens' primary object, and this
he has effectually done throughout the whole series, with the exception
of a few instances among the Hymenoptera and Hemiptera, where he has
contented himself with merely indicating the number of undescribed species
in some of the groups, deeming it unnecessary to affix names where the
plan of his work did not admit of his pointing out either the distinguish-
ing marks, or even the immediate affinities of the insects. Each species
is referred to the genus to which it belongs, the groups of modern au-
thours having been freely and almost universally adopted. In his sub-
division Mr. Stephens has gone beyond the writers of France and Ger-
many, in whose works up to the time of his publication he shows himself
thoroughly versed, and has named and indicated many new groups in
each of the orders ; the total number of genera employed by him amount-
ing to fourteen hundred and forty, giving on an average somewhat more
than seven species to a genus. In indicating the synonymy of these
groups, of the families, and of the orders, the proper plan is pursued of
pointing out whether the correspondence between each of them and those
of the authours quoted is partial merely, or complete, and whether the
authour referred to has actually described the group or merely adopted
the name of it. The synonymy of the species is also so arranged as to
convey much information, showing at a glance whether the insect has
been described by the authour quoted, or whether the information given
by him respecting it is limited to an indication of some particulars re-
lating to its locality, habits, &c.

ThMc useful indications and many others which give to the work a
valiip far beyond that of a mero catalogue, are conveyed by marks usually

128 j4)tulytic(il Xotices of Booka.

employed in printing, and occupying no available space : the mass of
information contained in them is therefore imparted to the reader without
detracting from the appearance of the pages or adding to the bulk of the
volume. Thus we are enabled to judge of the sufficiency of the mate-
rials at Mr. Stephens' disposal, by the stops affixed to each species,
which are so used as to shew whether the insect has never been seen by
the anthour, or has been seen by him in cabinets only, or has been seen
by him alive, or has been actually captured by him in his entomological
excursions. Those species of which he possesses foreign specimens
alone have their peculiar mark, and another mark is affixed to such as
are not in his own collection : in the latter instance he points out the
cabinets in which each is contained, indicating whether he has, or has
not, seen them in the places referred to. A mark is employed to distin-
guish such species as have occurred within the metropolitan district, so
as to form within the general list an Entomologia Londinensis of much
service to the collector whose excursions are limited to the neighbour-
hood of the capital. Doubtful species are so marked, and are properly
placed in immediate succession to those of which they may eventually prove
to be merely varieties : and every insect is referred to which has on any
authority whatever, been stated to be a native of the British Isles.
Among these the doubtful native is distinguished from those exotic insects
which can only have found their way into the British list by mistake.
The value to the student of such various information need not be insisted
on, and in conveying it so fully and in so accessible a form, Mr. Stephens
has discharged, with the greatest credit to himself, a task which will
secure for him the thanks of every British entomologist.

On the arrangement of the larger groups propounded in the present
work we need offer no remarks, its great object, as we conceive it, being
the elucidation of species and synonymy, a point of view in which its
utility is incontestable.

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 129

Art. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects
cormected with Zoology.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Jlpril'iO, 1829. — A paper was read Ow the Respiration of Birds :
by Messrs. W. Allen, F.R.S., and W. Hasledine Pepys, F.R.S.

The enquiries of the authours on human respiration, and on that of
the Guinea-pig (Cavia Cobaya,J of which the details were communi-
cated to the Royal Society in former papers, are here extended to the
respiration of Birds. Pigeons were the subjects of these experiments,
and the same apparatus was employed as the one used for the Guinea-
pig, described in the Philosophical Transactions for 1809.

The object of the first experiment was to ascertain the changes which
take place in atmospheric air when breathed by a bird in the most natural
manner. For this purpose a Pigeon was placed in a glass vessel contain-
ing about sixty-two cubic inches of air, and communicating with two
gasometers, one of which supplied from time to time fresh quantities of
air, and the other received portions which became vitiated by respiration.
The experiment lasted sixty-nine minutes, and was productive of no in-
jury to the bird, except a slight appearance of uneasiness whenever the
supply of air was not sufficiently rapid. On examining the air at the
end of the experiment, no alteration had taken place either in the total
volume of air or the proportion of azote which it contained ; the only
perceptible change being the substitution of a certain quantity of carbo-
nic acid for an equal volume of oxygen gas, amounting to about half a
cubic inch per minute, and being equivalent to the addition of ninety-
six grains of carbon in twenty-four hours.

Two experiments were made on the respiration of oxygen gas, ob-
tained from chlorate of potash, and containing in the one case two, and
in the other only one, per cent, of azote. Under these circumstances it
was found that the volume of the gas was unaltered, and that a similar
quantity of oxygen gas had been abstracted, but that a much smaller
quantity of carlx»nit acid had been Ibrmcd than in the last experiment,
the remainint; portion being made up by azotic gas which had been given

Vol. V. I

130 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

out from the lungs of the bird, and the volume of which was just equal
to that of the oxygen absorbed. The bird was somewhat disturbed dur-
ing the experiment, but recovered immediately and perfectly on being
released from its confinement.

In the fourth experiment, in which a Pigeon was made to respire a
mixture of oxygen and hydrogen with a small proportion of azote (the
oxygen being in the same proportion as in common air), it was found tliat
there was no loss of oxygen ; but that a quantity of hydrogen disappeared,
and ^vas replaced by an equal volume of azote. The authours observe,
that birds have a quicker circulation of blood than other animals ; and
also, that they are more sensible to the stimulating effects of oxygen.

LiNNEAN Society.

^pril 7, 1829. — Mr. Brookes exhibited a living specimen of Lacerta
ocellata from St. Michael's.

3Iai/ 25. — At the anniversary meeting, Edward, Lord Stanley, wa."5
re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer ; J. E. Bicheno,
Esq., Secretary; and R. Taylor, Esq., Under Secretary ; and Thomas,
Marquis of Bath, W. J. Broderip, Esq., R. E. Grant, M.D., J. Lindley,
Esq., and N. Wallich, M. D., were elected Members of the Council
for the year ensuing.

June 2 & 16. A paper was read On the Organs of Voice in Birds:
by W. Yarrell, Esq, F. L. S., &c.

The authour, pursuing his enquiries into the structure of the trache<B
of birds, describes in the present communication the muscles by the action
of which the varied powers of the vocal organs of birds are governed.
Their oi^ans of voice consist of four parts : the glottis, or superior
larynx, the tube of the trachea, the inferior larynx, and the bronchie.
Great diflerences exist in the relative length of tube ; and short trackeee
are found to produce shrill notes, as in singing birds, while long ones
produce loud and harsher sounds, as in the wading and swimming birds.
Strong, broad cartilaginous rings give loud and monotonous voices, and
slender rings with large spaces between admit variety of tone. Some
of these varieties result from the dilatation aud contraction of the mem-

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 131

brana tympaniformis, and from the power of altering the length of the
bronchia:.

The muscles of the inferior larynx vary in number from one pair to
five. They are least complex in the Falconidce, some of the Insessores,
and nearly the whole of the Rasores, Grallatores, and Jfatatores. In
the PsittacidcB they are more complex, consisting of three pairs, a num-
ber which is not met with in any other family of birds. They attain the
extreme number of five in the Corvi, starlings, larks, thrushes, finches,
warblers, swallows, &c.

ZJOLOGICAL CLUB OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

May 12, 1829. — A paper On the Organs of Voice in Birds: by W.
Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., was read by the authour, who subsequently illus-
trated the subject by references to numerous drawings which he exhibited
to the meeting. A discussion ensued in which the Chairman, Mr.
Brookes, and Mr. Yarrell took part.

May 26. — Mr. Yarrell exhibited, for the Rev. L. Jenyns, F.L.S., a
specimen oiPlccolus barbastellus, recently taken in Cambridgeshire, and
stated that this was the second instance recorded of its occurrence in
England.

June 9. — The Rev. W. Kirby exhibited drawings of numerous Insects
intended for publication in the forthcoming Fauna of North America.
Among them were types of several new genera of Cohoptera, and also a
new species of Procerus, a genus hitherto confined to the old Continent.

A paper Oa Luminous Insects : by R. Chambers, Esq., F.L.S., was
read by the authour.

June 23. — Mr. Yarrell exhibited numerous drawings and preparations
of the trachem of Birds, for the purpose of illustrating his paper " On
the Organs of Voice," which was read at the meeting of May 12. He
explained them to the members present at some length, pointing out the
most simple form, and proceeding to the more complex.

November 24, — Mr. Leadbeater exhibited specimens of several spe-
cies of PtiUacidtp, which be believed to bo now to science. Among

132 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

them were two undescribed species of Platijcercus, Vig. Mr. Leadbeater
stated his intention of describing these birds at an early opportunity.
He also exhibited a specimen of the Chlamydosaurus Kingii, Gray,
recently brought from Melville Island.

Mr. Yarrell, on behalf of Mr. Gould, exhibited a specimen of a
Warbler, new to the British Fauna, which had been shot at Kilburn, in
the month of October.

This specimen was represented to be the Black Red^tail of Latham's
Synopsis ; the Sylvia Tithys of the same author's Index Ornithologicus ;
and the Bee fin mige-queue of M. Temminck. Its more ordinary locality
was stated to be the northern part of Europe.

Mr. Yarrell also exhibited a specimen of the Plectrophanes Lapponica
of Meyer, the Emberiza calcarata of Temminck, which had been taken
in a net by a bird-catcher near London, late in the autumn. Two spe-
cimens of this bird also taken in England formed the subject of a paper
by Mr. Selby in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean
Society. The present specimen was the third example recorded of the
occurrence of the bird in this country.

Mr. Yarrell, on his own part, exhibited the breast-bones and trachece
of a male and female Wild Swan killed in England, which differed in
several points from the anatomical distinctions known to exist in the
Hooper, parts of which were also shewn in comparison.

The new species was stated to be nearly one-third less than the Hooper
in size, yet the insertion of the irachea within the sternum was much
deeper in the new one, with this remarkable difference, that the convo-
luted tube of the windpipe, after passing vertically through the whole
length of the keel, took then a horizontal direction, and occupied the
posterior flattened portion of the sternum, a conformation which had
never been found by Mr. Yarrell in the oldest male Hoopers. The tube of
the trachea in the new species was shewn by comparison to be of smaller
calibre, and the bronchia less than half tlie length of the same parts in
the Hooper. Extracts from Heame's Voyages, and the Philosophical
Transactions, were referred to, shewing that both species were known
in North America, the smaller sort being more rare than the large.
Mr. Yarrell did not propose any term for this hitherto unnamed spe-

Zoological Club of the Linnemi Society. 133

cies, being at present engaged in a correspondence on the subject for the
purpose of acquiring additional information.*

jVou. 30. — At a special meeting, held for the purpose of determining
as to the expediency of discontinuing the meetings, it was
Resolved unanimously.

That the Meetings of this Club be discontinued.

It was subsequently
Resolved unanimously,

That the Thanks of the Club are due to the Council of the Linnean
Society of London for the use of the Society's Rooms, in which the
members have passed many happy evenings during the last six years, in
promoting in one of its most extensive departments, the object for which
the Society was instituted.

The Chairman, N. A. Vigors, Esq., delivered an Address on the pro-
gress of Zoology in Great Britain during the past year, and on the
present state and prospects of the science, which was ordered to be
printed for distribution among the members of the Linnean Society.

* Mr. Yarrell, having 'since obtained four specimens in addition to those he
previously possessed, has more recently entered fully into the diflferences exist-
ing between tlie Hooper and the new species of Swan noticed above, for which
he has proposed, in a Paper read before the Linnean Society, the name of Cygnus
Bewickii, The most marked distinctions are in the anatomical structure of the
sternum, and of the trachea and Its appendages. The external distinctions are
indicated by the following specific churacters of the allied species, which are
given in the paper alluded to: —

Ct/gnun ferus. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro basi lateribusque (his ultra
nares)flavis; corporealbo; rectricibus 20 ; pedibus nigris.

Cygnus Bewickii. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi aurantiac.^ ; corpore
albo ; rectricibus 18 ; pedibus nigris.

134 Scienfifc Notices.

Art. XXV. Scientific Notices.

J^otice respecting some Species of Mammalia referred to hy Mr. Vigors
and Dr. Horsfield in the Xlllth Xo. of this Journal.

It is with extreme reluctance that Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield ob-
trude themselves upon the readers of this Journal, in vindication of a
Paper inserted by them in a former number, and which has been com-
mented upon, in a somewhat unusual mode of criticism, by one of the
writers in the " Bulletin, des Sciences A^'aturelles."

As the professed object of that work, as far at least as relates to Zoo-
logy, is to give a succinct account of the various publications in that
science, as they issue from the press ; and as the usual practice adopted
by the contributors to it is to notice the labours of contemporary authours
with fidehty, but without note or comment ; any deviation from this
practice at once challenges observation. When such a deviation from
the beaten track is accompanied on the part of the writer by a total
misrepresentation of the objects of the work which he undertakes to
notice, it seems to originate in motives which demand a still closer in-
quiry. It is this view of the case which has induced Mr. Vigors and Dr.
Horsfield to refer to the criticisms contained in the " Bulletin," and thus
invest them with an importance which belongs neither to the subject
itself, nor to the writer who has forced them into this contest.

In the 13th number of this Journal these gentlemen made some obser-
vations upon four species of Mammalia, contained in the collection of
the Zoological Society. Of these one alone was considered and described
by them as a previously unnoticed species. The remaining three were
spoken of as either having been considered varieties, or the young of
described species, or likely to be so considered. The fact of their being
species was held out as problematical, and the attention of naturalists
was expressly called to the point for the purpose of ascertaining this fact
by the only actual proof which cases of this nature will admit of. In
the face, nevertheless, of this explicit statement of their intentions, the
writers are misrepresented in the " Bulletin," as having described these

Scientific Notices. 135

animals as decided species. The animals, without having been seen by
the critick, are asserted by him to have long been well known and described ,
And the authours themselves are dismissed vrith the no very conciliatory
imputation of having attempted to palm upon the world " nominal spe-
cies" and " pretended novelties."

How far M. Lesson, the avowed writer of this extraordinary comment,
has made good his assertions may be collected from the following details.

The first animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, [Vol. IV,
p. 107.] was represented by them as having been hitherto considered one
of the varieties of the Simla Lar of naturalists, the Homo Lar of Linnaeus.
It was declared to accord with some of the previous descriptions of that
species, and more particularly with some of the best representations
given of it in plates. They suggested the propriety of separating speci-
fically this reputed variety, which was strongly marked by the hands and
feet being white, while the rest of the body was black, from that equally
strongly marked variety in which the entire animal was of the latter
colour. In this proposed separation they assumed the entirely black
variety to be the type of the Linnean species Lar ; and they suggested
the name of albimana for the white-handed animal, in case of its being
ascertained to be a distinct species.

That they had some grounds for making this provisional separation,
and that in so doing they did not lay themselves open to the imputatiuu
of wantonly creating nominal species, may be inferred from the fact, that
a year subsequently to the publication of their suggestions, M. Geoffroy
St. Hilaire proposed the very same separation between these animals;*
reversing, however, the mode of naming them, by assuming the white-
handed variety as the type of the Linnean Lar, and describing the black-
handed variety, with a well-meaning and well-merited compUment, under
the specifick name of Raffiesii.

In cases of this nature where an original observer first points out the
specifick difference between reputed varieties of a species, the privilege
is usually and naturally accorded him of selecting the variety to whicii
the old name is to be retained. He of course looks to the description of
tl»€ first imposer of the name, and endeavours to discover which of llic

• Cours dc I'Hist. Nat. dus Mammifercs, 7me levon, p, 33.

136 Scientific Notices.

varieties best accords with that description. Now in selecting the type
of the Linnean Lar, Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield considered that the
black-handed species agreed, the more accurately of the two, with the
description of Linnaeus ; who, referring to the individual which was the
representative of his Homo Lar, makes no mention of the white hands,
and at the same time quotes the figure of Buffon, in which the white
hands are apparent, with a mark of doubt. Subsequent writers also to
Linnaeus have taken the same view of the subject as Mr. Vigors and Dr.
Horsfield ; although others of equal authority have assumed a diSercnt
type. For M. Lesson's satisfaction, it will be sufficient to select from
amonsr the former two names which he will not be backward in acknow-
ledging as of ample authority on such points. The first is that of M.
Cuvier, who having made the white-handed variety the type of the Lin-
nean Lar in the first edition of his " Regne Animal," gives in his
second and corrected edition the entirely black species as the type ; — the
second is that of M. Lesson himself, who in his " Manuel de Mammalo-
gie" expressly describes the Hylobates Lar as " entierement noir." On
the whole, the writers in the Zoological Journal cannot but consider that,
as the first distinguishers of the two species, they possessed the privilege
of selecting the type ; and, that, in the exercise of this privilege they
added to it the weight of some authority.

Trivial, however, is the end obtained in all such questions of nomen-
clature : — trivial, unless, as in the present instance, it affords an oppor-
tunity of performing an act of courtesy, or paying a tribute to well-
merited reputation. And it is with much gratification that Mr. Vigors
and Dr. Horsfield take advantage of the opportunity now placed within
their reach of according to the well-established merits of M. Geoftroy
St. Hilaire the privilege which is theirs only by the humble claim of
priority. Their feelings are indeed as much interested in this case, as their
sense of what is due to his distinguished character. In the name which that
gentleman has imposed upon one of the species, he has made an appeal
which cannot be resisted. And it is with no common satisfaction that
they yield their own names to those of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire ; their
Hylobates albimana merging into his Hyl. Lar ; and their Lar into his
Hyl. Rafflesii.

But what they thus willingly concede to the merits of this veteran in

Scientific Notices. 137

science, they utterly deny to the pretensions of M. Lesson. It is strange
to observe in the very page where this writer passes his judgment so
dogmatically upon the labours of his fellow naturalists, how much he
exposes his want of qualifications as a judge. From him as a voyager,
and a voyager in the countries where these animals abound, some elu-
cidation might have been expected of their economy, and of their
specifick characters, hitherto so little understood. But he has left con-
fusion worse confounded. The very animal which comes next in affinity
to the two which are now before us, he has represented as belonging to
two totally distinct species. In the " Manuel de Mammalogle" he as-
serts that the Hylobates agilis " is the Simia Lar of Sir RafHes."*
In the page of the " Bulletin" before us, he pronounces, vsrith equal
confidence, that the same animal " is evidently the Ungka puti of Sir
Raffles, "f In this last assertion he happens to he correct. And
he owes this chance to his having been set right in the very Paper
which he attacks, and by the same authours upon whom he so dogmati-
cally animadverts. — Hinc illze lacrymae. — But he has not the grace to
acknowledge the correction. He gives his information as emanating
from himself. Both his contradictory assertions stand forwaid with the
support of the same dictatorial language and pomp of authority. And
the mystified student of the Quadmmana hesitates in dismay to which he
shall give credit of these rival " Sir Oracles" of the " Manuel" and the
" Bulletin."

The second animal of which mention is made by Mr. Vigors and Dr.
Horsfield is one which they represented as closely allied to the Simia
naaica of Linnaeus, if not the young of that species. Here again they
merely suggested the specifick difference between the animals alluded to,
and called the attention of naturalists to the determination of the point.
They even went so far as to assign their reasons for bringing into notice so
doubtful a point; — "considering," as they aver, "that they will add

• " Gibbon agile, Hyt. agilis, F. Cuv. C'est le Simia Lar dc Sir RafBes."
Man. de Mamm. p. 31.

t " L'Vngka puti de Sir Raffles est evidemment le Wou-wou deM. F. Cuvior,
" ou VHyl. agilis." liullclin tics Sciences Naturelles, Mars 1820, ;). 454. It
in to be borne in mind tliat Sir Stamford Kafflcs's Simia Lar, or Ungkti elam of
the Malays, is the Jfyl. Rnfflesii of M. Geoff. St. Hilaire, and that liis Ungka
puti, is the true llyl. agilis.

138 Scientific Notices.

" as important a fact to science, even if these animals should prove to
*' be the young and adult ofthe same species, by demonstrating the change
" that takes place in the animal at difterent stages of life, as if these
" differences, according to their own supposition, should be found to be
" specifick." p. 110. Notwithstanding the explicitness with which
they imagined they had expressed themselves on this point, they find
their problematical species enrolled by M. Lesson among their other
" nominal species," and " pretended novelties." With an originality
truly edifying when the foregoing passage is taken into consideration, M.
Lesson suggests as a new and brilliant idea, proper to himself, the doubt,
whether one species may not be the young of the other ! — But it would be
an act of injustice to this writer to conceal the fact that he has brought
other weapons to his aid in this " encounter of wits" besides mere con-
jecture. M. Lesson, it appears, has added to his other accomplishments a
proficiency in the art of logick. Such also we may remember was the
case with Aristotle, the first naturalist in every sense of the word, whose
works we have on record. In imitation of his great prototype, our modern
Stagyrite calls the powers of syllogism to his aid. He argues in form that
" en bonne logique" we may as well create species among the lords of the
creation themselves in consequence ofthe variation in the longitude of their
noses, as among the aforesaid nionkies. Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield,
although thus convicled of breakmg the head of Aristotle, have yet paid
some attention to his favourite art. They were aware that it would have
been as inconsistent with the rules of fair reasoning to institute species
among monkies from the length of their noses, as among certain animals,
which for obvious reasons shall at present be nameless, from the lengtii
of their ears ; — they knew, in fact, that other characters besides these
evanescent proportions were necessary to discriminate between the qua-
drumanous as well as the solipede animal. And they dwelt upon such
characters accordingly. " The claims of our animal to a separate speci-
" fick title, rest chieflij npon the nose and /aciaZ angle" — "from the
" difference in the shape of the nose, and more ■particularly from the
" difference in \he facial angle.'" — "With so great a disproportion be-
" tween the facial angles of both animals," &c. — Other minour points
of difference are also introduced, although not insisted upon ; but the
character above mentioned is one on which the writers in the Journal,

Scientific Notices. 139

foolishly perhaps, imagined that some stress might be laid, as having
been often introduced in the present family as a sufficient foundation
even for generick distinction. The words quoted above, although not
very difficult, it is hoped, to be understood, have thus been translated
by this faithful chronicler of the labours of his contemporaries.
" L'espece que ces auteurs nomment Kasalis recurvus, — a pour
" tout caractere distinctif d'avoir le nez retrousse." The writers,
although they did not study their logick on the same form with M. Lesson,
can yet tell him what name in the language of the schools that species
of sophism bears, which puts false premises into the mouth of an oppo-
nent, and from such alone deduces its conclusion. They can equally
suggest the name by which, in the language of honourable men, that node
of animadversion is designated, which misquotes and mutilates the words
of a fellow labourer in science, perverts his meaning, suppresses his object,
and attempts to produce from such perverted statements an impression to
his disadvantage.

The third animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, and
asserted by M. Lesson to be a "pretended novelty," affords, in this
judgment of the critick, a striking instance of that flippancy by which
writers of a certain class decide upon what they have no means of ascer-
taining. Those authours had an animal before them which bore a close
resemblance to that group of the Lemuridce which includes the flat
fronted species allied to Xycticelms, Geoff., but having a lengthened tail
which the animals of that genus do not possess. It differed also from the
group in having four incisor teeth below, and nails more allied to those
of the Monkeys than of the Lemurs. From the strong affinities it
exhibited, the writers conjectured that it might belong to the genus
Cheirogaleus of M. Geoffroy, which had been indicated by M. Commer-
son, but not definitely distinguished either by him or succeeding writers.
They announced that the animal agreed with the general description of
M. Geoffroy: but not having had the opportunity of entering into the
details, they promised a more accurate examination and report upon a
subject which held out, as they conceived, no little interest. This task
the modest critick of the •' Bulletin" has taken out of their hands.
Without having seen the animal, the only means of coming to a just or
indeed any conclusion on such points, or conceding the smallest credit

140 Scientific Notices.

to those who did see it, he pronounces it at once " to be the Maki nain
of M. F. Cuvier." — As it happens, he might with about equal justice
have pronounced it " to be an Alligator."

The fact is, as Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield now upon closer inquiry
conceive, that they were wrong in their original conjecture. At the time
of publishing their observations, they had no clue to the habitat of the
animal, and they had no means of examining a peculiar form of South
America, which had been characterized by M. Cuvier in the " Rfegne
" Animal," under the name of JVocthora, and to which they now have
reason to suspect their animal belongs. They are indebted to their friend
Mr. Bennett for turning their attention to this point, and, from his infor-
mation they are inclined to conclude that the species is one of those
from Brazil, lately characterized by M. Spix. Such is the course of our
knowledge on such points. Doubt leads to conjecture; and conjecture
terminates sometimes in truth, frequently in errour. But even such
errour is not without its use. In the present instance it has afforded a
clue to that beautiful affinity which so intimately connects the two families
before us. The doubt has ascertained the point of contact. The animal
stands intermediate between the groups. The locality may perhaps
afford an artificial line by which it may be restricted to either. But in
the comprehensive view of the philosophick inquirer into nature it will
equally be a Lemur among the Monkeys, or a Monkey among the
Lemurs.

The fourth, and to the high satisfaction of the writers, the last, animal
described by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield is a species of Squirrel, which
they named after the discoverer. This M. Lesson asserts to be the Sciurus
Prevostii of M. Desmarest. It is true, he admits, that the flanks of
the latter animal are yellow, while those of the former are white. But
we all know, as he continues to syllogise, how nearly allied white is to yel-
low: — ^therefore the two animals are the same : — Q. E. D. — The writers
have ever been in the habit of considering that a false or an imperfect
description of an animal is, in the eye of the naturalist, no description
at all. If M. Desmarest was wrong in ascribing a character to an
animal to which it had no claim, his name and description fall to the
ground. If he was correct in the characters he ascribed to it, then the two
animals are distinct;— distinct, at least, until proof establishes the fact that

Scientific Notices. 141

the diflferences arise merely from accidental and varying causes. M.
Lesson's logick, which seems to be of the same school as that employed
in the before mentioned affair of the noses, will not be admitted as con-
clusive in such cases. Fact, and fact only, not random assertions, must
decide the case. This mode of dictation, founded on such logick, has
not yet become the statute law of Zoology. When it is established as such,
Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield will make any admission that is asked of
them. — They will admit their Sciurus Rafflesii to be M. Desmarest's
Sciurus Prevostii; black to be white; or M. Lesson to be a Linnseus.
Until however that happy epoch dawns upon Natural History, they beg
leave to entertain their doubts upon such points.

Mutations of Colour in Sepia and Coryphana.

One of the flattened kind of Sepia, brought me by an Indian at Ouhu,
interested my attention by the nut-brown spots vnth which the gelatinous
surface was sprinkled, as they continued for some hours after the death
of the emimal to disappear and re-appear alternately, like a pigment
when first thrown upon a mucilaginous medium ; as for example, in
marbling paper upon a decoction of aniseed. This made me think that
the colouring matter floats in a mucous fluid, corresponding in position
to the rete mucosum of other animals; and by its atomic attraction col-
lected itself into circular spots.

Wherever the skin was touched a number of minute specks immedi-
ately followed the impression, occasioned, as I conjectured, by the mu-
cous matter which before concealed the pigments being pressed away,
and thus leaving it free to obey the laws just alluded to.

This remark will help us to understand something of the process by
which those admired mutations of colour in the dying Conjphana are
brought to pa.ss : supposing the death of the animal to alter the condition
of the mucus, the contained pigment vnll, of course, alter its arrange-
ment, and admitting the undulatory nature of the propagation of light,
all the various alterations of colour may be accounted for by having re-
cotirse to the theory of Huygens, as expounded and illustrated by Dr.
Young and Mr. Herschel. J. T. L.

142 Scientific N'otices.

Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects.

Philosophical Society, Portsmouth.
My dear Sir,

It has been asserted by entomologists that the males of the Lepidopte-
rous Insects are guided to the females by a peculiar instinct, so that an
unimpregnated female being carried in a wire cage along the hedges and
other haunts of this tribe, will attract the males of that species so that they
may be easily captured.

I have never had an opportunity of trying this experiment; but the fol-
lowing fact which has lately fallen under my observation leaves me no room
to doubt the correctness of the assertion, as it proves the existence and
exhibits the operation of this instinct in a very remarkable manner.

Being engj^ed in adding the British Insects to the Collection of the
Portsmouth Philosophical Society, I had procured a variety of larva,
(the insects thus obtained being generally in a better condition than those
taken by the net). They in due time passed into the pupa, and the first
which emerged was a female Sphinx Convolvuli. On going into my study
in the evening I found it fluttering on the floor : on lifting it up, it ran up
my coat, and several times round the collar, before I could place it in safety.
I went from thence immediately into my garden to shut some hot-bed
lights, where I was occupied about ten minutes ; from thence again to
my study, where I found that two fine males of the Sph. Convolvuli had,
whilst in the garden, attached themselves to the collar of my coat, where
the female had previously been.

After this, another female of the same species having been produced,
three males found their way into my study down the chimney, there being
no other mode by which they could obtain entrance, and one of them fell
into a vase standing under it where he was captured. A few days after,
two females of the Phalcsna Salicis emerged: on the same evening I saw
several of that species fluttering against the window, and on opening it
six males rushed in and instantly sought the females.

I state these facts just as they occurred. They are certainly curious,
and go to prove that the unimpregnated female emits an odour percepti-
ble to the delicate organs of the males at a great distance, who thus

Scientific Notices, 143

attracted are stimulated to overcome every obstacle in the way of the
fulfilment of the great law of nature. After the female has been im-
preg:nated, this efiect appears to cease.

Precisely similar circumstances took place with the Phalcena neustria,
the males presenting themselves at the window.

I am, &c.
John Henry Davies,

Curator Museum,

Portsmouth Phil, Soc.
G. B. Sowerby, Esq., London.

Fauna of the Island of Madeira.

The Rev. R. T, Lowe, B.A., late Travelling Bachelor from the Uni-
versity of Cambridge, to whom we have been indebted for several Papers
on the Mollusca, is preparing for publication a " Piodromus Faunae et
Florae iVIaderensis, or Collections for a Natural History of the Animal
and Vegetable Productions of Madeira and the adjacent Islands." In
collecting the materials for this work the authour has enjoyed all the
opportunities afforded by a lengthened residence in the country, the
natural productions of which he has undertaken to illustrate.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

February — June, 1830.

Art. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of
the Thorax in fVinged Insects, with a Revieiv of the present
state of the Nomenclature of its parts. By W. S. Mac-
Leay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., 8fc.

My dear Vigors,
The enclosed in fact belongs to the Third Part of the " Horm Entomo-
logies,'^ entitled "«^7i .Analytical Essay on the Developement of Annu-
" lose Forms;" * but as the receipt of some of the late publications from
England makes me sorry that errors should acquire strength by not being

• It has been thought that this Essay is to be confined to the description of
the structure of Larvae. My intention, however, is, tliat it should embrace the
developement of the whole Annulose Structure, whether in the Larva, Pupa,
or Imago state. To those friends who have of late urged me to give a second
edition of the first volume of the " Horce Entomologica:," I take the opportunity
of saying, that this will probably never be done, at least. under the same form;
—a. form, which, however convenient for the purpose of making known the
results of my various investigations in the shape of Essays, is not such as I
■would choose, were I to state those investigations a second time to the ento-
mological world. For instance, the First Part of the " Hor<e Entomotogicce,"
although it led the way to the researches explained iu the Second Part, ought
hereafter, in fact, to follow them. The form of the work, however, is too
convenient to be abandoned by a naturalist whose other occupations will only
permit his making, from time to time, detached Essays; and this must be my
only apology for intending to continue a work, of which the first volume is in
»o few bands, and of which a second edition will probably never be published.

Vol. V. K

146 Mr. W. S. MacLcay on the Ariatomy of the

counteracted in time, and as you ask me for such a paper, I hope what
I now send will answer your purposes.

Yours ever most truly,

W. S. MacLeay.
Havana, 2nd October, 1829.

I find it impossible to give, according to the present state of the science
in England, any satisfactory description of insects, without making some
previous observations on their anatomical nomenclature. My object now
therefore is to explain to entomologists a few of the principles by which
I shall be guided in my future descriptions.

Eight years have elapsed since the second part of the " Horm Entomo-
logicce" was published. In this work I gave incidentally an outline of the
theory of comparative anatomy so far as it related to the subkingdom of
Annulosa, and as it was known at the time. Since then indeed three
works have appeared, all treating of this most difficult subject with more
or less philosophical rigour and critical acumen, but all three apparently
having very different objects in view.

The first of these in point of patient labour are the very ingenious and
detailed memoirs of M. Chabrier on the Anatomy of the Organs of Fhght
in various Insects, which were published in the " Memoires du Museum
" d'Histoire J^aturelle." The object of these memoirs is not to give a
strictly comparative view of the anatomy, so much as to shew the internal
and external structure of the various organs that have an influence on the
flight of insects. This is a work therefore rather ^important for the infor-
mation it affords as to facts, than for the generalization of them.

Immediately afterwards M. Audouin published in the first volume of
the "Annales des Sciences JVaturelles"* the first part of his " Recherches
" Anatomiques'siir le Thorax des Animaux Jlrticules, et celui des Insectes
" Hexapodes en particulier," which researches he announced it to be his
intention to continue in the same Journal. They had long before been
laid on the table of the Institute, indeed previously to the appearance of
M. Chabrier's Memoires, and had been most favorably reported on by
M. Cuvier as the president of a commission appointed to examine them.f

* Published in 1824.

t See " Rapport fait A rAcademic des Sciences de Paris dans la Stance du

Thorax in vnriged Insects. 147

From what I have seen of this work, which for some reason or other has
been interrupted, * there is enough to shew that its author possesses one
of those generalizing minds which can stamp a value on the most trivial
observation by the philosophical manner in which they link it vnth
others so as to form a complete whole. Such persons indeed are said to
make natural history too abstruse and difficult, but it will only be so to
the indolent ; and the holy friars of natural history can continue to amuse
themselves with Linneeus, or if they please with Goldsmith, nothing being
required of them but to learn not to interfere with others who attempt to
know a little more than themselves. M. Audouin's Researches are as
strictly those of a naturalist as the Memoires of M. Chabrier are those of a
physiologist. Both works are admirable in their way, and must make
any person who studies the subject most anxious for their continuation.

The last work in point of date is the third volume of Messrs. Kirby and
Spence's Introduction, f a work perhaps not quite so original as those
mentioned above, but certainly most creditable to its author,^ who treats
therein of the external anatomy of insects at great length, and gives a
tolerably able nomenclature of parts. The merits of my venerable
friend's work, however, are unfortunately shaded by an almost total
neglect of generalization, and by an obvious ambition to change the

" Lundi 19 Fevrier 1821, par M. Le Baron Cuvier, sur un Ouvrage de M.
" Victor Audouin ayant pour litre " RecheTches Jnatomiquei sur le Thorax, kc."
The several parts of the Thorax are described, figured, and named in this
Report, which must of course establish the date of M. Audouin's Nomencla-
ture.

• In expressing myself thus, allowance must be made for the uncertainty
and delay with which I obtain works of science in Cuba. It is possible that
M. Audouin has followed up his Researches on the Anatomy of the Insect Ske-
leton without my being aware of it.

+ The last two volumes of this useful work were published in 1826. The
chapter on Orismology, in the fourth volume, is more particularly valuable, and
making' allowance for the nomenclature of parts, deserves the special attention
of entomological students.

J See the Preface to the concluding volumes of the work, from which it appears
that we must attribute the labour of the latter volumes in a more especial man*
oer to the learned author of the " Monofrraphia Apum Anglite."

K 2

148 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

whole of our received anatomical nomenclature.* Mr. Kirby's object
indeed is apparently to distinguish organs instead of tracing their varia-
tion ; and thus, so far from generalizing, he has even invented new names
for the same organs as they occur in different insects, t How far this
may be necessary in the present state of our science it is not for me to
say : but it is very sure that an elementary work on comparative anatomy
ought to reduce the number of terms as much as possible, as well on ac-
count of promoting the philosophy of the science as of facilitating a study,
the great objection to which now is the multitude of its technical
terms. The most serious objection, nevertheless, to Mr. Kirby's nomen-
clature is the violent change of universally received names of parts with-
out any sufficient reason,;}: nay, often for some fanciful § or even errone-
ous cause Ij. If such innovations are to be sanctioned, all our classical

• M. Audouin only gives names to parts that were not named before. This
author is quoted once in a note of the Introduction to Entomology, but it is
only in order to blame him for a fault of which I cannot understand how he
should have been guilty.

f As for instance, where tegmina on the authority of Illiger, elytra, and
hemelytra, are assigned as different names to the ala superiores of Insects as
they occur in different orders. There was so much inconvenience before with
the two words elytra and al<e superiores to signify the same organs, that it
certainly did not require to be doubled. But this extraordinary ambition to
burden the science with new words reigns, unfortunately, throughout a work,
that is in many other respects highly meritorious.

J Thus we have promuscis substituted for rostrum, which, to say the least,
is any thing but an improvement.

§ Thus we have manus for tarsus on the supposed authority of Moses, and
a host of similar instances. It is worthy of observation, that if any of the six
feet of ScarahcEiis alacer deserve the name of hands, it must be the posterior
pair of feet, so far as their office is concerned. How different is this from M.
Audouin, who in inventing the name trochantine for a piece never before
named, regrets that he is obliged to use a word taken from human anatomy.

II Such as nasus for clypeus. Were the clypeus proved to be the organ of
scent, there would even still be no necessity for changing an universally re-
ceived name that gives rise to no erroneous idea ; and this is more than can be
said for the proposed alteration. There is some reason to imagine that the
organs of smelling are in the head, but none whatever for their being in the
clypeus. In Musca, indeed, it may be urged that they are above the clypeus.

Thorax in winged Insects. 149

entomological works will be unintelligible to persons commencing the
science ; and our worthy author must really have the goodness to print
new editions, adapted to his own nomenclature, of all previous entomo-
logical books, before he can expect us to adopt some of his terms. For
my part I cannot adopt arbitrary changes, and I think I have so far a
right to follow my own opinion on this particular head, inasmuch as I
have always most strictly adhered to the anatomical nomenclature of
others, and in the case of a paper on the Wings of Diptera was even in-
duced to defer its publication, in order that Mr. Kirby's work, which was
understood to be about to give a complete nomenclature of parts, might not
be interfered with, and unnecessary trouble thereby given to the student.
The only use of the nomenclature of parts is as an instrument enabling us
to understand the structure of the animal with the least possible difficulty;
but this its use must cease and confusion never end, if every person is to
be privileged to alter received anatomical terms for the mere gratification
of his fancy. To change a received generic name without adequate cause
is mischievous enough, but how much more so to alter words used in
comparative description, and thus to deprive us of the power of intelli-
gibly comparing.

Much of Mr, Kirby's nomenclature is, however, very good : and we can,
I think, recognize considerable traces of that admirable tact for observa-
tion which distinguished him in his " MonographiaApum Anglicey He
has described several parts not before named, or at least imperfectly
designated. When these his names are the first that have been applied

which circumstance will perhaps be scarcely more satisfactory to those who are
always hunting for comparisons with the human subject, than if they were
placed in the insect's abdomen. The fact is, that nothing whatever has as yet
been proved on the subject, as the reader of Mr. Kirby's Chapter on the Senses
of Insects, in his fourth volume, will most readily perceive ; as yet there is
nothing but presumption, and it is really proceeding with too great haste to
expect us to abandon the use of the word clypeu.i, while the seat of the sense
of smelling remains at least coram judice. But this is scarcely the place for
•uch discussion, which I shall resume at a proper opportunity. I shall only
■ay, that in any case I see not a shadow of necessity for abandoning the old
word clypeut.

150 Mr. W. S. MacLeay o?z the Anatomy of the

to the organs they denote, and are compatible moreover with what ought
to be our grand object in anatomy, namely, legitimate generalization (and
not fanciful comparisons with the human subject), I shall of course have
pleasure in adopting them. In some few cases indeed our venerable
countryman's nomenclature may be preferred for purposes of concise de-
scription to that of M. Audouin, although for the philosophical view of
the subject M. Audouin's terms can scarcely with safety be altered, and
have moreover the universally acknowledged right of priority. Thus, if
I may be permitted by such naturalists as most properly insist on the
right of those who give the first name, I would in the description of spe-
cies prefer the use of Mr. Kirby's terms prosternum, mesosternum and
metasternum ; although to give a proper understanding of the compara-
tive anatomy of insects, I would for the same parts use M. Audouin's
otherwise less convenient terms sternum of the prothorax, sternum of the
mesothorax, and sternum of the metathorax. The nature and object of
the present paper, however, preclude me from saying more on the subject
of the " Introduction to Entomology" ; this work being evidently, by its
laying so much stress on differences, rather suited to seme artificial system
than to the study of the natural one, which depends on generalization. I
shall therefore commence the present review of the Theory of Compara-
tive Anatomy in Insects by repeating that M. Audouin's Researches have
so far the right of priority, and above all of philosophical criticism, as to
justify me in pursuing the path he has pointed out. I am not, however,
disposed to be a servile follower, and where I differ from him I shall have
no hesitation whatever in pointing out the reasons for my dissent.

It will be recollected by the readers of the " Hotcb Entomologies" that I
was inclined in that work to adopt the theory that every annulose animal *
has a tendency to be decapod, or more properly to have five pairs of tho-
racic appendages answering to the five thoracic segments. I also assigned
my reasons for believing that although the typical number of segments in
the body of an annulose animal might be fifteen, yet that the most general
number of segments in the body ought to be considered as thirteen, the
number in caterpillars and other larvse : and I ventured to hint that all
\vinged insects, I might have said all Annulosa, may be resolved into this

• This theory, however, is only partially correct.

Thorax in winged Insects. 151

last number of segments. I even stated some strong arguments for think-
ing that the Ametahola and Arachnida might be reduced to the annulose
type of form. Such was the state of the subject when I left it. I now
therefore proceed to M. Audouin's general theory of the insect skeleton^
which is the same precisely as mine, although, from his taking no notice
of my work in the " Annales de/t Sciences J<faturelles," I must suppose he
never saw it. By a cautious process of induction he says that he has
arrived at the following important conclusions, viz.

1st. That the skeleton of annulose animals is formed of a determinate
number of parts, which are either distinct or confluent, as may be, but
which exist generally in all.

2ndly. That in some cases a part will be diminished, or even will
disappear, while in others the same piece will undergo an extraordinary
developement.

3rdly. That the developement of one piece exerts an inverse influence
on the contiguous pieces, whence arise the principal differences so much
relied upon in classification.

With respect to these three results I may observe, that they are in
perfect accord with the "Horce Entomologica:," I had already in that work
stated the determinate number of primary segments to which the Verte-
bral Axis of all annulose animals tended, and as to M. Audouin's second
conclusion, it is nothing more than another mode of expressing the
maxim of variation as applied to organs. His two leading observations,
therefore, that the skeleton of Crustacea and Arachnida only differs from
that of Winged Insects by the mode in which their segments are developed,
and that the Annulosa generally only differ from each other in the deve-
lopement of the same parts in each, or in the confluence or separation of
these parts, are neither of them new, any more than the reduction of the
larva and perfect insect to the same general law of structure. Wliere we
differ is, as to the mode in which this reduction may be made, and I
confess, after having bestowed some attention on the subject, that I am
inclined now to prefer the explanation given by M. Audouin. Our
leading principles are, however, nearly the same, and in fact, as the
study of the natural system is founded on the maxim of variation,* so that

• The maxim of variation, as applied to the arrangement of the animal

152 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

of Philosophical Comparative Anatomy is founded on the maxim of the
various organs undergoing different degrees of developement in different
animals.

It is well known that certain Ametahola, instead of gettmg wings,
acquire an additional number of segments to their body, but it is not so
well understood, that the contiguous class of Crustacea iiave generally a
tendency to adopt a typical number* of segments. These typical seg-
ments, for example, are all distinct in Squilla among Crustacea, and
are most confluent in the neighbouring class of Arachnida. Not only
the several segments which compose the head in Squilla, become conflu-
ent in Arachnida, but sometimes the whole head with the body.f But

kingdom, must be carefully distinguished from the mere comparison of organs.
The latter is the Principe des Connexions of Geoffroy-St.-Hilaire, which many
centuries ago Aristotle explained and described under the name of the Arrange-
ment of Organs Kar'avaXoyiav, The comparison of animals is one thing, and
the comparison of their organs is another. The last is the province of the
comparative anatomist, who is not always, as we know, versed in the first,
whith is the province of the naturalist. The naturalist, on tlm other hand,
cannot compare animals together without some degree of comparison of their
organs. If GeofFroy, therefore, arrived at the first idea of his Principe des
Connexions by inspiration, as he tells us, (Phil. Anat. p. 30.), we are certainly
justified in believing that Aristotle must also have been inspired before him.

♦ This number of segments I have stated in the " Horce Entomologicce," to be
fifteen, allowing three for the head, and twelve, as usual, for the body; but
there is good reason to believe, as I shall hereafter shew, that even Crustacea
may be reduced to the ordinary number of primary segments, which is thirteen.
The segments of the head, which are sometimes three, but typically four, are
therefore of course, only to be considered as secondary.

■f Mr. Kirby, from having through life devoted his attention to winged in-
sects, has, in his " Introduction to Entomology," remained, with respect to the
Aptera of Linnaeus, pretty much where the learned Swede left that most hete-
rogeneous group. Like Linnaeus, he divides them according to their number
of feet, and in one respect, as to the distinction of the head from the thorax,
he is even behind Linnaeus, who pointed out this distinction, although perhaps
in an improper way. It is to be hoped that our indefatigable countryman will
take up the study of this important branch of Entomology with his usual
energy, and not leave the pages which relate to the Aptera of Linnaeus so much

Thorax in ivinged Insects. 153

I shall take another opportunity of discussing the external structure of
the Arachnida, which remains as yet quite unknown. I shall merely
now state that the Acaridcs are those in which the segments of the body
are most condensed or confluent, as the Macrourous Crustacea are those
Annulosa which appear in the imago state to offer the greatest regular
developement. A Scolopendra offers a construction which goes appa-
rently beyond the regular type, and thus such Ametahola are in zoology
natural monsters.* The larvs of w'nged insects have in general thir-
teen segments, indeed I know at present of no one exception. A cater-
pillar, for instance, has a head, three segments for the thorax, and nine
for the abdomen. The first three thoracic segments carry feet ; the seg-
ment immediately following, or the fifth of the thirteen, (which, as I
conceive, may in general be accounted to belong to the abdomen of in-
sects,) rarely possesses locomotive appendages,f but the next segment to
this, that is the sixth segment (reckoning the head as one), is supplied
with them in certain larvae, such as those of some TenthredinideB, which
have twenty-two feet. The last seven abdominal segments very often
one or other carry spurious feet; and on the other hand, the body may be
quite vermiform, J that is without any feet whatever, as we know from
looking at the larvse of certain Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera.

behind the rest of his work. Scarcely a word, for instance, is said respecting
the class of Crustacea, and yet some account of their forms appears absolutely
necessary in an Introduction to Entomology.

• Understanding well that every one of the thirteen primary segments of an
insect, when at the perfection of developement, is divisible, as will be shewn
in the following pages, into four minor segments, we get fifty-two segments
for an insect tliat is perfectly regularly developed, and this is the maximum
number in C/iilognatha. The Chilopoda have only about half this number of
segments, owing to their primary segments in general being only about half as
much developed as those of the Julidie.

■f In Crustacea, however, the fifth segment of the thirteen very commonly
Carrie* feet, or locomotive appendages.

J In the " Ilorx Entomolngica:" I followed the three greatest naturalists that
England \a» produced, Ray, Willughby, and Lister, in placing certain Vermes
among the Annulosa. A minute and careful examination of this subject has
convinced me of the accuracy of this mode of viewing nature.

154 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatojny of the

From such facts we come to the conclusion that every one of the twelve
segments composing the body of a larva, I may say of an annulose animal,
can carry instruments of locomotion or can be without feet, but that in
caterpillars there are only six true feet, two to each of the three thoracic
segments. Supposing true feet to be those of the imago, the last con-
clusion may also be arrived at by dissecting any caterpillar just when it
is about to change to the chrysalis state.

The perfect winged insect in like manner consists of thirteen primary
segments, although often, owing to peculiar necessities of individual struc-
ture, two or more of these are confluent, as often occurs in the analogous
vertebral axis of Vertebrata.* It may easily therefore be shewn that the
diiferences which have been pointed out in respect to the number of seg-
ments in perfect insects result more often from imperfect study or un-
practised examination on the part of the person describing than from any
real anomaly in the animal described.f This truth will be evident to any
entomologist who takes the trouble of comparing the perfect insect with
the pupa and this again with the larva. By means of the pupa we may
always learn how the thirteen segments of the larva are disposed of in the
perfect insect. Let any large beetle be taken, for instance one of the
DynastiAcB or Prionida; at first sight it seems to have no more than
eleven segments to the vertebral axis, but on more accurate examination,
and particularly on comparing it with the pupa, we discover that in reality
it has thirteen, that is, the number of the larva. This comparison must
be attended to by all who wish to obtain correct ideas of the structure of
an insect; and the error which has vitiated Mr. Kirby's description of the
thorax and abdomen, and which has induced him to describe so many dif-
ferences which do not in reality exist, arises from his not having
sufficiently studied the larva, and particularly the pupa state of insects.
If my worthy friend however has erred in failing to generalize, my own

* The number of vertebrae, however, in the axis of the Vertebrata has a
much greater tendency to vary than the number in the vertebral axis oi Annu-
losa. So far, as well as in being more complicated, the skeleton of the Annu-
losa is superior to that of the Vertebrata.

f I may here give, as an example, my own observation on the abdomen of
an Oryctes, as mentioned in " Horx Entomologies, " Vol. 1, p. 412.

Thorax in winged Insects. 155

generalization of the anatomical structure of the Annulosa, as given in the
" Hor(B Entomologies,"* was perhaps too much founded on an idea of
M. Latreille, and one of my principal objects now is to correct some mis-
takes which I have detected in what I formerly advanced, although with
doubt, upon this very difficult question.

Every annulose animal, even including the Myriapoda, whose appa-
rent departure from the normal structure of Annulosa I shall elsewhere
explain, may be resolved into thirteen primary vertebral segments, which
are thus disposed, one for the head,t three for the thorax, and nine for the
abdomen. In certain cases, however, one or two of these abdominal
segments may be found intimately connected with the thorax, so that the
thorax may be said to consist of five segments. It is on this view of the
subject that a Squilla may be said to consist of thirteen primary segments,
that is allowing four secondary ones for the head, five very small primary
ones for the thorax, and seven for the abdomen.;]: On this view also a
Scorpion consists of a true and distinct head with twelve other primary
segments. Galeodes has the same normal structure, that is, a large head

• See HoraeEnt., Vol. I. p. 412, where I have hinted the possibility of what
Mr. Kirby calls the Alitrunk being composed of four segments of the larva.
The test, however, which I then proposed, has since led me to a very different
conclusion.

t The three or four secondary segments of the head can be reduced to one ;
or, which is the same thing, the head can in all Annulosa be shewn to be com-
posed of four segments or regions, when perfectly developed. For the present
I shall only refer to the following words of M. Audouin. " L'entothorax
" n'existe pas seulement dans le thorax ; on le retrouve dans la tfite, et il de-
'• vient un moyen assez certain pour d^montrer que celle-ci est composfie de
" plusieurs segmens." See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Vol. I. p. 125.

J Perhaps, indeed, Crustacea may be said to differ from all other perfect
Annuloia, inasmuch as the first two segments of the abdomen in other Annu-
lota often in this class become thoracic, carry true feet, and leave only seven
segments for the true abdomen. As to the head, the truth is, that when fully
developed, it is composed of a tergum and a pectus (here called 9. fades and a
tubfacieij, like one of the three primary segments of the thorax. In the head
of a Htjuilla we may observe four series in the faciei, which clearly answer to
tbe/>riFirufi/m, scutum, scutellum, a.nd vnstscutellum of a. mesothorax.

156 Mr, W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

and a body consisting of twelve segments. It follows of course that the
first pair of feet, as they are called in all octopod Arachnida, whether
spideis, scorpions or mites, are nothing else than the labial palpi of
winged insects.* This is, it is true, a novel mode of viewing Crustacea
and Arachnida, but as it leads to some most curious results, I shall prove
its accuracy at a future opportunity, and shew in what the variations from
this type really consist. My business at present must be with winged in-
sects, in which the same rule not only holds good but is typical.

Let us observe a Phasma, where the female is apterous and the male
winged. In many females of this genus we may perceive the rudiments
of the wings, and consequently the inspection of a female will point out
to us the structure of the male, considering this last as a perfect winged
insect. Well then the female Phasma shews nine abdominal segments,
three thoracic and a head. The females of certain Blattce are apterous,
and in the island of Cuba there is a large insect of this genus to be found
under stones in woods, whose four wings are formed, but so short and
truncated as to render the possessor incapable of flight. Such insects
will also prove a winged Blatta to be composed of the abovementioned
thirteen searments. The same results are derived from the examination
of the larv3e and females of Drilus and Lampyris. It is true that some
of the abdominal segments become more or less confluent in certain in-

* A careful study of the very curious and distinct order of Arachnida, and
in particular of the genera Mygale, Scorpio, Phiyne, Galeodes, Gonykptes,
and Chelifer, in a live state, has convinced me that M. Latreille's idea of these
insects being supplied with antennse is correct. Another certain character of
the class is to have the labial palpi converted into a pair of feet which are ge-
nerally of the same form as the six true feet. Mr. Kirby's ingenuity detected
(see Int. to Ent. Vol. IV., p. 387.) what are commonly called the first pair of
feet in Scorpions and Spiders, to represent the palpi of winged insects ; but he
appears to consider theni as the maxillary palpi, whereas they in reality repre-
sent the labial. A still greater mistake, indeed an unaccountable one in a per-
son of his science, has been his not perceiving that the same rule holds good
in the Acarida, and his placing these most evident Arachnida with hexapod
Ametabola, to which they have no earthly relation, unless perhaps it be that of
a slight, and a very slight, affinity of transultation.

Thorax in winged Insects. 157

sects, particularly of the analogous orders Hymenoptera and Diptera.
But a little study of their structures will point out the nature of such
aberrations, and I repeat that the above is the most correct mode of view-
ing an insect. Even coleopterous Annulosa, such as a Curculio or Ce-
rambyx, * may be reduced to the same law of structure, the posterior
abdominal segments of their larvse being converted more or less into
parts of the organs of generation. One of the most beautiful facts that
the study of comparative anatomy presents us with, is the delight Nature
appears to take in working as it were with a given quantity of material,
while she nevertheless produces an infinite variety of forms.

The developement of the various segments of the body of annulose
animals forms another consideration, and a most important one. If the
developement of each segment be tolerably uniform, we have the great
majority of worms and larvae. If, on the contrary, the developement of
the thirteen segments be irregular, we have the majority of perfect insects,
Arachnida, and Crustacea. In general we may add, that if any one of
the three principal parts of the body be greatly developed, the general
size being given by the full grovra larva, then one or both of the remain-
ing parts must be proportionably small in the perfect insect. This in-
deed clearly amounts to a truism : and therefore, taking the size of the
larva as a limit, we cannot be surprised that the head and abdomen of an
Evania, for instance, are so small when the developement of its thorax is
so great.

The object of my present investigation shall be the thorax f of a winged
insect. It is here that M. Audouin has particularly distinguished himself

* I have not alluded in the text to Mr. Kirby's tables, given pp. 703 and 704
of his third volume, or to his previous description of the abdomen in insects,
because in some cases they are founded on imperfect examination, and in others
on that deficiency of generalization which I cannot help thinking the learned
author was solicitous should characterize his work.

■f Fabriciusin his "Philosophia Entomologica" has called this part the truncus,
an expression which implies the whole body without the head and limbs. Being
thus objectionable, the term seems never very generally to have come into use ;
and in fact becomes quite unnecessary if we divide the thorax into protkorax,
metothorax , d^d metathorax. M. Audouin, therefore, has discarded it as use-
leM ai well as objectionable. See Ann. des Sciencei Naturellcs, Vol. I, p. 119.

158 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

and been most original. He divides the thorax into three parts, protho-
rax, mesothorax and metathorax, and eacli of these into two external
parts (pectus and tergumj and one internal, the f urea, and each of the
two external parts he divides again into analogous smaller parts, thus :

Analysis of the Thorax.

THORAX

Troncus, Fab.

PROTHORAX <

Tergum

Pectus

Prsescutum
' Scutum
I Scutellum

Postscutellum

Sternum

Episterna

* * * *

Epimera
^ FuRCA called Antefurca
Prsescutum

MESOTHORAX .

METATHORAX J

Scutum *
Scutellum
Postscutellum
Paraptera
I Sternum
Episterna
Epimera
FURCA called Medifurca
I Praescutum
1 Scutum
J Scutellum
' Postscutellum
Paraptera
' Sternum
I Episterna
Epimera
FuRCA called Postfurca

Tergum

Pectus

Tergum

Pectus

The above is a table of M. Audouin's theory. Now it being well
known that the developement of one part or segment exerts an inverse
influence on those which are contiguous, it follows that if the prothorax
be developed in the perfect insect, then the third segment or mesothorax

* I have reason to suspect that this scutum of the mesothorax is resolvable
into three pieces, when at its maximum of developement, as in certain Hymen-
optera, such as Chalets, &c. I shall attempt to prove this afterwards.

Thorax in winged Insects. 159

will be proportionably small, as in Coleoptera; and if, on the other
hand, the mesothorax be much developed, we have the prothorax small,
as in Hijmenoptera and Diptera. From these principles it follows that
the mesothorax of a beetle is to be considered as composed of the third
segment of the larva evanescent, while the metathorax consists of the
fourth segment of the larva developed. But these two segments have
each a pair of wings as well as of feet, which shews an exceeding power
of developement in the third and fourth segments of a winged insect.

It must not be im^ned that the pieces of the thorax mentioned in the
above table are all present and distinct in every insect. Pieces of the
thorax may disappear by being evanescent, owing to the great develope-
ment of the contiguous segments, or by being confluent, or soldered to-
gether with the next adjoining pieces.* To know the pieces which are
thus lost, it might be thought that on comparing the larva with the per-
fect insect the position of the stigmata ought to afford some clue, but in
truth these are unsafe guides, as it is well known that the situation of the
stigmata in the perfect insect varies very generally and considerably
from what it was in the larva.

The prothorax of a beetle is not always so complex in its structure as
the mesothorax and metathorax, some of the pieces of the tergum being
almost always evanescent. The tergum of the prothorax seems most
ordinarily in winged insects to consist of half the number of pieces that
compose the terga of the mesothorax and metathorax, taking all three at
their maximum of developement. In other words, the tergum of the
prothorax in general appears to consist of only two pieces. But looking
at Orthopterous genera, such as Locusta or Gryllus, or at certain Annu-
losa, where the tergum of the prothorax undergoes its maximum deve-
lopement, we can discover all its four divisions. In Coleoptera, if one
or two of the pieces be not evanescent, they are at least all confluent, so
as to form one conspicuous segment, which is the thorax of Linneeus and
Fabricius. In certain genera of this order, however, the typical compo-
sition of the tergum of the prothorax is more or less distinct; the only

• The Hymenopterous genus Cryptoceru» and several other Ants will suffi-
ciently shew how the piece* of the thorax may be completely soldered together
almott into one mast.

160 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

tolerably general rule being that the excessive developement of the ter-
gum exerts an inverse influence on that of the pectus.*

Op the Prothorax.

The prothorax of any insect at its maximum of developement consists
then of the follovnng pieces, viz. four tergal, which, when confluent,
form what ought in all future descriptions of Coleoptera, according to the
principles of MM. Chabrier, Audouin, and Kirby, to be no longer called
the thorax, but the prothorax .-f and six pectoral pieces, which form by
their connexion one piece that may in all future descriptions be called, as
by Mr. Kirby, the antepectus. The four tergal pieces may be detected
in certain Orthoptera; and the six pectoral pieces are the sternum, the
antefurca, two episterna, and two epimera, the four latter being lateral
pieces.:}:

1 . The sternum of the prothorax is well known ; it is an essential
part, rarely if ever evanescent, and is called the prosternum by Kirby.

2. The antefurca of Kirby, which is by Audouin called the entothorax
of the prothorax, is also essential but internal. It is described by Kirby,
vol. 3. p. 586.

3. The episterna of the prothorax are two lateral pieces that are sup-
ported by the prosternum, and which may be seen well developed in a
Dytiscus. They, as well as the epimera, are confounded by Mr. Kirby
with the prosternnm.%

* Thus the pectus of the prothorax in larg^e Locustas and Grylli is very small,
owing to the developement of the tergum being at its maximum.

■\ The student who wishes to learn the structure of the prothorax, must refer
to M. Audouin, the analysis given in the " Introduction to Entomology" being
very far from correct.

J The three sternums are often found to be more or less confluent with their
respective epimera and episterna. Owing to the developement of the tergum,
the pectus in Hymenoptera is exceedingly diminished. But were each of the
sternums at its maximum of developement, it would also be found to consist
of four pieces like a tergum. This is the case in lulidx, and is more or less
apparent in other Annulosa. For instance, the pectus of the prothorax in
Squilla\iAS?i. prssternum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum.

§ The plcurce of M. Audouin, or nrx of Mr. Kirby, appear to be the inflexcd

Thorax in winged Insects. 161

4. The epimera of theprothorax are not in general so much developed
as the episterna, but may be known by being often inferiorly situated,
and always in some connexion with the coxse. M. Audouin has ob-
served that they often articulate with the coxae by means of a small inter-
vening piece which he calls the trochantine. This piece is similar to
the trochanter, which terminates the coxa at its other end.

I may here observe that when the stigmata of the prothorax, or any
other thoracic stigmata, are surrounded by a small homy piece, M. Au-
douin calls this the peritremot*

Of the Mesothobax.

The mesothorax of an insect has, when at its maximum of develope-
mtnt, four pieces to the tergum (which is the mesothorax of Kirby) and
eight to the pectus (which is the medipectus of Kirby).

The ybur superior or tergal pieces of the mesothorax are the prtescu-
turn, scutum, scutellum and postscutellum,-f so named according to their
order from the head of the insect.

1. The prosscutum is the anterior, as its name denotes. It is the pro-
phragma of Kirby. J

2. The scutum is a very important piece, often greatly developed, and,
according to M. Audouin,§ always articulating with the bones of the

or lateral margin of the prothorac, where this is terminated by the epistemum
and epimeron. " La reunion de Tepisternum, du parapteie et de I'epimdre
" constitue les Jlancs." The only names that are useful, however, are those
which denote the pieces of the thorax ; all others only burden the science. It
is just as clear, for instance, to talk of the side of the prothorax as of its
pleura or ora.

* Very possibly the pnystega of Kirby is Audouin's perilrema of the me$o-
thorax.

t It is on this account tLat when a sternum is at its maximum of develope-
ment I name its four pieces, pratslernum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum.

I See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. h'.

(j I am inclined to differ with M. Audouin on this head, and think that the
■cutum does not directly articulate with the wing, but by the intervention of
two lateral pieces, wliich 1 would call the parapsides. These are in general
soldered together with the scutum, but in many Ifymenoptera, such as Chalcist
&c., they are particularly distinct.
Vol. V. L

162 ^Ir, W. S MacLeay on ihe Anatomy of the

wing where these exist. It is called the dorsolum by Kirby,* having
been previously called dorsum by Chabrier.

3. The scutcUum is that part the external appearance of which is com-
monly so called by entoniologists.f

4. The postscuteUum is a piece almost always completely concealed
in the interior of the thorax, sometimes confluent with the inner face of
this so as to be confounded with it, and sometimes being free. It is called
freenum by Mr. Kirby,+ but this naturalist only knew it in certain orders.

The above four pieces when united form the teryum of the mexothorax.

The eicjht inferior or pectoral pieces of the mesothorax are the meso-
slernum, K., medfurca, K., two episterna, Jl., two epimera. A., and
two paraptera. A.; the six latter pieces being lateral and the paraptera
often so situated as to appear to belong to the tergum.

1. The mesosternum is exactly to the mesothorax what the prosternum
is to the prothorax. It is therefore called by Audouin the sternum of the
mesothorax.^

2. The medifurca is well explained by Kirby.|| It is to the meso-
thorax what the antefurca is to the prothorax. Therefore Audouin calls
it the entothorax of the mesothorax.

3. The episterna are two pieces exactly analogous to those of the pro-
thorax, and have in general similar relative positions.

4. The epimera are exactly analogous to those of the prothorax, and
have likewise similar relative positions.

5. The paraptera are two lateral pieces having a relation to the
wings. They are usually supported by the episternum, but in general
are little developed or are even evanescent. Their situation is always near
the vnng, of which indeed they more properly form part.^

* See Int. to Ent. Tab. 22, fig. 8. i' . The scutum of the mesothorax in cer-
tain Hyraenopterous Insects requires further examination than I can give it in
this paper, and I shall therefore return to the subject at some future opportu-
nity.

t See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. k'.

X See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. 1'.

§ See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Tom. 1, pi. 8.

11 See Int. to Ent., Vol, III. p. 587, Tab. 22, fig. 6. M. Cuvier calls it " la
" piece en forme d'y grec."

% In Hymennpiera the pnrapteron is generally above the wing ; in Coleop-

Thorax in bowsed Insects, 163

'is

The above eight pieces form the pectus of the mesothorax or medi-
pectus of Kirby. It is difficult to ascertain, from his not separating them
in his plates, whether the six last mentioned pieces, viz, the episterna,
epimera and paraptera, have been clearly distinguished by Kirby ; but if
they have been so, then perhaps the episterna of the mesothorax will be
the peristethia of Kirby and the epimera his scapularia. The pleura of
the mesothorax, so called by Audouin, are the union of the episternum,
parapteron and epimeron.

Of the Metathorax.

The metathorax of an insect has also, when at its maximum of deve-
lopement, four pieces to the terguvt and eight to the pectus.

The four superior or tergal pieces of the metathorax are, as in the
mesothorax, the prascutum, scutum, scutellum, and postscutellum.

1. The prcEscutum of the metathorax, like that of the mesothorax, is
sometimes internal.* In Hymenoptera, however, it is a most conspi-
cuous piece with many insects. /

2. The scutum is sometimes divided into two parts, as in Dytiscus,
and sometimes connected, as in L^l,canus.^\■

3. The scutellum is the next piece of the metathorax and is composed
of the postscutellum and postfranum of Kirby ; this naturalist having
mistaken the side processes of the scutellum for separate pieces % on ac-
count qf the channel which divides them longitudinally.

tera generally below. It is a piece which " se prolonge quelquefois inferieure-
" ment le long du bord anterieur de I'episternum, ou bien, devenant libre, passe
" au devant de I'aile et se place mdme accidentellement aii-dessus." On this
account M. Audouin changed its name from hi/popteron to parapteron. In
Hymenoptera it may often be said to belong to the tergum, and in Coleoptera to
the pectus.

• See Ann. des Sciences Nat., Tom. I, tab. 8. Mr. Kirby calls this piece tlie
mesophragma when it occurs in Coleoptera; but in Hymenoptera, he calls it the
pottdor solum, as will be seen by comparing his figures.

t See Int. to Ent. tab. 8. This piece in Coleoptera is Kirby's postdorsolum ;
in Hymenoptera he does not appear to liave detected it.

X The metapnystega of Kirby may possibly be the same as Audouin's peri-
irema of the Metathorax.

164 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on (he Anatomy of the

4. The pnstsciUellum of the metathorax corresponds with the meta-
phr^ltna of Kirby.

The above four pieces form the iergum.

The eight inferior or pectoral pieces of the metathorax are, as in the
mesothorax, the metasternum, the postfurca, two episternOf two epi-
mera, and two paraptera, the six last being lateral and the paraptera very
rarely developed, and often so placed as to appear to belong to the tergum.

1. The metasternum of Audouin is very diflerent from that of Kirby,
the latter being a most heterogeneous composition,* not only often com-
prising the true metasternum, epistema, and epimera, but sometimes
even confounding all these with the trochanter and coxse of the posterior
less. What this gentleman calls the bifid mucro of the metathorax m
Dytiscus, is in reality the termination of the two coxae. The true meta-
sternum therefore must be studied in the beautiful figures of Audouin, as
well as the epistema, epimera, and paraptera where they exist.

2. The postfurca has been described by me under one of its most
remarkable forms, that of the letter Y, and has been figured by Mr. Kirby
pi. 22, fig. 5, bf. bf. bf.

3. The episterna of the metathorax, which possibly are wliat Kirby
Cdlh parapleurcB :

4. The epimera :

5. And the paraptera: all hold situations in the metathorax analogous
to those of the pieces so named in the pectus of the mesothorax. In some
orders, however, the paraptera are so situated as to appear to belong to the
tergum.

Hence we observe that the thorax of an insect, when greatly developed,
is composed of thirty-four pieces, ten to the prothorax, and twelve to the
mesothorax and metathorax respectively. Or, if we reckon the four pieces
of the tergum, with the sternum and furca of the pectus, to be each divisi-
ble into two by the middle longitudinal suture, as in fact they are, the
thorax is composed of fifty-two pieces ! So complex is the organization
of the thorax ui winged insects. This, however, I say, is a great deve-

• Mesostethium seems, with Mr. Kirby, to be sometimes the name given to
the epistema and sometimes to part of the metasternum.

Thorax in winged Insects. 165

lopement with respect to the number of pieces, for the developement of
any one or more of them, in point of size, will occasion the neighbouring
ones more or less to diminish, and even to disappear.

The antefurca, medifurca, and postfurca compose one internal whole
that Audouin calls the entothorax, and Kirby, following M. Chabrier, the
endosternum. The entothorax sometimes extends into the head of .^n-
nulosa and sometimes into the abdomen. In the thorax it is composed of
six pieces, and serves to keep the oesophagus and intestine in situ.

Now to apply the foregoing remarks to some particular cases of struc-
ture. The difference between a Trichius and a Cetonia, or between a
Goliaihxis of America and a GoUathus of Africa, is that in the latter of
the two theepimeron of the mesothorax is remarkably developed. The
difference between an Athyreus and a Geotrupes is that the scutellum of
the mesothorax is remarkably developed in the latter : but the greatest
developement of this piece among Coleoptera is in the genus Macraspis.
The great developement of the prothorax in some Coleoptera^ as Gnoma,
and in certain Orthoptera, as Locusta, occasions the mesothorax to be less
developed in proportion. If, as in Phasma, the prothorax be small, then
the mesothorax is excessively great, and this latter part takes its greatest
developement in the Hymenoptcra, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, and Dip^
tera. M. Audouin observes, that if an insect (such as a Carabus, or aa
Coleoptera in general) be eminently a walker, the pectus of the thorax is
most developed ; and if another, such as a moth, or Lepidoptera in gene-
ral, be eminently a flier, then the tergura of the thorax is most developed.
But this observation must be cautiously adopted; for the tergum of the
thorax is excessively developed in some insects eminently walkers, as
for instance, a female P/tasma, which is apterous.

Owing to the great developement of the mesothorax in Hymenoptera
the prothorax is diminished in size, but not to the degree that Mr. Kirby
supposes. I agree most decidedly with MM. Audouin and Bennett * in
thinking that the collar belongs to the prothorax, and shall now attempt

• The entomological student ought particularly to refer to what my learned
friend, E. T. Bennett, Esq., says on this subject in his excellent Eiiitome of
M. Chabrier's Observations on the Auatoniy of tiic Thorax in Insects, Zool.
Journal, Vol. I. p. 302.

1()(! Mr. W. S. Miu'Leny on lite Anatonnj of the

to provo it. Mr. Kirby iH undoubtedly wronf; in imnj];ininR it to I)rlonp
to the inosotijornx, but perhaps not so iniidi in urging that tiiis piece is
witiiont a ropresontativein Colcnptcra. It would liowcvcr bo contrary to
every rule of generalization lo suppose tiiat the llympuopirra could have
any piece peculiar lo tlieuiselves.* Nature, as I beforf' said, works in
inferior groups with a given (jnantity of materials. I have already
shewn the tcrgum of the protlujrax to be, at its maximum of develope-
uicnt, composed of four pieces. If these four ])ieces should be nearly
e<|iially developed we have a LornMa. If the praiscnfum and scutum
should be greatly developed the other two pieces will disappear, and wo
shall havi^llie generality of ro/(;op/f!;vt ; while, on the other hand, if the
scutellum or postS(;ut(;llum should bo dcvelo])ed considerably, then tho
other pieces will disappear, and we shall have an Hymenopterons insoct.f
Now certainly more than one piece exists in the terguin of tho prothorax
of Uymenopttrn. I'or the pnescuttun and scutum of the prothorax, i.e.
the pieces which re])reseut what is vulgarly called tlu; thorax of the Coht-
optcrn, do not entirely disappear in llyvumoptvra as Mr. Kirby says,J
since on j)assing the point of a scalpel under the fore legs of a common
WiLsp, and so breaking ofltho ])rothorax with the head, we shall j)er-
ceivc the rmg of tho prothorax complete, although it is only represented
by tho ligamentous membrane which coiuiecis the two epimera.tj This

• Sec liil. 1(1 Kilt. Vdl. 111. J), rili). 'I'liis iintloii is lioiiuwci! IVoin ('liahrirr,
who, howt'vir, doeH not (,^0 so Cur sw Mr. Kirby, und lUiicy tiiat it beionjfN to
the mcsotliunix. His words arc, •• la pi^'cc suiifriciirc dii iirollioiax on It-
" collier."

•j- As a corollary fidiii tliiN, it InllowH llial the Cn/riijittiit wliicli <(iiiic near-
est to the //vH/i;)()/(/<;-d, an.' (hose, llic |)i'ii'seiitmii of whose |irolliorax is most
evanescent, and whoso seutellinn of lliesame is most develoi)ed.

J See Int. to Kill. Vol. 111. p. 536.

^ There is one insect, however, which makes me rather douht whether the
structure of the Ilynienoptcrous tliorax may not he still ucarcr to tliat of ('»-
lenplcra than is stated above. I allude to the Agann paradoxum of DalnmD. If
this author's figures be correct, then that most singular Hjmenopterous Insect
has tiic thorax of a Coleoptoi'ous one, the prothorax being exceedingly deve-
loped, and the rest of the thorax pro|)ortioiiably small. 'I'lierc is, perliai)s,
little doubt of Latreille being right in making tho Chalciila: come the nearest
to the Strepxiptera, Xenos being almost un Ilymenopterous genus.

Thorax in wintjed Insects. 167

Mr. Kirby has most correctly oljserved, as well as that it is the evanes-
cence at lust of this small momhrarie and the junction of the sides of the
aritepectus, or more accurat(!ly speakinf^, the connection of the epimera
of the prolhorax, which forms the singular necks of Xiphydria and
Fctnxis. These two Hymenopterous genera, so far from being nearest to
Cokoplera in structure of the thorax, are the farthest from them, as they
present no vestige of the praescutum and scutum of the prothorax what-
ever.

Mr. Kirby, with his usual acuteness observes, that there is no meso-
thoracic praiscutum, or as he terms it, no prophragma in front of the
collare, (which, by the way, there ought to be, on the supposition of its
belonging to the mesothorax,) but one behind it. This is an incontro-
vertible argument to shew that the collare belongs to the prothorax.* I
conceive the collare therefore to represent the third [)iece of the tcrgum
of the prothorax in Locuata, which piece is perhaps evanescent in the
generality of Coleoptera. This view of the matter will satisfactorily ex-
plain all the ditticulties which have been so ably brought together in the
Introduction to Entomology, and the collare shall hereafter be always
termed by me the scutallnm of the prothorax. f

But to understand better what precedes, and to have some notion of
tlie construction of an Hymenopterous insect, let us take a Polistes.X

• I know not exactly how Mr. Kirby would argue, and scarcely what he
alludes to, when he says that the collare is not separated in any way from the
mesothorax in a " Neuier Mutilta." He forgets that in Apterous Hymenoplera
all the pieces of the thorax are sometimes soldered togt;ther into one mass. His
argument drawn from Xylocojm proves nothing more than that, in this genus
of Bees, the narrow collare is excessively developed laterally, a* in other Uy-
mrnnptera it is developed longitudinally.

t According to M. Audouin it is the scutum of the prothorax.

\ My insect is perhaps the most common Wasp in Cuba, where it huilds a
nest of 7 or 8 vertical cells, under the eaves of houses, or any place where it
may t>e sheltered from rain. Its nest is composed of the ordinary papyraceous
sutwtance, and of the form and size of Tail vi. fif^. xi. It is consequently
rather a solitary wasp, rarely more tlian three perfect insects being seen
about a nest. But, on the other hand, in a convenient situation, these
little nests may lie seen studded together in great fri'(|uency. As far as
the vague descriptions of FabriciuD will allow mt to judgi; I bolicvc it to be

168 Mr. W. S. MacLcuy on the Anatomy of the

M. Audouin has already most admirably explained the construction of
the thorax in Cokopiera in his dissections of Dytiscus. Let us therefore,
I repeat, take a Polistcs. It will be easily comprehended from what I
have said that the tergum of the prothorax will be found exceedingly
diminished, and the tergum of die mesothorax, being so much developed,
must present all the four pieces of which it ought to consist.

1. Of the Tergum of the Prothorax.

In Polistes we observe the preescutum and scutum to be evanescent ;
the latter being represented only by a ligamentous membrane.* The
prsescutum possibly is the evanescent portion that passes into the head
and forms its upper junction with the thorax.

The scutellum, called collare f by Kirby, is considerably developed,
offering a vestige behind of the postscutellum.J The scutellum may be
separated Avith ease, as in most other Hymenopterous insects from the
mesothorax ; but as these insects are essentially fliers, this piece of the
prothorax is employed to add strength to the mesothorax in its support of
the upper wings. In Ants therefore, and other Hymenoptera essentially
walkers, it comes readily enough off with the fore feet, as it should do.

the Polistes Billardieu of his " Syttema Piezatorum." However this may be, I
will describe the thorax of my insect according to the nomenclature here pro-
posed.

Prothorax scutello flavo postice emarginato, lobis mesothoracis scutum
amplectentibus, lateribus deflexis subtriangularibus ; pectoris flavi sterno pos-
tic6 obscuro, antic^ marginibus lateralibus ferrugineis.

Mesothorax scuto subpentagono ferrugineo, scutelloque parallelogramico
flavo, sterno ferrugineo margine utrinque flavo, epistevnis epimeris paraptCr
risque flavis.

Metatbobax priscuto subsemicirculari flavo, scutelli striati flavi margine
anteriori canalique longitudinali ferrugineis, postscutello parapterisque flavis,
episternis metasternoque ferrugineis, epimeris flavis ad juncturam metasternj
ferrugineis.

The whole length of the Insect is nearly | of an inch, and of the thorax
alone f .

The above mode of describing the Thorax appears absolutely necessary when
species approach very near each other in their colouring and marks, as Wasps, &c,

» Fig. 2 and fig. 3, A. B, f F'?- ? and fig. 3, C. % Fig. 2, D.

Thorax in winged Insects. 169

Mr. Kirby's " most powerful argument" for the collare not belonging to
the prothorax is the fact that in Vespa and certain other insects, where the
mesothorax is excessively developed, there is both a prothorax (meaning
thereby a scutum) and a collare.* And so there would be in the pro-
thorax of every winged insect, if perfectly developed, as may be learned
from the prothorax of a Gryllus, or the study of M. Audouin's observations.
Therefore this " powerful argument" cuts the wrong way.

In Polistes the scutellum of the prothorax is emarginate, offering a large
sinus in the middle, which embraces two sides of the sub-pentagonal
scutum of the mesothorax.

2. Of the Tergum op the Mesothorax.

1. The prcBscutum of the mesothorax is the first piece that comes
under our notice. f Under the name of prophragma it is mentioned by
Kirby as existing in Hymenoptera, and so separating, as it ought to do,
the collare from the scutum of the mesothorax. It is an internal and
vertical piece.J

2. The scutum, whether the collar be apparent or not, is therefore the
second piece of the mesothorax.§ It appears externally joined to the
collare, the sides of which embrace it. It is, as Mr. Kirby observes, ex-
cessively developed in Hymenoptera, and forms indeed the most con-
spicuous piece of the thorax.||

3. The scutellum of the mesothorax, the third piece,^ and also
externally conspicuous in our Polistes, follows the scutum.** It is the
postdorsum of M. Chabrier,

• From this remark it would appear that Mr. Kirby is not aware that the
prothorax is a compound piece as well as the mesothorax and metathorax.

t Fig. 4 and fig. 5, E. J See Int. to Ent. Vol. III. p. 549.

^ Fig. 4 and fig. 5, F.

II By looking at some Hymenoptera, where this piece is most developed, it
would almost seem to be composed of three confluent pieces, the two lateral
yet requiring a name. I suspect, however, not having yet dissected a Chalcis
carefully, that these last pieces are a third pair of paraptcra, possibly those be-
longing to the prothorax, pushed out of their proper place.

f Fig. 4 and fig. 5, O.

•• On the subject of this piece, Mr. Kirby gives his only citation ijl' M.

170 Mr. W. S. IMaeLcay un the Anatomy of the

4. The postscutellum of the mesothorax is a very remarkable
piece in Hymenoptera, from being in general well developed in point of
size. It is an internal and concealed piece, running under the tergum of
the metathorax and parallel to the medipectus. It is, I believe, an essen-
tial character of this order that the postscutellum shall be separated from
the scutellum except by two lateral processes. In Polisles the former
piece is of a triangular, concave shape, the base of the triangle facing the
scutellum and being connected with it at the angles. * Mr. Kirby does
not appear to have noticed this important piece, as his frana in Hymen-
optera appear to be the paraptera, so that the freena, according to him,
in Cokoptcra (where it is the true postscutellum,) and his frsena in Hy-
menoptera, are totally distinct pieces ! Our author has been led into
this singular mistake apparently by never having dissected the thorax,
and indeed it is rather a delicate operation to separate the metathorax
from the mesothorax. The best mode is to make one transverse incision
behind the scutellum and another slanting upwards under the middle pair
of feet to meet the former, but so as not to communicate with it about
the wings. By then breaking off the two pieces we shall have the meso-
thorax and metathorax properly separated, that is, the upper wings with
the mesothorax and the under with the metathorax.

Audouin, and charges him with confounding the scutum of the mesothorax with
the scutellum, but to what work of M. Audouin he refers I am not aware. I
think there must be some mistake, as the whole theory, as well as observations,
of M. Audouin, go to separate them. M. Chabrier, Mem. du Mus., Vol. VIII.
p. 61, says of this piece, " Ses bras semblent tendre sans cesse a s'^chapper
" en glissant des pieces entre lesquelles ils sent situes; et I'extremit^ de
" chaque bras est pourvue de languettes internes qui sont tout a fait couvertes
" par les integumens."

* It is of the same shape in Xylocopa, and has the same kind of insertion.
See Chabrier in Mem. du Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Vol. VIII. tab. 4, fig. 9, where this
piece is admirably figured, and called the costal. M. Chabrier is aware that
it belongs to the vertebral axis, for he says, " Je crois que ces pieces sup6ri-
" cures du tronc y compris le costal peuvent etre considerees comme des ver-
" tebres." The manner in which this piece articulates with the arms of the
scutellum of the mesothorax, and with the vectiform bone of the wing ought
to be studied in the Memoires of MM. Juriiie and Chabrier. For a figure of the
piece in Polistes, see fig. 4, © . See also Bennett in Zool. Journal, Vol. I.p. 397.

Thorax in luinged Insects. 171

5. The paraptera of the mesothorax are two small suborbicular pieces
situated immediately above the rudimentary bones of the wing, and being
at this point free, are bounded by the base of the wing below and by
the scutum of the mesothorax above.*

3. Of the Tergum of the Metathorax.

An Hymenopterous Insect, provided as it is with under wings and
posterior feet, ought to have the tergum of the metathorax well deve-
loped, and accordingly we find its four pieces all distinct.

1. The prcEscutum of the metathorax is in Polistes transverse, and in
immediate connexion with the scutellum of the mesothorax except at the
angles : having, as we have shewn, displaced the postscutellum of the
mesothorax, which is only connected with the said scutellum at the an-
gles. The manner in which this curious process takes place can only be
completely understood on a dissection of the parts. It is the postdorso-
lum of Kirby, f only that this naturalist makes the posterior point of it
correspond with that part in Coleoptera which is the centre of the scutel-
lum of the metathorax. J

2. The scutum of the metathorax is in Polistes internal and con-
cealed, taking a vertical direction so as to form a septum.^ It still, how-
ever, preserves the essential character of the part, tliat of articulating with
the wings. Externally indeed there is nothing apparent of it but the
margin or edge, which is the line that separates the praescutum of the
metathor;* ji from the scutellum of the same. Internally however it is more

• Fig. 9, T.

t And demi-ceinture of M. Chabrier. See Int. to Ent. pi. ix. fig. 11. l',
where, in fact, if Mr. Kirby Iiad been inclined to generalize, it ought to have
been called by him the mesophragma. In my drawings of Polistes it is fig. 5,
H. In some species of Formicid-E this piece, as well as the scutum, is evanes-
cent, owing to the great developeraent of tlie scutellum of the mesothorax.

J It is this mistake which has caused the whole description of the metatho-
rax in Mr. Kirby's work to be so inaccurate.

§ M. Chabrier does not seem to have clearly detected this piece. I have re-
prenented it as it occurs in Polistes, fig. G, I, where it is seen from the interior.
It is not, however, always of this form in llymenoptera, nor always concealed ;
for in some genera, as for instance, in Pepiis, Fab,, it is externally as conspi-
euoui as the pra;scutum of the metathorax.

172 Mr. W. S. MacLcay on the Anatomy of the

developed, and preserves much the same form that it has in many Cokop-
tera. In Polistcs the form somewhat resembles two quadrants, the radii
of which are joined together at their respective curves. The external
margin of this piece may possibly be what Mr. Kirby cTilhihe postfrccnum
of Hymenoptera* and its internal developemcnt may be perhaps his
jncsophragma ; although, to judge from his viesophragvia as it exists in
Hymenoptera, he does not seem to have viewed it internally, where he
would have found the scutum to be a very essential piece.

3. The scutcUum of the metathorax comes next after the scutum, to
the anterior margin of which it is joined, so as to present the external ap-
pearance of immediately following the prsescutum, while the scutum takes
its vertical direction as a septum. In Hymenoptera this in general is ob-
liquely striated, and a very large and conspicuous piece.f As in Coleop-
tera, it often consists of two large convex pannels, J joined together by a
channel, which however in this order is more or less evanescent. This
channel of connexion Mr. Kirby does not notice in his figures of Hymen-
optera, although, according to his nomenclature, and taking a Coleopte-
rous insect for type, it ought to be his postscutellum. His postscutellum
in Hymenoptera, however, is little more than the central posterior point
of the preescutum of the metathorax, that is, oi\as, postdor solum. %

4. The postscutellum of the metathorax in our insect is elevated, sub-
triangular with the corners rounded off, and having in the middle an ele-
vation of a horse-shoe form, in which are three apertures, the central one
being a longitudinal slit, called by Kirby the trochlea,\\ an4 through

• What this author calls the postfraenum in Coleoptera belongs to an entirely
different piece, namely, the scutellum of the metathorax.

•(• In Polistet the metathoracic stigmata (tt) are situated at the anterior ex»
tcrnal angles of this piece, which is represented fig. 5, K.

J The two pannels of this piece in Coleoptera are called by Mr. Kirby post-
fraena, and its connecting channel in the same order is his postscutellum.

§ See Int. to Ent., Vol. IH., p. 572.

II I have adopted this nomenclature, although my readers must feel that this
story of the pulley depends more on Mr. Kirby's imagination than on any thing
in nature. Mr. Kirby seems to think that he is the first who has noticed this
curious structure of the metathorax of a wasp. If he refers, however, to M.
Chabrier's excellent Memoir, Mem. du Mus., Vol. III., /;. 53, he will find the

Thorax in wmaed hisects. 173

which passes a ligament which this author calls the funiculu3, and which
serves, as he correctly says, to support the abdomen. The two lateral
apertures are false, being formed above by the two horny lobes of the
interior of the horse-shoe, and below by the membrane which forms one
side of the passage for the intestines from the thorax to the abdomen.
The aperture of the thorax which forms this passage is best seen by turn-
ing up the metathorax, when it will be observed to be terminated by a
lozenge-formed section laterally widest, having the trochlea in front, the
two sockets for the legs at the sides, and the passage for the intestines in
the middle.

5. The paraptera are small trapezoidal pieces which intervene be-
tween the prsescutum of the metathorax and the sockets of die under
wings. In general the paraptera belong to the pectus ; but as in our
insect they are situated above the wings, I have thought it best to describe
them in this place.*

Of thk Pectus.

The order of Hymenoptera is in general so essentially flying that the
tergum of the whole thorax undergoes, as we have seen, a very great de-
velopement, which of course occasions the pectus to be very little deve-
loped as to size, except in Ants and other tribes which are essentially
walkers. This part of our investigation therefore will be proportionably
difficult, although I think the excellent principles of M, Audouin will
enable us to surmount the diiliculty.

1. Of the Pectus of the Prothorax.

The pectus is diminished in size, as I have said, owing to the great de-
veloperaent of the mesothorax. But typically it ought to consist of six
pieces, viz.

1 . The sternum of the prothorax in Polislcs is narrow, and I know
no better way of describing its shape than as resembUng a sand glass
placed on an escutcheon.f According to Mr. Kirby's definition, tlie

whole matter perfectly explained without the interventiun of cither wheels or
pullics. I have reprcfccuted the pustiicutclluiu of Polistes in figures 5 and 7.
• Fig. 6, O. t F'&- "/ U-

174 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

*' prosternum^^ is a " longiUidinal or other elevation of the antepectus
" between the fore-feet." I conceive therefore that he gives the name
oiprosternum only to that part of the sternum of the prothorax in a
Pollstes which resembles the escutcheon, and that he would call all the
rest part of the antepectus.

2. The antefurca is considerably developed, the middle process be-
ing connected with the sternum and the lateral process with the epimeron ;
the interval forming part of the acetabula of the fore feet.*

. 3. The two cpisterna are each very large, and occupy great part of
the antepectus. These pieces, together with the epimera, form the ante-
pectus of Kirby, who has not distinguished between them.t

4. Ths two epimera are situated above the antepectus, are smaller
than the episterna, on which they rest, and are connected together above
by a ligamentous membrane, which is the representative of the horny
shield of the prothorax in Coleoptera.X

2. Of the Pectus of the Mesothorax.

1 . The sternum of the mesothorax is large and broad, occupying the
wholefront of the medipectus except for a small space at the two upper
angles. It is therefore somewhat of a quadrate form.§ The peristetJiium
of Kirby in Hymenoptera is the fore part of the sternum , this author not
dissecting the pieces according to their sutures, || and therefore confining
the name of raesosternum to only that part of the sternum of the meso-
thorax which is between the legs.

2. The medifurca is very beautiful, exactly resembling the Greek
letter Y with its arms joined by a cross line.^

3. The episterna of the mesothorax are two sub-triangular pieces, the
three sides of which are bounded by the collare or scutellum of the pro-
thorax, the sternum and the epimeron of the mesothorax.** The wings
are inserted at one of the angles of tliese lateral sub-triangular pieces,

* Fig. 8, Z. t Fig- 8, r.

t Fig. 8, A. § Fig. 9, Q.

II It may be proper, however, to observe, that although the pieces are here
confluent, each pectus contains typically four pieces to its sternum.
f Fig. 9, Y. *• Fig. 9, S.

Thorax in winged Insects. 175

which have not been distinguished by Mr. Kirby. Between the episterna
and the squamulae is a small piece called by M. Chabrier the clavicle. It
is not, however, the davicula of Mr. Kirby. As however it, hke the
squamula, does not properly belong to the thorax, being a rudimentary
bone of the wing, I shall not say more of it until I come to treat of the
Comparative Anatomy of the Wings of Insects in a future paper.*

4. The epimera of the mesothorax are two sub-quadrangular pieces.
Three of the sides of an epimeron are bounded by the episternum of the
mesothorax in front, by the mesosternum below, and by the pectus of the
metathorax behind ; the upper side being bounded by the rudimentary
bones of the wing and by part of that lateral process of the postscutellum
of the mesothorax which joins the scutellum of the same. In my draw-
ing of the medipectus I have carefully avoided representing any part of
the postscutellum, because it belongs to the tergum. The point of junc-
tion, however, with the epimeron is marked.f Mr. Kirby has noticed
the epimera when he very correctly states that " in Vespa a small sub-
*' triangular piece just below the base of the upper wing is probably
" analogous to the scapularia in Coleoptera ;" scapularia being appa-
rently his name for the epimera of the mesothorax.

3. Of the Pectus of the Metathorax.

This consists of the usual parts, but I cannot here pretend to make
Mr. Kirby's nomenclature harmonize with M. Audouin's. I shall there-
fore describe the parts in the usual way.

1. The metasternum is subquadrate, carinated above, and having a
small slit below in the middle. The anterior angles are elevated. It is
a very conspicuous piece, yet Mr. Kirby denies its existence.^

2. Thepostfurca is composed of two branches, which run off from
a strong base to meet the junction of the metasternum with its episterna.§

3. The episterna are two sub-triangular pieces, each situated close

• The first pair of stigmata are situated between the collar and the clavicles
of M. Chabrier. See fig. 1, y.
t Fig. 9, n.

X Fig. 5 and 10, P. Also see Int. to Ent., Vol. III., p. 383.
§ Fig. 10, W.

176 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

to the stigmata of the scutellum of the metathorax.* Perhaps these are
Mr. Kirby's parapZewrffi.

4. The epimera are large, connecting the scutellum with the raeta-
sternum, and passing from the episternum to the postscutellum.f Mr.
Kirby seems only to have noticed these pieces under the peculiar form
they adopt iu Tettigonia, where he calls them opercula.X

Applying the above philosophical nomenclature to certain insects, which
have hitherto been considered anomalous, we shall get some remarkable
results. Let us take, for instance, Sty lops MelittcE.^ We find the puz-
zling appendages to the scutum of the mesothorax to be true elytra, and
that consequently the only wings the insect possesses are the under wings,
the paraptera of which are enormously developed as well as the epimera
of the metathorax. This insect, in fact, ceases to be so very extraor-
dinary.jl

Having now detailed this symmetrical theory of the thorax, I may
apprize the reader that my future descriptions shall be adapted to it. M.
Jurine, in his valuable paper on the wings of Hymenoptera, says their
thorax is composed of thirty-six pieces. Considering, however, the
clavicle of M. Chabrler and the squamula to belong to the wing, there
are only the following pieces according to Audouin, viz.

• Fiff. 5 and 10, N. f Fig. 5 and 10, M.

X See " Rapport fait a I'Acad. des Sciences, &c,, 19 F^vrier, 1821." p. 7.

^ Having no specimen of tlic Stylops with me, 1 am here alluding to Mr.
Bauer's figure of it in the Linnean Transactions, and allowance ought accord-
ingly to be made for my not here speaking from actual dissection. From M.
Jurine's beautiful dissections of Xenos Vespanim it appears that the Strepsiptera
differ from each other considerably in structure.

II In the same way Evania ceases to have its abdomen very singularly situ-
ated on this explanation of its anatomy. The scutellum and postscutellum of
the metathorax in this genus being confluent, and the postscutellum, never-
theless, excessively developed, the abdomen appears inserted on the back of
the insect. It is, however, in its proper place.

Thorax in winyed Insects. 177

Tergum of Prothorax
Pectus of Prothorax

Tergum of Mesothorax *
Paraptera ....
Pectus of Mesothorax .

Tergum of Metathorax
Paraptera . . . .
Pectus of Metathorax .

4
6

4
2
6

Total . 34
which, if the simple pieces, as sternum, scutellum, &c. be reckoned as
composed of two, joined by the medial line, will make 52 pieces com-
posing the thorax.t Of these Mr. Kirby does not describe much more
than 20, and yet uses about 40 different words for them in his nomencla-
ture of the parts of the thorax. On the other hand, the nomenclature
given in this paper, and which I have borrowed from M. Audouin with

• If I am right as to the separate existence of the lateral pieces of the scu«
turn of the mesothorax, which I call parapsides, then, of course, the tergum
of the mesothorax is composed of six pieces, four longitudinal, and two late-
ral. These last two pieces may bs occasionally detected separate in the other
orders, but in all they are very usually confluent with the scutum of the me-
sothorax, so as to form one piece with it. Vestiges of the separation, however,
occur even in Polistes, Scolia, &c., and they become perfectly distinct in ChaU
cit, Su:., although in the neighbouring genus Leucospis, they are completely
confluent. Perhaps the parapsides are the two pieces which, added to M.
Audouin'g, complete the number which M. Jurine assigns to the thorax. M.
Jurine had studied tlie subject too deeply not to have had good reasons for giv-
ing this number of pieces to the thorax, although, unfortunately, his lamented
death prevented him from naming them.

•f- Considering the sternum at its maximum of developement, which I believe
it never is in Hymenoptera, it will consist of four transverse segments which,
when divided by the medial line, will make the whole number of pieces in the
thorax mount up to about 72. But I do not believe that ever this whole num-
ber of pieces can appear together in any insect, because the developement of
one will cause one or more of its contiguous ones to disappear.

Vol. V. M

178 Mr, W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the

little variation, not only gives a complete philosophical and harmonious
vievyr of the construction of the thorax, but reduces the number of words
used to express 52 pieces to 11 ; surely a most important consideration
when it is borne in mind how great an obstacle to the study of natural his-
tory is a cumbersome load of anatomical words. I shall always endea-
vour to proceed on similar principles of symmetry and condensation in
my future papers where I may have to investigate the anatomy of the
head, wings, abdomen, and legs. In the mean time, if on no other
ground than that of priority, I indulge strong hopes that Mr. Kirby vrill,
in a new edition of his useful Introduction, see the advantage of returning
to M. Audouin's nomenclature of the parts of the thorax, while Mr. West-
wood, or some other of our acute entomologists, will throw light on the
structure of our British Insects by subjecting the diiferent genera to the
above kind of comparative scrutiny. No greater service can be rendered
to entomology, the field of discovery here proposed being as untrodden as
it is vast.

GENERAL EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. & VI.

PROTHORAX.

» o-T) <PrjBScutum
A*^ 2 Scutum

C Scutellum (alias)

Collare
D Postscutellum

internal

A Epiraeron
r Episternum

U Sternum

MESOTHORAX.

METATHORAX.

E Prsescutum internal H Prsescutum
F Scutum I Scutum

n Parapsides (vestiges

of the)
G Scutellum K Scutellum

O Postscutellum inter-
R Epimeron
S Episternum
T Parapteron
Q Sternum
a Squamula, Lat.
t Clavicula, Chab.
y Stigma

j3 Socket of upper wing

V Middle leg

Z Antefurca, Kirb. Y Medifurca, Ktrb.

L Postscutellum

M Epimeron

N Episternum

O Parapteron

P Sternum

S Socket of under wing

Z. Funiculus, Kirb.

■K Sligvna

/n Trochlea, Kirh.

9 Articulation of abdomen

a Sockets of posterior thighs

V Posterior leg

W Postfurca, Kirb.

X Part of abdomen

Hooloi^ieal JoTiriial Tol o'^.PlX

^r-

ilUA

Zno}ovii'\)l Jino'XiiilXiil 7^ j?! 7^1,

7'V--/ r

^-■^

Fiif.vm.

Fvy.W

''W'))

Firj.VH.

;t^^

FiqIX.

^^4^

'i'n

Thorax in winged Insects. 179

Fig. I. Sketch of a profile view of the Mesothorax and Metathorax of
an Hymenopterous Insect.
N.B. The line marked thus ~~: denotes the division between
the Mesothorax and Metathorax.
Fig. II. Outline of the Tergum of an Hymenopterous Insect as seen

externally and in a front view-
Fig. III. Tergum of Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab.

* Front view seen a little obliquely.
f Side view.

Fig. IV, Tergum of Mesothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab.

* Front view, which shews vestiges of the sutures which

separate the Parapsides from the Scutum,
f Side view.
Fig. V. Tergum of Metathorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab.

* Front view.

f Side view of the whole of the Metathorax.
Fig. VI. Scutum of Metathorax in the same insect.
Fig. VII. Termination of Metathorax to shew the four different apertures,

viz. the Trochlea, the Articulation of the Abdomen, and the

Sockets of the two posterior Legs.
Fig. VIII. Pectus of the Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab.

* Front view with parts separated.

f Side view vnth the parts separated.
Fig. IX. Pectus of the Mesothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab.

* Front view with the parts separated,
t Side view with the parts separated.

Fig. X. Pectus of the Metathorax in the same insect, front view.

Art. XXVII. Additional Notice on the Geiius Capromys of
Desmarest. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.,

In my Paper on the genus Capromys of Desmarest, there are two
ty[K>grapliical mistakes ; the Spanish name for the troublesome Pidex

M 2

180 Mr. W. S. JMacLeay's Additional Motes on Capromys.

penetrans being JVigua, and the British West India name for it being the
Chigoe or Jigger. I beg to state also, that I have lately met with Dr.
Poeppig's Paper on Ca'promys, printed in the Philadelphia Transactions,
by which il appears that this gentleman had forestalled several of my
remarks. The perusal of his observations, moreover, makes me think
that the animal described by Mr. Say as Isodon pilorides, is not the Mo-
huy of Oviedo, but only some variety of the Capromys Fournieri, or the
Hutia Congo. Isodon pilorides of Say will therefore be, as Dr.
Poeppig thinks, only a synonym of Cap. Fournieri, Desm.; and Capro-
mys prehensilis will be the true scientific name (as assigned by Dr. Poep-
pig) of the Mohuy, or Hutia Carabali. This matter would doubtless
have been cleared up long ago, had the five animals I sent you alive in
the Aurora Frigate, Capt. Austin, arrived safe ; for you have a ready ac-
cess to books, that in this out-of-the-way place I can only expect to see
by the merest accident.

I doubt much whether the Hutia Carabali has a tail so prehensile as
Dr. Poeppig describes. I have seen a negro catch one by its long tail,
and then swinging it, completely prevent it from being able to turn and
bite him. The animal seemed indeed to be helpless when thus suspended
by the tail. It is astonishing the force with which these Hutias will cling
by their claws to the hollow of a tree. I have seen one, rather than let
go his hold, allow a negro who had caught him by the tail to pull it off.
Both the Capromys Fournieri and C. prehensilis are very partial to ca-
terpillars and chrysalids, but I observe they do not care much for sapro-
phagous larvae, such as those of Dynastidm, &c. They will also eat dried
grass or hay. Their favourite food, however, in their native woods, is
the bitter wild orange which has fallen to the ground, and so become de-
composed. At night, which is their period of activity, they descend to
eat these rotten oranges, and any other fruits or seeds that may have
fallen. The Hutias are so plentiful in some districts of this island, that
it is no uncommon thing to maintain the whole of the negroes on an In-
genio, or sugar estate, v/ith them as their principal or only animal food.

J\ir. Blackball on Geometric Spiders. 181

Art. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spi-
ders construct their Nets. By John Blackvvall, Esq.,
F.L.S., 5)C.

Few animals of solitary habits are endowed with more extraordinary
instincts than Spiders. The ardent affection for their offspring so strik-
ingly manifested by some species; the exquisite skill displayed by many
in fabricating silken cocoons to contain their eggs, and in the construc-
tion of their habitations ; the highly curious contrivances by means of
which others traverse the regions of air, or descend beneath the surface
of water ; and the various stratagems had recourse to by all in eluding
their numerous enemies and in securing their living prey, are eminently
calculated to attract the attention and elicit the admiration of every per-
son who has a mind alive to the wonderful physiological phenomena
exhibited by the inferior orders of animated beings. But interesting as
the general economy of this remarkable tribe of animals is, and well
deserving of more minute investigation than has hitherto been bestowed
upon it, on the present occasion I purpose to limit my observations to
the manner in which several British species of geometric Spiders con-
struct their snares.

By the elegance of their symmetrical structure and their extreme deli-
cacy of texture, the nets of these uneducated geometricians never fail to
excite astonishment, even in the most thoughtless observer, and the pen
of the natural historian has been frequently employed in describing the
singular process by which they are formed. Among the various authors
whose works I have consulted, Messrs. Kirby and and Spence have given
the most circumstantial account of this process in their comprehensive
and excellent Introduction to Entomology;* I shall, therefore, avail my-
self of what these gentlemen have done, without reserve, introducing
such particulars in addition as have resulted from my own researches,
and attempting to solve a few of those difficulties which they have left
without explanation.

The geometric Spiders usually suspend their nets in an oblique or
nearly vertical position, fixing them to trees, shrubs, plants, buildings. &c.

• Vol. I.. Lcttfr XTII.

i^ Mr. Blackwall o7t the Construction of the

in places where the insects they prey upon abound. After selecting a
suitable situation for her purpose, the Spider's first operation, in most in-
stances, is to enclose an area, the figure of which appears to be a matter
of indifference, with lines of her own spinning. This is eff'ected by pro-
ceeding along the objects immediately surrounding the space destined to
be occupied by the net, and attaching to several points, by pressing the
spinners against them, a line drawn out after her in her transit from one
to another. These marginal lines she strengthens with a few additional
ones, and finally gives them the requisite degree of tension by applying
to them in different directions numerous smaller threads. Having thus
completed the foundations of her snare, in the next place she commences
to fill up the outline. Fixing a thread to one of the boundary hues, along
which she walks, she guides the filament produced in her progress with
one of her hind feet, that it may not touch in any part and adhere pre-
maturely; and crossing over to the opposite side, she there attaches it
firmly by applying her spinners. To the middle of this diagonal thread,
which is to form the centre of the net, she fixes a second, which in like
manner she conveys and fastens to another part of the hues encompass-
ing the area. Along this last-formed thread she returns, drawing out
another after her, which, as she does not employ any means to keep it
distinct, becomes connected with that on which she is advancing, and is
ultimately glued by its extremity to the centre of the net. In this man-
ner, but without observing any regularity in the order of her progression,
she forms about twenty or thirty radii, composed of double lines, diverg-
ing from the centre to the circmnference, and giving the net the appear-
ance of a wheel. She then proceeds to the centre, turns herself round,
and pulls each radius with her feet to ascertain its strength, breaking such
as seem defective and replacing them by others. Her next proceeding is
to produce, round the centre of the net, a spiral line extending thence to
the circumference, and intersecting the radii, to which she attaches it by
pressing her spinners against them. This spiral line, a few of the more
central circumvolutions of which are much nearer to each other than are
those removed to a greater distance from that point, serves as a temporary
scafiblding for the Spider to walk over, and also to keep the radii properly
stretched during her succeeding operations. It, together with the radii
and marginal lines, is composed of unadhesive silk; but a spiral line has

Nets of Geometric Spiders 183

now to be spun from the circumference around the centre, which may be
regarded as constituting the most important part of the snare. It con-
sists of a fine thread closely studded with minute dew-like globules, easily
separable from each other by extending the elastic filament on which
they are arranged. They are, in fact, globules of viscid gum, as is proved
by their adhering to the finger and retaining dust thrown upon the net,
while the unadhesive radii and exterior threads remain unsoiled. These
viscid threads alone retain the insects which fly into ths net, and as they
lose their adhesive property by the action of the air, it is requisite that
they should be frequently renewed, a process not neglected by the Spi-
der, which evinces a perfect consciousness of its necessity. Placing her-
self at the circumference of the net, and fastening her viscid thread to the
end of one of the radii, the Spider walks up that radius towards the cen-
tre, till she comes in contact with the last produced circumvolution of the
tmadhesive spiral line, along which she passes to the adjoining radius,
drawing out the thread in her transit with the claws of the hind leg
nearest to the circumference. She then transfers the thread to the claws
of the other hind leg, and passing down the radius at which she has just
arrived towards the circumference, she places the foot of the hind leg
previously employed in drawing out the thread, on that point in the ra-
dius to which her filament is to be attached, and bringing the spinners to
the spot there makes it secure. The precise place in each radius at
which to fix the thread, is always ascertained by the situation of the foot
of the hind leg, and this is determined by touching with the feet of those
legs nearest the circumference, the marginal line, or, when the structure
of the net is further advanced, the last-formed circumvolution of the viscid
spiral line. As this last line approaches the several circumvolutions of
the unadheeive spiral line, the Spider bites them away, being sensible
that they are no longer of any use to her, and this fact explains why they
are never seen intermixed with the circumvolutions of the former in
finished nets. The viscid spiral line, whose circumvolutions are nearly
equidistant, being separated by a space of one or two lines, is thus pro-
duced till it extends to the most proximate circumvolutions of the unadhe-
sive spiral line, which occupying the central part of the net are suffered
to remain ; it is then discontinued, and the Spider making choice of some
retirwl spot in the vicinity, there constructs a cell in which she may con-

184 Mr, Black tt'all on the Construction of the

ceal herself from observation. From the centre of the net to this retreat
she spins a line of communication, composed of several threads united
together throughout their entire length, the vibrations of which speedily
inform her of the capture of her prey ; and here her labours terminate.
Such is the process, with some slight modifications now to be noticed,
employed by the geometric Spiders in the formation of their snares. One
species generally converts a radius into the line of communication between
the net and its retreat, instead of spinning a separate hne for that pur-
pose ; and this peculiar appropriation, whether the radius be in the plane
of the snare, or whether it be withdrawn from that plane, as is frequently
the case, imparts an unfinished appearance to the net, as it prevents the
spider from giving her viscid line a spiral form, though this is sometimes
attempted with a greater or less degree of success. No sooner does the
Spider arrive at one of the radii adjacent to that in connection with her
cell, than she returns, traversing the frame-work of her snare till she
arrives at the adjoining radius on the opposite side, when she again re-
traces her steps, and thus oscillating between the two, spins a number of
curved viscid lines, or arcs of circles, diminishing in length from the
circumference of the net towards the centre. Dr. Lister, who has figured
and described this species in his Treatise de Araneis, fig. X. p. 47-8, was
well acquainted with this peculiaiity so common in the structure of its
snare, but he has fallen into the error of supposing that it occurs invari-
ably, as appears from the following passage cited from his work. " Rete
" amplum & elegantissimum tendit : illud autem in eo perpetuum & sin-
" gulare est, nimirum e radiis unicuni maculis utrinque nudari, idque ^
" centre reticuli ad ejus usque circumferentiam ; qui fere ad aliquam in
" pariete rimulam aut alibi, ubi animal tut6 totum diem latet, porrigitur :
" atque hie radius ei velut scala est, per quem ascendat descendatque."

The learned authors of the Introduction to Entomology, in treating
upon the construction of the nets of geometric Spiders, (for their remarks,
though limited to the proceedings of an individual for the convenience of
description, seem intended to apply to all,) state that the Spider always
leaves a vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are
nearest the centre, but for what purpose they are unable to conjecture ;
and that lastly, she bites away the small cotton-Uke tuft that united all the
radii at the centre of the net, and in the circular opening resulting from

Nets of Geometric Spiders. 185

this procedure she takes her station and watches for her prey. In this
account I recognize the proceedings of one only among several species of
geometric Spiders with which I am acquainted. As far as my own obser-
vations extend, it never, like the last species, converts a radius into a line
of communication with its retreat; and when it occupies the aperture in
the centre of its snare, a thread from its spinners is generally connected
with the innermost circumvolution of the unadhesive spiral line, by means
of which it quickly lowers itself to the ground when suddenly disturbed.
But there are other species which rarely, if ever, leave a vacant interval
round that portion of the unadhesive spiral line allowed to remain near
tlie centre of the net ; neither do they form an opening at the centre,
which almost invariably is left entire.

The reason why the viscid spiral line is not continued to the centre of
the net is obvious, for by this arrangement the Spider is enabled to super-
intend her toils without incurring the risk of being entangled in them.
The species referred to by Messrs. Kirby and Spence as always leaving a
vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are nearest the
centre of her net, produces fewer of these small circles than any other
Spider that has fallen under my notice ; consequently, if the viscid line
were proloneed till it made a near approximation to them, the unadhesive
lines about the centre would be too closely circumscribed, and the Spider
would he subjected to great inconvenience.

Hitherto I have supposed the Spider to form her snare in places evi-
dently easy of access to her ; but it is not unusual to see nets fixed to
objects between which it is quite impossible that a communication can
have been established by any process alluded to above ; between distant
plants, for example, growing in water. " Here then," as the authors of
the Introduction to Entomology observe, " a difficulty occurs. How
" does the Spider contrive to extend her main line, which is often many
" feet in length, across inaccessible openings of this description .'"' To
this curious fact my attention has long been directed, and I have thoroughly
satisfied myself, by observation and experiment, that in such instances
Spiders invariably avail themselves of currents of air, by which their lines
are sometimes conveyed to a surprising distance.

If the geometric Spiders be placed on twigs set upright in glazed
«irthpn-ware vesseU with perpendicular sides, containing a sufficient

186 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the

quantity of water completely to immerse their bases, the Spiders, thus
insulated, use every means in their power to effect an escape ; all their
efforts, however, uniformly prove unavaiHng in a still atmosphere ; never-
theless, when exposed to a current of air, or when gently blown upon
with the breath, they immediately turn the abdomen in the direction of
the breeze, and emit from the spinning apparatus some of their liquid
gum, which being carried out in a line by the current, becomes connected
with some object in the vicinity. This the Spider ascertains by pulling
at it with her feet, and drawing it in till it is sufficiently tense, she gums
it fast to the twig, and passing along it speedily regains her liberty.
Now, that the same means are frequently resorted to by Spiders in their
natural haunts, for the purposes of changing their situation and fixing the
foundations of their snares, I have repeatedly observed. I am avrare that
in the Introduction to Entomology an objection has been urged against
the explanation of the difficulty here insisted upon. " If," say the
learned authors, " the position of the main line be thus determined by
" the accidental influence of the wind, we might expect to see these nets
" arranged with great irregularity, and crossing each other in every direc-
" tion ; yet it is the fact, that however closely crowded they may be,
" they constantly appear to be placed not by accident but design, com-
" monly running parallel with each other at right angles with the points
" of support, and never interfering." In favourable weather, it is well
knovra, that the geometric Spiders usually begin to construct their nets
soon after the close of day, and as similar processes must be influenced
in a like manner by the simultaneous operation of the same cause, the
lines of individuals carried out by a current of air till they become at-
tached to some distant object, will be all parallel or nearly so. This
regularity, therefore, instead of militating against the opinion maintained
above, appears to me to furnish a powerful argument in support of it.

Sometimes the geometric Spiders suspend their nets in places not
entirely surrounded by objects to which, in the first instance, they can
proceed and attach their boundary lines. In such cases their operations
are deserving of attention. After spinning a few radii, which are fixed
to several distant points most accessible to her, the Spider fastens a thread
to one of them, gluing it to that extremity which is farthest from the
centre of her net. Along this radius she walks, drawing out the thread

Nets of Geometric Senders. 187

after her, and guiding it with one of her hind feet, till she reaches its
point of union with one of the adjoining radii : on to this radius she
steps, and passing along it to the other extremity, there makes fast her
thread ; by this simple process connecting with marginal lines distant
objects between which no direct communication previously existed.

In the formation of their nets Spiders are regulated chiefly by the
sense of touch, which they possess in high perfection. This is rendered
extremely probable by the general tenor of their proceedings ; for ex-
ample, they ascertain when they have the full complement of radii by
approaching the centre of the net, which is their common point of union,
and touching each in succession with the feet, supplying deficiencies
wherever they are perceived ; and I have already remarked, which greatly
tends to confirm this opinion, that they generally construct their snares
in the night. The fact, however, is established beyond dispute by the fol-
lowing circumstance. I have repeatedly confined Spiders in glass jars
placed in situations absolutely impervious to light, and yet during their
captivity they have produced perfect nets of admirable workmanship.

Spiders were supposed by Dr. Lister* to be able to retract their
threads within the abdomen ; and whoever minutely observes the geome-
tricians when fabricating their silken snares, will be almost induced to
entertain the same belief. The viscid line produced in the Spider's
transit from one radius to another, is sometimes drawn out to a much
greater extent than is necessary to connect the two, yet on approaching
the point at which it is to be attached, it appears rapidfy to re-enter the
spinners, till it is reduced to the exact length required. This optical
illusion, for such it is, is occasioned by the extreme elasticity of the thread,
which may be extended several inches by the application of a slight
force, and on its removal will contract into a minute globule of almost
inappreciable dimensions. The viscid line alone possesses this property
in a remarkable degree, (the radii and marginal lines being almost desti-
tute of it,) by which it is adapted to the frequent and rapid changes in
distance that take place among the radii when the net is agitated by winds
or other disturbing forces ; and by which the insects that fly against it
are more completely entangled than they otherwise could be, without

* De Araocig, p. 8.

188 Mr. Blackball on the Construction, h)C.

doing extensive injury to the frame-work of the snare. How this viscid
line is fabricated is at present unknowTi. An examination of its struc-
ture, and of the apparatus by which it is produced would furnish interest-
ing employment for the microscope.

In order to determine whether objects entangled in their toils are ani-
mate or inanimate, the geometric Spiders pull with their feet the radii
immediately in connection with that part of the snare in which they are
suspended, and suddenly letting go their hold, produce by this means a
vibratory motion in the net which seldom fails to excite to action such
insects as are ensnared. Guided by the struggles of her prey, the Spider
runs along the most contiguous radius to seize her victim, avoiding any
contact with the viscid line as much as possible, and drawing out after her
a thread attached to one of the lines near the centre of her net, which
serves to facilitate her return.

I regret that I am unable to particularize those species of Spiders which
have been more especially the objects of the preceding observations and
experiments; but so little has been accomplished in this interesting
branch of zoology by British faunists since the time of Lister, diat hitherto
all my attempts to determine some of them have proved ineffectual.

Previously to giving my remarks publicity, I would gladly have availed
myself of the labours of our continental neighbours in this department of
natural history, but this would have been attended with considerable in-
convenience and much delay, and I am well informed that the works of
M. Walckenaer, who is regarded as the highest authority on this subject,
are out of print, and cannot be procured either in London or Paris.* A
book descriptive of British Spiders, if ably conducted, and accompanied
with accurately coloured engravings illustrative of species, would, I do
not doubt, be very favourably received by the naturalists of this kingdom.
That such a publication should still be a desideratum in the country which
has produced a Ray, a Lister and a Willughby is a humiliating reflection.

* M. Walckenaer has commenced, in the Faune Fran^aise, (a work now in
progress,) a history of the spiders which inhabit France. This will probably
include the greater number of the British species. — Ed.

Mr. Black wall on the Cygnus Bewickii. 189

Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly -described Species of
Swan. By John Blackwalt, Esq., F.L.S., 8jc.

The London Literary Gazette, pubUshed on the 23rd of January,

contains the following notice, under the head " Linnean Society," pages

56, 57. " Another interesting communication, from the pen of Wilham

" Yarrell, Esq., F. L. S., &c., was also read; it was on a new species of

" Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the

" Hooper. The scientific author in this paper observed, that European

" naturalists had as yet admitted but one Wild Swan in their systematic

" catalogues ; repeated dissections, however, convinced him of the ex-

•' istence of a second species. The new Swan was represented as one-

" third smaller than the Hooper, but very similar to that well-known

" bird in its external characters. In their internal structure they were

" stated to be decidedly different; and the comparative anatomy of both

" was detailed at some length. A preserved bird of both species, and

" several prepared parts of each, as well as numerous drawings, were on

" the table, in illustration of the subject. The various anatomical pecu-

" liarities of this new species were considered highly interesting, and the

" proofs of distinction conclasive."

From an examination of the various specimens of Swans contained in
the Manchester Museum, two of which are Whistling Swans, or Hoopers,
one in mature and the other in immature plumage, and a third is of the
kind so recently described by Mr. Yarrell, I have, for several years past,
strongly suspected that there are two distinct species of the genus Cygnus
which occasionally visit this country. But, notwithstanding the compara-
tively small size of the last-mentioned bird, its more clumsy figure, and
the snowy whiteness of its plumage, which indicates maturity, its general
appearance bears so striking a resemblance to tliat of the Hooper, that I
hesitated to announce it as a new species previously to my having made
myself acquainted in some measure with its habits and internal organiza-
tion, no opportunity of investigating which had hitherto presented itself.

My attention has again been directed to this interesting subject, and
my former suspicion corroborated, l)y a remarkable circumstance that

li)0 Mr. Blackwall on the Cygnus B&wickii.

lately occurred in the neighbourhood in which I reside. About half-past
eight on the morning of the 10th of December, 1829, a flock of twenty-
nine Swans, mistaken by many persons who saw them for wild geese,
was flying over the township of Crumpsall, at an elevation not exceeding
fifty yards above the surface of the earth. They flew in a line, taking a
northerly direction, and their loud calls, for they were very clamorous
when on wing, might be heard to a considerable distance. I afterwards
learned that they alighted on an extensive reservoir near Middleton,
where they were shot at, and an individual had one of its wings so severely
injured that it was disabled from accompanying its companions in their
retreat.

A short time since I had an opportunity of seeing this bird, which vras
then living, and resembled the rest of the flock with which it had been
associated, and found, as I had anticipated, that it was precisely similar
to the small Swan preserved in the Museum at Manchester, which, I
should state, was purchased in the fish-market in that town, about five or
six years ago.

Twenty-nine of these birds congregated together, without a single
Whistling Swan among them, is a fact so decisive of the distinctness of
this species, especially when taken in connection with those external
characters in which it differs from the Hooper, that I should no longer
have deferred to describe it as a new bird to ornithologists, had I not been
anticipated by Mr. Yarrell. •

Of the habits and manners of this species little could be ascertained
from a brief inspection of a wounded individual; I may remark, however,
that when on the water, it had somewhat the air and appearance of a
Goose, carrying the neck straight and erect, and being almost wholly
devoid of that grace and majesty by which the Mute Svran is so advan-
tageously distinguished. It appeared to be a shy and timid bird, and
could only be approached near by stratagem, when it intimated its appre-
hension by uttermg its call. It carefully avoided the society of a Mute
Swan which was on the same piece of water.

As far as I can form an opinion from the concise abstract of Mr. Yar-
rell's researches relative to the bird in question, with which this article is
introduced, it appears to me that the conclusion at which that gentleman
lias arrived is deduced principally from anatomical facts. If I am correct

Dr. Heinefc€tt's Entomological Notices. 191

in my sui mise, he will, in all probability, regard this communication,
which, by the addition of novel and important evidence, tends more com-
pletely to establish his views, as forming an interesting supplement to his
paper.

Additional observations on Mr. Yarrell's newly-described

SPECIES of Swan.

On the 28th of February, at half-past ten A. M., seventy-three Swans,
of the species recently described by W. Yarrell, Esq., as distinct from the
Hooper, and named by that distinguished naturalist Cygnus Bewickii, were
observed flying over Crumpsall in a south-easterly direction, at a con-
siderable elevation. They flew abreast, forming an extensive line, like
those seen on the 10th of December, 1829; like them too they were
mistaken for wild geese by most persons who saw them with whom I had
an opportunity of conversing on the subject, but their superior size, the
whiteness of their plumage, their black feet, easily distinguished as they
passed overhead, and their reiterated calls, which first directed my atten-
tion to them, were so strikingly characteristic, that skilful ornithologists
could not be deceived with regard to the genus to which they belonged.

That these birds were not Hoopers may be safely inferred from their
great inferiority in point of size. Now the circumstance of the small
Swans associating together in large numbers, unaccompanied by Hoopers,
the only known species with which they could be confounded by
naturalists, and the difference, pointed out by Mr. Yarrell, in their inter-
nal structure, are facts which completely establish their specific dis-
tinctness.

Art. XXX. Entomological Notices. By the late C.
Hkinukkn, M.D,, SijC.

In the 1st vol. of the 2nd edition of the " Introduction to Entomology,"
p. 361, it is stated that the female Lycosa ** feeds her young until their
" first moult," and as it struck me that the difficulties of supplying with

192 Dr. Heineken's Entrymoluiiicul Notices.

to"

food so numerous and minute a progeny would be very great, I was
anxious to ascertain the mode in which it would be accomplished. On
the 10th August, 1827, a female Lijcosa of a large, (an inch from man-
dibles to anus,) and to me new, species, which had long been kept con-
fined for other purposes, hatched a sac of eggs, and was soon completely
covered with young. The cage was so constructed that they could leave
it and return at all times, but that she could not. She had been, (as be-
fore stated,) long accustomed to the confinement and mode of feeding, and
from these circumstances, as well as not belonging to the class of web-
making Spiders, imprisonment seemed to interfere but little with her
natural habits. A fly was put in (the Spider having been fed as usual on
the preceding day) ; I watched until the whole was consumed. Not a
young one ever left its station on the mother, or seemed at all interested
in what was going forward. 15th. The young have never yet been seen
to quit the mother : she has been fed as usual, but in no instance have
they participated in the prey, altered their situations, or appeared in the
least excited while she was engaged with it. 21st. In every respect the
same. 25th (15 days from their birth). The young have quitted the
mother and escaped from the cage.

To establish the fact of their having derived no nourishment in any
way from the parent during this period, I separated a colony on the 12th
and put them in a glass, with nothing more substantial than air to feed
upon. On the 24th, a lens could not detect any diflerence in size and
appearance between these and those which had been left with the mother.
After this period they began to die, and on the 31st one was seen preying
on another. Eventually one only remained, but I believe that many more
perished from starvation than by their fellow-prisoners.

If [ supposed that the " I have more than once been gratified by a
" sight of this interesting spectacle," &c. &c., (which concludes Messrs.
Kirby and Spence's account of the Lycosa,J applied to the mode of feed-
ing the young (of which there is no mention), and not exclusively to their
" clustering about her," (which is especially noticed,) I should feel
bound in common courtesy to speak very diffidently about the opposite
result of my experiment, and in common justice to allow every reason-
able deduction from it on account of its having been a solitary one, (in
consequence of the difficulty of procuring the spider during the breeding

v.:^

Habits of Spiders as regards their Young. 193

season), and made upon animals in an unnatural state; but as, from the
way in which it is given, it looks more like a general assertion than the
result of personal observation, I suspect that like many of its class it will
prove an erroneous one, and that protection is all for which they stand
indebted to the parent.

It appears to me that in Spiders the following gradation is in a great
measure followed, viz.

1st. Those which pay no regard to the cocoons when deposited, and
desert both them and "the web altogether as soon as the number is com-
pleted: e. g. Epeira Cacti,* or the Aranea fasciata, Fab.

2nd. Those which remain in the web, but take no notice of the cocoon
after it is deposited : e. g. Epeira fasciata, Walck.

3rd. Those which remain near the cocoon until it hatches, but pay no
attention to the young : e. g. Epeira castrensis,* &c.

4th. Those which sit upon the cocoon : e. g. Clubiona, Salticus, &c.
5th. Those which carry it under the belly when they move, and after-
wards fix it on the web and partly hold it by their fore legs : e. g. The-
ridion injlatum.*

6th. Those which carry it between the mandibles and never quit it
until it hatches : e. g. Pholcus phalangioides ; and

7th. Those which carry it always at the anus, and protect the young
for a certain period : e. g. J.ycosa.

This latter, as far as my observations go, is the extent to whieh paren-
tal affection, as some innocently call it, has carried Spiders ; and altliough
a gentleman, in one of the late Numbers of the Zoological Journal, pos-
sesses a Baucis and Philemon as exemplars of his " Loves of the Spiders,''''
and seems to hint that the time may not be far distant when the " etiam
" in amoribus saeva" may be proved a gross libel upon the lady, yet 1
fear that the matron-like qualities of a dry nurse will even tlien remain
" a coasummation to be wished for." By the bye, I suspect that al-
though in that instance the dalliance seemed to last a most unreasonable
time, yet that she must either, in the quaint phraseology of old White,

• As I have never been able to procure the work of M. Walckenaor, and liave
no fuller guide to species than Latrcille's Histoire &c., I have been obliged to
give pro tempore names, by way of distinction.

Vo/.. V. N

194 Dr. Heineken's Entomological Notices.

have had an overweening stock of " curiosity to satisfy," or that he was
somewhat of a novice in the "art of love;" for although I have never
succeeded in detecting a pair in the rapturous embrace, yet I have con-
stantly found males dead in the morning which had been introduced into
the same cages with females over night. In one instance last summer I
found a pair, (Epeira Cacti,) on opposite sides of the same web, but
within a few inches of each other ; after waiting until my patience was
exhausted, I removed them into a large jar containing the branch of a
plant : in the morning a h'nd leg was all which the unfortunate swain
had left, to " prate of his whereabout !" About the same time, a male
and female Epeira calophylla, in separate cells on the same orange leaf,
were confined in the same manner ; theirs turned out a complete Char-
lotte and Werter affair ; she was dead and he survived her but an hour !
However, to be serious. I am aware that being in confinement not one
of my experiments on this head is worth any thing. The matter is still
subjudice, and can only be set at rest by that most useful of all classes of
naturalists, the out of door one. From a number of experiments which
it would be tiresome and needless to detail, and which are but of very
moderate value from ill health having obliged rne to make them upon
individuals in confinement, it appears, 1 st. That all young Spiders can,
and that many even in a state of nature probably do, live for the first
fortnight without nourishment. 2ndly. That they all combine, and act
in unison and harmony for a certain period, whether confined or at large,
this law applying even to different species when confined together.
3rdly. That mothers during this period respect the lives, not only of their
own progeny, but of that of others. 4thly. That afterwards a bellum
internecinum without regard to age or relationship is waged; and 5thly.
That although the settling of preliminaries may be indefinitely prolonged,
yet that the act once accomplished, the truce is ipso facto at an end, and
" sauve qui peut" is the termination of their amours.

Having opened the " Introduction to Entomology," (a book which it
is not always easy to close again) I see that at page 56 of the same volume
and edition, the authors, in their enthusiasm to answer the " objections
" to Entomology," have rather unwittingly armed against themselves a

Capacity for Pain in Insects. 195

champion, who, although in himself a host, never dreamt, I suspect, of
buckling on his armour in so weak a cause. They (Messrs. Kirby and
Spence) say, " But this inference that insects are not indued with the
" same sense of pain as the higher orders of animals, is reduced to cer-
" tainty when we attend to the facts which insects every day present to
" us, proving that the very converse of our gi-eat poet's conclusion,

" the poor beetle that we tread upon

*' In corporal sufferance finds a pang as great
" As when a giant dies,"

" roust be regarded as nearer the truth." Now, under correction, " our
" great poet" never for a moment intended to conclude, or to lead others
to the conclusion, that insects are indued with as high a sense of pain as
men. He spoke exclusively of the physical, or, to use his own word,
" corporal" pain of dying. He said, though in other words, " it is
" evident to your senses that the corporal pain is little or nothing to a
** crushed insect; it would be no greater to a giant as suddenly anni-
" hilated ; therefore it is trifling in both cases, and all the extra suffering
" (the only real suffering in fact) of the man is mental." His authority
might therefore with propriety be used to prove that physical pain was
much less severe in all animals than is generally supposed, (and which I
have no doubt that it is,) but after reading the former part of the quotation,

" Dar'st thou die?

" The pain of death is most in apprehension,
" And the poor beetle," &c. &c.*

• There are few instances of a more complete perversion of the meaning by
a partial quotation of a sentence, than occurs in this passage of Shakspeare.
The object of the fair pleader being to encourage her brother steadfastly to en-
counter death, would scarcely have been forwarded by depicting that consum-
mation as attended with great corporal sufferance. Yet such is the effect of the
omission of the context. It is curious too to observe the zeal with whict en-
tomologists especially have again and again defended themselves against an
aitertion which reflects not upon them, and which ignorance alone could apply
to them. Naturalibts and the vulgar alone have misunderstood the bearing
of the passage : the commentators have seen it in its proper light, as explainid
above by Dr. Heineken ; and Mr. Douce expressly remarks, " The meaning is

N 2

196 Dr. Heinelien's Entomological Notices

no one will, I think, accuse him of lending his sanction to tlie mawkish
cant of those puling sentimentalists, who

" Compound for sins they are inclin'd to
" By damning those they have no mind to,"

and while they either directly or indirectly encourage the emasculation
(neither a pleasant nor a painless operation I take it) of whole races of
animals, from the Mammalia downwards, the crimping of cod, skinning
of eels, boiling of lobsters and roasting of geese alive! for the mere grati-
fication of a sensual appetite ; and the impaling of worms, embowelling
of frogs, " playing with"* trouts, &c. &c. for the most contemptible of
all amusements; are ready to faint over a legless fly, orto " die of a rose
" in aromatic pain." Whether Shakspeare supposed mutilation to be
equally painful to the one as to the other, he gives us no opportunity of
judging, but from his general truth to nature we have a right to infer that
he did not. Pope, the poet of art, might for the mere gingle write
" Why has not man a microscopic eye ?" and with as much sense reply
" For this plain reason, man is not a fly;" (although the former has the
most truly microscopic organ of vision of any animal, and the latter a
very imperfect one,) because no one ever supposed him to have known
better; because he was a great deal too learned in perfumes and curling
papers to condescend to such trifles as those of natural science ; and be-
cause the best poem he ever wrote was the most artificial one tliat ever
was written : but Shakspeare both knew better and wrote better.

As I happen to be just now in a critical humor, and as I only follow
their example both in its indulgence and in the subject upon which I am
exercising it, I would for a moment turn to p. 392 of the same volume,
where Messrs. Kirby and Spence have quoted " shard-born beetle" as
Shakspeare's, and wishing to see a little deeper into the millstone than
" the commentators," have added in a note, " it might have thrown

" —fear is the principal sensation in death, which lias no pain ; and the giant,
" when he dies, feels no greater pain than the beetle." — E. T. B.

* That is, drowning a miserable animal by degrees, with a barbed hook in
his vitals by way of a soother, and a line constantly tugging at it to remind
him of its presence.

Signification of Shard. 197

" some weight into the scale of those who contend for the orthography
" above (borji) and that the meaning of shard in this place is dung, if
" they had been aware that the beetle fScarabaus stercorariusj is actu-
" ally born amongst dung and nowhere else, and that no beetle which
" makes a hum in flying can with propriety be said, as Dr. Johnson has
" interpreted the epithet in his Dictionary, " to be born amongst broken
" stones or pots." They also state, on the authority of Mr. MacLeay, that
" sharn is the common name of cow-dung in the north, and that there-
" fore Shakspeare probably wrote sham-born." In Antony and Cleo-
patra, when they are talking about the love of Lepidus for Caesar and
Antony, Agrippa says, " Both he loves," to which Enobarbus adds,
" They are his shards and he their beetle." Now as Shakspeare would
hardly call the same thing sharn in one place and shard in another, and
as it is clear that sharn, that is, cow-dung, in the mouth of Enobarbus
would be palpable nonsense, and shard as a beetle's birth-place in Mac-
beth, and its wing-covers in Antony and Cleopatra would be even a worse
jumble than " broken stones and pots," I am really almost bold enough
to doubt whether the idea of either dung or crockery ever entered his
imagination. The original meaning of the word shard, namely, " a
•' broken piece of tile or earthern vessel" (see Bailey's Etymological
Dictionary) having, in all probability, before his time, suggested its ap-
plication to the wing-covers of beetles, in the same way as its Latin
synonjTn, testa, had been applied to the covering of shell-fish, &c.; for
there is not the shadow of an authority, I believe, for supposing that
shard, in its most extended sense, ever did or could mean dung : and to
substitute tharn for it, merely because it has that meaning in a part of the
kingdom with which he was unacquainted, appears to mc to be rather a
greater liberty that " we jjctty men" ought to allow ourselves.*

• On the meaning of the word shard, there is so much to be said, that we protest
against opening tlie pages of tlie Zoological Journal to the discussion of its pre-
cise value in every instance in which it has been used. Tliat scales and dung
were both included in its significations, admits of no doubt. Shakspeare has
himself used it with at least two different meanings. In its primitive sense, that
given by Bailey, " a broken piece of tile or earthern vessel," (potsherd oi the
English translations of the Bible,) it is used in Hamlet : the Priest says of Ophe-
lia, " Shards, flints, and pebbles, should be thrown on her." Here it can scarcely

198 Dr. Heineken's Entomological Notices.

In the last (16th) number of this Journal is a paper by Mr. MacLeay
on the Ceratitis citriperda, and although he has not given a detailed
description of it, yet from the figure and the statement of its " having
been seen on some oranges in the market-place of Funchal," I have

be supposed to mean either the elytra of beetles, or dung. That shards signified
scales, is shown by a passage in Gower, who speaks of " a dragon — whose
" shardes shynen as the sonne." If we admit, and the sense appears to require
it, that by shards in the passage quoted above from Antony and Cleopatra,
Shakspeare meant scaly wings, or tlytra, we have here a second meaning. A
third instance of its use by Shakspeare occurs in Cymbeline, where it is said,
" we find The «Aorrferf beetle in a safer hold Than is the full-winged eagle."
Here the epithet applied to the beetle may also mean covered by elytra, as op-
posed to the full wings of the eagle; aud such is the interpretation given to it
by Steevens, Malone, Holt White, and Archdeacon Nares. But in this in-
stance it is also possible that a third signification may attach to it, that given
by Toilet ; that the " sharded beetle means the beetle lodged in dung," its hum-
ble earthly abode " being opposed to the lofty eyry of the eagle." The proofs
adduced by Toilet that shard signifies dung, (cowshard, according to him, be-
ing the word generally used in the north of Staifordshire for cow-dung), are
from A polite Palace of Pettie his Pleasure, &c. " The humble-bee taketh no
" scorn to lodge in a cow's foul shard :" and from Bacon's Natural History, " Turf
" and peat and cow-shards, are cheap fuels, and last long." To these Mr. Holt
White adds, from Dryden's Hind and Panther, " Such souls as shards produce,
" such beetle things," a quotation bearing very closely upon the subject, A
corresponding quotation to that adduced from Bacon is to be met within A true
report of Capteine Frobisher his last voyage, &c., where it is said in the Orkneys
that " They are destitute of wood, their fire is turffes and cowe-shardes." In
Ben Jonson's Tale of a Tub, one of the characters exclaims, " Marry a cow-
" shard !" In the opinion of Archdeacon Nares, this meaning is derived from
the preceding one, " Cow-shards," he says, " appear to mean only the hard
" scales of dried cow-dung."

That it was unnecessary for the purpose of obtaining the signification dung
to change the orthography from sharrf to sham, is shown by the previous quo-
tations. Authc ity for the latter, and closely applying to our subject, is, how-
ever, to be met with in A briefe Discourse of the Spanish State, quoted by Mr.
Holt White, " Hr'w that nation, rising like the beetle from the eowshern, hurt-
" leth against all things." Still more apposite, although scarcely likely to be
met with, unless by a naturalist, is the " Scarabaeus stercorariits vel fimarius,
" a dung Beetle, or Shurnhvg" of Merrctt's Pinax, page 201.— E. T. B.

Ceratitis citriperda. — Blaps obtusa. 199

no doubt that an insect which I had hoped might prove a new species of
Latreille's Tephritis (and a pair of which I sent to him a short time back)
will turn out to be the same. In the colours, nervures, and marks of the
wings, and the sexual appendages of clavated horns, it precisely corre-
sponds with the figure.

I first observed it at rest, as though basking, and vsdth the wings ex-
panded, on the leaves of some thick shrubs, in the garden of the English
churchv In the surrounding gardens were orange, lemon, and other
fruit-trees, but not in that where I found it, and which it was afterwards
in the habit of frequenting. It had the manners and appearance of an
insect of very confined locomotive powers and activity, and I have sel-
dom seen it upon the wing further than passing from one shrub to another,
and never upon flowers, or with the attitude and appearance of one
either eating or searching after food. I should infer, therefore, as well
as from the general habit, if that be not too empirical, that it is short-
lived and eats little or nothing in its perfect state.

The insect is by no means uncommon with us, and I have subsequently
taken it on the orange-tree, and many others. On the 14th of February,
18So, I find, by referring to a note-book, that " several were hatched
" from pupcB found in a decayed lemon. '^ I have also a distinct recol-
lection of having hatched them from peaches,* but as I cannot find the
circumstance mentioned, I must leave it to future investigation. The
principal object I have in mentioning the insect now, is to induce others
to look for it in other fruits besides the orange, to which I suspect it will
prove not to be confined. I am looking anxiously for Mr. MacLeay's
promised details. I trust that now he has turned his attention to them,
the interesting group to which it belongs vnW be well elucidated.

Mr. Curtis, I see, (British Entomology, No. 148) gives as Blaps ob-
tusa, Fab., Bl. similis, Lat., and Bl. lethifera. Marsh, an insect which,
from his own shewing, cannot, I think, be the first of the three, and
answers only indifferently in figure to the second. In his figure and de-

• Eix or eight which I have of a variety, (smaller and paler, but differing in
no other retpwt,) were certainly not hatched from oranges.

200 Dr. Heineken's Entomological Notices.

scription the elytra are mucronate ; now Fabricius, in the Supplement to
the Entomologia Systematica says, " elytra nullo modo acuminata." La-
treille too, in the " Histoire, &c.," when he considered the Bl. similis as
a variety only of the BL mortisaga, says, " peut-etre est-ce le Blaps ob-
" tusdeFabr.?" but in the "Genera, &c." a more recent work, and
in which he estabhshes it as a species, he is silent about its being syno-
nymous with the Bl. ohtusa of Fabricius. Mr. Curtis appears to me
also to be in error about the sexual distinctions. He says that the elytra
are mucronate, " especially in the males, in which sex there is a fasci-
" cule of hair at the base of the second abdominal joint beneath." In
some dozens of specimens (for it is abundant here) those with a tuft of
hair had also mucronated elytra ; and as one not having either of these
peculiarities protruded the penis when dropt into boiling water, I have
kept it as a better proof than many dissections could afford, that the con-
trary is the case, and that the prolonged elytra and tuft of hair are female
peculiarities. Messrs. Kirby and Spence say of the Blapsidce generally,
" elytra mucronate in the females," but neither they nor any other
writer besides Mr. Curtis mention, as far as I am aware, the tuft of hair.
The Blaps gages, and its small variety, which Latreille considers the
Blaps mortisaga, Herbst, have it in one sex also.

C. Heineken, M.D.
Funchal, Madeira, Sth August, 1829.

P.S. As I conclude that a poetical licence will not always be allow-
able with the Zoological Journal, I will avail myself a little further of
the present, to ask what birds Shakspeare means in " A Midsummer
Night's Dream," by " russet-pated Choughs, many in sort." — The bird
now, I believe, commonly called " Chough" [Pyrrhocorax gracuhts,
Temra.) is not russet-pated ; neither are the Pie, Daw, Hooded Crow,
&c., and yet it is evident by the succeeding line, "Rising and cawing,"
&c. that the birds he referred to belonged to this group. " Many in
" sort,"* too, would either imply variety of plumage, or several spe-
cies : now both Fleming and Bewick give only one species cf Chough,
and the only variety of consequence consists, I believe, in the bill and
legs of the young being black instead of red. C. H.

• Many in snrt means nothing more than many in company. Of the conti-
nual use of sort in this sense, scores of instances could be adduced. — E. T. B.

■^

■ ^

'•<l.

Dr. Gappcr on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 201

Akt. XXXI. Observations on the Quadrupeds found in the
District of Upper Canada extending between York and
Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographi-
cal distribution, as ivell as of describiiig some Species hi-
therto unnoticed. By Dr. Gapfkr.

The sign * denotes that I have seen but imperfect specimens; *♦ that I have
only been told of the existence of the species. The numbers prefixed refer
to Dr. Richardson's " Fauna Boreali-Americana."

(1.) f^csperlilio jnuinosus [Sd^y.)* Hoary Bat.

(2.) iuhulaius (Say.) Say's Bat.

The most common Bat in the home district. It agrees exactly wilh
Dr. Richardson's description ; the measurement is nearly the same.

(4.) Sorex Forsteri (Richardson.) Tab. vn. Forster's Shrewmouse.

The first upper grinder is certainly larger, not smaller, than the two
next; in other respects ])r. Richardson's description of the dentition
agrees exactly, f The length of the head and body is 21 inches : that of
the tail rather more than 1^ inch. Two specimens weighed 42 grains each.

The tail is square, and rather largest in the middle. The colour of all
the upper parts is nearly a middle tint of burnt umber ; the under parts
are light yellowish brown ; the feet are rather darker than die belly.

This little animal is very common in this district, and J have fre-
quently found it frozen on the surface of the snow in the beech and
maple woods. The only two specimens which I could procure in a good

•f If Dr. Richardson's description of the dentition of Sor. Forsteri be correct
with respect to the first upper grinder being smaller than the two following
ones, this must be, I should think, a distinct species, but as that tootli is the
largest in all other species which I have examined, I am inclined to tliiuk that
it in A ii\is-print. Tlie length of tliu tail also differs, but as the Doctor says
that his dcscriptiou was riiadL fruni a prepared spciinicn, this may arise from
shrinking in drjing.

202 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada.

state, had been drowned in a well, A very small Shrew is said to be
found in the nnore southern settlements on Lake Erie, which is most pro-
bably the same species.

Sorex talpoides (nobis.) Mole-like Shrew.

Shrew with a round tail, about as long as the head ; short furry ears ;
eyes very small, and surrounded with a naked skin ; upper parts dark
greyish brown ; under parts the same tint, but lighter.

Tab. VIII.

Dental formula, intermediary incisors f , lateral incisors |-f , cheek-
teeth ^-±=^2. The teeth are brown, except the parts immediately above
the roots ; the upper intermediary incisors have a semicircular notch be-
hind ; the second lower lateral incisor is the largest, the next two are
much smaller, and the fifth is the smallest of all ; they all have a small
lobe on their inner side ; the lower intermediary incisors are crenated on
their upper edge.

The muzzle is rather shorter, and the face more conical than those of
most Shrews ; the nose is rather broad, the eye is very small, and sur-
rounded by a naked skin ; the ear is short, furry, and completely hid ;
the fore feet are rather wide, and furnished with pretty strong nails, and
a slight fringe of stiff hairs ou the outer edge of the metacarpus only ; the
hind feet are small and weak ; the tail is round, scaly, and hairy. The
fur, for the greatest part of its length, is bluish grey, the tips only being
bistre brown, so that the grey shows through ; the feet are light bistre
brown, and the nails white.

Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail A\ inches ; of the tail
full 1 inch.

This Shrew is common in the district, and appears to prefer marshy
places. The drawing was taken from a living specimen caught in an old
overflowed cellar ; it was a female.

(6.) Scalops Canadensis {CvLv\e.r.)** Shrew Mole.

(8.) Ursus Americanus (Pallas.) American Black Bear.

(11.) Procyon Loior (Cuvier.) The Racoon.

(14.) Putorius vulgaris [CnvitT.)** Common Weasel.

(15.) erminea (Cuvier.) The Ermine. »

(16.) Vison (Richardson.) The Vison or Minx.

The measurement of my specimen, when recent, from the nose to the

^sH 1^

Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 203

insertion of the tail, 12 inches; of the tail itself 6 inches. It was a
female, and its stomach contained the half-digested remains of a frog.
There are two stuffed specimens of a larger species of Mink preserved
in the Museum at New York : perhaps this may be M. Cuvier's Mustela
Vison, since the Baron could hardly have overlooked the character which
led him to devise the genus Mustela.

(17.) Mustela Martes (Linn.) The Pine Marten.

The Pine Marten is very common about Bristol, and I have seen many
specimens, all diSering from the Canadian animal in the patch of yel-
low on the throat being uniform in colour and figure ; whereas in the
Canadian Pine Martens the patch is irregular in shape, and spotted with
brown, the head is also arey and fox-like. There is a Marten described
in Silliman's Journal as the Fox-like Marten, and those in this district
appear to belong to that species or variety, for it must be granted that
individuals are to be found approaching very near our species in the
particulars above noticed.

(18.) Mustela Canadensis (Linn.) The Fisher or Pekan.

Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail 19^ inches; of the
tail ISj inches. The specimen was a female.

(19.) ^Mephitis J .Americana.** The Skunk.

(20.) Lutra Canadensis [Sabine.)* Canada Otter.

(22. A.) Canis Lupus griseus.* The gray Wolf.

(26.) Canis /"FulpesJ fulvus (DesmaresU) The American Fox.

(26. y.) argentatus (Desmarest.) Black or Silver Fox.

(30.) Felis Canadensis (Geoffroy.)** Canada Lynx.

(33.) Castor Jiber (Linn.) The Beaver.

Now very rare, though their old embankments are to be still seen on
most streams.

(34.) Fiber zibelhicns (Cuvier.) The Musk-rat or Musquash.

(35.) Jrvicola riparius (Ord .') Bank Meadow Mouse.

Length of the head and body 5^ inches ; of the tail 2 inches. This is
the most common Mouse in the fields of Upper Canada, making shallow
burrows under every fallen tree, and also under rails, hay-ricks, &c., and
in the winter beneath ihe snow. The female makes her nest of grass,
under logs. It frequents also the barns.

204 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada.

Jlrvicola Gapperi.f

Meadow Mouse, with a tail more than half the length of the body ; short
rounded ears ; the back and upper part of the head chestnut ; sides and face
yellowish brown ; belly yellowish white ; chin and throat ash-coloured.

Tab. IX.

This Mouse is common on the steep banks of streams in the woods,
burrowing like the former ; it is very fond of meat, and annoys the trapper
by eating the baits set for the Marten, and by throwing the traps.

It is about 4 inches long from the tip of the nose to the insertion of
the tail ; the tail itself 1^ inch. The head is moderately large, and the
nose on a line with the teeth : certainly it is not sharp-nosed like Dr.
Richardson's ^rv. Xovehoracensis, the only species which at all agrees
with it ; the feet are whitish. I have caught several, all agreeing in colour,
size, &C.J

Mus decumanus (Linn.)* The Brown Rat.

Introduced. Only found in the warehouses near Lake Ontario.

Mus Muscidus (Linn.)* The common Mouse.

Introduced. Very common all over the country. A great many are
frozen to death in the barns, where the native mice live in perfect security.

Cricetus myoides (nobis.) Mouse-like Hamster.

Hamster with a tail longer than the body ; large eyes and ears ; upper
half of the body mixed black and light reddish or yellowdsh brown ;
lower half pure white.

Tab. X.

Dental formula, incisors f, canines §, cheek-teeth ||. The cheek-
teeth have long roots, and are crowned with several little blunt tubercles
and convoluted ridges of enamel. It measures 3f inches from the tip of
the nose to the insertion of the tail ; the tail itself 3j inches. The nose

f Dr. Gapper having left this new species unnamed, we take the opportu-
nity of designating it by the name of the discoverer. — Ed.

J Dr. Richardson to whom Dr. Gapper's MS. has been communicated,
remarks, " this Arvicola differs from my Arv. Noieboracensis, in liaving more
" conspicuous ears, and is probably the animal Rafinesque named Novebora-
" censis ; but as his description is insufficient for correct discrimination, a new
" name had better be given to Dr. Capper's animal. — J. R."

■:?;-

^
^

Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 205

is sharp, and projects more than two lines beyond the incisors ; the eyes
are large and prominent ; the ears large and ovate ; the cheek-pouches,
when distended, reach to the ear ; the tail is scaly and hairy; the legs
and feet are stout.

The fur consists of hairs either entirely black, or tipped with yellow-
ish or reddish brown ; the black hairs are the longest, and predominate
on the back and top of the head ; there is generally a blackish spot at the
roots of the whiskers, and a whitish one before the ear. The whiskers
are very long, some black, others white. The under parts, including the
legs, are pure white.

This animal bears a considerable resemblance in form and colour to
Dr. Richardson's Mus. leucopus, which it rather exceeds in size ; but the
very evident cheek pouches distinguish it generically from Dr. Richard-
son's new species.

This pretty little Hamster is very common in all the district, climbing
trees with facility, and making a nest of thistle-down in their hollows,
either towards the top or at the root ; it is quite a pattern of industry and
fore-thought, for, although it lays up a winter store of full half a peck
of corn or other seeds, it nevertheless runs about in search of food all
the winter, following the cattle track, and picking the undigested corn
out of their dung, regardless of deep snow or severe frost. It frequently
makes its nest in barns amongst the hay, where it also lays up its store.

(4G.) ilfmones La6rac/ortu5 (Richardson.) Jumping Mouse.

The female makes a nest of grass ; my specimen had made her's under
the sod in a furrow, and had five young ones ; she measured 3| inches
from the nose to the insertion of the tail ; the tail itself 5 inches.

(47.) Arctomys Empetra (Schreb.) Quebec Marmot. Ground
Hog of the settlers.

This animal is solitary in its habits, and makes its burrow in dry sand-
banks. It is not uncommon.

(57.) Sciurus Ly.stcri (Ray.) Chipmunk of the settlers.

Very common. It is constantly seen running on the rail-fences, and
hiding among brush-wood, uttering a peculiar squeak when started ;
if hunted it runs up trees, but soon endeavours to descend, and by mak-
ing a great spring, tries to reach the ground and escape to its burrow.

(59.) Sciurus Uudwnius (Pennant.) The Chickaree Red Squirrel.

It has no clieek-puches, though placed by M, Cuvier in tiie division

206 Dr. Gapper on the MummaUa of Upper Canada.

furnished with these organs. The pencil of hair on the ears of winter
specimens is more distinct than it is represented in Dr. Richardson's
plate, and the black line on the sides is always more or less distinct ;
probably these differences are owing to the fur never becoming so long
in these latitudes.

(60.) Sciurus niger (Linn.) The Black Squirrel.

I have generally found them to measure from the tip of the nose to the
insertion of the tail rather less than a foot; the tail itself 13 inches. They
are most commonly entirely black, but I have shot several with patches of
light brown on the belly, each hair ringed with black ; in other specimens,
still more rare, with the whole under parts of this colour, and with many of
the hairs on the back and tail ringed with yellowish white. The ears of
the Black Squirrel are covered with adpressed hairs in the summer, but
in the winter those on the upper side are lengthened so as to over-top the
ear about half an inch. It is found in all the settled parts, varying,
according to my observation, only as stated above. I have shot many
dozens of them. It makes its nest in hollow trees, filling the cavity with
thistle-down, in which warm material it buries itself when it retires to
rest.

I have observed the recent tracks of these Squirrels made in the snow
during the severest weather, but they do not seem to remain long at a
time out of their nest during inclement weather.

Sciurus leucotis (nobis.) White-eared Squirrel.

Grey Squirrel with a tail rather longer than the head and body ; white
ears ; the upper parts varied with a mixture of white, black, and ochry ;
under parts greyish white ; tail edged with white.

Tab. XI.

This Squirrel measures, from the nose to the insertion of the tail 12
inches ; the tail itself 13. The fur has little lustre, and is slightly crisped-
The hairs on the upper parts and tail are all annulated with ochre and
black, or black and white ; on the head, and a broad stripe along the back,
the tips are ochry ; on the cheeks, a stripe on the sides next the white of
the belly, and on the upper part of the foot, excepting the toes, the hair
is almost entirely ochry ; on the rest of the sides, limbs, and outside the
tail the hairs are mostly tipped with white ; the under parts are entirely
greyish white ; round the eyes and back part of the ears they are pure

V ■

Mr. Brooke on Conchology, regarded as a Science. 207

white ; in front and at the tips of the ears they are ochry ; in the winter
the fur is about half an inch longer than the tips of the ears, forming a
kind of pencil ; in summer these hairs are short and adpressed both on
the ears and round the eyes, giving these parts rather a light ash-colour
than pure white. f

This Squirrel is not common in the district. I have seen them in
New York, and a grey Squirrel is said to be more common in the
more southern settlements of Canada, and to be very like that which I
have described. The size of the Sciurus magnicaudatus, as given by
authors, is very different, as well as the proportion of the body and tail,
and the fur of the only specimen of the Carolina Squirrels which I have
seen, is very unlike this, and the ears are of the same colour as the back.

Pteromys volucelta. Common Flying Squirrel.

Head and body nearly six inches, tail rather more than four.

(68.) Lepus jlmericanus [Erxlehen.) American Hare.

Feet large in proportion to the size of the animal.

(77.) Cervtis leucurus (Douglas.)* Long-tailed Deer.

Note.
For the representation of the five new species of Mammalia, described
in the preceding paper, the proprietors have to acknowledge their
obligations to Dr. Capper who has kindly given to them the use of
the plates which he had prepared for another work. With equal libera-
lity Dr. Gapper has presented to the Bristol Museum specimens of each
of the new species above referred to.

Art. XXX II. O;/ Conchology, regarded as a distinct branch
of Science. lii/ Hknrv J.amks Brookk, Esq., F.L.S.,
M.G.S., f<c.

The attention of naturalists having been recently drawn to the general
subject of systematic classification, the editors of the Zoological Journal

t " Thii animal Kcetni to belong to some of the varieties, as they have been
" termed, of the Sciurut cineraut, but I think the shape of its eats is a sufficient
" mark todixtinguiih it from the live ones in the Zoological Museum. — J. R."

208 Mr. Brooke on Coiichology, regarded as a Science.

will perhaps afford space for a few remarks on what is properly termed
Conchology — the description and classification of shells.

This branch of natural science appears to have been involved by some
late writers in very considerable and very unnecessary obscurity and con-
fusion, by an attempt to render it dependent upon the anatomical and
physiological characters of the animals by which shells are produced,
and by so confusing the descriptions of the animals and the shells, as
frequently to render it extremely difficult for a reader to discover to which
the descriptions relate.

The language too in which these descriptions are given, and which is
generally derived from the characters of the shells alone, presents another
source of great confusion whenever by implication the description can
be supposed to have reference to animals. It is also obvious that a
description of shells, founded upon the characters of the animal inha-
bitants, cannot even now be given in reference to very many recent
species, and can never be applied to fossil shells whose animals are
entirely unknown.

This attempt to identify shells with animals, or animals with shells,
seems to have arisen from what will, on more mature consideration,
appear to be mistaken views of the real objects of Conchology when
regarded as a science.

That a study of the names and distinguishing characters of shells,
for the sole purpose of collecting and arranging them in a cabinet, has
little to do with science, and is not one of the highest exercises of
intelligence, will be readily allovired; but as long as even this trivial and
unimportant pursuit affords occupation and amusement to many whose
attention might otherwise be devoted to less rational and less innocent
objects, this restricted study of shells deserves to be encouraged ; and
particularly when it is recollected, that if it were not for those who are
merely shell collectors, and who are accustomed to pay such prices for
very perfect, or new specimens, as tempt mariners and other travellers
to collect and preserve them, it is probable that comparatively few of
those objects would ever be brought within the reach of the scientific
naturalist. But it will not be disputed that the ultimate purpose of Con-
chology, regarded as a branch of natural science, is to illustrate the
natural history of shell-bearing animals in their perfect state, that is, of

Mr. Brooke on Concliology regarded as a Science. 209

the animal and shell conjointly. This, however, is not to be done by
describing a shell, and calling it an animal, nor by imperfectly describ-
ing an animal of which very little may be known, and denoting it by the
name which has been previously given to the shell that covers it — a name,
as Monodonta, almost generally derived from some character of the shell
alone.

If the animal inhabitants of all known shells were known, a classifi-
cation of those animals with appropriate generic and specific names,
according to the method adopted by Poli, would supply what might pro-
perly be termed " An Account of Molluscous Animals ;" but even in
this case it would be important to the naturalist to have the shells also
accurately studied, and perhaps separately named and described, in such
manner as might best exhibit their peculiar relations to the characters
and habits of their respective animals. And if there should be found
some inconvenience in having two sets of names and a double classifica-
tion, this would be more than compensated by the increased perspicuity
of the method.

But if it would be useful to possess this double classification where the
animals are known, it becomes strictly necessary to keep the two systems
distinct, in order that one of them should embrace the fossil shells.

The proper study of shells may indeed not unaptly be considered
analogous to that of the skeletons of the higher classes of animals, and
may be regarded as the comparative anatomy of the molluscous inhabit-
ants; and if it were so pursued, those who study shells alone, might,
without the fear of being: rejrarded as triflers, confess themselves to be
conchologists, and might thus assert their title to a place in the ranks of
science, on account of the additions they might, by induction, supply to
the present scanty knowledge of the shell-bearing animals.

A few extracts will now be given from some of our latest writers on
these subjects, to shew the unsettled state of opinion upon even the first
principles of the method of treating this branch of natural history.

Montagu, in his "TestaceaBritannica," published in 1803, (Introduction,
page 27,) says, "The Jlscidia is rather a numerous genus" (uf animals,)
" is found to inhabit Phvlan, So'tn, some of the Mya, Mactra, and
" probably part of other bivalve Testacca: many species of the genus
" Ascidia are Mollusca" — the term Molhisca is here applied to animals

Vol. V. o

210 Mr. Brooke on Concholngy regarded as a Science.

destitute of shells. And as Pholas, Solen, Mya, Madra, are some of
his genera of shells, he evidently adopts the Linnean principle of esta-
blishing a classification and nomenclature of shells distinct from, and in-
dependent of, that of the animal inhabitants.

In 1822 a work was published by the Rev. Dr. Fleming, entided,
" The Philosophy of Zoology, or a General View of the Structure, Func-
tions, and Classification of Animals." And in 1828 the 1st volume
appeared of " a History of British Animals," by the same author, exhi-
biting a systematical arrangement of their genera and species.

At page 406 of the first of these works. Dr. Fleming says, " the cha-
" racters furnished by the skin and its appendices are extensively em-
" ployed in the systematical arrangement of molluscous animals. Nearly
" all those characters which distinguish the species, and many of those
" on which genera are established, are derived from the form of the shell,
" the tentacula, or the colour." If this be really so, that the form of
the shell may supply both the generic and specific characters of the ani-
mal, the study of shells alone becomes even more important than it has
been already supposed. It will, however, appear afterwards that the
very reverse of this process is recommended in a later work.

The subject is again adverted to by Dr. Fleming, at page 430 of the
same volume, where he says, " enough is knovra of the animals of Spi-
" rula and Nautilus to furnish some hints for those who are fond of classi-
" fying animals from their analogies.^' A passage which seems to imply
dissent on the part of the author from the method of classing these ani-
mals from their analogies rather than from their shells ; a dissent, how-
ever, from the only principle upon which, it would appear, a correct
classification of animals can be established.

It is from this conflict of first principles, and the practical conse-
quences to which it has given rise, that the ambiguity and uncertainty
are produced which meet the conchological student at every stage of his
enquiry. If, for example, he turns to the division Cochleada of Dr.
Fleming's British Animals, (page 255,) he observes that the first genus is
named Cyclostoma, and which hence would appear to be an animal. But
he has perhaps seen a shell so named, and he is therefore at a loss to know
whether the term Cyclostoma implies an animal or a shell. To satisfy
his doubts he turns to the description of this genus, and he there finds

Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 211

that the species Cyclostoma elegans is the same as is described in Monta-
gu's " Testacea Britannica," as Turbo elegans. He accordingly turns to
Montagu's work, and finds that Turbo is a shell, and that the animal
inhabitant is stated to be a Limax. He discovers also that the name Cy~
clostoma was given to the shell in question from the circular form of its
aperture, a character to which Dr. Fleming does not allude ; but this dis-
covery brings with it a new embarrassment, for the second species of Dr.
Fleming's Cyclostoma is described as having an ovate mouth.

He turns over the remaining pages of Dr. Fleming's descriptive cha-
racters without feeling his difficulties much removed : on the contrary,
they are frequently increased by the numerous typographical errors vnth
which the volume abounds, (and which will doubtless be corrected in an-
other edition,) as well as by the occasional inattention of the learned
author — as where he describes the shells belonging to the animals of the
first division of the Siphonida, page 408, as having the beaks obsolete ;
the first genus of that division, Mytilus, as having the beaks acute ; and
the first species of Mytilus as having the beaks blunt.

The enquiries of the student not having been satisfied elsewhere, he
now refers himself to Mr. Sowerby's "Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,"
and here he is again doomed to disappointment ; for notwithstanding the
practice of accurate observation which is evinced by the descriptions con-
tained in Mr. Sowerby's work, and the occasional influence of his better
judgment in shaking o6F the trammels with which his subject has been
surrounded, he allows himself too frequently to be influenced by the
reigning notion, that in his descriptions of shells he must always appear
to think and talk about molluscous animals.

Under the genus Pullastra, Mr. Sowerby implies, that it is the habits
of the animals which ought to be the foundation of the genera of shells.
If the habits of the animals be not here taken to mean the shells them-
selves, it is evident that no genus of fossil shells can ever be established.

The title of Mr. Sowerby's work is the " Genera of Recent and Fossil
Shells" yet under the genus Magilus he speaks " of giving the genera of
" all animals whose habitations have usually been called shells," and
under this view he will doubtless include the Hermit Crab.

Under Mclanopsis, Mr. Sowerby quotes from M. de Ferussac, *' The
" genus Melunopsis is one of the most interesting of molluscous animals":

o 2

212 Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science.

yet a few lines further on, he has the expression, " The shells which
" form this genus," &c. Is, it may be asked, Melanopsis an animal
or a shell, or both ? and is not the name derived from the shell ?

Under Catophragmus Mr. Sowerby alludes to " correct first princi-
" pies" — he, however, slates that these " are only to be obtained by
" the study of the Mollusca which form and inhabit shells," " yet (he
" says) the shells themselves may in most cases be regarded as indicating
" many of the more important facts in connection with the history of
" their animal inhabitants, and may consequently be generally consi-
" dered as sufficient to demonstrate characters strong enough for the
" establishment of genera." But genera of what ? animals or shells ?
If of animals, thsy do not properly belong to Mr. Sowerby's work on
shells, and if of shells, the passage means no more than that genera of
shells may be established upon the characters of shells alone. The re-
mark that genera of animals form no part of Mr. Sowerby's work is
strongly enforced by himself, under the genus DentaliuW; where he says,
" whatever may be the nature of their animals, we are engaged to give
" an account of shells alone.'' And the genus Jlnostoma affords an in-
stance of the establishment of a new genus from the form of the shell
alone, where the animal is supposed to resemble that of Helix. The
consequence of thinking about animals while writing about shells, is the
occasional production of observations which could not otherwise have
been made ; as, for example, the quotation from Lamarck, under the
genus Cams, " that the shells live in the sea at a distance from the
" shores, and upon sandy bottoms, where they bury themselves in the
" sand." And under Achatina Mr. Sowerby speaks of shells of differ-
ent characters and habits.

It is not obvious what is intended to be implied by the phrase habits
of shells, if it be not their colours and their epidermis, (the latter of
which, it may be observed, is frequently a very loose habit,) unless in-
deed the practice of burying themselves be termed a habit, to which we
are perhaps indebted for the preservation of the numerous fossil speci-
mens that now exist, and which may be conceived to have formerly prac-
tised self-interment more or less profoundly, in all the then subjacent
beds of seas and lakes.

A similar want of precision in the use of terms connected with this

Mr. Westvvood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 213

branch of science may be observed in the title of a new work recently
advertised by Mr. Children and Mr. Gray, which professes to be " An
Introduction to the Study of Recent and Fossil Shells, and the Animals
which inhabit them," a title which clearly cannot he verified by the work
itself, in relation to fossil shells.

But enough has been said to shew the entirely unsettled state both of
the opinions and language of recent authors on shells and their inhabitants,
and to evince the necessity of establishing some more precise and definite
system of conchology, upon principles which, if shells are still to be
considered worth preserving and receiving names, should be immediately
derived from the shells themselves.

It is well known that a system of conchology, or a method of classing
shells, has been proposed by M. de Blainville, but adapted in some de-
gree to the classification of the animals. He has, however, introduced
two distinctive characters, the operculum and the epidermis, both of
which, from the unfrequency of their continuance with the shell, must
generally become unavailable. There has also been a purely concholo-
gical work produced by a Danish naturalist, Mr. Schumacher, which has
no reference to the molluscous animals. An analysis of this work
would not render the pages of the Zoological Journal less generally inte-
resting than they are at present, and might afford some useful hints to
Mr. Sowerby in preparing his promised work on the Species of Shells.

Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of
KiRBV. By J. O. Wkstwood, Esq., F.L.S., ^c.

When we contemplate the immense number of insects already sup-
posed to be contained in our cabinets, estimated by Mr. MacLcay to
amount at least to 100,000, and when we are aware that it is the opinion
of some eminent authors that this number is but one-fourth part of the
species actually in existence, (an opinion which appears to be well
founded, from the number of new species which the arrival of every col-
lection adds to our store,) the remarks which the entomologist occasionally

214 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clijudium.

hears from those, but little interested in the subject, about the endless
bounds of the Science, &c. may not perhaps be wondered at, although
they are to be regretted, as it is not to be doubted that they have repeat-
edly tended to deter many a Tyro from proceeding in the science. To those,
however, who are more deeply versed in the subject, the increase of our
knowledge of new species either of insects, or of any other group of
beings, is an object of the most lively interest; and to none more so than
to those whose more immediate object is the discovery of affinities, and
the consequent developement of the natural system, employed in the
creation and distribution, not only of the insect tribes, but also of every
branch of the organized creation ; and hence every new insect added to
our collection, " which of itself," as Mr. MacLeay observes, in the An-
nulosa Javanica, " scarcely raises a thought in our minds beyond what
" may originate in its splendour of colour, or its eccentricity of form,
" becomes absolutely important when described in reference to its fel-
" lows."

I have been led into these remarks by the interesting observations of
Mr. Kirby, contained in his communication upon the new genus Clini-
dium, published in the last number of this Journal. The insect forming
that genus is represented by Mr. Kirby to present characters of several dif-
ferent and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspection, and dihgent
comparative investigation of its characters, he states that he feels uncer-
tain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it.

The object of the present paper is to offer some observations upon its
affinities and analogies ; but knowing, as I do, the extreme hazard at-
tending the promulgation of opinions upon the situation of objects which
so well illustrate Latreille's remark upon Sty lops Melitta, " Animal ani-
" mum excrucians," I must rely upon the indulgence of the more ad-
vanced student towards the following pages. It will be seen, however,
that I have endeavoured to depend as little as possible upon my o\vn indivi-
dual opinions, contenting myself rather with collecting the observations
of authors who have preceded me. And should it perchance be objected
that this paper describes no new object, I confidently trust that the inte-
rest which must necessarily attach to the opinions of the celebrated men
whose works I have quoted, (more especially as the objects of tliese
opinions belong to tribes which materially disturb the tarsal system of

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 215

CokopteraJ and the attempt which I have made to render the structure of
already described insects more fully known, will be held a sufficient re-
compence for the want of novelty.

In tracing affinities, perhaps, no organs are of such essential impart^"
ance as the trophi, and it is consequently to be regretted, that as Mr.
Kirby's specimen of

Clinidium Guildingii.
was not dissected, some of the most material parts of the mouth remain
uninvestigated, I beg, however, to call the student's attention to the
characters given by Mr. Kirby of the mandibles, terminal joint of the
maxillary palpi, and especially the " Mentum latum, utrinque tumi-
" dum," and the delineation of this latter organ in Plate II. fig. 2. The
apterous body which is not depressed, the apparent want of reticulated
eyes, and the levigated spaces regarded by Mr. Kirby as their representa-
tives, the formation of the tips of the tibiae, and the pentamerous tarsi, are
also characters which the student will not failto consider worthy of attention.

After the observations of Mr. Kirby on its want of affinity with the
families referred to in his paper, it was with pleasure that I received an
insect from Germany, singularly enough on the very day on which the
account of the Clinidium Guildingii was published, which, even upon a
casual examination, appears to bear so great an affinity to that insect,
that I have little doubt that the time is not long passed when they would
both have been even considered referable to the same genus. It is equally
singular that the situation of the former insect has hitherto equally
been matter of doubt with the authors who have noticed it.

The insect to which I refer is the

Rhysodes exaratus.
Tab. Supp. xlvi, fig. 1.
The genus was proposed (but not described) by Latreille, and adopted
by lUiger, Gyllenhal, Sturm, and other authors ; but it was reserved for
Dalman to give in the Analecta Entomologica, p. 93, an elaborate and
detailed account of the interesting iasect composing the genus. This de-
•scription being unaccompanied by any figure, and the insect not having
been elsewhere figured,* I feel convinced that a representation of it will
not be considered an uninteresting accompaniment to Mr. Kirby's figure
of Clinidium. There are, however, certain material characters not suffi-

• Bee Note A.

216 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

ciently detailed by Dalman, which I was naturally anxious to investigate,
and I did not hesitate to sacrifice my single specimen of the insect, in
order to render its description more complete. I shall, therefore, in the
first place, endeavour to supply this deficiency, and then to point out the
chief characters in which this genus and Clinidium resemble or differ from
each other.

Amongst the characters omitted by Dalman, were those of the trophi,
the following being the only description given by him of them, " Os
" durum, et adeo occultatum ut ejus partes in exsiccatis vix enucleandse.
" Caput subtus planum mento punctato, flavo-pubescente, anticfe sinua-
" to, lobo medio acuto ; Os mandibulis brevibus, palpisque retractis,
" occultatis ; (palpi flavescentes articulo apicali elliptico nudo": — and
Latreille merely gives the following description of the trophi in the 4th
Volume of the new edition of the Regne Animal, p, 487, " Les mandi-
" bules sont, a ce qu'il m'a paru, retrecies et presque tricuspidees a
" leur extremite. Le menton est come, trfes grand, en forme de bou-
" clier, termine superieurement par trois dents ou pointes. Les palpes
" sont fort courts."

Upon a careful examination and dissection of my specimen, I find the
following noticeable characters. The posterior angles of the head are
rounded — the eyes are oval, lateral, not very large, placed behind
the insertion of the antennae, and distinctly reticulated. On a casual
view of the insect, it is not improbable that the two large raised
lateral and posterior smooth parts of the head might easily be mistaken
for eyes, and I am rather inclined to think that Mr. Guilding has consi-
dered the parts similarly situated in Clinidium as the eyes, more especi-
ally as Mr. Kirby's observations leave the matter in doubt. The lahrum
is very minute, and semicircular, with the front slightly produced, and
with a short bristle arising on each side in front (Ibid. fig. 1. B.) The
mandibles are very minute, being longer than broad, and tridentate at
the tips (Ibid. C.) The remaining parts of the mouth are very minute and
membranaceous, and are hidden beneath the large mentum. The maxilla
are broad at the base, with the apex produced into a narrow long lobe,
acute at its tip; the maxillary palpi are four-jointed, the first and third
joints short, the second about twice as long as the preceding, and rather
thickened in the middle, the last joint twice the length of the second, and
gradually acute to the tip (Ibid. D.) This last joint is occasionally seen

Mr. Westwood oji the Affinities of Clinidium. 217

beyond the mentum. The lower lip is attached to the inside of the
mentum, and is very minute and triangular; \[\e. palpi are rather long,
and composed of three joints of nearly equal length, the first of which
is slender, the second rather thicker at the tip, and the third the thickest,
especially in the middle, with the tip acute (Ibid. E.) The mentum is
very large and horny, and occupies the whole of the under side of the
head ; its front is produced into three points, the medial being the most
advanced ; it is covered on the outside with punctures (Ibid. A.), and is
fleshy on the inside where the lower lip and maxillae are attached to it.

The anterior angles of the thorax are rounded, and the place of the
insertion of the head is narrower than at its base, although, as Dalman
observes, the base is narrower than the front part of the thorax.

The femora of all the legs are thickened ; the tip, however, of each
is slenderer, being hollowed beneath to receive the slightly incrassated
base of the tibiae in the manner represented in fig. 1, K. and L.

The tips of the four posterior tibicB are slightly clothed with hairs on
the inside, and are rather thicker than the rest of the joint. They are also
furnished with two spines of unequal length on the inside, so that when
the leg is laterally observed, the tip of the tibia appears to be emargi-
nate (Ibid. fig. I.) The tip of the cubiti or anterior tibiae is, however,
difiFerent, having the inner edge produced at the tip, both above and be-
low, into a bent obtuse spine, below each of which there is a much
smaller spine, and the surface between these spines thus appears both
above and below to be emarginate and ciliated (Ibid. F. G. and H.) The
formation of these parts is not satisfactorily detailed in the account of
Clinidium.

Having thus endeavoured to supply the description of the characters
omitted by Dalman, 1 now proceed to trace the various points of resem-
blance and disagreement between the two genera.

If we regard general appearance or habit, as well as size, we are im-
mediately struck with the resemblance between the insects ; indeed it is
even carried so far as to exist in the singular sculpturing of the head and
thorax.

If we regard natural habits, we find them similar, Dalman describing
the Rhysodea as collected in numbers by Paykull " in ligno putrido abie-

218 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

" tis;" and Mr. Kirby describing the Clinidium as taken in a rotten tree.
Or if we direct our attention to structure, we find the same formation of
antennae and labrum, the same long and acute terminal joint of the
maxillary palpi and minuteness of mandibles, maxillae, labium, and la-
bial palpi, the same subdepressed body, the similar neck, the same
shortness of legs, apparently the same spinosity at the tip of the tibiae,
and the same number of joints in the tarsi.

Such are the chief resemblances, constituting a very intimate affinity ;
but there are numerous points of disagreement, although not of such
material importance, between the two genera.

Their geographical distribution is distinct, Clinidium being an inhabit-
ant of the tropical regions of the islands of the New World, whilst Rhy-
sodes appears to be distributed throughout the southern half of Europe,
the habitats given by Dalman being " Warnaus Blekingiae," Tauria, the
Croatic Alps; " et ut Americas Borealis — an recte ? — communicavit Dom.
" Sturm." In addition to which list M. Lefebvre has captured it in pro-
fusion in Sicily, and Latreille informs us that M. Leon Dufour has disco-
vered it in the Pyrenees.

We also find a material variation in the formation of the mentum,
which in Clinidium (notwithstanding the inability under which Mr. Kirby
laboured to state the formation of the trophi so accurately as he could
have wished) is described as being " latum, utrinque tumidum,"* whilst
in Rhysodes it is flat and " antice sinuatum lobo medio acuto," forming,
in fact, the under side of the head, as represented fig. 1, A. The presence
of reticulated eyes in Rhysodes is also a distinguishing character, if these
organs be really wanting in Clinidium ; upon which question I must beg
to refer the student to the observations of Mr. Kirby and those suggested
above. In their general outline also, there is a considerable difference,

* It is material, for the purpose of tracing the affinities subsequently slated,
to notice this formation ; and a question may arise whether this tumidity is not,
in fact, the bilobed production of the aaterior part of the under side of the
head, and whether the lower lip and its appendages do not arise between the two
lobes as in Passandra, &c. Should, however, the mentum be transverse, and
merely swelled on each side, this circumstance of itself evidently shows an
approximation to the swelled bilobed formation of the under side of the head
in those genera.

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidiuin. 21 J>

the head, thorax, and elytra respectively being oblong-quadrate in Cli-
nidium, while in Rhysodes they are oblong-ovate. The sculpturing of
the thorax is also distinct in the two genera, the lateral channels in
Clinidium occupying only the basal angles, whilst in my specimen of
Rhysodes they run parallel with the entire lateral margin. Dalman,
however, describes these " Sulci laterales" of Rhysodes 2is being " basi
" dilatati latissimi, antrorsum angustati, ultra thoracis medium in puncta
" impressa desinentes," although in my specimen they are of the entire
length of the thorax, as represented in my figure. The striation of the
elytra is also distinct, there being in each elytron of Rhysodes, " Strise
" octo impressse, regulariter et profunde pimctatse, suturales ad apicem
" usque continuae, intermediae ante apicem a ruga obliqua ? cum stride
" punctata interruptae; interstitia angusta convexa Isevissima impunctata;"
whilst in Clinidium the elytra are described by Mr. Kirby as being " pro-
" fixadh sulcata vel porcata, porcis sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis,
" duabus longioribus apice connatis ; apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum
" apud suturam in foveam magnam et profundam excavati." And last,
but not least, Clinidium is apterous, and Rhysodes furnished with folded
wings.

Having thus, I trust, satisfactorily established the intimate connexion
of these two genera, I now proceed to trace their joint affinities and ana-
logies ; and in order to do this satisfactorily, I shall, in the first place,
state the opinions of Dalman, Latreille, and Kirby upon the subject.

With regard to Rhysodes, the original location appears to have been
amongst the Terediles, being placed by Dejean, in his Catalogue des Co-
leopt^res, p. 40, between Oixpes and Ptilinus. Dalman, however, in
the Analecta Entomologica, disproves this location, observing, «' Certe
" peculiare genus, nee facile in uUa familiu not3. pentamerorum ponen-
" dum. Insectum primo intuitu habitum fere profert Colydii vel Lycti,
" sed tarsorum numerus et antennarum forma nimis distant." Latreille,
in the Families Naturelles, p. 354, in again placing this genus with Cu-
pes amongst the Ptinida>, observes, in corroboration of Dalman's re-
marks, " Ce dernier genre (Rhysodes) , quoique pentam^re, semble appar-
" tcnir plus naturellement a la famille des Xylophagcs ou d celie des
" Platysomes," (Cucujidae); and yet the same author, in the second edi-
tion of the Regne Animal, Vol. IV., p. 487, still retains it in the same

220 Mr. Westwood on the 4^m7ies of Clinidium.

situation with the reraark, " Nonobstant le nombre des articles des tar-i
" ses, ce genre parait se rapprocher des Cucujes et nieme de certains
" Brentes a trompe courte dans les deux sexes. Les habitudes sont les
•' memes que celles des Xylophages."

With regard to Clinidium, Mr. Kirby states, that " it exhibits also
*' some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus Brentus, which
" I believe is also a timber devourer, but it seems to me still nearer to
" Cucujus, Fab., as for instance. Cue. rufus, which has a pedunculated
" head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium, is
" pentamerous."

The observations of Mr. Kirby upon its supposed relationship with the
other families mentioned by him, may, I think, be passed over in silence,
that acute entomologist having himself clearly shewn that they can
scarcely be regarded otherwise than as analogies. Its supposed atfinity
to Brentus having also been noticed by Latreille, in reference to the
affinities of Rhysodes, is worthy of peculiar mention, but this, I must
admit, appears to me to be extremely slight, and also not to be regarded
otherwise than as an analogous resemblance.

Hence I think we may take it for granted that we ought to look for the
immediate affinities of these insects amongst the Cunijidce and the fami-
lies which are allied to that group ; and as the affinity of Rhysodes with
Colydium or Lyctus, or the family Xylophages of Latreille, is not very
immediate, as may be perceived from the observation of Dalman quoted
above, we must consequently direct our attention to the Cucujidm, and
the only characters which would separate the insects in question from
that family, as defined by Latreille, appear to be the pentamerous tarsi,
and the less depressed form of the body, since in almost every other
respect, if we consider either their structure or habits, they will be found
to agree, and even in regard to the tarsi, (as Mr, Kirby has shewn, and
as I hope even more satisfactorily to prove,) this difference does not, in
fact, exist ; with regard also to the less depressed form of the body, I
cannot consider this a character of sufficient importance to allow a sepa-
ration of insects otherwise intimately allied ; indeed it can only be re-
garded as indicative of the approach towards the more cylindric form of
the allied families. Still, however, it must be admitted, that this affinity
is not of that nature which might be termed immediate, but that there
are evidently some links in the chain yet to be supplied.

Mr. Westvvood ott the Acuities of Clinidium. 221

For the purpose, however, of tracing this affinity more minutely, I
shall now proceed to an investigation of the characters of several of the
insects comprized in the family Cucujid(E, which, from the interest ex-
cited by an examination of many of their organs, must be considered as
peculiarly worthy the attention of the entomologist.

I shall commence this investigation with the Cucujus rufiis, in conse-
quence of its being the species supposed by Mr. Kirby to be the most
nearly allied to Clinidium. This insect and several others of a similar
formation, vary so materially from the true Cucvji, in many of their
essential characters, as fully to warrant their separation and establish-
ment as a distinct genus, which I propose to name, in allusion to the
formation of the under side of the head,

Catogenus.*

Type of the Genus Cucujus rufus, Fab., Oliv.

Tab. Supp. xlvi, fig. 2.

Labrum minutissimum, transversum. A and C.

Mandihula validte, subtriangulares, porrectae, extus rotundatae, intus
dentibus tribus obtusiusculis, apice unidentato. A.

Maxillce minutae, planse, subtriangulares, lobo superior! majori, in-
tegro, angustato, ciliato, inferior! m.inuto. Palpi 4-articuIati, in lobum
dorsalem inserti, lobo superior! longiores, articulis tribus basalibus lon-
gitudine subaequalibus, sed sensim crassioribus, articulo ultimo majori,
elongate, apice subacuto. D.

Mentum brevissimum, transversum, antice pauUo angustius. E.

Labium bifidum, laciniis linearibus, angustis, divaricatis, cihatis ; —
palpi in labium lateraliter inserti, et laciniis ejus paullo longiores, arti-
culo Imo tenuissimo elongato, 2do brevi et paullo crassiori, 3tio Imi lon-
gitudine, arcuato, apice subacuto. E. and F.

yhilennes moniliformes, capitis thoracisque longitudine, articulis sub-
sequalibus (2do minori.) A.

Corpus dcpressum lineari-quadratum.

Caput subquadratum, depressum, angulis rotundatis, antic^ clypeo

* Ki'tToj (Rubtiis) and yfi'iif (gena.)

222 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

parvo paullulum producto, (C.) et postice collo brevi instructum — genis
subtus utrinque rotundato-productis,* maxillarum basin tegentibus. B.

Oculi parvi, laterales, reticulati. A.

Tliorax oblongo-quadratus, planus, capitis latitudinera aequans sed lon-
gitudinem ejus superans, basi vix angustiori, angulis acutis.

Elytra oblongo-quadrata, linearia, plana, lateribus deflexis, thoracis
latitudine.

Pedes breves, longitudine fere aequales, femoribus crassis, tibiis ad
apicem crassis, et trispinosis, tarsis fere tibiarum longitudine, articulis
5 simplicibus, Imo. paullo minori, unguihus minutis.

Of the characters detailed above, the most interesting, with reference
to the affinities of the genus and its separation from Cucujus, are the
flatness and very oblong shape of the body, the formation of the antennae
and trophi, the anterior production of the lateral parts of the under side
of the head, and the five-jointed tarsi.

If the general formation of the antennae, palpi, and legs are compared,
we are immediately struck with the resemblance between this genus and
the two preceding.

Of this genus, which appears to be the American type of form, in
addition to the Cue. rufas, Fab., the cabinet of the British Museum con-
tains two, and that of the Rev. F. W. Hope, three other distinct species.

Most intimately allied to the last genus is an insect received by Mr.
Hope from Dr. Klug under the name of Isoceriis carinatus, Klug, (MSS.?)
an inhabitant of the Cape of Good Hope. This generic name (it having
been employed by TUiger to designate the genus Parandra, and conse-
quently sinking into a synonym of that name, and also being still em-
ployed by Megerle and Dejean for a genus of BlapsidceJ Mr. Hope pro-
poses to change to

Anisocerus.

In addition to the geographical distinction between this genus and the
last, a slight examination enables me merely to state that it also appears
to differ in being considerably longer in proportion, and not quite so flat
in the thorax and elytra.

• This formation is perceivable, but- in a much less developed state, in Scaw
rnn and F.vrychora. Vide Kirby and Spence, Int. to Ent. Vol. III. p. 489.

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 223

In the produced formation of the underside of the head the two genera
are, however, aUke, as also apparently in their trophi. I was not, how-
ever, able either to examine those organs or the tarsi so accurately as I
could have wished.

Of the other genera, hitherto placed in the family Cucujidm, the
nearest approach to the two preceding groups is made by

Passandra,
founded by Dalman in the Appendix to the 3rd volume of Schonherr's
Synonymia Insectorum, p. 146, and figured in Tab. 6, fig. 3 of that
work. On its affinities Dalman merely remarked, " Statura sublinearis,
" depressa, et facies fere Passali." Latreille, in the Families Naturelles,
p. 398, correctly places the genus, without any remark upon its indivi-
dual characters, in his family Platysomes (Cucujipes.) There is, how-
ever, the following interesting observation made in that work upon that
family, " Ces Coleopteres, ainsi que les Trogosites et les Prostorais
" (Megagnathus), se rapprochent sous quelques rapports des Lucanides."
The chief of these " rapports" appear to me to consist in the pentame-
rous tarsi and general character and habits of the insects ; and in the for-
mation of the labium and maxillse of Rhysodes, as well as in the charac-
ters of Passandra, other and much greater resemblances are discoverable.

In the new edition of the Regne Animal, Vol. V. p. 101, Latreille
has, however, altered the situation of the genus Passandra, and has in-
cluded it in his third division of the Xylophages, placing it as the last
genus after the Trogositarii, wdth the remark, " Ces insectes sont evi-
" demment le passage de cette famille (Trogositae) a la suivante (Cu-
" cuji or Platysomes). lis ne different memedes Platysomes que par leurs
" antennes." It is evident that Latreille here alludes to the increased size
of the last joint of the latter organs, fig. 3, C. In every other respect,
not only in general formation, but also in the similarity of structure of
the under side of the head, (which I have figured in Tab. Supp. xlvi. fig.
3, A,) it will be perceived, that a most intimate connexion exists between
this genus and the two preceding, and the description of the trophi given
by Dalman tends to confirm this affinity. If Latreille, however, was
anxious to shew the affinity between his Trogositarii and Cucujipes, there
are other and much more satisfactory links (as I shall subsequently en-
deavour to prove) to establish the connexion, than the mere incrassation

224 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

of the terminal joint of the antennae. It will also be seen, (notwithstand-
ing Dalman expressly says, " Tarsi omnes exacle 4-articulati, absque
" rudimento nodi basilaris in articulo unguiculari, subtus ciliati non vero
" spongiosi,") from the fig. 3, D, that there is a rudimental basal
joint in these organs which will also further exhibit their affinity with the
genus Catogenus. Dalman was evidently led into this error from an idea
that if any rudimental joint actually existed it would be the fourth, as
in Parandra and the Longicornes, and not the basal joint.

Of this genus there are four species contained in the cabinet of the
British Museum ; and Messrs. Hope and Children have respectively spe-
cimens of another species, which the former gentleman received from
Dr. Klug, under the name of Pass, viltata.

The species all agree in being less depressed than either Cticvjus or
Catogenus, and also in having the elytra but partially striated, the disk
of each being smooth and shining.

The next genus to which I beg to call the student's attention is that of

Dendrophagus, Gyll.,

chiefly on account of its approaching the preceding genera not only in
its elongate form but also in having the " tarsorum articulus primiis mi-
" nutus, inferus," Gyll.

As Gyllenhal has not stated that the underside of the head of this genus
is produced as in the preceding, we may conclude that it is formed as
in the subsequent genera.* Still if we notice the similarity in
the structure of the trophi themselves, (especially the maxillae and
maxillary palpi, and the labium and its appendages,) in Catogenus,
Uleiota and Cuctijus, we shall soon be convinced of the real approxi-
mation between the genera, notwithstanding the variation in the structure
of the underside of the head.

The type of the genus Dendrophagus is the European species, crenatus;
but the British Museum cabinet contains three species (arranged under
Brontes,) one of which is a remarkable insect.

Although differing in its elongated form and shorter antennce, yet in
the majority of its characters, and more especially in the formation of

• See Note B.

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 225

the trophi as described by Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec. 2, p. xiv., this genus
most nearly approximates to

Uleiota, Latr. (Brontes, Fabr.)
the type of which is the Br. jlavipes of Fabricius. This genus is cha-
racterized by the length of its antennae, (the second joint of which is
inserted upon the side rather than the apex of the preceding joint,
Tab. Supp. XL VI, fig. 4, A), the acuteness of the last joint of its palpi
(Ibid. D. & E.), and its labium, which is merely emarginate in front, E.
The male of the typical species presents a remarkable character in having
the outer side of the mandibles armed with a strong bent hornlike process
considerably advanced in front of those organs, (Ibid. C.) : I do not find,
from the description of this species, that the antennae of the female are
shorter than those of the male ; had they been so, Latreille would
doubtless have mentioned the circumstance.

To this genus evidently belongs an insect, considerably larger than the
Ul. jlavipes, brought by Dr. Horsfield from Java, and now contained in
the Museum of the East India Company. Mr. Hope also possesses the
same species from New South Wales. The British Museum Cabinet
contains another species allied to UL Jlavipes.

It will not be considered necessary for me further to mention the obvi-
ous affinity between the last genus and

Cucujus, Fab.,
which, as a genus, is characterized by Latreille by the comparative short-
ness of its moniliform antenna; (Tab. Supp. XLVi, fig. 5, A.), depressed
body, truncate pafpi (Ibid. D. and E.), and bifid labium (Ibid. E.) Such,
indeed, are the characters presented by the large typical species, Cue. de-
pressu.1 f sancjuinolentus, Linn.,) and clavipes; but the genus, as at present
constituted, comprises several distinct forms, to some of which I propose
to advert.

There is, however, another character connected with the typical
species, namely, the real formation of the tarsi, which has escaped the
notice of Latreille, notwithstanding he has, in the first edition of the
Rdgne Animal, expressly characterized the tarsi as having all the joints
entire, whilst, as belonging to insects placed by him in his division Tetra-
mera, it is evident that he must have regarded them as only four-jointed-

Vol. V. p

226 Mr. Weslwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

The accurate examinations and descriptions of Gyllenhal throw, howe-
ver, some light upon the formation of these organs, and accordingly we
find the following observation in the Addenda to the first volume of the
Insecta Suec, Vol. II. p. 6, (misprinted 4.) " Secundum observationes
" CI. Dom. Schonherr, in Act. Holm. 1809. pag. 52, et sequ. plurimae
" species Generis Cucuji tarsos gerunt oranes 5-articulatos, ideoque heic
" [Pentamera] inseratur Familia 9-10 : ma Cucujipes." This reference
being unfortunately incorrect, I have not been able to make that use of
Schonherr's observations which I could have wished ; and in the charac-
ters which Gyllenhal has given of the genus, we find " Tarsuum articulus
" primus minutus inferus stipuliformis," with the additional observation
upon Cue. depressus, " In altero sexu, forte masculo, tarsi postici tantum
" 4-articulati, primo minuto stipuliformi, secundo elongato cylindrico,
" tertio brevi sub-bilobo, quarto unguiculari longo clavato."

In my specimen of Cue, depressus the joints of the tmsi are exactly as
represented in fig. 5, F, G and H. Regarding, therefore, the last observa-
tion of Gyllenhal to be correct, we are led to consider that in all other
respects a similar formation of organs (including, of course, the antenncej
is observed in the sexes, since, if this had not been the case, Gyllenhal
would most certainly have apprized us of the differences. The compa-
rative smallness of the second joint, and the very slight incrassation of
the last three joints of the antennae of this species will be perceived in
fig. 5, A.

In the British species Cue, dermestoides, which is well figured by Pan-
zer, 3, B, there are several peculiarities of formation, which distinguish
it from Cue. depressus. In shape it is more oblong. The hinder angles
of the head are not so much produced. Its antenncs are shorter, with
the second joint nearly as large as the third, the eighth small, and the
three following incrassated, (Tab Supp. XLVi, fig. 6, A.) The mentum is
different, the anterior margin being pointed in the middle (Ibid. E.), and
the last joint of themaxillary and labial palpi, although truncate at the
tips, is not obconic (Ibid. C. and D.) According to Gyllenhal, however,
the posterior tarsi vary according to the sex, as in Cue. depressus, and as
no other variation is noticed by that author, we may conclude that the
antennm do not vary in the sexes. Upon the affinities of this insect
Gyllenhal observes, " Antennarum et scutelli stnictura, ut et articulorum

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 227

" tarsuum variatio secundum sexum,affinitatem cum Genere Cryptophagi
" produnt, sed instrumenta cibaria, et statura corporis depknata, bene
" distinguunt."

Cucujus muticvs. Fab., appears to agree with the preceding in the
formation of its essential organs, although the sides of the thorax are not
denticulated. In another small British species, (Tab. Supp. XLVii. fig. 1.),
nearly allied to the Cue. dermestoides, (which Mr. Stephens has named in
his Catalogue, Cue. testaceus, Pk., Fab., and Gyll., but which appears
to me rather to be the Cue. piceus, OHv. and Latr. Hist. Nat. 11, 256, 4.)
the antenna are formed as in Cue. dermestoides, the labrum is, however,
much larger than in that species, and semicircular (Ibid. fig. 1, A.), and
the terminal joint of all the palpi is but very slightly truncate, being al-
most acute (Ibid. C. and D.), the labium is entire (D.) This species
(which I received from Mr. Ingpen, who procured it from the decayed
part of an old elm-tree, in Wiltshire, in the month of December,) al-
though agreeing with Gyllenhal's description of the form of the head,
antennae, and form and striation of the elytra of Cue. testaceus, appears
to be too darkly coloured for the description of that species, being
rufo-castaneous rather than rufo-testaceous, and Gyllenhal says of the
thorax of Cue. testaceus, " sub-quadratus — angulis posticis parum pro-
" minulis," whereas in my insect, the sides of the thorax are slightly
denticulated at the base, although agreeing in other respects with Gyllen-
hal's description.

In the breadth of its body and in its more developed labrum, the Cucw-
jus monilis, I'ab., Pk., and Gyll., (Cue. bipustulatus, Hellw., Latr., Pz.,
Cue. bimacnlatus, Oliv., Latr.,) appears to recede from the typical form of
the genus. In the specimens which I have seen of this insect, the antennae
have the last three joints thickened ; they therefore appear to be the var. a.
of this species, described by Gyllenhal ; but I very much question whe-
ther they are, as he supposes, males, since, notwithstanding its greater
size, I should be induced to regard his var. b, " antennis filiformibus, di-
" midio corpore longioribus — articulis ultimis non crassioribus, sed elon-
" gatis cylindricis," as the male of the species.

In the Exotic Cabinet of the British Museum, are several specimens of
a small pale testaceous species, with the thorax subquadrate, named by
Dr. Leach, " Cnrujus monilis, H. tnslacem, Pk." This is a British spe-

p 2

228 Mr. Westwood on the Jffinities of Clinidhini.

cies, and has been taken by Mr. Stephens, as well as received by him
from Mr. Griffin. It is not, however, contained in his Systematic Cata-
logue. The specimens, although agreeing in size, vary (as in the last
species) in the formation of the antenna, which in some individuals (most
probably males) are very long, slender, and filiform,* whilst in (ithers
they are much shorter, with the three apical joints incrassated. These
last I conceive to be females.

Of a similar formation with the latter specimens aie two insects con-
tained in the cabinet of Mr. Stephens, and in his Systematic Catalogue
named " Ulciota monilicornis. Marsh. MSS." The Brontes pollens of
Fabricius (which Mr. Stephens doubtingly regards as a synonym of this
species) is, however, considered by the German and French entomologists
as a variety of L7. flavipes, and consequently a much larger insect.

The remaining insect of this genus which I shall mention, is a small pale
fulvo- testaceous species (Tab. Supp. xlvii. fig. 2.), which was captured
under the bark of a Horn-beam tree, in Hainault Forest, by Mr. Bydder, and
which is now in my cabinet ; I am not aware of any other British speci-
men, nor do I find it described, unless it be the Cue. unifasciatus of La-
treille, (Hist. Nat. 11, 256.) The head is as large as the thorax, and has
several emarginations on its anterior margin ; the labrum is large, and
rounded in front (Ibid. fig. 3, A.), the antennm are longer than the head
and thorax (Ibid. E.), the first joint larger than the second, which is also
a little larger than the third, the remaining joints gradually increase
in length and thickness to the last joint, which is as large as the basal
joint, and acute at the tip. The trophi (Ibid. B, C, and D.) considerably
resemble those of the Wiltshire species, Cuc.piceus? The thorax is almost
quadrate, mih a very fine depressed line running parallel with each la-
teral margin, which is entire : it is very slightly narrower behind than
in front. The elytra are not broader, but about twice the length of the
thorax, \vith several rows of minute punctures, which are more distinct
near the apex ; there is also a deeper stria near the lateral and sutural

• The insect specifically named lestaceus by Fabricius, was placed by him
in his genus Brontes, and as the supposed males of the specimens above men-
tioned have long antennae (as in that genus), I am induced to consider that they,
and not the Wiltshire specimens, are the true iestaceta.

3Ir. Westwood on the Acuities of CUitidium. 229

margin of each, and they are deflexed at the sides ; also in the centre of
each, there is an obscurely defined brown spot.

Such are the characters of several of the insects comprised in the genus
Cucujus ; and while on the one hand their affinity to Uleiota, Dandro-
phagus, &c. is evident, their relationship with the Trogositarii is no less
intimate on the other, whether we regard the general habit, or the pre-
valent structure of the trophi and other essential organs. Thus if the
incrassation of the terminal joints of the antennae be considered a charac-
teristic of the latter family, we find several of the smaller Cucuji exhi-
biting the same structure. If we compare the dissections of Trogosita
given by Sturm, in his Deutchsland's Fauna, with those of Uleiota and
Cucujus, but little general variation will be perceived, and even in respect
to the formation of the tarsi, we find Gyllenhal (Ins. Suec, 1, 73,) describ-
ing them in Trogosita as being all five-jointed, " articulo primo parvo
" retracto, prsesertim in posticis." We also find, at the same place, the
following interesting observation. " Antennarum articulis extimis
" majoribus, uno latere productis, ut et statura corporis, aliquatenus ad
" Platyceros accedit hoc genus; proprie tamen pectinatse dici nequeunt
" antennse; apud D. Latreille, una cum genere exotico, Parandra dicto,
" peculiarem constituit familiam, cui nomen " Trogositarios" addidit.
" Species duae aliae Suecanae,a D. Paykull hue relatie, ad sectionem secun-
" dam, tarsis posticis 4-atticulatis, pertinent."

We subsequently, however, find Gyllenhal inclined to doubt the affi-
nity of Trogosita with the Lucanidce; and the situation in which he pro-
poses in his second volume to place it, is the family Cucnjipes, thus at
once establishing the affinity; " Genus Trogosita forte aptius in hac fami-
" lia coUocandum, quam apud Lucanideos."

Mr. Stephens also, in his Systematic Catalogue, places it in the family
Cucujida:, but far removed from the remainder of Latreille's Xi/lophagi.
Although the opinion of the latter author upon the affinity of the Cucu-
jipes with the Trogositarii, may be seen in the following observations
upon the former family, which he says " se rapproche de la precedente"
(Trogositarii amongst the Xylophagi) " quant a I'anatomie interieure,
" aux tarses, dont les articles sont tous entiers, et quant aux habitudes,"*

• Ri'gnc Animal, 2iid edition, Vol. V, \<. 101,

230 Mr. WestNvood on the Jffi.nities of Clinidium.

yet that author has always regarded Trogosita as forming, with other ge-
nera, a portion of his artificial group Xylophagi ; indeed, of the pro-
priety of, at least, considering (with Latreille) Trogosita as the type of a
group of genera, (although we may perhaps doubt its affinity with many
other of his XylophagiJ the student will be at once convinced, on com-
paring the figures of the trophi of Trogosita and Megagnathus given by
Sturm, and Mr. Curtis's dissections of Cicones and Bitoma ; to which lat-
ter genera I may add, from actual dissection, Synchita, Cerylon, Rhyzo-
phagus, Monotoma, JVemosoma, and probably Lyctus.*
Perhaps the singular genus

Megagnathus

ought to be considered as the stepping-stone between the two families,
since in many important respects it appears to be allied to the insect con-
sidered above as the Cucujus unifasdatus ; and we find the maxillcB of
this genus (which is admirably figured, with its dissections, by Sturm, in his
Deutchsland's Fauna) furnished with two processes, as in Cuctyw*, although
the interior one is not unguiform as in some of the species of that genus.
The parts of the mouth are, however, considerably more elongated. There
is a portion of the structure of this insect, which it is somewhat singular
Sturm should have omitted to figure, namely, the extraordinary prolonga-
tion of the under sides of the head, (Tab. Supp. xlvii. fig. 4.) which
is evidently a modification of the formation of the same parte in Catogenus
and Passandra. The last three joints of the antenna of Megagnathus
are rather larger than the others,

Trogosita,

as at present constituted, (like Cucujus,) comprises several distinct forma-
tions. Thus, in Tr. Carahoides, the joints of the antenntB gradually in-
crease in size to the tips ; the mandibles are trigonate and notched at the
apex, the maxillcB are furnished with a single process,f the labium is
nearly quadrate, and with the front margin entire. I have already no-

♦ See Note D.

f I say a single process, because the inner one appears to be only rudimen-
tal, " Basilar! et interno saltern minimo, vix distinguendo, non prominulo,"
Latr. Gen. Cr. &c., Vol. III. p. 22, Note.

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of CUnidium, 231

ticed the formation of the tarsi of this species. Again in Trogositce vi-
resceus, ccBTulea, and mnea, which are proportionably much longer
insects, and which, as their names import, are much more brilliantly
coloured than the rest of the genus, the head is almost square, with three
emarginations in front (Tab. Supp. XLVii. fig. 6.), the labrum is transverse,
and slightly emarginated in front (Ibid. fig. 6.), the jaws are long, exserted,
and acute at the tips (Ibid. fig. 6.), the last three joints of the antenncEZxe
much larger than the preceding (Ibid. fig. 6.), the maxillcs are long, and
with one process only (Ibid. fig. 5, B.), the last joint of the maxillary palpi is
nearly cylindric, and transversely truncate (Ibid. B.),the Twentem is formed
as in Trogosita Mauritanica, the labium is long, and its anterior half is
divided into two divaricating lobes, which are ciliated, (Ibid. C.) The
palpi are three-jointed, and affixed to long scapes united together, and
their terminal joint is truncate, (Ibid. fig. 5, C.) The margins of the thorax
are slightly notched in the centre, (Ibid. fig. 6.) the legs are longer than in
Tr. Mauritanica, and the tarsi are only four-jointed, the three basal
joints equally short, and the last joint as long as the three preceding,
with a short style furnished at the tip with two diverging bristles between
the two strong claws, (Ibid. E. and F.) These characters will, I have no
doubt, be considered sufficiently strong to warrant my proposing the
establishment of the insects exhibiting them, into a distinct genus, which
I propose to name, from the divided labium,

Temnoscheila.*

In addition to the preceding, I have noticed several other forms of
Trogosita in the cabinets of our entomologists, especially in that of the
Rev. Mr. Hope.

In order to render this paper as complete as possible, I now beg leave
to add a few remarks upon the two remaining genera, which have been
occasionally considered to belong to the family Cucujidm, namely, Pa-
randra and Hemipeplus. The observations which I shall have occasion
to quote upon the genus

Parandra, Latr. (Isocerus, lUiger.)
will perhaps be thought more generally interesting than any of the pre^
ceding, in consequence of their shewing to us the recorded opinion of

• 'IV/iro sciiidi) ct xt'^ov laliiiiin.

232 Mr. Westnood o^^ tlie Affinities of Clinidinm.

Latreille upon the tarsal system, which we have been taught to consider
as regarded by that distinguished entomologist as a perfectly natural one.

The genus was established in the Histoire Xaturdle, &c. Vol. XI, p.
252, and inserted in the family Cucujipes, -and the following extract will
assist the student, not only in acquiring a knowledge of some of its pe-
culiar characters, but also in noticing the first arguments of Latreille in
favour of its situation amongst the Tetramera, " Parandra. La seule espece
" connue de ce genre resemble singulifeiement, au premier coup d'oeil,
" a un Lucane, soit par la forme du corps, soit par I'avancement des
" mandibules. La meme analogic se retrouve aussi dans d'autres parties
" de la bouche, telles que les machoires qui sont egalement alongees et
" lineaires; mais la Parandre lisse n'a que quatre articles aux tarses et ses
" antennes sont filiformeset entierement screnues. L'avant dernier article
" de ces insectes est un peu bifide, pour recevoir un petit renflement qui
" est a la base du dernier. Ce renflement semble former un petit arti-
'• cle, et c'est ce qui en a impose a De Geer qui lui en a donne cinq ;
" les Capricornes ont leur derni^re piece des tarses conformee de la meme
" maniere etcependant, de I'aveu detous les entomologistes, ces insectes
" n'ont que quatre pieces a ces parties. La forme de ce dernier article
♦' des tarses des Parandres, leurs palpes filiformes, la saillie de leurs
" mandibules, leur corps assez epais quoique deprime, sont des caracteres
" qui eloignent ce genre de ceux de Cucuje et d'Uleiote de la meme fa-
" mille."

In the " Genera Custaceorum," &c. Vol. III. p. 26, we find the follow-
mg note at the foot of the Cucujipes, " Genus nostrum Parandra familiae
" sequenti inscribam," and the genus is then described at p. 28, amongst
the Prionii, with the following " Observatio. Instrumentis cibariis
" genus Lucanis affine, habitu vero et antennis Trogositis, Cucujis, Prio-
" niis, proximum. Forsan per Xylophagos Cucujipes ad Prioniorum
" familiam transeundum, deinde a Cerambycinis ad Chrysomelinas ; sub-
" sequerentur Erotylenae, CoccineUidae, Diaperiales, PimeHariae ; Rhyn-
" chophori in extreme positi Coleopteris fines statuerent."

In the Considerations Generales, p. 228, the first edition of the Regne
Animal, Vol. III. p. 339, and the Families Xaturelles, p. 398, the genus
is again inserted in the Cucujipes, but in the new edition of the liegne
Animal we find it forming the first of the Prionii (the first tribe of

Mr. West wood on the Jlffinities of Clinidium. 233

the family LongicornesJ and among the characters given of this family
we And, " le dessous des trois premiers articles des tarses garni de
" brosses, les second et troisi&rae en coeur, le quatrierae profondement
" bilobe,* et un petit renflement ou nodule, simulant un article, a I'ori-
" gine du dernier ;" with the following note upon this last character,
" Les parandres ressemblent parfaitement, sous ce rapport, aux longi-
" comes, et si Ton considerait ce petit noeud comme un veritable article,
" non seulement celte famille, mais la suivante, appartiendraient a la sec-
" tion des pentamlres. II peut bien represeuter le quatri^me article de
" ceux-ci; mais, attendu qu'il n'a point demouvement propre, il est cense
" faire partie du suivant." The characters of the family also include
" La languette (labium), portee par un menton court et transversal, est
" ordinairement membraneuse en forme de cosur, echancree ou bifide,
" comee et en segment de cercle tres court et transversal dans d'autres
" (Parandrie)".

In the characters which he has given of the genus, after pointing out
the resemblances between it and the Prionii, we notice the following
distinguishing characters, " Languette cornee, en forme de segment de
" cercle tres court, transversal, sans echancrure ni lobes," and " Tarses,
" dont le penultieme article legerement bilobe, et dont le dernier, nota-
" blement plus long que les precedents pris ensemble, offre, entre ses
" crochets, un petit appendice, avec deux soies au bout."f

This last character is an interesting one, since it is also found consi-
derably developed in the Lucunidce. It may also be observed in a very
minute state in Cucujus depre.tsus, and in Spondylis buprestoides (which
Latreille has overlooked, R^gne Animal, Vol. V. p. 106, &c.) but not in
Prionns coriarius, although there is a very minute rudimentary lobe
between its claws. But there are other characters than those noticed as
above by Latreille, either separating this genus from the Prionida, or
shewing its approach to the Lucanida. The body is smooth and polished,
the first three joints of the tarsi are cylindric, and not clothed beneath
with " brosses," liaving only a few hairs scattered over them (Tab. Supp.

• Latreille ba» here evidently fallen into an error, the first and second joint*
being " en coeur," and tht- third " profondement hilobe."
t Sec Note E.

234 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium.

XLVii. fig. 7, D.), the third joint being but slightly bilobed. The mentum is
very short, and transversely linear, and completely concealing the labium
and maxilloe, which are densely clothed with hair in front, (Ibid. A.) The
species are peculiar to America.

Still, however, the general, as well as essential, characters of the genus
approach so near to those oiSpondylis, (Tab. Supp. XLVii. fig. 8, A B C D E
andF,) that we cannot regard the latter otherwise than as the connecting link
between Parandra and Prionus, and that the situation given by Latreille,
in his last work, to these genera, is the correct one. How are we, how-
ever, to regard all these resemblances between this genus as well as some
of the preceding and Lucanus ? are they not too striking and important
to be considered merely as analogies ? and would it be unnatural to re-
gard this genus as the osculant one between Lucanus among the Lamel-
licornes, and Spondylis and Prionus amongst the Longicornes ? we find
the two great groups similar in their herbivorous habits, and also similar
in comprizing the giants of the order to which they belong.*

Hemipeplus, Latr.

appears to have been first noticed, without any characters, in the Fa-
milies JVaturelles, where it was placed as the last genus in the family
CucujidcB. In the second edition of the Regne Animal, Vol. V. p. 53,
however, we find the genu^ removed, and doubtingly placed in the La-
griaires. The characters are there detailed, which appear to be very sin-
gular. The genus is established, " Sur un insecte trouve en Ecosse, dans
" une boutique," forwarded to Latreille by Dr. Leach.

Description of the Figures.

Tab. Supp. xlvi.

Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus, highly showing the large men-
magnified, the natural tum, and the situation
length indicated by the line of the eyes,
at the side. B. The labrum.
A. The under side of the head C. The mandible.

* See Note 0.

Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Ciinidium. 235

D. The maxilla and pal-

pus.

E. The labium and palpi.

F. The cubitus, or anterior

tibia and anterior tar-
sus, seen from above.

G. The same seen from below. Fig. 4.
H. The same seen from the

side.

I. The posterior le^.

K. Part of ditto, shewing the
excavated tip of the fe-
mur.

L. The same seen from with-
in.

M. The apex of the hind ti- Fig. 5.
bia and tarsus.

N. Under side of the trunk.
Fig. 2. Catogenus rufus.

A. The head seen from

above, with one mandi-
ble opened to shew its
formation.

B. The same seen from below.

C. The clypeus and labrum.

D. The maxilla and palpus.

E. The mentum, labium, and Fig. 6.

palpi seen from beneath.

F. The same seen from with-

in.

G. The base of one of the

elytra.
H. One of the legs.
I. The base of the thorax.
Pilf. 3. Details of Passandra vittata,
A. The under side of the head.

B. The tip of the maxillary

palpus.

C. The last two joints of the

antenna.

D. The tip of the tibia and

tarsus.
Details of Vleiota Jlavipes $ •

A. The head seen from be-

neath.

B. The clypeus and labrum.

C. The mandible.

D. The maxilla and palpus.

E. The mentum, labium, and

palpi.

F. One of the tarsi.
Details of Cucujus depressus.

A. The head and thorax from

above.

B. The head from beneath.

C. The clypeus and labrum.

D. The maxilla and palpus.

E. The mentum, labium, and

palpi.

F. The anterior tarsus.

G. The posterior ditto.
H. The claws and style.
Details of Cucujus dermestoi-

des.

A. The head seen from below,

B. The clypeus, labrum, and

mandibles.

C. The maxillary palpus.

D. Thelast joint of the labial

palpus.

E. The mentum.

F. One of the tarsi.

Tab. Supp. xi.vii. '
Fig. 1. Cucujus pieeutf magnified. D. The labium and palpi

A. The labrum. (mentum not satisfac-

B. The mandible. torily examined,)

C. The maxilla and palpui.

236 Mr. Westwood un the Affinities of Clinidium.

Fig. 2. Citcitjus unifasciatus » mag- Fig. 6.

nified.
Fig. 3. Details of ditto. Fig. 7.

A. The labrum.

B. The mandible.

C. The maxilla and palpus.

D. The labium and palpus

seen from within. Fig. 8.

E. The antenna.

F. The leg.

Fig. 4. Under side of the head of
Megagnathus mandibidaris,
greatly magnified.

Fig. 5. Temnoscheila <Enea.

A. The undersideofthehead.

B. The maxilla and palpus.

C. The mentum, labium and

palpi.

D. The under side of the

trunk.

E. The tarsus.

F. The claws and style.

The head and thorax of ditto,

seen from above.
Details of Parandra.

A. The undersideofthehead.

B. The maxillary palpus.

C. The labial palpus.

D. The tarsus.

Details of SpondjUs Bupres-
toides.

A. The under side of the head.

B. The maxilla.

C. The mentum, labium, and

one of the labial palpi
(the other rjmoved) to
shew the situation of the
maxilla and palpus.

D. The tarsus seen from above,

E. The same seen sideways.

F. The last three joints of

ditto more highly mag-
nified.

Note A.

1 find that Ahrens has figured an apparently distinct species of the genus
Rhysodts, (under the name of Rh. Europaus,) in his Faun. Ins. Eur. fasc. 6, f. 1.
In consequence of this work being of considerable rarity, and the figures but
indifferently executed, I have not thought it necessary to suppress my figure.

Gyllenhal mentions the Rhys, exaratus in the Appendix to the 3rd Vol. of his
Insecta Suecica, p. 720, " quod forte proprii generis, Cucujis quodammodoafiine,"
and considers the Ips monilis of Olivier to be congenerous. In the 4th Volume
of the same work, p. 332, he has described the insect, and states that the palpi
are all filiform, " articulo ultimo elongate lanceolato," and that the maxillx
are " brevissimae, apice setosK."

Note B.

Having examined the structure of the under side of the head of a specimen
of Dendrophagus crenatus, recently received from Germany, I find that it very
nearly resembles that of Uleiotn Jlavipcu. The anterior /awi exhibit the rudi-
ment of a basal joint.

Mr. Westn'ood oii the j-l(finities of Cliuidiion 2*37

The genus was established by Schonherr in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad.
Handl. for 1809; and in the same paper, (which is written in Swedish and con-
sequently unintelligible to me,) are contained his observations upon the
structure of the tarsi of the Cuciiji.

Note C.

Since the preceding observations upon a supposed connexion between the
Lucanid-ie and Prionidm were penned, I have casually examined a most interest-
ing insect, contained in the Rafflesian cabinet, which serves most satisfactorily
to connect the two families. Its general appearance is that of a Prioniis, with
short trigonate advanced mandibles, and moderately long antennas; but the
latter, on a closer examination, are decidedly those of one of the LucanidcE,
the basal joint is scarcely longer than the third, and a slight elbowing of the
anteniKE is observed at the second joint, the last three joints are not longer than
the preceding joints, and very slightly produced on the inside, giving these
organs the appearance of being almost setaceous. The joints of the tarsi are
cylindric, but the insect is heteromerous !

Note D.

In addition to the affinities of the Cucujid<e mentioned above, I have en-
deavoured to prove, in a paper upon the singular family Paussidce, which I
have presented to the Linnean Society, that the former family may perhaps be
considered as having the greatest affinity with the Paussidce, particularly when
we notice the depressed bodies, the formation of the antennce, and especially
the pentamerous, or rather subpentamerous, tarsi of several of the genera in
each family. It is by means of such genera as Kh'jsodes, Clinidium, Catogeims,
&c., that I consider the connexion may be traced, although many links remain
to be discovered.

Note E.

There is a valuable paper, by Gyllenhal, upon the genus Parandra, Latr.,
inserted in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad. Handl. for 1817, in which the
author has noticed the structure of the tarsi in the insects included in it, and
has described four species.

238 Mr. Collie 07t ike Natural History of the Kangaroo.

Art. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with- the
Natural History of the Kangaroo. By A. Colli k, Esq.,
F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z. S. In a Letter to N. A. Vigors,
Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., &)C., Sec. Z. S.

H. M. Sloop Sulphur,
Cockburn Sound, Western Australia,
26th January, 1 830.
My dear Sir,

As so much has recently been done to illustrate the history of the
very peculiar mode of generation in the Kangaroo, the following observa-
tions on this subject may not be unncceptable : I had not the pleasure of
seeing Mr. Morgan's paper before leaving England, and I therefore do not
know precisely how far these observations will be found to coincide with
his.

Buache, or Garden Island, which forms the best side of Cockburn, is
covered, in addition to its trees, with a thick underwood and low shrubs,
which are penetrated with some difficulty. Among these, a small species
of Kangaroo, perhaps the Didelphis Brunii of Gmelin, and what is said
to be the Wallabee or Bush Kangaroo of Sydney, is found in very great
numbers. The males weigh about 141bs., and the females considerably
less. It is brownish above, and greyish beneath.

In the months of July and August last, I had an opportunity of seeing
several females with their young (one to each) of that season, so far ad-
vanced as to be nearly in a state fit for living independent of the mother.
They were nearly half the height and length of the mother, and tolerably
covered with hair. One teat only of the four was in any instance enlarged,
and it was only at the base of this that the lacteal gland could be felt.

From that time to the present, I have occasionally looked at the abdo-
minal sac, and found it empty, dry, and exceedingly contracted, with,
however, the enlarged papilla and very perceptible gland at its base, the
former certainly much shortened, and the latter a little diminished. More
recently, my attention was very closely directed to this subject, and on
the 23rd instant, I was informed, to my no small delight, that a Kangaroo

Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. 239

had been caught with its little young in the sac at the teat. This young
one, which has not obviously increased since, is of nearly the size of the
last and half the middle joint of one's little finger; its integuments of a
flesh colour, and so transparent as to permit the higher coloured vessels
and viscera to shine through them; whilst all its extremities seem com-
pletely formed, and its muscular power is fully testified by its evident
efforts in sucking, during which it puts every part of its body into action.
According to the testimony of the person who preserved the mother with
this little one for me, the latter by no means passes the whole of its time
with the lacteal papilla in its mouth, but has been remarked, more than
once, without having hold of it. It has even been wholly removed from
the sac to the person's hand, and has always attached itself anew to the
teat. Yesterday, on again looking at it, I gently pressed, with the tip of
my finger, the head of the little one away from the teat of which it
had hold, and continued pressing a little more strongly for the space of a
minute altogether, when the teat that had been stretched to more than an
inch, came out of the young one's mouth, and shewed a small circular
enlargement at its tip, well adapting it for being retained by the mouth of
the sucker. The opening of the mouth seemed closed in on both sides, and
only sufficiently open in front to admit the slender papilla. After this I
placed the extremity of the teat close to the mouth of the young, and held
it there for a short time without perceiving any decided effort to get hold
of it anew, when I allowed the sac to close and put the mother into her
place of security. An hour afterwards the young was observed still
unattached, but in about two hours it had hold of the teat and was
actively employed sucking. On examining the sac of another Kangaroo
I found a still smaller young one in it than the preceding. This one is
about one half larger than the body of the common Wasp, f Fcspa vul-
garis). Its extremities, even to its toes, are evidently developed, and its
skin is still more transparent than the before mentioned. The papilla to
which it is attached, and from which its body hangs suspended without any
other support than the hold which ithas of the papilla, (a position into which
I purposely placed it,) is, like the young, delicate, smooth and purplish,
exhibiting a high degree of vascularity, and is about /^ of an inch long.
The gland, however, at its base is very little enlarged, so little indeed as to
be scarcely perceptible ; whilst that at the base of another ])apilla which

240 Rlr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo.

is larger than this one, of a pale unvascular appearance, and circularly
corrugated, is large and firm. This appears to be the teat and gland which
afforded the milk to the young of last season, not yet restored to its wonted
size.

An officer of H. M. S. Success at present here, observed a Kangaroo
in the act of parturition. When the foetus was expelled from the vagina
per anum, the mother was lying partly on one side and partly on her
back, resting against the side of the cage where she was confined. She
kept her hind legs apart, and the very diminutive young, when brought
forth, crept among the fur of the mother towards her belly and to-
wards the opening of the abdominal pouch ; whilst she, with her head
turned towards her tender offspring, seemed to watch its progress, which
was about as expeditious as that of a snail. After it had made some
advance, my informant, unconscious of the remarkable oeconomy of
generation in this class of Quadrupeds, removed the newly born animal
before it had reached its destination, which must have been the mouth of
the sac. The parturition took place two days ago.

I have just now procured two gravid uteri in which the foetuses seem to
be arrived at, or very near to, the termination of the period of gestation.
One of them, which is about the size of the smallest young already men-
tioned as being in the abdominal sac, has protruded through an opening
inadvertently made in the uterus, and is distinctly seen through its trans-
parent membranes and the liquor amnii.

Another Kangaroo was caught three days ago with a young one twice
the size of the largest I have described, but on going to see it on the
25th the young wr.s dead, lying in the sac unattached to any teat.

The eyes of these three are covered, or perhaps I ought rather to say,
the eyelids are united by an opaque whitish membrane. The nostrils,
however, even of the smallest are very evidently perforated for the pur-
pose, it would seem, of admitting air to the lungs whilst the mouth is
closely embracing the teat. To see how closely the sac embraces the
young, that is sometimes retired deep in its bottom, one would be apt
to think that even the little air that so small an animal requires, could
scarcely reach it unless by some peculiar mechanism.

At a future period I hope to be able to communicate more positive
information on this subject, and to transmit or bring you something

Analytical Notices of' Books. 241

worthy of your so useful Society. Unless the Sulphur moves to some
other part of New Holland, I fear I shall add little to your Australian
Ornithology.

Believe me, &c. &c.

A. Collie.

Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books.

Untersuckangen ncber die Bildung und Entwickelung des Flusskrehses:
von Heinrich Rathke. Mit 5 Kupfertafeln. Leipzig, 1829.
Fol. pp. 97.

Researches on the Formation and Developement of the Crawfish.

The zoologists of this Country have been of late years so accustomed
to direct their attention almost exclusively to animals in their perfect state,
that to the greater number of our readers, the analysis of a work devoted
to their illustration in the earliest stages of their developement will
in all probability present an altogether novel subject of contemplation.
It is for this reason especially incumbent on us to put on record
some account of one of the most valuable contributions to animal physio-
logy that we have met with for a considerable tin\e. Any analysis of a work,
chiefly remarkable for its minute details on the minutest objects, must
necessarily be very imperfect; but we shall endeavour, as far as possible,
to select its leading features, so as to give a general, if not a complete,
idea of its contents.

While the comparative anatomists of France and England have been
for the most part content to follow in the beaten track of observation,
those of Germany have been exploring a new path, in which they
have already made discoveries of the highest importance, with the promise
of a much more ample harvest for the future. In common with the philoso-

VOL. V. Q

242 Analytical Notices of Boohs.

phical botanists of the day, they have become aware that the ovum, both
before and after impregnation, undergoes a variety of changes hitherto
quite unsuspected, and capable of throwing a new and valuable light, not
only on many of the darkest points of physiology, but also on the com-
plicated chain of natural affinities. They have consequently endeavoured
to trace the the structure of the egg from its first formation in the ovary,
through all its phases, to the complete developement of the animal to
which it is destined to give birth ; and thus to lay a firm foundation for
the determination of the general laws of organic developement.

Among the most successful of these investigators, we may mention
Herold and Von Baer, to the former of whom we owe an extensive series
of observations on the the ova of Spiders, while the latter has devoted his
attention more particularly to those of Vertebrated Animals. The present
authour. Dr. Rathke, was stimulated by the work of Herold to follow in
his footsteps, and to ascertain, by the examination of one of the higher
order of Crustacea, to what extent its original structure and subsequent
developement corresponded with the remarkable peculiarities observed in
the nearly related tribe. For this purpose the common river Crawfish,
f^stacus fluviatilis. Fab.,) appeared to ofler a favourable object, on
account of the large size of its eggs, the lengthened period of their
developement, the transparency of their envelope, and the facility of
procuring them at almost every season. The authour gives the result of
his observations during the springs and summers of three successive years.
These observations were not, however, made on the progeny of a single
Crawfish, but on eggs taken successively from numberless individuals
brought to the market of Dantzig from the same locality; their continuity
therefore is not altogether complete. The magnifying instruments used
were either a simple lens, or one of Frauenhofer's compound micros-
copes ; but the latter could not have been frequently necessary, as by far
the greater number of the accompanying figures are magnified only fif-
teen times in their diameter.

The authour divides his work into eight sections. In the first, he gives
a general description of the sexual organs of the full grown Crawfish,
which it is unnecessary here to repeat, those parts having been already
well described and figured by Rcesel and Suckow. He then proceeds to give
an account of the formation of the ova, and the changes which they undergo

Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 243

during their continuance in the ovarium and oviducts. The ovum first
appears in the shape of a small, almost perfectly transparent, vesicle, rather
lenticular than spherical, consisting of an extremely fine membrane, and
apparently filled with a clear watery fluid. This vesicle afterwards becomes
surrounded by a second, and seemingly a still finer one, the proper
membrane of the vitellus. The first traces of the vitellus itself consist of
a fluid, interposed between the two vesicles, in the first instance as trans-
parent as that of the inner coat, but gradually becoming whitish, opake,
thick, and viscid, and simultaneously exhibiting a number of extremely
small, snow-white, scattered granules. During this process, the outer
envelope gradually enlarges, and from lenticular becomes spherical, but
the inner remains nearly of the same size, and instead of occupying the
central point of the other, as at the commencement, becomes excentric,
and places itself almost in contact with the paries on one side, while it is
at a considerable distance from the other. The ovum thus formed re-
mains within the parietes of the ovary for somewhat more than half-a-
year, during which time the constantly increasing fluid of the outer vesicle,
or in other words, the vitellus, becomes more and more viscid, changes
in colour successively to Isabella-yellow, orange, and brown, and is at last
almost entirely converted into a mass of very small granules of various
sizes, intimately adhering to each other by means of the small quantity
of viscid fluid that remains.

But the last and most important change that takes place within the
ovary, consists in the evanescence of the internal vesicle, and the produc-
tion of the embryo. The authour has never been able to ascertain what
becomes of the former; he has remarked it in mature ova in the month of
November, but has failed to detect it in the ensuing March. lie suspects
therefore, as was previously conjectured by Von Baer with respect to the
corresponding part in the ova of the higher animals, that the embryo is
formed from the evolution of its contents. The latter, when it first be-
comes visible, appears like a light whitish cloud of indeterminate form,
spread over a small portion of the vitellus, having some thickness in the
middle, but becoming gradually thinner towards its edges. Up to this
period of its developement the egg remains enclosed within the walls of
the ovary, in which it forms for itself a cavity, and to which it is attached
by means ot the raucous coating that surrounds it. As it increases in size,

Q 2

244 Analytical Notices of Books.

it projects inwards the inner lining of the ovary, which becomes gradually
thinner, until at length it bursts, and the ovum is released from its con-
finement by a slow and gradual process of expulsion into the cavity of the
ovary. Thence it is propelled by degrees into the oviduct, where it is
surrounded by a layer of albuminous matter, inclosed within a double
coat.

Passing in silence over the impregnation and expulsion of the ova, and
tlieir attachment to the undeveloped legs beneath the tail of the mother,
the authour, in the second section, resumes his observations at the period
immediately succeeding the latter process, and proceeds at once to describe
the new laid egg, which consists of the six following parts. ]. The
Vitdlus; which occupies by far the largest portion, is of a brown colour,
and consists of an aggregate of minute granules varying in diameter from
Tou^o toyoTo^ of a line. These granules seem to adhere together by their
own power of cohesion, without the intervention of any fluid, and are of
a highly viscid consistence, which may be rendered much firmer for
examination by maceration in spirit of wine or diluted nitric acid, the
former giving them the fixity of cheese, the latter exhibiting them in the
shape of rays passing from the centre to the circumference. 2, The
Embryo ; which shortly after the attachment of the eggs beneath the tail
of the mother, loses its original form, and spreads itself over the entire
surface of the vitellus, in the shape of an exceedingly thin layer, irregu-
larly reticulated, and of a marbled appearance. The authour has not
been able to observe the passage from its former to its present state, but he
thinks himself justified in assuming the identity of the two parts, which
is confirmed by Herold's researches on the eggs of spiders, where a similar
change takes place immediately after their expulsion. 3. The Membrane
of the Vitellus; which incloses the two former parts, is highly transparent,
perfectly smooth on both surfaces, and extremely thin, and is not lost, as
in the chicken, during the developement of the embryo, but remains to be
thrown off with the other membranes, when the latter quits its shell.
4. The coriaceous coat; which surrounds the last, is, like it, very transpa-
rent, but much thicker, highly elastic, and of an almost coriaceous
texture ; it is perfectly smooth on the whole of its inner surface, but only
on one small portion of the outer. 5. Between the two last named coats, in
the new-laid egg, there exists a cavity of some little extent, occupied by a

Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfixh. 245

transparent watery fluid, which diminishes in quantity as the embryo ad-
vances in its growth, and at last vanishes altogether, the two coats coming
into contact with each other; this the authour considers as ^ZiMmen.
6. The outer coat, by means of which the egg is attached to the processes
of the tail. This is scarcely half as thick as the coriaceous coat, but on
account of the inequalities of its surface is much less transparent, and
adheres to the coriaceous coat in every part, excepting only in that
smooth portion of the latter, which has just been noticed ; in this place a
minute cavity is formed between the two, which corresponds with the
point of attachment between the ovum and the shell of its mother.

The third section treats of the further developement of the embryo up
to the period of the appearance of distinct organs, or the changes which
occur in it during the month of April. The first change that takes place
is the formation of a considerable number of insulated greyish white spots,
of an irregularly roundish or elliptical form, over the whole surface of the
vitellus. These patches, each of which is from four to six times as large
as the largest globules of the vitellus, are connected together by minute
filaments of the net work, of which the greater part of the embryo was
previously composed. By degrees they assume a chalky whiteness, with
a brown central point and a well marked circumference, gradually di-
minishing in size and apparently also in number. After a time they
again separate and the substance of the embryo is dispersed over the
surface of the vitellus, forming where it is thickest a clouded appearance
resembling a cirrus, and where it is thinner, appearing, under a strong
magnifying power, very finely reticulated. Every thing seems now
prepared for the re-appearance of a proper embryonal sacculus. The
scattered substance of the embryo contracts itself towards a certain point
of the vitellus, leaving the far greater portion of the latter entirely free.
This point is either actually beneath the attachment of the egg to the shell
of its mother, or in the immediate neighbourhood, and never on the opposite
side. As the embryo contracts itself, it mcreases in thickness in the
middle, and becomes more definite at its edges. In tiiis discoidal form
its longest diameter is about half the radius of the egg, its colour is
nearly uniformly white, and its constituent particles appear to be con-
verted into granules, about equal in size to the largest globules of the
vitellus.

246 Analytical Notices of Books.

The embryonal sacculus, from the time of its formation, gradually, but
slowly, increases in size by the assimilation of tlie plastic matter of the
vitellus, and changes its form to that of a more or less irregular ellipsis.
A depression appears in its centre, usually in tlie direction of its longest
diameter, which at first assumes the shape of a small segment of a circle,
or of a horseshoe, but in the course of a few days increases in length,
and approximates its two extremities, which at length unite together.
This depression passes more and more deeply into the substance of the
embryo, and a corresponding elevation of the latter extends into the
vitellus, from which it receives a continued supply of plastic matter.
During its formation the enlargement of the embryo at its edges steadily
proceeds, the latter remaining, however, thin and transparent, while
those parts which surround the depression are thicker and opake. After
a time, the new growth at the edges puts on in two different places a
clouded appearance, which rapidly increases, extending itself towards the
entrance of the depression, and assuming an elliptical form. The two
ellipses gradually approach each other, and at length form by their union
a broad heart-shaped patch, the narrow end of which is in immediate
apposition with the thickened portion surrounding the depression. The
developement of the separate organs now commences. The antennae,
labrum, mandibles and abdomen, first make their appearance, and nearly
at the same moment. The last named part takes its origin from the
depression ; but all the rest are produced from the surrounding parts of
the embryonal sacculus, or, to speak more accurately, from the clouded
heart-shaped patch. To avoid circumlocution the authour names the
opake portion, the central piece of the embryo, distinguishing the depres-
sion as its posterior, and the clouded patch as its anterior, half; while he
denominates the transparent circumference, the marginal piece. By de-
grees the entrance of the depression is enlarged, and its cavity is exposed,
and at the same time brought more nearly to the level of the other parts.
There is now seen upon its surface a small umbilicated elevation, the rudi-
ment of the future abdomen and tail. At the same time there appears
on the anterior half of the central piece of the embryo, on each side of
the middle line, a process directed backwards and outvrards constituting
the commencement of the mandible. Two other pairs of similar pro-
cesses, the rudiments of antennae, had previously become visible still more

Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 247

anteriorly; and the labrura had also commenced its growth, in the shape
of a flattish elevation with a darker margin, occupying the middle space
between the foremost antennse. No trace of nervous or vascular system
could be detected during the whole of this period. The embryo, it
should here be observed, has by this time extended itself over about one
fourth part of the surface of the vitellus, but its thickness is still incon-
siderable.

In the second period of developement, treated of in the fourth section,
which closes with the appearance of the heart, and occupies a space of
about a fortnight, from the end of April to the middle of May, the
increase in the size and number of parts proceeds with much greater
rapidity. The central piece enlarges itself to such an extent as fully to
equal one eighth part of the surface of the vitellus, and at the same time
acquires a considerable thickness ; while the marginal piece, still remaining
extremely thin and perfectly transparent, extends itself over the whole
remaining part of that organ, and uniting its opposite edges, forms, with
the central piece, a new and supplementary envelope. The pro-
duction of the remaining external organs is continued in the same direc-
tion, namely from before backwards; and the developement of those
previously produced gradually proceeds. The rudimentary antennae
increase in length, become detached from the surface nearly to their
bases, and have tlieir extremities partially bisected by a notch. The
mandibles also lengthen, and enlarge, but more particularly in their basal
portion, which continues to be applied and attached to the common sur-
face, after the separation of the rest. The labrum gradually recedes from
its position between the anterior antennae, and takes its station between
the posterior ; and a cavity is formed behind it, communicatiug with the
commencement of the oasophagus, which now becomes partially visible
on dissection. Of the new parts, the eyes are the first that make their
appearance. Up to this period the anterior half of the central piece,
which produces the organs hitherto named, and whicli must now be
regarded as the head, forms by far the largest portion ; but tlie relation in
this respect is henceforward reversed, and the posterior half enlarges itself
with much greater rapidity. The umbilicaled process of the latter
becomes lengthened into an apparent tail, which includes, however, both
tail and abdomen ; and the depression in its surface is converted into the

248 Analytical Notices of Books.

anus, in which the intestine, now occupying the entire cavity of the pro-
cess terminates. At the same time the extremity of this caudal process
is gradually bent forwards beneath the central part of the embryo, until it
is brought nearly into contact with the labrum. The maxillae now begin
to shew themselves ; first, the three anterior pairs, nearly in contact with
each other, but at some little distance behind the mandibles ; and after-
wards the fourth and fifth pairs, the former arising from the spot where
the hinder part of the body is bent upon the fore part, the latter from the
portion which is bent upwards. In a short time, however, the posterior
maxillae are brought, by a change in the relative position of the parts, into
the same level with the anterior. As their growth proceeds, the latter
increase much more slowly than the former, so that at the close of this
period the fifth pair are four or five times as large as the first, and so on
in proportion with regard to the intermediate ones. Their extremities,
as in the antennae and mandibles, separate from the surface of the central
piece, and gradually become lobed, the two anterior pairs having each
two lobes, and the three posterior, three. A longitudinal sulcus and six
transverse ones, the latter corresponding with the several pieces of the
trophi, now become visible on the surface of the central piece.

Very shortly after the appearance of the hindermost pair of maxillae,
the five pairs of true legs are produced in regular succession from before
backwards, on that portion of the tail-like appendage, which is turned
upwards. Each of these, in its early stage of developement, is exactly
similar to the hindermost maxillae. Soon afterwards there appears on the
outer side of the base of each, a small process, the rudiment of the
future branchiae. In their relative proportion, the legs increase inversely
with respect to the maxillae; the anterior being at the close of this period
about four times as long as the posterior. The true tail also now becomes
more clearly developed, and the rudiments of its foliaceous appendages
are visible at its extremity. At the same time six transverse furrows,
the indications of its future articulations, are seen on its under surface.

The authour next proceeds to trace, with great minuteness, the forma-
tion of the internal organs, regarding the lamina of the embryo from
which the intestines are derived, and which lies in contact with the vitellus,
as mucous membrane, while he treats the outer lamina from which the
externa] organs take their origin, as serous membrane. First appear the

Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 249

primae viae, commencing on the one hand with the oesophagus, which
forms a union with the outer cavity of the mouth, and on the other with
the intestine, connecting itself to its external opening beneath the tail.
These two portions are soon after placed in continuity by the production
of the stomach. After these parts the heart comes into existence, formed,
as the authour believes, not from the internal layer, or mucous mem-
brane, but from the outer or serous. It appears at first in the shape of a
small compressed vesicle, seated near the junction of the anterior and
posterior portions of the body. Several blood vessels are soon afterwards
seen in its immediate neighbourhood, which may be regarded as prolon-
gations of its substance ; and its pulsation speedily becomes distinguish-
able. About the same time appear the first traces of the nervous system.
An elevation extends beneatli the middle line of the central piece from
the oesophagus to the tail, with a slight longitudinal impression, and ten
transverse superficial furrows dividing it into eleven processes, corres-
ponding with the trophi and the legs, on either side. From these the
muscles of those parts respectively take their origin. On the middle of this
elevation is formed the ganglionic cord, consisting at first of eleven pairs of
minute white spots ; and anterior to these a short and broad process passes
forwards on either side of the oesophagus. Up to this period all the
parts of the embryo, with the exception of the heart, blood-vessels, and ex-
ternal parietes of the back, are formed of a uniform gelatinous transparent
substance. The latter organs have more of a membranous consistence.

In the fifth section the authour traces the progress of the embryo
in its third period of developement, the termination of which is marked
by the production of the salivary glands, occupying the remaining part of
May. On this, as well as on its fourth period, ending with the bursting
of its envelopes and its escape from the egg, which is performed in the
course of the succeeding, month, he enters into equally, or perhaps,
owing to the greater distinctness of the parts, even more minute details
than with respect to its previous developement. But our limits warn us
that in spite of all our attempts to state his leading facts in as few words
as possible, we have already encroached too much; it therefore becomes
necessary to treat the remainder with the utmost conciseness. It may
be suHicient then to say, that the whole of the organs developed during
the foregoing periods continue, in the progress of these, to approach

260 Analytical Notices of Books.

more nearly to the form and texture which they assume at their complete
maturity, those which were before merely rudimentary now taking on
their proper and distinctive character. Of the new organs that make
their appearance in the third period the most important are the two livers,
the brain, and the salivary glands. No new parts of any consequence are
developed during the fourth period, nor is there any vestige, at its termi-
nation, of internal sexual organs.

The seventh section embraces the period between the bursting of the
embryo from its shell, and the complete maturity of the animal. At the
commencement of this period all its external organs are fully formed,
but their outer coating is still extremely soft and flexible. It is not,
however, necessary for it to proceed immediately in search of food, as it
carries with it from the shell a portion of the vitelius, on which it can
subsist until its coat becomes sufficiently hardened to admit of its moving
from place to place with impunity. The following are the only outward
changes that occur in it after quitting the shell. The legs increase in
length more than in thickness ; and the same is the case with the antennae,
the maxillae, and the spurious legs beneath the tail. These last acquire
only at a very late period the long bristles which in the female serve for
the attachment of the eggs. The anterior extremity of the thorax ac-
quires two lateral spines in addition to the central one, which continues
to increase in length. The pedicels of the eyes become thicker. The
branchiae gradually increase in length, as do also, and with great rapidity,
the little processes by means of which the animal absorbs the oxygen of
the water. While the remains of the vitelius are being consumed, the body
and tail gradually increase in length more than in breadth, and the latter
also acquires a greater thickness. Lastly, the shell becomes firmer, and
loses by slow degrees its parchment-like appearance by the addition of
calcareous matter. In the mean time the number of its red points and
streaks increases, and to these are added small blue spots which are roost
numerous on the upper surface and legs; the transparency of the
outer coat for some time allowing the colours to be seen through it, pre-
senting a beautifully variegated appearance. In the interior of the animal
the changes are more important; but with the exception of the produc-
tion and developement of the sexual organs, they consist, like those of the
outer surface, in a gradual adaptation of parts already formed to their
proper objects.

Ratlike, Growth of the Eggs of the Craw/iish. 251

We must here interrupt our analysis for a moment to notice the obvious
discrepancy between the facts detailed in the present publication, and the
theory advanced by Mr. J. V. Thompson with respect to the metamor-
phosis of Decapod Crustacea, of which some account is given at p. 248
of our last volume. The observations of Dr. Rathke prove beyond all
question that no such metamorphosis takes place in the young of the
Craw-fish, and thus confirm the doubts which we have there expressed of
the universality of the fact. We cannot, however, discredit Mr. Thomp-
son's statement that he has seen the ova of the Common Crab give birth
to animals of a form very different indeed from that of their parent ; we
will therefore only observe in conclusion, that if there existed no optical
delusion or other cause of error in the isolated observation which he has
given us, the difference of organization between a Macrourous and a Bra-
chyourous Decapod is much greater than either analogy or anatomy would
have led us to suspect.

The eighth and last section of Dr. Rathke's Work contains his deduc-
tions from the previous details, both with reference to the structure of the
Crawfish itself, and to its developement as compared with that of other
animals. These observations are distributed under the following heads ;
1, a comparison betweed the trophiand legs of the Crawfish: 2, a com-
parison between the structure and developement of the Crawfish, and
that of certain nearly related animals: 3, a comparison between the
progressive structure of the Crawfish, and the permanent structure of
other Crustacea: and 4, a comparison between the structure and deve-
lopement of Fertebrula on the one hand, and of the Crawfish on the other .

With respect to the first point he regards his observations as furnishing
a striking confirmation of M. Savigny's hypothesis (now universally ad-
mitted) that the maxillae and mandibles of Crustacea are analogous to the
legs, or more properly that the one set of organs are merely modifications
of the other. The earlier they are examined the more complete is their
similarity, both in form and origin ; and it is only after a certain period of
their growth that this similarity is lost by the inverse developement of the
parts, the basal half of the maxillae increasing in proportion to the termi-
nal half of the legs, and vice versa.

Under the second head the authour compares the results of his own
olwervations with the few similar investig-ations that have been attempted

252 Analytical Notices of Books.

by other writers, and points out the coincidences and discrepancies that
occur between them. Cavolini, Jurine, Prevost and Herold are the only
authours who have treated of this difficult subject ; the first in a very
superficial manner, in a memoir on the Generation of Fishes, &c., MM.
Jurine and Prevost in several valuable papers on the structure and de-
velopement of different species of Branchiopoda, and M. Herold in his
laborious work on Spiders. Of the primitive developement of Insects
we know at present scarcely any thing. From a comparison of his results
with those of M. Herold, Dr. Rathke concludes that there exists a
close resemblance between the structure and developement of the Crawfish
and of Spiders, and consequently a near relation between the types of
their organization. The most important particular in which they agree is
in the relative position of the vitellus, which lies in both at the back of
the embryo, instead of being placed, as in the Vertebrata, in front. A
remarkable difference between the two is, however, found in the develope-
ment of the abdomen, which in the Spider is applied from the very com-
mencement to the surface of the vitellus, while in the Crawfish it makes its
appearance in the shape of a perfectly free appendage. The same relative
position of embryo and vitellus, and many minor points of coincidence,
are met with in Daphnia Pulex according to Jurine, and in Branchipus
stagnalis according to Prevost. In the latter the abdomen is highly deve-
loped, and occupies the same position with respect to the embryo as in the
Spiders. The authour also derives some convincing proofs of the jus-
tice of M. Savigny's hypothesis above noticed from the developement of
the trophi and legs of the Cyclops 4-cornis as described by Jurine.

Under his third head, the authour's first object is to prove that the
Crawfish and its congeners are among the most highly organized of the
long-tailed Crustacea, each of their external organs being as fully deve-
loped as the corresponding part in any other macrourous species, and the
whole of them taken together appearing to occupy a middle station in
size, as compared to each other, with reference to a similar comparison
carried through the rest of the tribe. Proofs of this are adduced in
the forcipated terminations of the legs, the bipartition of the posterior
antennae, the spurious legs beneath the tail, the laminated appendages of
the last named organ, and the consistence and completeness of the outer
covering. In the second place he combats Lamarck's opinion that the

Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crmvfish. 253

Brachyourous Crustacea are more highly developed than the Macrourous,
and maintains that however strongly one or two particulars in the organi-
zation of the former may argue in favour of this supposition, the weight of
evidence is decidedly opposed to it. Thus, for example, the trunk of
the Brach'jura retains the same comparative breadth after its complete
developement as that of the Macroura in the early part of its foetal state ;
the tail of the former is not only less developed as a whole, but also less
perfect in its parts ; the anterior pair of legs alone are furnished with double
claws ; the antennae are shorter, smaller, and less developed ; the bran-
chiae are less numerous and more simple ; the two ventral nervous cords
do not approach to a union with each other in the posterior half of the
trunk, but remain at a distance, &c. &c. Lastly he points out analogical
relations between the Crawfish in its various stages of developement, and
the lower Crustacea in their permanent state. Thus at an early stage of
its growth, when its articulations are indistinctly marked, it resembles
the SquillcB in this particular, as well as in its legs being apparently de-
rived from the tail. Its maxillae have at one period a considerable likeness
to those of Monocuhs Apus. Its legs and their branchial appendages
resemble those of certain Branchiopoda. It wants the spurious legs,
which are developed only at a late period, and thus resembles many
of the lower Crustacea, which never possess them, &c. &c. This part
of the subject, however, is treated by the authour in too superficial a
manner, with reference to the importance of the questions which it in-
volves; and is by no means so happily illustrated as might, have been
expected.*

• Since the above paragraph was written, MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards
have published, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for June of the present
year, a note on the Nervous System of the Crustacea, which fully justifies our
last observation. Referring to Dr. Rathke's Work, and connecting his disco-
veries with their own previous researches into the structure of Crustacea, they
»bow that the three successive stages of developement in the nervous system
of the Crawfish exactly correspond with three apparently distinct types of
formation observed by tliciu in its permanent condition in other animals of the
Class. Thug, the double series of ganglions, under the form of which the
thoracic nerve first makes its appearance in the ovum of the Crawfish, is perfectly
analogous to its permanent state in the adult Talitrus, which occupies a very

254 Analytkal Notices of Books.

Von Baer's observations on the ova of Mammalia, Hens and Frogs,
and the authour's own researches on those of Blennius viiiparus, fur-
nish one side of his comparative view of the structure and developement
of Fertebrata and the Crawfish. The first remarkable difterence between
them consists in the diffusion of the embryo over the whole surface of
the vitellus in the latter, previously to its contraction towards a determinate
centre; an appearance which has never been observed in the former.
The difference in the form of that body, when it first becomes visible,
assuming the shape of a carina (so called) in Vertebrata, and that of a
half ellipse in the Crawfish, appears to be of less importance. The
anatomical structure of Vertebrata consists primarily of an external or
serous membrane, an internal or mucous, and a vascular tissue inter-
posed between them. In the Crawfish the latter appears to be wanting,
and the vascular parts seem to be immediately derived from the serous
membrane. Generally speaking, however, the same organs are in both
cases produced by the same membrane. These observations apply equally
to the ova of Spiders. On this point Dr. Rathke observes that the want
of a proper vascular tissue in the embryo of Anmilosa is in all probabi-
lity the reason why these animals have no such parenchymatous intestines
as the Vertebrata, all their secretory and excretory organs appearing
only as discrete tubes without parenchymatous envelopes.

Of the two membranes, the most important in the formation of the
embryo is the serous, which is developed in a very different manner in
the Crawfish, and in Vertebrata. We cannot here follow the authour in
his minute details, but must content ourselves with stating that he adopts
Von Baer's type of the embryo in Vertebrata, as consisting of a double
convolution of the embryonal sacculus proceeding upwards and down-
wards from a middle line ; and opposes to it the type of the embryo of
the Crawfish, and probably of all Annulosa, as formed of a simple con-
inferior station in the natural arrangement of Crustacea. At a more advanced
period the two series of ganglions in the foetal Crawfish approach the medial
line on either side, become united together, and form a single chain, which
corresponds exactly with the structure of the same organ in the adult Cymothoe.
And lastly the whole series of ganglions run together longitudinally, so as to
form in the adult Crawfish a simple nervous cord, like that of the more highly
developed animals of the Class. Such comparisons open an ample field of phi-
losophical consideration.

Rathke, Grotcth of the Eggs of the Cratvjish. 255

volution of the sacculus in one direction only. The result of this dis-
tinction is, that the central parts of the nervous system are in Verlehrata
external, and in Annulosa internal, to the serous membrane. The
positions of the ganglionic cord corresponding with the spinal marrow,
and of the intestinal nerve corresponding with the great sympathetic, are
completely reversed in these two great divisions of the animal kingdom.

A similar opposition occurs in the general position and direction of all
the external organs. In the Verlehrata, in Batrachia for instance, both
extremities, the head and tail, as soon as they become visible, expand over
the vitellus, and tend to inclose it. In the same manner, the legs and
arms, and in Birds the wings, embrace the vitellus, which is placed in
juxtaposition with the abdominal surface of the body; the primitive
portion of the embryo remaining at the back. In the Crawfish on the
contrary, the tail tends to become free, while the anterior extremity alone
is applied to the vitellus, the two ends approaching each other not by
surrounding the last named organ, but in the contrary direction. The
limbs too, instead of embracing the vitellus, take the opposite direction
and surround the outerside of the primitive portion of the embryo.
Hence it follows that in the Crawfish, and the same is the case in Spiders,
the inner side of the limbs corresponds with their outerside in Vertebrata ;
and that, when the Crawfish quits the egg, it turns the primitive part of its
embryo towards the earth, while the Vertebrata turn their'sin the opposite
direction. What is called the abdominal surface in the former is conse-
quently analogous to that which is termed dorsal in the latter ; and
Annulosa turn their backs, while Verlehrata turn their bellies, towards
the surface of the earth.

Other important points of distinction are found in the structure and
developement of the head and its parts, and in the disposition of the
brain and nervous system in general. But we cannot afford space to enter
further into these particulars. The authour concludes with some general
deductions, which are, however, sufficiently obvious not to require
repetition. Three plates, two of them accompanied by outlines, filled with
magnified representations of the egg and its contents during the various
stages of developement, and in various points of view, together with
their explanation at length, complete the volume. They are executed
with great care, and afford excellent illustrations of the growth of the
embryo in all it.s stages.

256 Analytical Xotices of Books.

The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Volume XVL
Part the Second.

In the present part of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, thef
contents are partly botanical and partly zoological ; the former somewhat
exceeding the latter in extent. The zoological papers are from the pens
of the Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. Yarrell and Mr. Jeffreys, and these we shall
proceed to notice in the order of the subjects to which they are respectively
devoted.

" Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant: with an
" attempt to prove its identity with the Pipistrelle of French authors: by
" the Rev. L. Jenyns," first claim our attention. The Common Bat of
our country, as the authour remarks, has been uniformly referred by British
writers to the Vesp. murinus of Linnaeus; but difficult as it v/ould be to
determine with any thing like certainty the precise species originally
intended by this denomination, it is yet probable, from the reference
made by Linnseus to Brisson, that the Bat so designated was larger than
our Common English species. Such is the one known on the continent
as the Vesp. murinus, which differs from our Common Bat not merely
in absolute size, but also in colour and general appearance, in the shape
of the auricle and its operculum, and in some of its relative dimensions.
The difference in size is indeed most striking, the length of the body
in the continental Vesp. murinus being three inches and a half, and the
extent of wing fifteen inches; while in the Common English Bat
the length is only one inch and seven lines, and the extent of wing rarely
exceeds eight inches and a half.

With the continental species the name of Vesp. murinus may well be
suffered to rest, rather than with our own Common Bat. The former has
been repeatedly well described and accurately figured, but the latter,
originally imperfectly described at a period when the necessity of minute
investigation was less evident than at present, has since been confused
and rendered almost unintelligible by the errors of copiers and compilers.
But by what name should the latter be designated } Arguing from the
improbability that a species so common here should be unknown on the
continent, Mr. Jenyns concludes that it can scarcely have escaped the

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 257

notice of continental writers; and he finds in the description given by them
of the Vesp. PipistreUus, Geoff., so little variation from our Common
Bat that he is induced to regard them as identical. Under that name and
with the synonyms of that species in the continental authours, Mr. Jenyns
accordingly describes our Bat, furnishing the requisite details of measure-
ments, dentition, form, fur, and colour, with considerable minuteness
and precision. The dimensions somewhat exceed those given by Dau-
benton for the Pipistrelle, which might probably have been obtained
from young individuals; but accord generally with those furnished by
Geoffroy. In Mr. Jenyns' view of the subject the Vesp. murinus is con-
sequently to be excluded from the British Fauna ; its place in which should
be occupied by the Vesp. PipistreUus, already introduced into it on the
authority of a specimen procured from Scotland by Dr. Leach, which
exhibits nothing like a specific distinction from the Common Bat of
Pennant.

In some remarks on the habits of Bats appended to his paper, Mr. Jenyns
states his belief that each species has its peculiar place of concealment.
The Noctule, for instance, retreats into hollow trees; the roofs of houses
are uniformly resorted to by the Long-eared Bat, Pkcotus auritus,
Geoft'.; and the Common Bat is found in retirement in crevices of de-
cayed brickwork, the cracks of old gateways and door frames, or behind
gutters or pipes. In these situations the latter collect, sometimes in pro-
digious quantities, for concealment in the day-time, and for shelter during
their winter slumbers. Complete torpidity does not take place until the
temperature is very much reduced, (probably below the freezing point) ;
but when it has supervened, a high temperature is required to awaken
the animal from its sleep. In November and December this species has
been seen actively flying when the thermometer has marked 38o ; and has
not been again met with on the wing till March, although the temperature
has risen in the mean time considerably above 50". The Noctule seeks
its winter retreat at an earlier period than the Common Bat.

The leading facts embodied in the next paper whicii we have to men-
tion, have been already given in the present volume of tiiis Journal.
It is " On a new species of Wild Swan taken in England, and hitherto
" confounded with the Hooper: by W. Yarrell, Esq." To our pre-
vio>is notice it is only necessary to add, that the distinctions between the

Vor.. V. R

258 ^nalytkal Notices of Books.

Cygnus feriis, Meyer, and Cygnut Bevokkii, Yarrell, are clearly made out,
especially as regards the structure of the trachea and sternum in the new
species, which is explained in two plates, the latter of which represents
these parts in three stages of their progress) ve developement. In the adu It
state of the new species, the trachea, of equal diameter throughout,
enters the keel of the sternum, through which it passes to the end,
where, inclining upwards and outwards, it passes into a cavity formed in
the body of the bone by the separation of the bony plates, and produ-
cing a convex protuberance on the inner surface of the sternum. In this
cavity the trachea assumes a horizontal direction, and makes a considerable
curve reaching within half an inch of the posterior edge of the sternum.
It then returns to the keel, along the upper part of which it passes to the
exterior edge of the bone, over which it is reflected to enter the body of
the bird and become attached to the lungs. In a less perfect state of
developement the trachea occupies one side only of the cavity in the
body of the sternum; and at a still earlier period, it is found in the keel
alone, not having yet passed into the horizontal portion of the bone, in
which, however, the projection indicating the cavity is already strongly
marked.

In these particulars the new species dififers materially from the Wild
Swan, in which the trachea never assumes a horizontal direction, and does
not even penetrate within the keel to the extent of one half of the length
of the sternum. In the comparative length of the bronchi, and of the
bone of divarication, in the form of the latter, in the uniform calibre
of the tube of the trachea of the new species, and in other particulars,
additional differences exist. These are clearly explained by Mr. Yarrell,
who has also given comparative measurements of both species ; and, in
further illustration of his subject has indicated some differences in habit
and in voice, the latter agreeing with the variation in the structure of the
trachea.

To the organs of voice in Birds Mr. Yarrell has for many years been
especially attentive, and the result of his enquiries respecting them
forms the subject of another communication in the present part. In this
truly valuable paper Mr. Yarrell describes the organ as consisting of four
parts: the glottis, or superior larynx; the tube of the trachea; the in-
ferior larynx, with its muscles ; and the bronchi. These parts are noticed

Transactions of the Li7mean Society. 259

in succession. The superior larynx communicates with the mouth at the
root of the tongue, by a long and narrow orifice which is regulated as to
its extent of opening by two pairs of muscles, one of which is adapted
to close, and the other to dilate the glottis. By governing the size of the
aperture, these constitute one of the accessory means by which the sound
of the voice is regulated. The tube of the trachea varies in length, in
diameter, and in regularity, and the voice is influenced by each of these
variations; thus shrill notes are produced by short trachece, low notes by
larger tubes, &c. Its substance, also has some effect on the voice; broad
cartilages usually coexisting with monotonous voices, while narrow rings
with enlarged membranous spaces allow freedom of motion, and conse-
quent variety of tone.

The glottis and the trachea, however, only modify the voice, which is
truely produced by the inferior larynx. This part varies in form, in
structure, and in the number of its muscles. Its lower orifice is crossed
by a bone, which forms the point of divarication whence the bronchi
pass off to the lungs. The bronchi are composed of incomplete rings,
the circle being completed by a delicate membrane, the membrana lym-
paniformis. On the contraction and dilatation of this, and on the power
of altering the form and length of the bronchi, some of the varieties of
intonation depend.

It is principally to the elucidation of the muscles of the inferior
larynx that Mr. Yarrell's observations are directed. These he considers
as the true muscles of voice. In some few birds, including the
Condor, the King of the Vultures, and the Spoonbill, they are entirely
wanting ; but they exist generally throughout the class, varying in number
from one pair to five pairs, A single pair is the number most usually met
with, being found, with very few exceptions, in all the Rasores, Gralla^
tores, Katatores, and in some of the Insessores, as well as in the majority
of the Raptores. They arise from the whole outer surface of the cricoid
cartilage, and descending along the trachea, surround it at its upper part,
and afterwards divide and pass downwards in two equal portions attached
to the tube, which they do not quit till they have arrived at or near the
bone of divarication, when each passes off to be inserted upon the edge of
the sternum on its own side. These sterno-tracheal muscles influence
the length of the trachea as well as that of the bronchi.

260 Analytical Notices of Books.

Two pairs of muscles of voice exist in but few birds, and there is
little uniformity of structure even in those few which possess them. In
the Indian Crowned Pigeon, the second pair is formed by a slip from the
first, passing downwards on each side along the trachea, to be inserted into
the membrane between the lowest ring of the tube and the first ring of
the bronchi ; its action would be to shorten the portion of the tube, to
which it is attached, and to produce tension of ihe mcmbrana tympani-
formis. In the Gannet the second pair is almost similarly inserted on a
glandular substance affixed to the first bronchial ring:. In the Wood
Grouse the principal pair of muscles is detached from the trachea
throughout its whole length, and is inserted into the os furcatorium ;
from these pass off, at about the commencement of their lower third, a
second pair, which becomes attached to the lower portion of the trachea,
and is afterwards inserted into the sternum in the same situation as the
true sterno-tiacheal muscles. To the other pair the name of furculo-
tracheal muscles is given. In three of the species of Ducks in which
there exists an enlargement of the tube of the trachea, there are also two
pairs of muscles of voice: the first, the usual sterno-tracheal muscles;
the second, a pair inserted into the os furcatorium, and arising, in the
Velvet Duck from the bony enlargement ; in the Golden-eye, partly from
the enlargement and partly below it ; and in the Red-breasted Merganser,
about half-way between the bulb and the inferior larynx.

Three pairs of muscles of voice have hitherto been found only among-
the Psittacida, throughout the whole of which they are uniform in
situation and shape. The first pair, passing down the sides of the trachea,
are inserted upon the outside of the second pair ; these arise, one on each
side a little above the bone of divarication, and are inserted upon the
outer and central portion of the bronchi at the fourth cartilage. The
third pair arise from the sides of the last ring of the trachea, and are
inserted upon the whole surface of two crescent-shaped bones attached
by membrane to the bottom of the tube. The action of the latter is to
enlarge the aperture; the second pair have the power of contracting it;
while the first influence the length of the tube.

Four pairs of muscles of voice have not yet been observed. The most
complex structure, that in which five pairs exist, is found in all the
Corvi, Starlings, Thrushes, Larks, Buntings, Finches, Warblers, Swal-

Transactions of the Linnean Society. 261

rows, &c. In these the pair of muscles which descend along the trachea,
divide at a short distance above its end, and send one portion to be
inserted upon the posterior end of the first bone of the bronchi, and
another portion to be inserted in front below the extreme point of the last
bone of the tube. Within the angle formed by the separation of these
two muscles, a third slender muscle arises, which is inserted upon the
sternum. The fourth arises near the middle of the bottom of the tube and
is inserted, near the first, on the extremity of the first half-circular bone.
The fifth, arising from the same situation as the fourth, is directed down-
wards and forwards, and is inserted upon the last bony ring of the tube,
on the cartilaginous projection immediately below it, and on the extreme
end of the firstbronchial bone. The tensiongiven by these muscles produces
variation both in the diameter and the length of the bronchial tube; but
its influence is inferior to that exercised by the apparently less complica-
cated organ of the Parrots, where the lower insertion of the shortening
muscle of the bronchi, and the power of aUering the size of the aper-
ture, more than compensate for the smaller number of muscles with which
these Birds are provided.

In " A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Molbcsca
" of Great Britain : by J. G. Jeffreys, Esq.," the authour has given a
complete species, so far as they are yet known, of our native land and
fresh-water univalve shells and their inhabitants. To the latter he has
especially attended, and he has, in almost every instance, succeeded in
observing and briefly describing them. On them too he has chiefly
founded his larger groups ; a correct principle which augurs well for his
future exertions in the department of nature to which the present paper
refers. There is something curious in viewing Mr. Jeffreys' Synopsis, in
connexion with other papers on the same subject which have appeared
from time to time in the Linnean Transactions: it shows most forcibly the
advance of the principle of subdivision so universally adopted by modern
zoologists. In the excellent Catalogue of British Testacea by Dr. M&ton
and Mr. Rackett, nearly the whole of those univalves which inhabit the
land and the fresh-water were referred to the single genus Helix, Linn.,
the remaining few were placed in the genera Turbo, Foluta and Patella.
The same plan was adopted more recently by the Rev. R. Sheppard in his
list of the species found in the County of Suffolk; but in this an advance

262 Analytical Notices of Books.

was made towards the modern views by indicating the genera of Drapar-
naud and Laraarckas constituting natural sections of the Linnean genera.
In Mr. Jeffreys' paper, on the contrary, the modern groups are throughout
employed as substantive genera ; and to these are added two other groups
which the authour has deemed it right to distinguish generically, making
in the whole no less than sixteen genera of land and fresh-water Mol-
lusca, exclusive of the Xeritina fiuviatilis, inhabiting Great Britain.
These are, among the Helicidce, 1. Succinea, Drap., including two
species; 2. Fitrina, Drap., four species, one of which is new, and a
second now first indicated as distinct ; 3. Helix, Auct., including, with
all its dismemberments, no less than twenty-nine species, among which,
however, is enumerated, as the Helix acuta, the Carocolla lapicida.
Lam., the only British type of another genus; 4. Bulimus, Brug., three
species ; 5. Cionklla, a new genus, which is thus characterized,
" Animal glutinosum : tentacula inferiora brevissima. Testa oblonga
" seu elongata; anfractu ultimo majore ; apex acutiusculus : columella
" subinterrupta ; apertura canaliculata, ad basin subeffusa, marginibus
" inaequalissimis : uvihilicus nuUus;" in it are included three species,
the Helix luhrica, Mvill., the Buccinum ^ciculu. Mull., and the Cion.
elongata, (Helix octona, (5., Gmel.) ; 6. Clausilia, Drap., seven species;
7. Pupa, Drap., three species; 8. Al^ea, " Animal tentaculis inferio-
" Wiwi punctiformibus. Tes<a vere cylindrica: apertura intiis denticu-
" lis sive lamellis incontinuis raunita, marginibus subaequalibus ; peristo-
" mio simplici ;" to this group are referred the Turbo Muscorum, Linn.,
the Tarho sex-dentatus, Mont., the Twr6o Offtonensis, Shepp..^ and
three other species ; 9. Vertigo, Miill., including two species. Among
the CarychiadcB are, 10. Cyclostoma, Drap , including two species; 11.
Carychium, Miill., three species, one of which is the Turbo tridens,
Mont.; 12. Auricula, Drap., of which four species are distinguished. The
LimncEadcB include, 13. Limnmus, Drap., ten species, among which,
however, is placed the Assiminia Graxjana, Leach ; 14. Physa, Drap.,
two species; 15. Planorbis, Miill., thirteen species; and 16. Ancylus,
Miill., including two species.

The total number of species described by Mr. Jeffreys is ninety-five.

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 263

Art. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on sub-
jects connected with Zoology.

LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Kov. 3, 1829. — A Description of Filaria Forficulm, by Mr. Benj.
Maund, F.L.S., was read. Mr. Maund states that sometimes two or three
of these worms, each of them measuring not less than two or three inches
in length, are found in an individual Earwig, filling the whole cavity of the
abdomen, and sometimes a part of the thorax also. His specimens, one
of which accompanied the communication, lived two or three hours in
water, after being removed from the insect, but died immediately in
atmospheric air. It is unnecessary to go into any further details on this
subject, the animal in question having been already well described and
figured by M. Leon Dufour in the thirteenth Volume of the Annales des
Sciences Naturelles. It is probably indicated under the same name as
that employed both by M. Dufour and Mr. Maund, by Rudolphi in his
work on the Entozoa.

Feb. 2, 1830. — A paper was read, on The Natural History of Petro^
phila, a Lepidopterous genus, in its larva state inhabitiny rivers, and
furnished with branchia, by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A., F.L.S.,
&c. The authour states that the very singular little moth on which he
establishes his genus occurs in myriads, in its larva state, on the blocks
of basaltic trap that occupy the bed of the river of St. Vincent's. Much
as it differs in its habits from the majority of Lepidoptera, he considers
one European species as coinciding with it in its economy, and referrible
perhaps to the same subgenus of Botys ; a genus which, from the variety
of forms of which it is at present composed, appears to him to call for
subdivision. He indicates the following as the most remarkable types
occurring in his own Cabinet: 1, Chloephila, sp. lineolata, found at
St. Vincent's; 2, Kamptoptera, sp. fusctscens, rare in St. Vincent's;
and 3, Phakellura, sp. hyalinata (Fabr. Ent. Syst. ij, 2, 213.')
abundant in the Antilles. The Botys slratiotalis (Kirby and Spence,
rV, 56, 74) is the European species m which Mr. Guilding finds so

264 Zoological Proceedings of Societies.

close a resemblance to his Petrophila in many respects, that he is per-
suaded of their near affinity, although there exists a trifling difference in
the pupal spiracula, and in the shape of the branchi2e. The larva of the
West Indian species, obtaining its food on rocks in the stream, forms silken
tunnels, under which it moves in safety, without danger of being carried
oflF by the current. When at maturity it builds a more compact habita-
tion, which, together with the metamorphosis of the insect, is minutely
described, as well as a small Trichopterous insect found in great abun-
dance in its society, and resembhng it in economy. The authour thinks
it probable that many of the European Boti/da found in fenny places, as
Bot. lemnata, sambucata, &c., approach his Petrophilce, while those
found in hedges and gardens should remain in a separate genus. His
characters of Pet. Jluviatilts are as follows : Pe. argcnteo-nivea, fuscescente
adumbrata, alarum superiorum strigis apicalibus angulatis, punctulis
duobus intermediis lineisque baseos tribus subcommunibus fuscescentibus:
alarum inferiorum plaga postica argenteo-iridescente, atro-maculata : ab-
domine fusco fasciato. Mr. Guilding's genus appears to us to be nearly,
if not entirely, identical with M. Latreille's Hydrocampe. We may ob-
serve also that the name of Petrophila would be inadmissible, having been
long since applied by Mr. Brown to a New Holland genus of Proteacece.
Subjoined to the paper is an addition to the JVatural History of Xylo-
copa Teredo, and several other insects which had been the subjects of
former commimications, accompanied by additional drawings, to com-
plete the description and figures given in Linn. Trans, vol. xv.

March 16. — A Paper was read, On the remarkable formation of the
Trachea of the Fyvptian Tantalus, by Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S.,
and L.S. The structure in question, which is unique so far as the tracheae
of birds have yet been invfesligated, consists of a remarkable flattening
and consequent dilatation of the lower part of the canal above the
divarication of the bronchi. A specimen was exhibited to the meeting.

^pril6. — Jl further description of the Anatomy of the Mammary
Organs of the Kangaroo, by J. Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., was read. This
paper is a sequel to that printed in the last part but one of the Linnean
Transactions, and abstracted at p. 1 27 of our last volume.

After a few remarks on the domestication of this animal as the only
means of making those examinations of the interior of the pouch, which

Linnean Society. 265

can enable us to ascertain the condition of the young when it first becomes
attached to the teat, and the natural process by which it is applied to that
part, the authour described the appearances which he had observed in
dissecting the mammary organs of a younger animal than any of those
which he had previously examined. In our notice of Mr. Morgan's former
communication upon this subject, we mentioned the anatomical pecu-
liarities which he had discovered in the immature marsupial animal,
consisting in an undeveloped state of the two lower teats and in a muscu-
lar investment of the mammary glands.* From the details of the present
paper it appears that in the very young animal not one of the four future
teals are developed, as the two upper as well as the two lower nipples are
proved to be formed by the eversion and protrusion of follicular canals.

^pril 20. — A Paper was read, On Luminous Insects, by Mr. Richard
Chambers, F.L.S., maintaining, on the testimony of various authorities
(some selected from books, and some collected from original sources by
the authour,) that Ignes fatui are luminous insects. This opinion is
supported by the fact often observed, that they appear to alight on
various objects, and bound over others.

May 4. — Read, An Examination of M. Virey\<i Observations on
Aeronautic Spiders, published in the Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles, by
John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S.

May 24. — This day, being the Anniversary of the Society, the follow-
ing Officers and Council were elected for the ensuing year. President:
Edward, Lord Stanley, M.P. Vice-Presidents: A. B. Lambert, Esq.,
F.R.S.; W. G. Maton, M.D., F.R.S.; E. Forster, Esq., F.R.S.; and
R. Brown, Esq., F.R.S. — Treasurer : Edward Forster, Esq., F.R.S. —

• We are informed by Mr. Morgan, that he has found the compressing mus-
cle of the mamma, described in the paper to which we allude, not only in the
Kangaroo, but also in the American Opossums, and in other marsupial animals
received from Australia; and that his opinion respecting the use of this muscle
in compressing the mamma: against the marsupial bones, as a means of forcing
nourishment into the n)outh of the young, is strengthened by the observations
he has made, that in proportion to the extent of the mammary organs, will be
found the length of the marsupial bones which are placed behind them: the
firm point of resistance against which the glands are pressed by the contraction
of their muscular coverings being thus proportioned to tlic size of the mammn
thcniselvis.

266

Linnean Society.

Secretary, J. E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S. — Assistant Secretary, Richard
Taylor, Esq. — also to fill the five vacancies in the Council, George
Bentham, Esq. ; John, Earl Brownlow, F.R.S. ; Rev. William
Buckland, D.J)., F.R.S.; Charles Stokes, Esq., F.R.S. ; William
Yarrell, Esq.

June 1. — The commencement of a Paper on the Paussidce, a family of
Coleopterous Insects, by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., &c.,was read. The
insects composing this singular family, remarkable especially for the pe-
culiar structure of their antennee, inhabit the tropical regions of the old
world, and do not exceed half an inch in length. In the year 1 798, a
paper by Professor Afzelius, upon the same group, was read before the
Linnean Society, in which that distinguished naturalist indicated no more
than five species. Since his time several important additions have been
made by other entomologists ; and Mr. Westwood has, in the present
paper, increased the number of species to twenty-three, exclusive of those
which had been incorrectly referred to the family by previous writers.
In addition to the genus Paussiis, originally established by Linnaeus, he
admits Hylotorus, Dalm., and Cerapterus, Swed. ; and adds three new
genera of his own formation. The following is his Synopsis of these
subdivisions :

Caput (ocellis duobus) thorace i

iramersum [

Caput (ocellis ^Palpi labiales*

articulo ultimo V 2- Paussus.

elongate, j
Palpi labiales "^
articulissqua-p- Platyrhopalus.

libus.

Antennae

quasi 2-ar ■

ticulatae.

3. Hylotorus.

nullis) collo
instructum.

9
m

Antennae quasi 10-articulatae 5. Cerapterus.

^Antennae quasi 6-articulatffi 1. Pentaplatarthrus.

Elytra subovata, palpi labiales brevissimi 6. Trochoideus.

1. Pentaplatarthrus, Westw., is stated to be a new and very decided
genus, founded on a single undescribed species, Pent, paussoides, Westw.

Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 267

2. Paussua, Linn., of which twelve species are described, four of them
new. 3. Hijlotorus, Dalm., consists but of a single species, Hyl. Buce-
phalus, Dalm. 4. Platyrhopalas, Westw., has for its type the Paussus
denticornis, Don. It contains four species, two of which are new. 5.
Cerapterus, Swed., is composed of three species, one of which is sup-
posed to be new. 6. Trochoideus, Westw., is founded on a single
species, Paussus cruciatus, Dalm., discovered by that authour in a package
of Copal Gum. Mr. Westwood also mentions the Hispa bihamata, Linn.,
as supposed to belong to this family ; and gives the characters of a new
genus, which he names Megadeuterus, related to the Telephoridce, and
containing two species, the type being Paussus jlavicornis, Fabr. The
drawings in illustration of this paper comprise fifty-five figures of species
and their anatomical details, and include representations of all the
genera, and of the new species described by the authour.

A paper by John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., describing some .Anatomical
peculiarities in the Organs of Deglutition in several animals of the
Order of Rodentia, was also read. In the Capybara, (Hydrochcerus
CapyharaJ, and in some other animals of the Rodent order, the authour
has observed a singular developement of the velum pendulum palati, to
which he has assigned functions of a different description from those
which are attributed to the same organ in any other tribe of animals.
After noticing the great extent of the grinding surfaces of the molar
teeth of the Capybara, and the necessity for such an arrangement in the
masticating organs of an animal living occasionally upon hard vegetable
substances, and possessing a single stomach, he proceeds to show that the
complete mastication of the food is not only provided for by the form and
extent of the teeth, but that it is rendered absolutely indispensable to
the passage of nutriment from the mouth to the stomach. This necessity
arises from the peculiar formation of the velum, which occupying the
whole area of the passage through the fauces, would form a complete
septum between the mouth and pharynx, hut for the existence of a small
circular aperture in its centre through which the food is allowed to
pass. The velum palati thus enlarged assumes, during the act of swal-
lowing, from the pressure of the food against its anterior surface, the
shape of a cone or funnel ; and the smaller end or apex of this funnel,
which is terminated by ihct central aperture, is thrust backwards into

268 Scientific J^ottces.

the cavity ot \he pharynx, beyond and above the opening of the glottis,
to which it thus affords additional protection. A sort of membranous
strainer is thus produced, through the small aperture of which the
grosser particles of unmasticated food are prevented from passing. The
muscles attached to these parts were shewn to consist in a sphincter of
the funnel shaped membrane, connected with and supported by an
anterior and posterior muscular column on each side. The two anterior
columns arising from the fore part of the Os Hyoides, and ascending
behind and partly through the muscular fibres of the root of the tongue,
are continued upwards one on each side of the funnel, and are inserted
into the posterior part of the palatine membrane ; the posterior columns
are attached above to the palate and descend on either side of the funnel
fo be inserted into the lateral parts of the pharynx. These four mus-
cular supports of the membranous strainer or funnel shaped velum palati,
are considered by the authour as analogous to the muscles forming the
pillars of the fauces in other animals.

A paper was also read, entitled, " .^n attempt to introduce a more pre-
cise distribution of the genus Papilio, by George Milne, Esq., F.L.S.
The authour proposes a recurrence to the Linnean genus Papilio, and its
subdivision into eight phalanges ; and concludes his paper with some
remarks upon the innovations made on the Linnean system, chiefly as
regards Lepidopterous insects.

Art. XXXVII. Scientific JSTotices.

J^'ote on the British Species of Caryophyllia. Stokes.

In a " Note" appended to some very interesting " ih'otes on the
" habits of a Caryophyllia from Tor Bay, Devon., by H, T, De la
" Bechc, Esq., F.R.S., Sfc." inserted in the Zoological Journal, (Vol.
III., page 481), the Coral referred to by the authour was described by
Mr. Broderip as a new species, under the name of Caryophyllia Smithii.
Dr. Fleming has recently, in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,

Scientijk Xutices. 269

characterized as a " mistake" the statement made by Mr. Broderip, that
" the hard parts of this indigenous species do not appear to have been
any where described;" remarking that he (Dr. Fleming) had himself
" pubhshed (in the second volume of the Wernerian Society's Memoirs,)
a description of the same species, fourteen years previous to 1828" the
date of Mr. Broderip's Note. To this observation Mr. Broderip has replied,
in the periodical in which it was made by Dr. Fleming, and has exone-
rated himself from the charge by referring to the memoirs of the Wernerian
Society, where he finds the Caiyophijllia observed by Dr. Fleming de-
scribed as the Car, Cyathus, Lam. ; under which name, with some variation
in the orthography, it is again given in Dr. Fleming's " British Animals."

The Car. Smithii having been shewn by Mr. Broderip, in his original
note on the subject, to be specifically different from the Car. Cyathus,
Lam., f Madrepora Cyathus, Ellis and Sol.,) it follows that a "mistake"
rests with Dr. Fleming, who, if he has (as he states) described " the same
" species" with Mr. Broderip, has committed an error by referring
it to a species from which it is essentially distinct ; and, if he has really
described the Mad. Cyathus (as he twice affirms that he has,) has not
at any time " published a description of the same species" as that charac-
terized by Mr. Broderip.

With Dr. Fleming it remains to explain which of these mistakes has
been committed by him: if the Car. Smithii has been described by him
under the name of Car. Cyathus, we yet know of but one indigenous
species of the genus ; if, on the contrary, he is right in regarding
his discovery as the Car. Cyathus, there are then two species, instead of
one, to be included in the British Fauna.

J^otice on the Rev. L. Guilding's description of Ancylas. By the
Rev. M. G. Berkeley.

At page 535 of the third Volume of the Zoological Journal, is a de-
scription of the animals of two new species oiAncylus from St. Vincent's.
Mr. Guilding remarks in a note: " Genus Patelladis analogum, at fortd
" Lymnaeadis affine." The true Ancylus is undoubtedly one of the Lym-
Tupada: and nearly allied to Physa; but there are sonje iioinLs in the descrip-

270 Scientific JVotices.

tion of Mr. Guilding's Ancylus, which make it doubtful whether his shells
really belong to that family. In the description of the animal he writes
" Animal unisexuale .'' Penis.'' exsertus ad radices tentaculi sinistri.
" Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum et foramen laterale." In all
which points it differs from that of the Ancylus ffluviatilis and laanttris
e. g.J The species which I have had the best opportunity of examining is
the first of these.* The animal is hermaphrodite. It has a retractile (not
exserted) penis, at the base of the left tentaculum. The pulmonary
cavity, like that of Physa, is on the left side, with a valvular margin,
in one corner of which is situated the rectum : between this and the foot
is the orifice of the matrix : the animal breathes air, and is able to swim
by means of its broad foot. It agrees with Physa more particularly in
being a sinistrorsal shell; in the pulmonary cavity being on the left side,
as also the penis, orifice of matrix, and anus; and in having an auricle or
pouch at the under side of the base of the tentacula, whereas in Lymn(Ea
and Jplexa this does not exist; though in Planorbis fcorneus,) which
again is a sinistrorsal shell, the auricle is strongly marked.

Now if what is figured at Tab. Supp. 26. fig 5. b. be really pectinated
branchiae, capable of separating air from water, the animal clearly does
not belong to the family LymnaadcB, which consists of animals coming
to the surface to breathe air. Indeed, were it not that Mr. Guilding's
^ncylus has an exserted penis (if I rightly understand him to mean one
which is not retractile, as for instance in Lymn(Ba,j I should (with all due
deference and respect to his accuracy) be tempted to conceive it possible,
that, in so small a subject, and under peculiar circumstances of light,
he may have been deceived, and have taken for a plume of branchiae
the matrix distended with eggs. Fig 5. a. has quite this appearance : and
in fact Mr. Guilding's own description favors this view; for his expression
is "Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum ei foramen laterale." For
as he does not seem to have observed the orifice of the matrix, the
" foramen laterale" must of course mean the pulmonary cavity. Besides,
I would observe that in Ancylus Jluvialilis, the orifice of the matrix is

• I had an opportunity of ascertaining beyond all doubt that the animal is
hermaphrodite, in September, 1829, at Chedder in Somersetshire. Mr. Lowe
has also had the same good fortune in Madeira,

Scientific Notices. 271

situated at the apex of a small conical projection. Mr. Guilding's de-
scription of the eggs agrees almost exactly with Pfeiffer's.

Should future observations confirm those which Mr. Guilding has
already recorded, his shells will surely constitute a new genus, singular,
amongst the fresh-water Pectinibranchia, for the patelliform shells ana-
logous to CalyptrcBa and Pileopsis amongst the salt-water Pectinibran-
chia. In such case also, there would be a singular deviation from the
usual structure in that order, as the cavity of the branchiae will be not
immediately behind the neck, but lateral. If so, here again will be a
remarkable analogy of deviation from the usual form in the order Pecti-
nibranchia, with Cyclostoma, Helicina, &c., singular amongst the
Pulmonifera for having the frontal margin of the mantle disunited from
the neck, and therefore exposing the pulmonary vault.

Xotice relating to Mustela fiavigula, Bodd. By the Hon. Capt. Shore.

The animal is found to my knowledge throughout Kumoun, Gurhwall,
and part of Sirnioor, provinces in the hills bordering on the Himaleh,
extending from the river Kalee to beyond the Jumna, a piece of country
about three hundred miles longby sixty broad. As it is met with in Nepal,
which is some hundred miles to the south east of the above provinces,
it would probably be found in all the hill country which lies between
them, as it is much the same in surface, climate, and productions, both
animal and vegetable. It chiefly frequents the warm vallies, but it is also
found on the higher ridges where the climate is perhaps as warm as the
middle of France. It is as common as, or perhaps rather more so than,
the Polecat in England. I never heard of its being seen in the plains of
India. It lives in holes in rocks, or in trees, in climbing which it is ex-
ceaeivcly active. Its food is chiefly birds, rats, mice, hares, and even young
fawns of the Kakur, (a species of Deer about 18 or 20 inches high with
eye-teeth like a dog, and whose cry is like the bark of a small dog.)

272 Scientific JVotices.

During my residence in the hill provinces above mentioned, I have at
different times shot four of them, and have had two alive, and the bodies
and skins of perhaps a dozen, brought to me by peasants, (some males, some
females,) besides seeing several others killed. The animal varies very
much in colour. In all the upper half of the head, legs, rump, and tail,
are very dark blackish brown, in some black. The chin and lower jaw are
pure white : but the throat is in some, bright yellow ; in others, of an orange
tinge; in others again light tawny. The rest of the body is tawny with the
tips of the hairs black; but in some the tawny darkens into brown, and
even dark brown, while more of the ends than the very tips of the hairs
are black, so as to make the animal appear almost all black. It would
not seem to change with the season, for at the same time I have seen
different specimens fully grown with the colours differing as above men-
tioned. The enclosed sketch is copied from one made by myself in June,
1827, from a specimen which I shot on that day. I have seldom, if ever,
seen one with less black about it, but I have seen them of every shade
between this and the one sent to the Zoological Society, which is now much
darker than when first brought to me in September, 1828, when it was
about four months old. It had been caught when not many days old, and
was so tame, that it was always kept loose about a well, sporting about the
windlasses, posts, &c., and playing tricks with the people who came to
draw water.

The length of the one from which the sketch is taken, from the tip of
the nose to the setting on of the tail, viras 20f inches. Length of tail 19|
inches.

The native name of the animal in Gurhwall and Kumoun, is Tootu-
r&lae ; in Sirmoor, Koseah or Koasiar.

[The sketch inclosed by Capt. Shore to Mr. Vigors resembles very nearly
the figure given in the Zoological Journal, Vol. iv. pi. viii, as the Mustela
liardwickii, which is synonymous with Must. Jlavigula, Bodd. The
living specimen in the collection of the Zoological Society is so much
darker, as to induce us to give a second representation of it in a Supple-
mentary Plate, for the purpose of exhibiting the extremes o colour
of a very rare and interesting animal. — Ed.]

Scientific Notices. 273

JVotice on some new species of Birds. By N. A, Vigors, t sq.

I beg to insert the following brief characters of some interesting species
of birds lately come to my knowledge. I hope to give a more detailed
description of them, accompanied by figures of the more important species,
in the next number of this Journal, together with the characters of some
other species lately added to the collection of the Zoological Society,
which I have not as yet had leisure to examine with accuracy. The acces-
sion to our list of the PsittacidcB is of much value.

EiniYSTOMOS coLLARis. Rubro-brunneus ; genis, corporeque
suhtus purpurascentibus ; guld, rectricibusque later alibus cceruleis ;
remigibus, rectricibusque mediis nigris ; his versus apicem, illarumque
pogoniis externis azureis; rostro fiavo.

Magnitudo Eurystomi Orientalis.

Hab. in Africa. In Mus. Soc. Zool.

Tyrannulus albo-cristatus. Supra plumbeo-griieas ; subtus
flavescens; guld, fasciis duabus alarum, plumisque verticis in medio
albis.

Magnitudo Sylvia reguli, Lath.

Hab. in Brasilia , In Mus. Soc. Zool.

Pyrrhula capistrata. Corpore isabellino ; capite supra, caudd,
alisque nigris; his speculis duabus albis.
Longitudo corporis, 3f unc.
Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Zool.

PsiTTACARA NANA. Viridis; fronte, collo anteriore, pectoreque
griteacentibus.
Longitudo 8^ unc.
Hab. in Insula Jamaica. In Vivario Soc. Zool.

Platycercus Stanleyii. Supra viridis ; capita supra, corporeque
inf chore coccineis ; genis sulphureis ; remigibus, rectricibusque mcdiia

274 Scientific J\*otices.

funds; humeris, rectricibusque lateralibus azureis.
Magnitude Platycerci eximii.
Hab. in Australia.

Platycercus pileatus. Viridis ; corpore suhtus, tectricibus
alarum infer ioribus, remigibus, rectricumque pogoniis externis azureis;
capite supra dilute castaneo-rubro ; guld, genis, collo infra, dorsoque
imo viridi-jlavis ; femorum tectricibus crissoqiie coocineh.

Magnitude Platycerci Pennanlii.

Habitat in Australia.

Pal^eornis columboides. Bitorquatns Dorso; abdominequeimis,
alls, caudaque supra viridibus; capite, pectorc, dorso abdomineque
summis plumb escenti-canis; torque collari superiore gracili, guldqve
nigris : torque inferiore latd, fronte, regioneque circumoculari ccerules-
centi viridibus.

Magnitude Palaornis jilexandri.

Pal^ornis inornatus. Viridis, subtus paUidior ; rostra nigris-
cenli : collo sine torqu£.

Magnitude paulle minor quam Palaornis torquati

This bird has lived three years in the Menagerie of the Zoological
Society, during which time it has retained the above characters without
change.

1 have seen many living specimens agreeing with the above characters

which are said to have come from Africa. They have hitherto been supposed
to be the young of Pal. torquatus, but from the length of period,
during which the individual here described has remained without change,
I can not but consider the species to be distinct.

PaljEornis? rosaceus. Viridis, supra dilutior; pectore medio,
femorum tectricibus rectricibusque infra rosaccis.
Magnitude Pal. .^lexandri.
In Vivario Sec. Zool.
The above bird is at present in the act of moulting, and its wings and

Scientific JVotices. 275

tail are so imperfect as to prevent me from deciding with certainty the
group to which it belongs. Its bill is more that of the genus Platycercus
than PalcBornis; but a drawing now in my possession, which was said
to have been taken from the bird when in a perfect state of plumage,
gives it the tail of Palwornis. On this authority I provisionally place
it in that group. I have seen a second specimen agreeing with the
individual described; but I have not been able to ascertain the locality
of either. I should not be surprized if they should be found
eventually to be females of some described species; their plumage being
of that indistinct character which marks the females of some of the
species of the two allied groups above mentioned,

CoLUMBA SPILOPTERA. Capite posteriori, dorso, alarumque tec-
tricibus pallide brunnescenti-rubris, his gnttis albis gracilibus notatis ;
f route, corporeque subtus piumbescenti-cariis ; guld, crissoque albis;
remigum pogoniis internis basi tufa; pedibus fiavis.

Longitudo corporis 5j unc.

Habitat in Australia.

Ortvx MoNTEZUMiE. Capite posteriore, dorso, alisque brunneis,
plnmis in medio striis rufis ad latera fasciis nigris notatix ; fronte, gnld,
cjisso, corporisque lateribus nigris, his albo-guttatis ; regions ciraim-
oculari, stria utrinqtie sub rictu, alterd utrinque ad frontem cirailoque
a supercilio ad pectus descendente, albis ; abdomine medio rastaneo.

Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani.

Habitat in Mexico. In Musaeo Soc. Zool.

Ortyx squamatus. Corpore plumbescenti-cano, interscapulio pec-
torequc dilutioribus, horum plumis circulo gracili brunneo ad apicem
cinctis; crista occipitalis apice, guld, abdomine medio, crisso, striis-
qtie abdominis laterum rufescenti'albis.

Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani.

Habitat in Mexico. In Musaeo Soc. Zool.

276 Scientific Notices.

J^ote on CEstrus, by W. S. MacLeay, Esq.

Having just seen fny paper in the Zoological Journal on the CEstrus
of Mr. B. Clark, it has struck me that when this gentleman says, that
" the CEstrus bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdo-
" men," he could only have stated so obvious and well known a fact
upon a misunderstanding of the following words in the note p. 358 of my
paper in the Linnean Transactions. " Aristotle could never have seen
" a female of the modern (Estrus, as appears from his stating that no
Dipterous insect has its sting placed behind." The veriest Tyro in En-
tomology must know that what is meant here, is not that CEstrus has a
real sting like the females of Hymenoptera ; but merely that if Aristotle
had seen the exserted ovipositor of an CEstrus, he like MoufFet must
from the state of his entomological knowledge have taken it for a sting.

In awarding the accurate meed of praise to Fischer's publication on
(Estrus, I ought to have stated that he like Mr. Clark describes the Pupa
of CEstrus bovis for the larva. What is supposed to be the full grown
larva of this insect is often the Pupa. To imderstand the real form of the
larvee, the young tumours of the hide ought to be examined, and not
those full grown ones from which the insect is on the point of emerging
to undergo the remainder of its pupa state on the ground.

Havana,
April 7th, 1830.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

July, 1830. — September, 1831,

Art. XXXVI 11. Notice of a neiv Species of Herring. By
William YAttUELL, Esq., F.L. and Z.S.

Examination of considerable quantities of the various sorts of fish
caught at the mouth of the Thames and Medway, at this season of the
year, by fishermen engaged in taking sprats, has enabled me to select
what I believe to be a second and undescribed species of Herring.

The common Herring, when it visits our coast in summer, is taken
heavy with roe, which it deposits towards the end of October. It is
certain that the fishing for them is abandoned about that lime, as no pur-
chasers could be found for the " shotten Herring," and it is also well known
that the Herrings having cast their roe retire from the shore to det-p
water. In the last week of February, 1828, I obtained at Brighton a
few of the young of our common Herring, then from four to five inches
long. These were caught by fishermen who worked nets with small
meshes for Atherines. Great numbers of the young of the common Her-
ring are taken with the sprats; they are called yawlings by many fisher-
men, a term probably derived from yearhng, but these young Herrings
dififer materially from the Herring which I believe to be new. The
yearling fish have the elongated form of the adult common Herring. If
7 inches long, which is about their average length, they are only 1 inch
and ^ deep, and are without roe. Having examined them repeatedly
during the winter months, I am induced to believe they do not mature
any roc during tlieir first year; and the fact of their remaining in large
Vol. \. T

278 Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring.

shoals at the mouth of the Thames, may be taken in corroboration,
for had they matured and deposited any roe, they would, like the adult of
their own species, have experienced the same necessity for retiring to deep
water.

The Herring, however, which it is now my object to particularise, is
at this time, January 31st, heavy with roe, which, from the appearance
of the fish, will not be deposited till the middle of February. I have
been told that Dr. Leach has often stated that our coast produced a second
species of Herring, but I am not aware that any notice of it has ever
appeared. In order, however, to identify the name of so distinguished
a naturalist with a fish of which perhaps he was the first observer, I pro-
pose the name of Clupea Leachii for this species, and describe it as
follows. Much deeper in proportion to its length than our common Her-
rings : the adult fish measuring but 8 inches long, is 1 inch | deep, and
has both dorsal and abdominal line much more convex ; a common
Herring of 1 inch | deep would measure lOJ inches in length. The under
jaw in the new species is provided with three or four prominent teeth
placed just within the angle formed by t)ie symphysis. The superior
maxillffi have their edges slightly crenated ; the eye is large, and the fish,
after it has been dead two or three days, exhibits the red appearance about
the orbits and opercula, so well known to occur both in the common
Herring and Sprat ; the dorsal fin is placed behind the centre of gravity,
but not so much so as in the common Herring ; the scales are smaller
without any distinct lateral line ; the back and sides are deep blue, with
green reflections, passing into silvery white beneath ; and the edge of the
belly is carinated, but without serration. Besides some slight but con-
stant differences in the relative number of the fin rays, there is also a
difference in the number of the vertebrae, — thus

Vertebrae.

Common Herring 17

Leach's Herring 18

The flesh of the new species also differs from that of the common Her-
ring in flavour, and is much more mild.

Of the viscera in this species, the liver is small ; the stomach narrow
and elongated, with its inferior extremity attached to the membrane investing

KUlTr

Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring. 279

the swim-bladder ; the pyloric appendages 20 in number, from the base
of which the intestine passes in a straight line to the vent.

It is even probable that our shores produce a third species of Herring
much larger than either of the two now named. In Pennant's British
Zoology, it is stated under the article Herring, on the authority of an
experienced fisher, that there is sometimes taken near Yarmouth a Her-
ring distinguished by a black spot above the nose ; and that he once saw
one that was 21 inches and a half long. He insisted that it was a differ-
ent species, and varied as much from the common Herring, as that does
from the Pilchard. A notice, it may be added, appeared in a Glasgow
Newspaper of the last week in May, 1831, that " a Herring had been
" caught in the Tay, which weighed four pounds and one quarter:" and
Anderson the historian of Greenland and Iceland, mentions Herrings
of two feet in length.

The Herrinj of the American coast is distinct from either of those
which visit our shores ; it is less in size and very inferior in quality. A
small quantity are occasionally imported here in a dried state, and from
examination of these it appears that their average length is about 7 inches ;
the dorsal fin contains 16 rays, the pectoral 19, ventral 10, anal 16,
caudal 18, and the vertebrae are 58. The Herring of the Mediterranean
appears, by the description of M. Risso, to be also distinct from either
of the species here enumerated : its branchiostegous rays are said to
be six in number, its dorsal fin contains 17 rays, pectoral 17, ventral 8,
anal 18, caudal 18, and it deposits its spawn in summer.

While on the subject oH the species of the genus Clupea I may men-
tion that I obtained last summer two species of Shads from the Thames,
the Clup. Alosa of Linnseus, and the Ciup.fallax of La Cepfede, the one
with teeth, the other without, but externally very similar. Baron Cuvier,
in the second edition of his Regne Animal, Vol. II., p. 319, has advanced
the Shads to the rank of a genus, separating them from the Herrings, on
account of the difference in the form of their intermaxillary bones.

The AUi$ of Pennant's Zoology in the Clup. Alosa of M. Cuvier.

The Clupea Leachii is figured on Plate XII.

280 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the genera

Art. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampiis, Pedipes and
Tnmcatella: with Erperhnents tending to demoiistrate
the real nature of the Respiratory Organs in these Mol-
lusca. By the Rev, R. T. Lowe, B.A.

Class. Gasteropoda.
Order. Pectimbranchia.

Fam. PlicacEjE. (Les Plicacees, Lam., excl. Tornatella.)
Gen. Melampus, Mont/.; Les Melanipes, Cuv.; Cononilus,
Lam.; Auriculae pars, Ejusd., Syst,, et Feruss.; VolutsB species, Linn,,
.Montag., Donov,, Turt.

Tentacula (2 contractilia) annulata, subcylindrica, obtusa, basi dis-
tincta ; oculis sessilibus, paullo supra basis angulum internum positis.
Caput infra tentacula porrectum, sc. ante eorum basin deorsum spectans;
buccis labialibus utrinque magnis, dilatatis, antice coalitis, depressis,
horizontalibus, discum latum, bilobum, quasi pedis partem anticam, for-
mantibus. Os subtus ad emarginationem in medio disci hujusce labialis ;
simplex (ut in Helice,) sc. maxilla cornea, lunata, supcriore ; inferiore
nulla. Pes simplex brevis ovalis antic^ obtusissimus, vix truncatus ;
postice subattenuatus, obtusus. Pallium collare fie Collier, Fferuss.)
tumidum, siphone nuUo ; orificio respirationis vel ani postico ad dextrum
corporis, ut in Helice. Operculum nullum.

Testa solida, subconiformis, laevigata, plerumque non sculpta, unicolor,
vel spiraliter obscur^ subfasciata. Spira breviuscula. Columella plicata.
Labrum simplex, superne integrum, in collumellam desinens, postice
vel inferne subsinuatum.*

Epidermis nulla.

Animal littorale, amphibium, sed rcvera marinum, et branchiis spirans.

The genus Melampus was formed by Denys de Montfort for the recep-
tion of the Bulimus coniformis of Bruguiere. Lamarck had also once

• This slight notch corresponds to the situation of the respiratory or anal
orifice in the mantle.

Melanipus, Pedipes, and Truncatella. 281

distinguished the same shell, along with several others generically related
to it, by the name of Conovulus; but he afterwards re-united this genus
to his Auricalce, placing it amongst the air-breathing Gasteropoda . an
association in which he has been followed, though not without some
appearance of hesitation, by the Baron de Ferussac in his valuable and
masterly Tableau Systematique. Cuvier, however, had long before in
his Regne Animal, first edition, adopted both De Montfort's genus and
name; though he considered the shells included in it* as fluviatile, and
placed the genus between his Auricules and Acteons (Tornatellaj , all
three being arranged along with Pyramidella at the end of his "Pulmones
" aquatiques." Sowerby has also not failed to perceive both the
characters of the present group, and its true aflBnities.f

It is not necessary to enter into the question of priority respecting the
names yielampus and Conovulus ; for the last, being composed of the
names of two established genera, is totally inadmissible by the common
rules of nomenclature. But it will be necessary to enter a little at large
into the reasons which have caused me to dissent in more important
particulars from the united authorities of a Cuvier, a Lamarck, and a
Ferussac as to the affinities of the present genus, and the nature of the
respiratory organs.

The foregoing generic description is drawn up from two species, both
apparently new, which I have had abundant opportunities of studying.
They both occur on the North Coast of Madeira, between high and low
water mark on the beach, lurking beneath the lowest stratum of large
rounded stones of which it is composed, at the depth of two or three feet
below the surface. The singularity of this habitat led me at once to
suspect the true nature of the animal : and since all efforts at dissection,
to ascertain the nature of the branchial system, were baffled by the small
size of the species, I had recourse to a series of experiments, of which •
the following are abstracts as they stand in my notes.

Experiment 1.
A number of the animals of Melampus eequalis with others oi Pedipes

• Viz. Valuta minuta, Omel. CBulimus coniformis, Brug.) Bulimus monilit,
Brug., and But. ovulut, Bru|^.

t See Pyramidella, Sowcrb. Gcn. I cannot, however, agree with my friend
Mr. Sowerby in adopting Lamarck's name, Conovulus.

282 Rev. R. T, Lowe on Melamjnts, Sfc.

afra were kept for some months in a glass of sea-water. They constantly
affixed themselves to the side of the glass above the water; at first
indeed to the cover; but as the weather grew hotter, they descended
lower, fixing themselves in a group to the side, a little above the surface.
If any fell into the water, they speedily made their way out of it. When
immersed, a bubble of air was always seen between the edge of the mantle
and the body of the animal on the right side. No particular attention was
paid to them, and the water often was not changed for a fortnight or more.
They all remained quite healthy, though altogether inactive. Yet if the
cover was left off accidentally at night, most of them were found in the
morning to have crawled out of the glass to some distance on the table.
No food was given to them the whole time.

Experiment 2.

A repetition of the preceding, for some months, with a fresh set.
Habits precisely the same.

Experiment 3.

Two specimens of Melampus cequalis were placed m fresh-tvater : the
animals immediately shrunk within the shell, and never came out again
while they remained in the water. One of them having been imn)ersed
in it an hour or two, recovered on being again placed in sea-water. The
other which was left in the fresh-water never crawled again, and was dead
the next day.

Experiment 4.

Numerous specimens of Melampus (squalis, which have lain neglected
in a tin box among wet sponges since February 6th, I took out to-day,
(March 1 0th) alive, and they crawled actively about. All the specimens
mixed with them of Pedipes afra, (which were also numerous,) and of
Melampus exiguus are quite dead : but others of Liitorina vulgaris,
f Turbo littoreus, Linn.,) are quite lively.

Experiment 5.

Melampus exiguus placed in a glass of sea-water remains generally at
the bottom : and though sometimes crawling up the sides, never remains
above the surface. Nor when below, has it ever the air-bubble ou the
right side, as in Melampus aqualis.

Experiment 6.

Another set o{ Melampus exiguus. They are often seen with an air-

Experiments oil the Respiration of Melampus. 283

bubble below the surface, like Mel. aqualis; but they never come above
the surface; and though occasionally remaining for some time at the edge
of the water, they generally keep quite immersed or towards the bottom.

Experiment 7.
I have this moment before my eye, a specimen of Melampus exiguui,
fixed at the edge of the water, opening and closing a notch or kind of
orifice between two slight lobes of the mantle (on the right side, between
the body and outer lip of the shell, near the lower corner of the aperture,)
and letting occasionally a bubble of air escape. It is in fact exactly
similar to the respiratory orifice which opens occasionally in a Limnma
or Helix. The hole is so distinct now, there can be no mistake. There
is a slight indentation or sinus in the outer lip of the shell corresponding
to its place in the mantle. It is necessary to observe, that the opening
and closing of this orifice takes place above the surface of the water; the
animal having so placed itself along the edge, that the outer lip of the
shell, together with the edge of the mantle are just out of the water :
and that the appearance of the whole process (which 1 have observed for
a quarter of an hour, the animal in that time frequently opening and
closing the orifice) is that of its being done to admit or exclude air.

Experiment 8.
Two specimens of Melampus aqualis were inclosed in separate bags of
fine net, and immersed in the same glass of sea-water. They had each
on the right side, a considorable way behind the tentacula, (in fact
between the outer lip of the shells and the body, in the mantle) a large
air-bubble, apparently standing at the mouth of an orifice;* which as
the animal crawled about beneath the water, dilated and contracted
occasionally, but not at regular intervals : sometimes the air-bubble was
quite dravm in; at others protruded. On touching the animals, and
forcing them to retreat within the shell, not only this air-bubble, but three
or four times as much more, issued forth from this orifice, as well as from

• Adanson, in speaking of Pedipes, says, " Le manteau, &c. laisse i droit
" un petit trou ronU auquel rfepoDdranus." Hist, du Seneg.; Coquill., p. 14.
I have frequently observed tins orifice also in Pedipes a/ra, when taken out of
the water, and forced to retreat within its shell; occupying the whole space
between the great tooth or fold, and the lower angle of the aperture.

284 Rev. R. T. Lowe 071 Melumpus, S^c.

the other side of the body ; indeed all round the aperture of the shell.
After this, there was no longer any appearance of an air-bubble, as the
animal crawled about.

In considering the foregoing experiments, it is observable, that the
argument which might be drawn in support of the union of Melampvs
with the Pulmcnca, from the habits, &c. recorded in Nos. 1 and 2, is neu-
tralized altogether by No. 5. No. 3 is a strong proof on the other side:
for there is no reason why a truly pulmoniferous animal should be sooner
drowned in fresh than in sea-water : the fact is, indeed, not so. But it
is well known that a marine Peciinibranchia does not long survive a
sudden transition into fresh- water; and that the manner of its death is
precisely similar to what is related in Experiment 3. In regard to
No. 4, the supposition that all the species in the box belonged truly to
the Pectinibranchia, seems to be the one involving fewest difficulties or
contradictions; indeed none perhaps but what admit of explanation.
In fact, two of the species, Littorina vulgaris and Pedipes afra, un-
doubtedly belonging to the Pectinibranchia, the survival of one only of
two species of Melampus is no more strange, on the supposition of their
beinf also Pectinibranchia, than is the survival of one only of the two
former. And at least, the survival of Littorina vulgaris in the same
box, and consequently under precisely similar circumstances, does
away with the singularity oi Melampus eequalis surviving, when deprived
of its native element, on the supposition of its belonging also to the same
order.

No. 8 affords an explanation of the remarkable appearance described
in No. 7 : an appearance which was at first, it must be confessed, rather
puzzling. This appearance, however, it seems is only caused by the
attempt to exclude the air, which the animal has accidentally taken into
the cavity of the shell, as well as amongst the branchiae, after having been
some time out of the water ; as was in fact particularly the case with those
of No. 8. It is very possible indeed, that the animal, as long as its
branchise are moist, can breath atmospheric air, and support life ; as do
certain Crustacea, Carp, Eels, &c. but the above appearance proves no
more. It does not prove that the animal has not pectinated branchiae :
while the following experiments go very far to prove that it has.

Exjyeriments on the Respiration of Melampus. 285

Experiment 9.
June 1. Two specimens o{ Melampus ^qualis, from the same place,
were inclosed in separate bags, and immersed in the same
glass of sea- water.

12. Both were dead ; the water never having been changed since

June the 4th, when they were certainly alive. They were also
alive on either the 6th or 7th, but I cannot speak quite
positively.

Experiment 10.
June 22. Two specimens of the same inclosed and immersed as above.
— — 26. Both dead. The water has not been changed.

Experiment 11.
June 26. Two specimens of the same inclosed and immersed as before.

29. One dead ; the other sickly. The water was changed.*

30. The survivor alive.

July 1. Dead.

Experiment 12.
July 19. Two specimens of the same inclosed in bags, and immersed
in separate glasses of sea-water.

20. Twenty-four hours after both are alive and healthy ; thirty

hours after, one is sickly and retracted ; the other quite
healthy.

21. The last is quite healthy; the other quite retracted, and, I

think, dead. Water changed for both.

22. Both quite dead.

Experiment 13.
Aug. 10. Two specimens of the same inclosed in separate bags, were
immersed in the same glass of sea-water.
N. B. These are the two specimens mentioned in Experiment 8.
After the air had been expelled in the manner there described, they were
left covered by the water ; no more air-bubbles appeared.

• The water was chanQped in this, and in all the experiments, by pouring in
gently tlie fresh, and suffering the contents of the glass to run over its sides till
the water was completely renewed. Thus, no part of the bags was ever for an
instant exposed to the air. Care must be taken to pour in tlie water gently
lest bubbles of air should be driven into the bags; which should also be well
soaked previously to the experiment, to expel every particle of the same.

286 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampns, 6ic.

Aug. 11. Both alive and well. Water changed.
——12. Ditto. Ditto.
— ■ 13. Ditto. Ditto.
14. Both dead.

The foregoing experiments are set down in the order in which they
were made ; and it is possible that the former of them may at first lead
others, as they did myself, to diflferent conclusions from those I am now
convinced are the true ones. At least, they might have been so arranged,
as to establish, in the first place, the fact attempted to be proved in the
mind of the reader, and to enlist first impressions on my side, were vic-
tory, not truth, the object. Yet, antecedent to all experiment, the fol-
lowing are strong arguments that Melampus aqualis and exiguus belong
to the Pectinibranchia. For,

1. They are found on the sea-beach, between high and low water-
mark.

2. In a state of nature they have the habits, and are found in the
company, of other undoubted marine Pectinibranchia, viz. Pedipes afra,
and Truncatella truncatiila.

The positive arguments on the same side, to be deduced from the
foregoing experiments are,

1 . In confinement, one of the species remains voluntarily beneath
the surface ; the other has the habits of other littoral species, decided
Pectinibranchia, viz. Littorina vulgaris, Pedipes afra, &c.

2. Melampus aqualis lives 3 — 4 days in apparently a healthy state,
immersed in sea-water, without coming in contact with the air.*

3. But dies in a few hours, immersed in fresh-water.f

I have before shovra the inconclusiveness of any arguments that can

» Two large and vigorous specimens of ffeiia; /ac<ea, from Grand Canaria,
placed in jea- water, immediately retreated deep within their shells, without an
attempt to extricate themselves, and never protruded themselves again. At
the end of eight hours they were quite dead.

f Two fine and healthy specimens of the same Helix were inclosed in bag«
and immersed in/>ei^- water. At the end of six hours they were nearly dead,
and at the end of twenty-four completely so. Other smaller species do not
usually survive so long.

Experiments on the Respiratioji of Melampiis. 287

be drawn from the preceding experiments, on the other side. Yet it
may not be amiss briefly to recapitulate them, putting against each its
contradictions, to set the matter in its clearest light.

The arguments tending to prove Melampus to belong to the Pulmonea
or air-breathing Mollusca, are,

1. The habits of Mel. wqualis (Experiments 1 and 2.) are not what
we should imagine to be those of a marine Pectinibranchia, living
habitually in water.

Rendered inconclusive by the habits of Littorina vulgaris and other
littoral Mollusca, decided Pectinibranchia, which are exactly the same.
And Melampus exiguus has not these habits (Experiments 5, 6.) but re-
mains at the bottom of the vrater.

2. Its surviving for six weeks in a box without water (Experiment 4,)
But it was in wet sponge ; and besides, Littorina vulgaris, in the

same box, did also survive. At all events, the anomaly is not greater
than in the case of Truncatella truncatula. See Experiments 16 and 17.

3. Its not living more than 3 — 4 days immersed in sea-water.
Surely 3 — 4 days are enough, comparing it with the time that a Helix

survives (see the two preceding notes ;) but if not, seven out of eight
specimens of Pedipes afra (a decided Pectinibranchia J survived no
longer ; the eighth lived two months immersed !

4. Its pectinated branchice are not visible.

But the small size of the species, not to mention want of instruments
and skill in the dissector, sufficiently explains this.

5. The presence of the bubble of air at the mouth of the orifice in
the mantle, &c.

This is caused only by the air accidentally received into the cavity of
the shell, and amongst the branchice, when the animal has been some time
out of the water ; and besides, in Melampus exiguus, it is not constant ;
compare Experiments 6 and 7 with 5.

The following are the recent species which appear to unite generically
under Melampus as above defined.

288 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, i^c.

■ Testa obovata* vel ohlonga.

1. Melampus ^qualis, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 1, 2, 3, 4, (5, the shell.)
Mel. testa obovata, subventricosd, obtusiusculd, Icev'igatd ; anfractibus

subcequalibus, planis ; spird aperturd breviore ; columelld 3-plicatd,

plicis duabus inferioribus parallelis, cequnlibus ; labro simplici, (in-

tus loevi.J

Long, -^-g, unc; lat. vix *^. Anfractus 7 — 8,

a. testd castaned, obscure subfasciatd.

/3. totualbd.

Hub. infra lapides, ad littus septentrionale Insulae Maderae.

In very numerous and fine specimens I have never seen in any stage
of growth the slightest approach to the formation of striae within the
outer lip ; or I should have suspected it to be an immature state of
some species, perhaps of Mel. Ovulum. It answers well to Voluta 3-
plicata of British authors, except that the aperture is not contracted.

2. Melampus gracilis, nob.

Mel. testd gracili, angustd, elongato-ovatd, acutd, Icevigatd ; anfracti-
bus planis, (Equaliter crescentibus ; spird produetd, exsertd, aperturd
longiore ; columelld 3-plicatd plied medid majore ; labro simplici.
Long. I unc; lat. |. Anfr. 7-^.
Hab. in rupibus maritimis ; ad littus meridionale Maderae, prope

urbem Funchal : v. ra.

I possess only one perfect and one mutilated specimen of this

shell, and it may very possibly prove only an elongated variety of Mel.

(Equalis. But though in young specimens oi Mel. aquulis the middle looth

is also somewhat larger than the others, or more particularly than the

lower one, yet the ventricose shape, and the proportions of the spire

and aperture preserve constantly their characters.
3. Melampus Firmini, nob.

Mel. " testd ovato-turgidd, albido-jlavd, transversim striatd et pallide
fasciatd ; anfractibus planiusculis ; spird brevi, apice fusc.escente ;
columelld triplicatd ; 4 lineas longa." Payr.

• Here and elsewhere by me the shell is placed in its proper and natural
position in respect to the animal, i. e. with the spire downwards. In the spe-
cific characters taken from Lamarck, the contrary position is to be understood,
viz, with the spire upwards.

iiQU^si-t^i »»1 Jo:i'--ll:iii7>'"»lo'''=?-l • •'^'

;.?S^

Monograph of the geims Melampus. 289

^tiricula Firmtnii, Payraud,, Catal. p. 105, t 5, f. 9, 10.

Hab. Corsica.

This species is indeed very nearly allied to Mel. aqualis. Yet in this
last there is not the slightest trace of "transverse" (sc. spiral) striae,
the whole shell being quite smooth and glossy. It also differs remarkably
in colour, and is a less slender and proportionally shorter, and more ventri-
cose shell. But in a case of this sort it is hardly possible to decide with-
out a comparison of specimens ; and though at present, from the descrip-
tions, the two appear perfectly distinct, it is possible that such a compa-
rison may hereafter prove their identity.

4. Melampus Ovulum, Schweig.

Mel. " testd parvuld, ovato-oblongd, ItBvi, nitiduld, castaneo-fusces-

cente ; spird exsertiusculd, acuta ; columelld triplicatd; lubro fsim-

pUci aeutoj intus costd transversali instructo, substriato." Lam.

" Melampa cvulum, Schweigger, Handb. p. 739." Feruss.

" Bulimus ovulus, Brug., Diet. No. 71." Feruss.

Auricula fConovulusJ Cvula, Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 104, No. 21.

Auricula nitens. Lam., VI., 2, p. 141, No. 13.

" Valuta piisilla, Gmel. et Dillw." auct. Feruss.

" Valuta triplicata, Donov. Brit. Shells, IV. t. 138, Montag. and
" Dillw.," auct. Feruss. Turt. Diet. No. 10.

Hab. " a la Guadeloupe," Lam. " Les Antilles, particulierement
" la Guadeloupe, oil Bruguiere la dit fluviatile, ce dont nous doutons.
" Guernsey, selon Montagu," (i. e. Valuta triplicata.) Feruss., loc. cit.
Cuvier, probably after Bruguiere, says generally of his " Melampes"
(including in the genus Bulimus coniformis, monilis and ovulus, Brug.)
" EUes habitent les rivieres des Antilles." I have very little doubt the
present species is truly, like the rest, marine, though possibly found at
the mouths of rivers.

5. Melampus patulus, nob.

Mel. testd oblique ohlongd, obtusd, anfractu basilari maximd, elongatd ;
spird brevi, exsertd, aperturd multh breviore, et vix tertiam partem
totius longitudinis excedente ; columelld 3-plicatd ; plied superiors
inconspicud, obsoletd, duabus inferioribus magnis, diveryentibxis,
infimd maximd, prominente ; medid ad superiorem minutam ap-
proximutil; nperturd snbanriformi, pntuld, mpernc oblique dila-

500 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, £fc.

tatd ; labro simplici fintus laviplano.J

Long. -r\ unc; lat. y\. Anfr, 4.

Hah. Australia. Mecum benevole communicavit D'- G, B. Sowerby.

Species incertae ; hue forsan referendse.

1. Volnta livida, Linn., Syst. ed. 12. p. 1187.

" V. testd coarctatd ovato-cyiindricd, spird suhelevatd obtusiusculd,
columelld quinqiiepUcatd. M. L. U. 591, n. 229.*
Gualt. test. t. 25, f. B.
Hob. in Africa.
Testa livida fasciis Iransversis, pallidis obsoletis.^'' Linn., loc. cit.

2. Auricula Myosotis, Drap.

" A. testd ovato-conicd fovato-suboblongd, Drap.y apice acuto, tenui-

" ter striata, corneo-fiiscescente ; anfractibus convexis ; columelld

" triplicatd; labro 7nargine albo, rejiexo." Lam.

Auricula Myosotis , Drap., p. 56, t. 3, f. 16, 17. Lam., VL, 2, p.
140. Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 103, No. 8. Payr., Catal. p. 104.

Valuta denticuluta, Montag. " pi. 20, f. 5." Tuit., Diet. No. 2.

Valuta ringens, Turt., Diet. No. 3.

Hab. " sur les cotes de la Mediterranee, sur le bois mort et pourri,
" dans les lieux humides. Note ; Quelques naturalistes distingues regar-
" dent cette espece comme marine." Drap. I. c. " Dans le midi de la
" France, pres des cotes de la Mediterranee sur les bois morts et pourris."
Lam. 1. c. " Les etangs saumatres de la Mediterranee et de I'Ocean,
" mais sortant de I'eau." Feruss. 1. c. "Les bords des eaux saumatres,
" ou les lieux recouverts par la mer dans les momens de tempete ; sous
" les pierres." Payraud. 1. c.

There can be little doubt that these two last are the correct habitats of
the species ; and combining this with the fact of its identity with Valuta
denticuluta of Montagu, the preponderance of evidence is decidedly
in favour of its belonging to the marine littoral Pectinibranchia.* But
I have chosen for the present to refer it to the doubtful species of Melam-
pus, because there seems reason to suspect that the shell is furnished with

* P^russac rightly remarks, that it is at least very doubtful whether the
tentacula arc rightly described as retractile by Draparnaud.

Monograph of the genus Melampus. 291

an epidermis ; a point, which in the absence of specimens, it is impos-
sible to ascertain from the descriptions within my reach. Risso, indeed,
positive! J' ascribes one to it, i. e. to his Auricula Myosotis ; but he also
does quite erroneously to his Truncatellce, which invalidates his testimony,
unfortunately, in the present instance. I am, however, strongly inclined
to believe that this shell really has an epidermis ; and if so, it will then
remain to ascertain whether the species agrees in all other points with the
above generic character of Melampus ; in which case that character
must be amended in respect to the supposed absence of an epidermis in
all its species ; or, which is perhaps more probable, Auricula Myosotis
may prove generically distinct from Melampus, as here defined.

3. Valuta bidentata, Montag., of which FbZ. a^6a of Turton's Diet.
No. 4, is the young shell, and possibly one or two other Volutes of British
authors, very probably belong also here ; yet without further evidence, it
would be rash to decide ; and the following is mentioned only as an
independent confirmation of their having been, as I believe, properly
associated with Auricula Myosotis of Drap., and its allies, by the Baron
deFerussac. In 1824, I met with FoZwta aZ/>a of Turton's Dictionary,
alive, in great abundance, under loose masses of rock and large stones,
near low water-mark, at Obun, in Argyllshire, half a mile to the south
of the Custom House. Having n^lected at the time to take either draw-
ing or description, I must be understood to speak with reserve as to this
point ; but I have the strongest idea that both the animal and its habits
were very similar to what is above recorded of Melampus. Mel. exiguus
in particular, with its short, very obtuse, almost clavate tentacula, brought
the animal of this Voluta alba very forcibly to my recollection.
** Testa conoidea ; spira brevissima,

6. Melampus exiguus, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 6, 7.
Mel. testd ovali-turbinatd, subconiformi, nitiduld, striis exilissimis, ob-

soletis, confertis, spiralibus ornatd ; columclld 3-plicatd ; lubro

intus costd, maryini paralleld, instructo, Iccvi.

Long, vix j«j unc; lat, vIk V-j. Anfr. 5tt-6.

Castaneo-Tufesceiis ; pallidiore subnebulosus.

JIab. rarior infra lapides ad littus Scptentrionale Promontorii Ponta
Sao Lauren<;o dicti Insula; Madcrre ; una cum Mel. aquali, Pcdipede
afra, et Truncalella truncalula.

292 Rev. R. 'J\ Lowe on Melampus, Sfc.

7. Melampus coniformis, Montf.
MeL^* testa turbinatd ve I obverse conicd, basi attenuatd, longitudinaliter
" subrugosd, albidd, fulvo fasciatd ; spird brevissimd ; columelld
*' triplicatd; labro intus dentato et sulcata.'''' Lam.
Mel. coniformis, Montf., Conchyl. Syst. II. p. 319.
" Melampa mimita, Schweig., Handb. p. 739." Feruss.
" Bulla coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 10, p. 729." Feruss.
./Auricula coniformis. Lam., VL, 2, p. 141, No. 12. Feruss. Tabl.
Syst. p. 105, No. 23.

" Conovulus coniformis, Lara., Encyd. Meth. t. 459, f. 2, a, b."
Lam. and Feruss.

" Bulimus coniformis, Brug. Diet, No. 72." Lam.
" Foluta minuta, Gmel., Syst. p. 3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506."
Feruss.

Valuta coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 12, p. 1187 ?

Hab. " en Amerique : fluviatile." Brug. " Les cotes de Cayenne,
" et principalement contre le rocher du Connetable, qui est en avant
" de la rade : marin." Montf.

Ferussac says, only, that Brugniere " believed it fluviatile ;" without
noticing De Montfort's positive assertion, " Ce mollusque est marin ;"
and his equally positive and precise habitat.

8. Melampus monile, Schweig.
Mel. " testd parvuld, ovato-turbinatd, Icevi, nitiduld, fulvd, albo tri.
" fasciatd; spird brevi; columelld biplicatd; labro intus striata." Lam-
" Melampa monile, Schweig., Handb. p. 739." F6russ.
.Auricula monile. Lam., VL, 2, p. 141, No. 14. Feruss., Tabl. Syst.
p 105, No. 22.

" Conovulus monile, Goldfuss, Handb. p. 657." Feruss.
*^ Bulimus monile, Brug., Diet. No. 70." Lam.
" Valuta flava, Gmel., Syst. p. 3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506."
Feruss.

« Voluta, No. 106. Schroter, Einl. L, p. 272." Feruss.
Hah. " Les Antilles," Brug., Lam., Feruss. " Bruguiere dit qu'on
" la croit fluviatile."* Feruss.

* But probably as erroneously as in the case of the preceding species, ex-
cept he means at the mouths of riveis.

Monograph of the genus Melampus. 293

9. Melampus bulla, nob.

Volula Bullaoides, " Montag., pi. 30, f. 4." Turt., Diet. No. 13.

Tornatella Bullaoides, Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 108, No. 7.

Species in Museo amici D"'. Clarke semel tantum visa ; ideoque cha-
racterem tentare vix ausim. A Fauna Britannica species omnino rejici-
enda, utpote tantum " in Museo Portlandico reperta ;" nee unquam ab
aliis Conchilegis in Britannia detecta. Sectioni forsan priori melius re-
ferenda.

Species incertse ; hue forsan spectantes.

1. Auricula fConovulusJ Fabula, Feruss. Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 24.
" Hab. L'Isle de France. Museum, No. 303, bis. Tr^s jolie petite

coquille qui se rapproche des suivantes par la bordure interne et sail-
lante, en cote longitudinale, du bord exterieur de son ouverture." Ffe-
russ. 1. c.

2. Auricula Fells, Lam. VI., 2, p. 138, No. 5.

" A. testd ovali, crassiusculd, transversim striatd, nifo-fuscescente;

" spires brevissimcs anfractihus planiusculis ; aperturd medio angus-

" tatd ; columella triplicatd.^^ Lam. 1. c.

Auricula fCassidulaJ Felis, Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 25.

" Bulimus Auris Felis, Brug., Diet. No. 77." Lam.

« Valuta Coffea, Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 505." Feruss.

" Valuta Coffea Linnai, Chemnitz, torn. IL, p. 43, t. 121, f, 1043,
1044." Feruss.

Hab. " Cette esp^ce selon Chemnitz vit dans les mers des Grandes
«« Indes. II dit qu'onl 'a aussi trouvee dans les mers du Sud, pendant les
" voyages de Cook ; Lister la dit des Barbades. Olivier en a rapporte
" un exemplaire de la Perse, qui est au Museum." Feruss.

" Cette coquille n'est assur^ment point marine, ce que constatent les
" bords bien reflechis de son ouverture ; mais elle est terrestre comme
" ses congen^res." Lam.

But this strange theoretical doctrine of Lamarck's is scarcely enough
to overturn Chemnitz's positive information, more particularly when the
general theory itself has long since shared the fate of most others of the
same writer.

Vol. V. u

294 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, if^c.

3 ? Auricula Nucleus, F^russ., Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 26.

" Helix Nucleus, Gmel., Syst. Nat, p. 3651 ."

Martyn, Univers. Conch, torn. II., tab. 68, fig. exter.

a) Knorr, Vergn. torn. VI., tab. 17, f. 9.

Hab. Otaiti, Martyn.

" On ne connoit point les animaux des deux especes de ce groupe, qui
ont une forme si remarquable. Tout porte cependant a croire qu'elles
sont du meme genre que celles des groupes precedents." F^russ. 1. c.

It is very possible that several species associated with Tornatella, from
which, however, they are distinguished by the thickness and solidity of
their shells, together with a certain smoothness of surface, uniformity
of colour, and habit, may hereafter be found to rank under the present
genus, e. g. Tornatella nitidula, Lam.

Auricula Domheiana, Lam., and Valuta jinviatilis and Jlumijiea,
Maton, with other truly fluviatile species, will probably be found, when
their animals are known, either to form a genus of themselves, as sug-
gested by Sowerby, or at least not to unite generically with the Melam-
podes.

It only remains to point out how Melampus is distinguished from the
several genera with which it is most likely to be confounded. It differs
from AurkuJa (taking Jur. Midce, Judce, &c, as typical species of that
genus,) in being one of the Marine Pectinibranchia ; while in respect to
those species just mentioned, the evidence at least preponderates in favour
of their belonging to the Land Pulmonea. Should they also be found here-
after to ha.ve four tentacula, it is possible they may be united to the He-
lices, as F^russac has already done with Auricula Sileni, auris leporis,
bovina, and caprella of Lamarck ; in which case the genus Auricula will
be left without a single representative, Aur. minima having been
long ago by Muller called Carychium. and Aur. Scarabceus, Lam., having
also been separated by F^russac, under the name oi Scarabus, and hav-
ing, like Carychium, only two tentacula. If they prove to have two
tentacula, and be really at the same time terrestrial Pulmonea, which is
perhaps the most probable supposition, the genus Scarabus of Fdrussac
may perhaps merge into one with them ; for which the name Auricula
should unquestionably be preserved. And in either case, the name Au-

72 emarks on the genus Melampus. 295

ticula as clearly belongs to those shells which were its original typical
species, as that of Melampus does to the shells here associated under it,
and must stand or fall with them. Yet it may be said, take away these
two species, and this genus Melampus is identical with Auricula, Fe-
russ.* Be it so ; but on the other hand, be it remembered, that Auri-
cula Myosotis (at best only a doubtful species) will then be the only spe-
cies left which was included in the genus Auricula by its founder, La-
marck ; and even this, a species perhaps scarcely contemplated by him
at all in its original formation, as he clearly meant Aur. Midce and Juds
to be its typical species ; while Melampus, i. e. Conovulus, Lam., has a
much more extensive claim over the remaining species. Besides, it is
the claim of Auricula of Lamarck, be it recollected, not that of Auri-
cula of Fcrussac, which is the subject of discussion. The former should
clearly go along with the shells contemplated by Lamarck ; the latter
must, at present, yield precedence to the prior claim of Melampus of
Mentfort. I say at present ; for if (though I think it improbable from
the presence of an epidermis on the shells, and other circumstances) the
animals of Jur. Midce and Jtidce should be found hereafter perfectly iden-
tical with those of this genus, T shall then be quite willing to allow the
prior claim of Auricula to the name here adopted.

It may be farther objected, that there is still a want of evidence to
prove the coincidence of the generic group above defined with De Mont-
fort's Melampus, since its characters are drawn up from two species
never contemplated by him. Yet, if all reliance on the similarity of
shells as affording grounds for generic association, be not altogether given
up, there can be no doubt that his Melampus coniformis belongs to the
same genas as Mel. exicjum of this paper, and therefore as Mel. cequalis.
It is an additional argument for their generic affinity, that De Montfort
says positively, (and in the face too of Brugui(5re, who, according to
Ferussac, believed it fluviatile) " Ce Mollusque est marin, il vit sur les
" c6tes de Cayenne, et principalement contre le rocher du Connetable
" qui est en avant de la rade." Conchyl, Syst. IL, p. 320.

To return from this digression ; any thing indeed but a brief one.

• M. le Baron de Fcrussac himself originally distinguished " les Conovules
" de M. de Lamarck" (our Meiampodet) from " les vraies Auricules." See
TaM. Syst. deg Liniafons, p. 14.

U 2

296 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, £yc.

The absence of an epidermis is the strongest character ; but besides this,
the want of decussating striae, and of an expanded outer lip, may also
serve perhaps to distinguish the shells of the Melampodes from those of tlic
true Auric^xla: ; and all the species of the former at present known are
much smaller shells than these Auricula. From Tornatella, the charac-
ters of the animal abundantly distinguish it ; the absence of an opercu-
lum, shape of the tentacula, and foot, &c. It is more difficult to speak
about the shells, till the limits of Tornatella itself be more strictly de-
fined ; but it does not seem improbable that that name should be confined
to those shells which, like Torn, fasciata, the typical species, are of a thin
substance, having a regularly striated surfice, and a variety of coloured
markino^, whether bands or spots, in which case, tlie thick solid substance
of most of the species, their nearly smooth surface, and simplicity of
colouring, will distinguish the Melampodes. Their short spire, oval or
turbinate shape, and lengthened aperture, distinguish these shells from
Pyramidella, to which, however, they appear to have considerable affinity.
Yet in our ignorance of the animal oi Pp-amidella, nothing here, indeed,
can be positively affirmed. They cannot, however, be confounded with
Voluta, &c. from wanting altogether a notch at the top of the aperture ;
and this last particular also excludes from the genus a singular little shell,
whose animal is yet unknown, namely, Marginella auriculata of Menard
de la Groye, discovered in the Mediterranean ; though this remark more
properly belongs to the following genus Pedipes, to which this shell
is said to be more nearly related.

Class. Gasteropoda.

Order. Pectinibranchia.

Fam. Plicacea.

Genus. Pedipes, Adans., Fcruss.; TornatelltE species. Lam.;
Helix, Gmel., Dlliv.; Bulimus, Brug.

Tab. XIII. f. 8, 9, 10, 1 1 ; f. 12 shell fPed. afra.J
Omnia ut in Melampode ; praeter pedera duplicem, obverse solesefor-
mem, sc. in duas partes, sulco transversali distinctas, di visum. Pars
anterior latior quam longa, transversa, anticfe rotundata : posterior ma-
jor, longior quam lata, antice truncata, postice subattenuata, obtusa,
brevis, semiovalis. Operculum nullum.

Characters of the genus PeJip

pes. 297

Testa solida, ovalis, striis spiralibus sculpta, unicolor. Spira brevis.
Apertura ringens, superne integra. Epidermis nulla.

Animal littorale, revera marinum, et branchiis spirans.

The remarkable shape of the foot, inducing a corresponding pecu-
liarity in the mode of crawling, (well described by Adanson), is the sole
external character by which the animal of the present genus is distinguish-
able from Melampus. Yet this character, combined with those of the
shell, is surely enough to warrant their separation. I am indeed inclined
to believe, thpt the different modifications in shape of the foot, will, in
many cases, be found to afford valuable aid, to a more natural and
scientific arrangement of the marine Gasteropoda into genera, than the
present state of our knowledge permits.

The genus Pedipes was founded long ago by Adanson ; and both its
animal and shell are admirably and correctly described by him. Yet
Bruguiere united it with his Bulimi ; and Lamarck has confounded it
with Tornatella.

The species from which the above description and accompanying draw-
ings were made, I once considered distinct from Adanson' s species : but a
careful comparison with his description (his figure is somewhat rude and
incorrect) has satisfied me of its identity ; the only difference being in
the number of volutions, which in my specimens are 4 or 4i instead of
6, and in the aperture being twice as long, instead of " un peu plus
" long que le sommet." It occurs mixed with Melampus cequnlis and
exiyuus, but in far greater profusion, under stones upon the beach, on the
north side of Pta. Sao Lauren90 ; the eastern point of Madeira.

That it truly belongs to the Pectinihranchia has never been doubted,
and is indeed beyond all question. From a number of experiments,
conducted simultaneously, and with a similar view to those above recorded
of Melampus, upon specimens brought from the same spots and found
under the same stones with JJ/e/ampode*, I shall only select the following.

Experiment 14.
July 19. Two specimens of Pedipes afra inclosed in separate bags,
and each immersed in a glass of sea-water.

20. Both alive and healthy.

21. One f|uite lively, the other sickly and retracted. Water

changed with both.

298 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Mclampus, 8)C.

July 22. Sickly one dead and putrid ; the other quite healthy.

24. The survive! quite healthy ; water changed.

July 27. Ditto ditto.

30. Ditto ditto.

August 3. Ditto ditto.

10. Ditto ditto.

16. Ditto ditto.

26. Ditto ditto.

30. Ditto ditto.

31. I went from home, leaving it in the care of a friend.

Sept. 17. Water changed; the animal being ah ve. A few days after
this, the water was observed to be cloudy, and the
animal was found dead and putrid.
This is quite conclusive ; and the animal's surviving so long as 6, 7,
and 10 days without even a change of water, leaves not the smallest
possibility of cavil. Yet this is the last of a series of experiments so
similar in every point to Nos. 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, and 13 of those
above recorded of the Melampodes, that it is only necessary to substitute
the word Pedipes for Melampus in them as they stand. Pedipes has
the same habit of remaining fixed above the surface of the water, and of
crawling out of the glass if left at liberty to do so ; has a precisely
similar orifice in the mantle on the right side, which it opens when taken
out of the water ; has always the air-bubble at the mouth of this orifice
when beneath it ; and except in one instance (Experiment 1 4) has always
died on the third or fourth day of confinement below the surface. Setting
then aside one instance, there is no stronger reason to prove that Pedipes
belongs to the Pectinibranchia than that Melampus does. Yet this single
instance fortunately removes all farther question as to Pedipes: and all
this serves to corroborate the same decision respecting Melampus.

Ferussac enumerates four species of Pedipes; but his third, Ped. Ovulus,
seems from his short remarks upon it scarcely to belong to the genus ; for
he describes it as smooth and polished, and wanting the internal rib or
double tooth within the outer lip. In Mr. Sowerby's rich cabinet, I have
also seen two species of the genus, both apparently distinct fromPed. afra;
and these, as well as the rest of F^russac's species agree in the presence
of the spiral striae, and the rib-like tooth or fold inside the outer lip.

Characters of the genus Truncatella. 299

The truncature of its columella excludes also from this genus Margi-
nella Auricula of Menard de la Groye, [Marg. buccinea, Risso, Hist. Nat.
IV. p. 232, and also identical according to Ferussac with the fossil
Auricula ringens of I^marck,) see F^russ. Tabl. Syst. de la Fam. des
Auricules, p. 109.

Class. Gasteropoda.
Order, Pectinibranchia.
Fam. PaludinidjE.

Genus Truncatella, Risso ; Cyclostomatos species, Drap. et
Lamarck; Paludinae species, Payraud; Turbo, Mont., Turt., &c.

Tentacula (2 contractilia) cylindrico-conica, brevia, obtusa, basi '
distincta, proboscide separata; oculis sessilibus paull6 supra basis angulum
externum positis.

Caput proboscidiforme exsertum. Os ad extremitatem proboscidis
cylindricae, inter tentacula exsertje, disciformem, supra emarginatam,
(sc. bilobam, ob buccas labiales in proboscidem ipsam coadunatas vel
commutatas.)

Pallium collare siphone nullo ; oriBcio ad dextrum corporis, ut in
Helice, Melampode, Pedipede, &c.
Pes rotundatus vel ovalis, brevis, minimus, posticus.
Operculum corneum simplex, i, e. non spirale, ovale, apeiluram testae
omnino claudens..

Testa turrita ; adulta cylindrica, decollata vel truncato-obtusa : anfrac-
tibus distinctis, vel laevibus vel transverse costatis. Apertura ovalis,
brevis ; peritremate continue. Labrum simplex. Epidermis nulla.

Animal littorale, amphibium, sed revera raarinum et branchiis spirans.
Ingredienti, discus terminalis proboscidis pro pedis parte antica servit:
itaque modo ferfe larvarum Phalaenidarum Geometrarum gradibus altemis
incedit Testa junior, tereti-acuminata, e plunbus anfractibus quam
adulta constat : prioribus in plerisque demAm (ut in Hel, Bulino decollata J
defractis, truncata evadit ^

It is now nearly three years, since the acquisition of a single live j/f i<l
specimen of Cyclosloma truncatulum, Drap., and a long and continued
observation of its animal, convinced me that it was entitled to rank as a
distinct genus from any which were then constituted. I had accordingly

300

Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, ^c.

designated it in my MSS. by the generic name of Erpetometra; derived
from its peculiar manner of crawling. This appellation I had since
purposed changing into Truncaiella : the very name by which I find the
self-same species designated by Risso, in hisHistoire Nat. &c. de I'Europe
Meridionale. In this work, however, the genus rests, like very many
others of the same writer, on most unsubstantial grounds ; the animal
^being entirely neglected. The name therefore being settled by Risso's
priority in publication, nothing remains but to supply the last mentioned
deficiency ; and to indicate the species that will probably be found to
agree in the above characters.

The following extracts are made more with the view of confirming the
marine nature of Melampus, than to settle the question in respect to the
present genus ; whose proper abode does not seem to have been so much
a subject of doubt.

Experiment 15.
^pril 28, 1827. A single specimen of Cyclostoma truncatulum,
Drap., found alive on the north coast of Ponta Sao Lauren90,
under large stones on the beach, a little below high-water
mark ; in company with specimens of Melampus wqualts,
Mel. exiguus, and Pedipes afra. Within the aperture on
the right of the neck, as the animal is crawling, there is an
air-bubble.

Experiment 16.
June 5. Having opened to-day the small tin box in which I had
deposited on April 30 this same shell, together with a
number of specimens of Melampus equalis, Mel. exiguus,
and Pedipes afra found with it, on placing them all in a
glass of sea-water, to my great astonishment the animal of
this specimen began instantly to protrude itself, and crawled
actively about the glass. It does not seem to have sufiered
in the least from its long confinement without water. All
the others are quite dead. " Is it then a Pulmonia?" MSS.
The following statement sufficiently negatives this last question.

Experiment 17.
June 9, 1827. I inclosed this same specimen in a small lace bag,
previously soaked to exclude any air- bubbles, and immersed

Expcrimeiits on the Respiration of Truncatella. 301

it completely with the inclosed animal in a glass of sea-water.
For a whole fortnight, I attended to it with the greatest care,
changing the water only twice, and then pouring the fresh
in so as to renew it without pouring oflP the old, It is
therefore quite certain, that for the whole time the animal
never was for a moment in contact with the atmospheric ajr.
It did not appear to be suffering the slightest incon-
venience. Since that time to the present, August 14,
1827, it has remained in the bag constantly immersed;
and though I have not attended so particularly to it
since the first fortnight, I can be very confident that it
has never been above the surface, since the water has
always been changed by myself, and in the manner before
described. Sometimes the water has not been changed
at all for a whole fortnight; once, not for three weeks;
and latterly I have never thought of changing it above
once in a week or ten days. Since the 9th of June, it has
had no nourishment but what the water afforded. It has
been perfectly healthy the whole time ; when the water is
fresh, crawling up to the upper part of the bag, and remain-
ing there nearly stationary, with its head and body exserted,
till the water becomes very stale, when it falls generally to'
the bottom, and retreats within its shell, lying apparently
(as I have often thought) dead. I can never see any bubble
of air within the aperture now.— Sep*. 17. The water was
changed by another person ; and the next day I found the
animal out of the bag (which had become quite rotten) and
lying at the bottom of the water. It is alive; and having
given it fresh sea-water, it begins to crawl as usual, and is
apparently as strong as ever. It is now left at liberty in the
water. About the middle of ^fovember (exact day not
noted), I found it lying at the bottom of the water, dead.
It had for some time previously (since left at liberty), kept
itself affixed to a cover placed over the glass, out of the
water for the most part; as Littorina vulgaris usually does.
This last experiment proves beyond all farther question that the animal

302 Rev. R. T. Lowe ow Melampm, Sfc.

is one of the marine Pectinihranchia : and what is equally satisfactory,
greatly strengthens the same conclusion respecting Melampus, And were
this conclusion less definitely proved in the present instance than it really is
by this Experiment 17, it would not be affected by the fact, that the same
individual was able to exist in atmospheric air, as above related (Experi-
ment 16), for nearly five weeks. For although this might well happen
to an aquatic animal shut up in a close box with other aquatic species,
even when the others did not survive,* still, I apprehend, the converse
cannot hold ; viz. that an atmospheric air-breathing Molluscous animal
could exist a fortnight, or even much more than twenty-four hours,
immersed in sea-water. However, this Truncatella really lived fourteen
weeks so immersed.

SPECIERUM CONSPECTUS.

1. Truncatella Truncatula, Tab. XIII. f. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
(IStesta. var. /3.)
Trunc, testd subpellucidd, solidiusculd; anfractihxis plus minus

transverse striatis.

Long, (inadulta) 2-3 Hn.; lat. 11. Anfr. 4,

Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., p, 40, no. 17. Lam., VI., 2, p. 149.

Helix subcylindrica, Mont., Test. Brit., p. 393, no. 17.

a Icevigala; testd corneo-lutescente, Icevigatd ; striis obsoletis, vet ad
suturas tant^m conspicuis.

Truncatella IcBvigata, Risso, Hist. IV., p. 125, no. 300, f. 53.

Cyclostoma truncatulum y., Drap., loc. cit. t. 1, f. 31.

/3 costulata; testd carnea; anfractihus costulatis, costellis crebris
aquidistantibus fiexuosis subobliquis distinctlssimis. Tab. XIII.
f. 13—18.

Truncatella costulata, Risso, Hist. IV. p. 125, no. 301, f. 57.

Cyclostoma truncatulum, a & /3, Drap., loc, cit. t. 1, f. 28, 29, 30.

Testa junior (d.

Paludina Desnayersii, Payraud., Catal. p. 1 16, no. 245, t. 5, f, 21, 22.

* Yet in another similar instance, one of them, Melampus aqualis, and the
undoubtedly aquatic Littorina vulgaris, did, after a confinement of about the
same length. See Experiment 4, above.

species of the genus Truncaiella. 303

Ilah. Var. /3 infra lapides in littore septentrionali Insulae Maderse;
V. V. — a et /D in littore Maris Mediterraneae, Draparnaud, Lamarck, et
Payraudeau, loc. cit. — v. m. e Museo Dni. Sowerby.

2. Truncatella Clathrus, Nob.
Trunc. tesld subpellucidd, solidd, pallide corneo-lutescente ; anfractibus

costis magnis raris cBquidistaniibus ehvatis transversis sculptis, per

totam testm longitudincm decurrentibus,

Longit, 2 lin.; lat. 1. Anfr. 4.

Hab. ? E Museo araici et eel. G, B. Sowerby.

3? Truncatella Montagui, nob.
Trunc. testd tenui angustd, lineari, spird obtusissirnd apice abruptd

quasi truncatd ; suturd distinciissimd, valde coarctatd.

Long. 1|, lin.; lat. | lin. Anfr. 4|.

Turbo truncatus, Mont,, Test. Brit., " pi. 10, f. 7." Turt., Diet. no. 65.

Testajuiiior?

Turbo subtruncatus, Mont., " pi. 10, f. 1." Turt. Diet. no. 64.

Ilab. in littore Britannico, v. m.

The young shells in this genus differ so remarkably in form from the
adult, that they have occasionally been described as distinct species. One
of the species, (adult), is placed by Lamarck among his Cyclostomata,
though it is but fair to add as a doubtful species. Yet there can be no
doubt, if it belong to any of his genera, it should be placed in Paludina;
whither in fact Payraudeau has properly removed it. Indeed it is to
Littorina that Truncatella bears the greatest affinity in the structure of
its animal. Yet the very peculiar modification of this structure, joined
to the singular habit, mode of crawling, &e. is surely sufficient to
distinguish them. Added to this, the shells differ in their cylindric decol-
lated or truncated spire, and transversely striated and sculptured (or at
least with a tendency to be so) volutions. The same characters, with the
additional one of the absence of lateral membranes on the body of the
animal, and the want of an epidermis to the shell, distinguish them from
the true fluviatile Paludina:. And the rounded shape of tlie foot and
proboscidiform muzzle essentially separate them from Rissoa: in which at
present im[K;rfectly defined genus, all the species which have come under

904 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, ^c.

my observation have an elongated foot, truncated in front, and attenuated
behind ; the head and muzzle not probosciform, and the tentacula long
and filiform, seated on each side the head or neck much as in Helix. The
absence of an epidermis, and the plain (not spiral) operculum distinguish
the shells from the Melania, to v?hich indeed they have in sculpture, shape
and outline considerable resemblance : and it is probable, that when the
animal of this last named genus shall be accurately made known, Trun-
catella will bear the same relation to it that the marine Littorina does to
the true fluviatile Paludina. With Cyclostoma, it has no connection
whatever, except in the way of analogy.

Funchal, Madeira.
Nov. 14, 1829.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL

Fig. 1. Animal of Me/anf/)ws ceqrtalis a. natural size; seen from above.

2. Ditto seen beneath, as crawling up a glass.

3. Ditto seen from above.

4. Ditto seen beneath ; shewing the details of the open mouth,

the upper jaw, &c.

5. The shell.

2, 3 and 4 all more or less magnified.

6. Shell of Melampus exiguus.

7. Ditto.

8. Animal of Pedipes afra ; natural size.

9. Ditto seen beneath ; shewing the double foot as it appears when

the animal is in the act of drawing up the posterior por-
tion to the anterior : the space or hollow between
these never appears wider than here represented.

10. Ditto shewing the appearance of the foot when at rest.

1 1 . Ditto seen above when crawling.

12. The shell.

9, 10 and 11 all more or less magnified.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Helicolimax Lamarchii. 305

13. Animal with shell of Truncatella iruncatula, /3.; side view,
i 4. Ditto seen beneath as crawling up a glass ; taken when the muz-
zle is exserted.

15. Ditto ditto.

16. Ditto ditto, when the foot is extended in the act of drawing up

the shell.

17. Ditto seen from above; a portion of the foot is also seen.

18. The shell.

13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 all more or less magnified.

Art. XL. On the internal structure of Helicolimax
(Vitrina) Lamarckii. By the Rev. M.J. BuRKELKy.

A FULL and minute account of the habits and external characters of
this interesting animal has already been given in the Zoological Journal
by my friend Mr. Lowe, who has furnished the specimens upon which
the following observations were made. But as he has not entered into
any anatomical details, some further account of the internal structure
may perhaps not be unacceptable, though, from the small size of most
of the specimens, that which I have to offer is necessarily imperfect.

Of course, as I have nothing to add with respect to those characteis
which Mr. Lowe has so accurately given, it would be superfluous to make
any mere repetition here. I shall therefore proceed at once to the
anatomy, considering the present notes as a supplement to Mr. Lowe's
paper.

The pulmonary cavity, is so similar to that of Udix, and the different
organs disposed so nearly in the same way, that it is needless to give any
figure or description. On the right side as usual is the rectum; on the
left beiiind, the pericardium with the heart wilhiu, consisting of an
auricle and vmtricle; and itself situated beneath the slime bag. The
membrane which forms the vault of the cavity, and over which the

306 Rev. M. J. Berkeley's Anatomy of

different vessels which expose the blood to the action of the air, are
spread, is so extremely transparent that a clear view is obtained of the
contents of the cavity without making any incision ; it has (at least
in specimens preserved in spirits) a slight degree of rigidity and elasticity,
like the shell which protects it; and perhaps this circumstance
compensates in some measure for its extreme thinness. So much is this
the case, that even when the shell is removed, it is able in general to
support itself without falling down like the flaccid membrane of PulmO'
nifera in general.

The mass of the mouth is oval, and has the upper lip furnished with
a horny crescent-shaped plate, which has a single projecting tooth in the
center as in Limax, and not numerous toothlets as in Helix.

The mass itself has a flat forked muscular strap shaped like the letter
Y, attached to it behind, embracing its under-side firmly with the two
arms, which shortly after become confluent, and the single strap formed
by this confluence is inserted into the foot behind. By means of this
muscle the mass is retracted, together with a portion of the skin imme-
diately surrounding the mouth itself. Above the muscle between its
arms, the cartilaginous cone of the tongue makes a slight projection.
The tongue itself which lines the bottom of the cavity of the mass, or
rather of an organ fixed to it, which performs the function of a lower
lip, is most beautifully and regularly chequered in parallel, transverse
and longitudinal lines, formed by most minute subtriangular plates or
spicules, whose points are directed backwards exactly as in Helix
/'aspersa.J

Immediately above the cone is the commencement of the cesophagus ;
on each side of which the salivary ducts enter into the mass; and above
these the upper ganglions of the nervous cord, for the mass is evidently
formed of two confluent ganglions ; each gives off a nerve to the large
tentaculum on its own side ; and above a nerve forked soon after its origin
proceeding to the upper part of the mass of the mouth. The lower
gangUon, connected on each side by a cord with the central ganglions is
large and nearly circular, giving off nerves on all sides, as in Helix. The
cesophagus, as usual, passes through the circle formed by the junction.

The oesophagus is soon confounded with the stomach which is a
membraneous dilatation, consisting of two parts. The salivary glands

Helicolimax Lamarvkii. 307

which are flat, and but little divided, clothe the upper portion completely,
so as to divide the lower poition by an accurately defined line. When the
mass of the mouth is drawn inwards to the fullest extent, the upper
portion of the stomach is greatly contracted, and enters into the lower
by a sort of introsusception, much in the same manner as the proboscis
of Buccinum undatum is retracted. In this state it is represented at
fig. 2 & 3. But when the mass is not so strongly retracted, the upper
portion becomes in proportion more extended, and only a small part is
then inclosed within the lower part of the stomach. Whether or no the
whole of the upper portion is drawn out when the animal is in its full
state of extension, as for instance, when it feeds, or whether the intro-
susception takes place only when it contracts itself, to take refuge within
its shell, either wholly, or partially under the large expanse of the
corselet, I am unable to decide, not having a sufficient number of speci-
mens to examine this point under different circumstances. I have not,
however, seen any case in which it did not exist in a slight degree, as
in fig. 4. When it takes place, it is at the expence of the upper portion
of the stomach, the line defined by the termination of the salivary glands
being that from which it commences.

There is no marked distinction between the lower portion of the
stomach and the duodenum ; but the latter is simply a continuation of the
former, gradually diminishing in diameter ; the intestine suddenly chang-
ing its course and running back again for a short distance, almost parallel
with the stomach as in Helix, though with no indication of a caecum ; and
after two turns, one above, and another belov/, passing along the outer
edge of the pulmonary cavity. It is nearly even throughout. The coats
are not furnished with any remarkable ribs or wrinkles, but that of the
upper portion is slishtly thicker than the rest.

I was not able to trace accurately the lobes of the liver, except the
large one, which in conjunction with the ovary fills the spire, and is
precisely as in Helix, and so as far as I can judge are the others ; I
conceive they pour in the bile at the commencement of the duodenum,
but I could not demonstrate this point.

The organs of generation have their orifice behind the right larger
tentaculum, and both are united in the same animal. From the ovarium
the oviduct is given off, which after curling more or less from right to

308 Rev. M. J. Berkeley's Anatomy of

left, passes towards the upper part of the great lobe of the testicle into
the matrix, which is a long sac variously puckered and folded, exactly as
in Helix; this at the extremity gives off a thread, which enters into a
strong elliptic muscular body at one end of it, and this again enters by
a narrow neck, on one side, into the bottom, of the pouch in which also
the male orgin has its external orifice. The walls of this last pouch are
marked with faint transverse furrows. At the same point also as that in
which the matrix enters into the muscular body, the tube of the " vessie"
also is inserted. This is short, and the " vessie" itself is situated almost
at the top of the matrix. It is not very clear what is the use of so strong
a body as that into which these organs enter together, except it have
some power of causing an inversion of the neck by which itself is inserted
into the outward pouch. I was unable to ascertain its internal structure,
as I had but a single specimen in which the organs of generation were in
a full state of developement.

The lower portion of the testicle is shaped like an egg cut through its

major axis ; on the flat side at the point where the oviduct enters the

matrix is a small lobe ; the testicle is continued in a fine line along the

matrix, and at length at the top of the matrix gives off the vas deferens which

after twice or thrice passing from right to left, and from left to right

enters at one side towards the base into the bulbiform penis, which is

placed at the base of the external pouch, and is continued through this,

which it perforates by a tube which is adnate with the walls of the pouch

on one side, in such a manner, that the bottom of the pouch hangs a

little way down the top of the bulb like a little flap all round, except on

the side on which the tube is adnate, for there the external surface of the

pouch and bulb are perfectly continuous ; hence looking at the pouch and

bulb externally a distinct line is seen about three parts round dividing the

sacformedby the two, which externally is apparently one, into two portions.

A correct notion of its structure may be formed from conceiving the

neck of a Florence flask passing through the bottom of a common wine

bottle, the neck being applied in its whole length to one side of the

bottle ; and the hollow base of the bottle resting upon the top of the

bulb of the flask. The bulb consists of a double coat, the inner being the

thickest, and (probably by means of the structure of these coats) can reverse

itself so as to pass through the above mentioned tube, and is drawn back

Helicolimax Lamurckii. 30^

again at pleasure, by a muscle attached to it behind. It is at the base,
where the tube of the bulb perforates the external pouch, a little up on
one side, that the oriBce of the tube leading from the muscular organ of
the matrix is inserted. The structure of the whole will be understood
without difficulty from the figures. At fig. 8 the penis and the pouth
through which it passes are laid open, so as to shew their structure
within.

It is impossible without having an opportunity of seeing living speci-
mens to understand exactly the limits of inversion of the diflferent parts;
nor indeed even in Helix does this point seem to have been much studied,
from the difficulty of doing it with success. I have merely described the
structure, such as I was able to observe it in specimens preserved in
spirits, and therefore probably in almost an unnatural state of contraction.

It remains that I compare the structure with that of the neighbouring
genera. Mr. Lowe remarks its near relation with Parmacella. To this
conclusion I had arrived, independently, from the consideration principally
of the anatomy. Indeed, in external characters alone, the resemblance
is too striking to escape notice, and this will be found confirmed by the
internal structure. De Ferussac has long ago remarked the extreme
resemblance of ParmaceWa to some HelicoHmaces (Vitrinae).

First then, compared with Helix, we find the pulmonary and nervous*
systems almost identical. The mass of the mouth, tongue, and its main
retractor muscle are the same in both. The tooth alone differs shghtly.
With respect to the stomach, there is in Helix a tendency in this part to
put on the form of a double stomach, insomuch that some authors have so
described it; the structure in Helicolimax is only a step beyond this;
for there is no great difference in the thickness of the coats of the two
portions, and indeed when the upper portion is fully drawn out, the
difference is the least possible. Besides in Helix the salivary glands,
which arc very similar to those of the present animal, end just at the
point where the slight strangulation of the stomach takes place. I am of
course not at liberty to assume the similarity of the liver, or position of

• I did not observe the ganglions under the origin of the oesophagus which
exist in Helix (in Hel.aapersa there are two), but this arose perhaps from my
attention not being directed particularly to that point.
Vol. V. X.

310 Kev. M. J. Berkeley tin HeHcolimnx Lamarchn.

the biliary duct, though I have no doubt that they are the same in the
two. The general nppearance and comparative length of the rest of the
intestine are nearly the same.

Again, with respect to the organs of generation we have the ovary,
oviduct, matrix and " vessie"* the same, only the common receptacle of
the two last is become stronger and more muscular. The testicle and vas
deferens again are precisely the same. The principal points in which the
two genera differ, are, that there is no process of the dart as in llcUx,
except better opportunities of investigation should prove that the
muscular body above mentioned, serves this purpose, in addition to its
other functions, but even then its position would be widely different;
there are also no multiphed processes or any appendages; and the body
of the penis is bulbiform, instead of flagelliform ; and its general struc-
ture is described above somewhat varied.

With Parmacella it agrees in almost every point, except that it has no
appendaiies to the penis ; that it has not the additional ganglion marked
t. . in Cuvier's figure of Parmacella, and that in Parmacella there

are two distinct nmscles for the retraction of the mass of the mouth,
instead of one. Cuvier has not indeed given any account of the interior
of the oro-ans of generation, but the outward appearance is so similar

» In Helix aipersa there is another organ besides the " vessie," whose use I
am unacquainted witli, equally as with that of the " vessie" itself. I have not
been able to examine the Helix Pomatia, from whith Cuvier's dissections are
taken, and cannot therefore say whether it cxibts in that also, but conclude that
it does not as he takes no notice of it, nor is there any indication of it in the
figures: in Helix n.ipersa it is so prominent as to strike any one immediately
who is tracing the course of the tube which leads to the " vessie." Not only
is there a tube given off from the point where the matrix enters the common
cavity, to bear the "vessie"; but this tube at some distance from its origin is
forked, and one of the divisions, that of the " vessie" on the right hand, the
smaller of the two, runs along the side of the matrix opposite to that which
bears the narrow portion of the testicle, while that on the left, after curling
about twice or thrice, at length is attached to that portion of the testicle, at
about the middle of its course, accompanies it almost to the end of the matrix,
and there ends obtusely, forming (as it were) a sort of caecum to the tube of the
" vessie."

Affinities- oj' Helicolimax. 311

(hat in the total absence of any evidence to the contrary, we may assume
the structure to be the same. Again in Parmacella there is a slight
strangulation of the stomach, but on the whole there is a less perfect
resemblance as regards the salivary glands, their form, the point to which
they extend, and indeed in the general course of the intestine than in
Helix. As the shell of Parmacella is not spiral, of course we must
expect corresponding differences as regards the lobes of the liver, one of
which is so strongly affected by any change of form in that point. Heli-
colimax is nearer then to Helix as regards the digestive organs ; nearer
to Parmacella as regards the generative.

With respect to outward structure, Helicolimax is intermediate between
Helix and Parmacella, but with respect to internal, Helix would be
intermediate as regards the digestive organs; while Parmacella would
be intermediate as regards the generative organs.

Whence this curious result arises, that each in one important point will
take a middle place. Hence in the same animal two opposite ends are
carried on, in the simphfication of one important function, and the com-
plication of another. But this takes place not merely by the intervention
of a single animal but by an interchanged relation.

It would have been interesting to have compared the three genera with
respect to the nervous system, but I have not sufficient data to go upon,
and it could be only done by examining the three together for the express
purpose, with the greatest attention, and with every advantage of nume-
rous specimens.

I do not mean to say that these are the only genera with which Helico-
limax may be compared, but merely that to these it is related most nearly.

Helicarion would most likely prove to be almost the same in structure.
Of the genera whose structure is described, it is with these it has the
nearest affinity. From Testacellus it differs especially, in the far lower
developement of the retractor muscle of the mouth, which should seem
to prove tliat if it be essentially carnivorous, it is so in a different way.
Tiie stomach in Testacellus is well marked and simple, and the generative
organs still less complex. It is much more nearly related to Limax, but
Limax or rather Arion (for of that alone the anatomy is given in Cuvier's
Memoires) is in every respect in which the two differ less complicated,
both as to outward and inward form.

X 2.

312 Rev. M. J. Berkeley's Anatomy of

Future observations must show whether amongst the different species
of Helicolimaces (Vitrinee) there are forms requiring separation ; at
present there seems no sufficient reason to doubt their general agreement.

I would remark that I have used the word Helicolimax throughout
merely to keep up an uniformity with Mr. Lowe's paper, and to avoid the
possibility of confusion. Fitri7ia appears by far the most preferable
name, as it asserts nothing more than the glass-like appearance of the
shells, whereas Helicolimax would lead us to suppose the shells exactly
intermediate between the two genera of which the name is compounded,
which is scarcely strictly true.

References to the Figures.

N. B, All are more or less magnified.

Tab. Supp. XLVIII.

Fig. 1. Represents the mass of the mouth and intestines, the nervous
cord having been removed from its situation, above the
origin of the oesophagus. The stomach is in its state of
contraction.

m. Mass of mouth.

n. n. Salivary ducts.

o. Oesophagus.

p. Cartilagineous cone of the tongue.

q. Retractor muscle of mass of the mouth.

r. Salivary glands, covering upper portion of the stomach.

s. Lower portion.

t. Rectum.

u. Anus.
Fig. 2. Part of the oesophagus, stomach and duodenum, from which
the salivary glands have been removed ; the upper por-
tion of the stomach is in its extreme state of contraction.

0. Oesophagus.

V. Upper portion of stomach,

s. Lower portion.

Helicolimax Lamarckii. 313

Fig. 3. The same laid open to shew the introsusception of the upper

portion. The letters have the same signification.
Fig. 4. The same view as Fig. 3, of a specimen in which the mass of
the mouth was exserted, together with the ganglions of
the nervous cord.
q. (Esophagus.
r. Lower portion of stomach.
M. Right cerebral ganglion.
V. Left ditto.

X. Great ganglion formed by confluence of two lateral gan-
glions.
z.z. Nerves of great tentacula.
Fig. 5. Tooth from upper part of the mouth.
Fig. 6. Organs of generation.
a. External pouch.
h. Penis.

c. Retractor muscle.

d. Muscular body, into which run the matrix and " vessie."

e. Vas deferens.
/. Vessie.

y. Tubes of ditto and matrix, of which that on the right

belongs to the matrix.
*i. Large lobe of testicle.
k. Oviduct.

/. Large lobe of liver containing the ovary.
*h. Matrix.
Fig. 7. Upper part of the same as the last seen from behind. The

letters have the same signification.
Fig. 8. The upper part laid open from the same side of Fig. 6, which
is the upper side with respect to the animal.
a. Tube of penis prolonged within the external pouch.
ft. Tube of vessie.
y. Orifice to matrix.

The other letters as before.

314 Rev. Dr. Buckland im the Vitality nj

Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads endured in Stone and
Wood. By the Rev. W. Buckland, F.It.S., F.L.S.,
F.G.S, and Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the
University of Oxford.

In the month of November, 1 825, 1 commenced the following experi-
ments with a view to explain the frequent discoveries of Toads enclosed
within blocks of stone and wood, in cavities that are said to have no
communication with the external air.

In one large block of coarse oolitic limestone, (the Oxford oolite from
the quarries of Heddington) twelve circular cells were prepared each
about one foot deep atid five inches in diameter, and having a groove or
shoulder at its upper margin fitted to receive a circular plate of glass, and
a circular slate to protect the glass; the margin of this double cover was
closed round and rendered impenetrable to air and water by a luting of
soft clay. Twelve smaller cells, each six inches deep and five inches in
diameter, were made in another block of compact siliceous sandstone,
viz. the Pennant Grit of the Coal formation near Bristol ; these cells also
were covered with similar plates of glass and slate cemented at the edge
by clay. The object of the glass covers was to allow the animals to be
inspected, without disturbing the clay so as to admit external air or insects
into the cell. The Limestone is so porous that it is easily permeable by
water, and probably also by air ; the sandstone is very compact.

On the 26th of November, 1825, one live Toad was placed in each of
the above mentioned twenty-four cells, and the double cover of glass and
slate placed over each of them and cemented down by the luting of clay;
the weight of each Toad in grains was ascertained and noted by Dr. Daubeny
and Mr. Dillwyn at the time of their being placed in the cells ; that of
the smallest was 115 grains, and of the largest 1 1 85 grains. The large
and small animals were distributed in equal proportion between the lime-
stone and the sandstone cells.

These blocks of stone were buried together in my garden beneath three
feet of earth, and remained unopened until the 10th of December, 1826,
on which day they were examined. Every Toad in the smaller cells of

Toftds enclosed in Si one luid fVood. 315

the compact sandstone was dead, and the bodies of most of them so much
decayed, that they must have been dead some months. The greater
number of those in the larger cells of porous limestone were alive. No. 1,
whose weight when immured was 924 grains now weighed only 698
grains. No. 5, whose weight when immured was 1185 grains, now
weighed 1265 grains. The glass cover over this cell was slightly cracked
so that minute insects might have entered ; none however were discovered
in this cell ; but in another cell whose glass was broken, and the animal
within it dead, there was a large assemblage of minute insects, and
a similar assemblage also on the outside of the glass of a third cell. In
the cell No. 9, a Toad which when put in weighed 988 grains, had
increased to 1116 grains, and the glass cover over it was entire, but as
the luting of the cell within which this Toad had increased in weight was
not particularly examined, it is probable there was some aperture in it by
which small insects found admission. No. 11 had decreased from 936
grains to 652 grains.

When they were first examined in December, 1826, not only were
all the small Toads dead, but the larger ones appeared much emaciated,
with the two exceptions above mentioned ; we have already stated that
these probably owed their increased weight to the insects which had found
access to the cells and become their food.

The death of every individual of every size in the smaller cells of
compact sandstone appears to have resulted from a deficiency in the
supply of air in consequence of the sniallness of the cells, and the
impermeable nature of the stone ; the larger volume of air originally
enclosed in the cells of the limestone, and the porous nature of this stone
itself (permeable as it is slowly by water and probably also by air) seems
to have favored the duration of life to the animals enclosed in them
without food.

It should be noticed that there is a defect in these experiments arising
from the treatment of the twenty-four Toads before they were enclosed
in the blocks of stone. They were shut up and hurried on the 26th of
November, but the greater number of them had been caught more tiian
two months before that time, and had been imprisoned altogether in a
cucumber frame placed on common garden earth, where the supply of
food to so many individuals was probably scanty and their confinement

316 I\cv. Dr. Buckland i»i (he Vitality of

unnatural, so that they were in an unhealthy and somewhat meagre state
at the time of their imprisonment. We can therefore scarcely argue
with certainty from the death of all these individuals within two years, as
to the duration of life which might have been maintained had they retired
spontaneously and fallen into the torpor of their natural hybernization
in good bodily condition.

The results of our experiments amount to this ; all the Toads both
large and small inclosed in sandstone, and the small Toads in the lime-
stone also, were dead at the end of thirteen months. Before the expiration
of the second year, all the large ones also were dead ; these were examined
several times during the second year through the glass covers of the cells,
but without removing them to admit air ; they appeared always awake
with their eyes open, and never in a state of torpor, their meagreness
increasing at each interval in which they were examined until at length
they were found dead ; those two also which had gained an accession of
weight at the end of the first year and were then carefully closed up
again were emaciated and dead before the expiration of the second year.

At the same time that these Toads were enclosed in stone, four other
Toads of middling size were enclosed in three holes cut for this purpose
on the North side of the trunk of an apple tree ; two being placed in the
largest cell, and each of the others in a single cell ; the cells were nearly
circular, about five inches deep and three inches in diameter; they were
carefully closed up with a plug of wood so as to exclude access of insecls,
and apparently were air-tight; when examined at the end of a year,
every one of the Toads was dead and their bodies were decayed.

From the fatal result of the experiments made in the small cells cut in
the apple tree, and the block of compact sandstone, it scorns to follow
that Toads cannot live a year excluded totally from atmospheric air, and
from the experiments in the larger cells within the block of oolitic lime-
stone, it seems also probable that they cannot survive two years entirely
excluded from food ; we may therefore conclude that there is a want of
sufficiently minute and accurate observation in those so frequently recorded
cases, where Toads are said to be found alive within blocks of stone and
wood, in cavities that had no communication whatever with the external
air. The fact of my two Toads having increased in weight at the end of
a year, notwithstanding the care that was taken to enclose them perfectly

Toads enclosed in Stone and ffood. 317

by a luting of clay, shews how very small an aperture will admit mi-
nute insects sufficient to maintain life. In the cell No. 5, where the glass
was slightly cracked, the communication though small was obvious, but,
in the cell No. 9, where the glass cover remained entire, and where it
appears certain from the increased weight of the enclosed animal, that
insects must have found admission, we have an example of these minute
animals finding their way into a cell, to which great care had been taken
to prevent any possibility of access.

Admitting then that Toads are occasionally found in cavities of wood
and stone with which there is no communication sufficiently large to allow
the ingress and egress of the animal enclosed in them, we may, I think,
find a solution of such phenomena in the habits of these reptiles, and of
the insects which form their food. The first effort of the young Toad, as
soon as it has left its tad-pole state and emerged from the water, is to seek
shelter in holes and crevices of rocks and trees. An individual, which,
when young, may have thus entered a cavity by some very narrow
aperture would find abundance of food by catching insects, which like
itself seek shelter within such cavities, and may soon have increased so
much in bulk as to render it impossible to go out again through the
narrow aperture at which it entered. A small hole of this kind is very
likely to be overlooked by common workmen who are the only people
whose operations on stone and wood disclose cavities in the interior of
such substances. In the case of Toads, Snakes and Lizards, that
occasionally issue from stones that are broken in a quarry, or in
sinking wells, and sometimes even from strata of coal at the bottom
of a coal mine, the evidence is never perfect to shew that the reptiles
were entirely enclosed in a solid rock; no examination is ever made
until the reptile is first discovered by the breaking of the mass in
which it was contained, and then it is too late to ascertain without carefully
replacing every fragment (and in no case that I have seen reported
has this ever been done) whether or not there was any hole or crevice by
which the animal may have entered the cavity from which it was extracted.
Without previous examination it is almost impossible to prove that there
was no such communication. In the case of rocks near the surface of
the earth, and in stone quarries, reptiles find ready admission to holes and
fissures. We have a notoriour. example of this kind in the Lizard found

31S Rev. Dr Buckland on the Vitalidj of

in a chalk pit and brought alive to the late Dr. Clarke. In the case also
of wells and coal pits, a reptile that had fallen down the well or shaft and
survived its fall would seek its natural retreat in the first hole or crevice
it could find, and the miner dislodging it from this cavity to which his
previous attention had not been called, might in ignorance conclude that
the animal was coeval with the stone from which he had extracted it.

It remains only to consider the case, (of which I know not any
authenticated example,) of Toads that have been said to be found in cavities
within blocks of limestone to which on careful examination, no access
whatever could be discovered, and where the animal was absolutely and
entirely closed up with stone. Should any such case ever have existed, it
is probable that the communication between this cavity and the external
surface had been closed up by stalactitic incrustation after the animal had
become too large to make its escape. A similar explanation may be
offered of the much more probable case of a live Toad being entirely
surrounded with solid wood. In each case the animal would have con-
tinued to increase in bulk so long as the smallest aperture remained by
which air and insects could find admission; it would probably become torpid
as soon as this aperture was entirely closed by the accumulation of stalactite
or the growth of wood; but it still remains to be ascertained how long
this state of torpor may continue under total exclusion from food, and
from external air : and although the experiments above recorded shew
that life did not extend two years in the case of any one of the individuals
which formed the subjects of them, yet, for reasons which have been
specified, they are not decisi ve to shew that a state of torpor, or suspended
animation, may not be endured for a much longer time by Toads that are
healthy and well fed up to the moment when they are finally cut off from
food, and from all diiect access of atmosperic air.

The common experiment of burying a Toad in a flower-pot covered
with a tile, is of no value unless the cover be carefully luted to the pot,
and the hole at the bottom of the pot also closed, so as to exclude all
possible access of air, earthworms and insects. I have heard of two or
three experiments of this kind, in which these precautions have not been
taken, and in which at the end of a year the Toads have been found alive
and well.

Besides the Toads enclosed in stone and wood, four others were placed

Toads enclosed in Stone and fFood. 319

each in a small basin of plaster of Paris, four inches deep and five inches
in diameter having a cover of the same material carefully luted round
with clay; these were buried at the same time and in the same place
with the blocks of stone, and on being examined at the same time with
them in December, 1826, two of the Toads were dead, the other two
alive but much emaciated. We can only collect from this experiment
that a thin plate of plaster of Paris is permeable to air in a sufficient
degree to maintain the life of a Toad for thirteen months.

In the 19th vol. No. 1, p. 167, of Silliman's American Journal of
Science and Arts, David Thomas, Esq. has published some observations
on Frogs and Toads in stone and solid earth, enumerating several authentic
and well attested cases ; these, however, amount to no more than a repe-
tition of the facts so often stated and admitted to be true, viz. that torpid
reptiles occur in cavities of stone, and at the depth of many feet in soil
and earth, but, they state not anytliing to disprove the possibility of a
small aperture by which these cavities may have had communication with
the external surface, and insects 1 ave been admitted.

The attention of the discoverer is always directed more to the Toad,
than to the minutise of the state of the cavity in which it was contained.

In the Literary Gazette of March 1 2, 1831, p. 169, there is a very
interesting account of the habits of a tame male Toad, that was domesti-
cated and carefully observed during almost two years by Mr. F. C.
Husenbeth. During two winters, from November to March, he ate no
food, though he did not become torpid, but grew thin and moved much
less than at other times. During the winter of 1 828 he gradually lost his
appetite and gradually recovered it. He was well fed during two
summers, and after the end of the second winter, on the 29th of March,
1829, he was found dead. His death was apparently caused by an
unusually long continuance of severe weather, which seemed to exhaust
him before his natural a])petite returned. He could net have died from
starvation, for the day before his death he refused a lively fly.

Dr. Townson also, in his Tracts on T'atural History, (London, 1799,)
records a series of observations which he made on tame Frogs, and also
on some Toads; these were directed chiefly to the very absorbent power
of the skin of these reptiles, and show that they take in and reject liquids,
through their skin alone, by a rapid process of absorption and evaporation,

320 Rev. R. T. Lowe's Descriptions of

a Frog absorbing sometimes in half an hour as much as half its own
weight, and in a few hours the whole of its own weight of water, and
nearly as rapidly giving it off when placed in any position that is warm
and removed from moisture. Dr. T. contends that as the Frog tribe never
drink water, this fluid must be supplied by means of absorption through
the skin. Both Frogs and Toads have a large bladder, which is often
found full of water: " whatever this fluid may be, (he says,) it is as pure
'• as distilled water and equally tasteless ; this I assert as well of that of
" the Toad which I have often tasted, as that of Frogs."

Art. XLII. Descriptions of tivo species of Araneidoe,
Matives of 3Iadeira. In a Letter to the Editor, by the
liev. R. T. Lowe, £.A.

TO THK EDITORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Gentlemen,

The accompanying drawings, with notes of the observations from
which the following characters have been drawn up, were made partly in
my presence, and came into my possession altogether on the death of Dr.
Heineken. My separate investigations and enquiries having since gone
far to satisfy me of the correctness of his views relating to the two
Araneida which are the subject of this short notice, I feel myself called
upon to make them public. But farther than having fully proved the
fidelity of the drawings, and repeatedly confirmed by my own observa-
tions the correctness of his, I shall be entitled to little more merit than
that of throwing Dr. Heineken's notes into a proper form and language
for publication ; while, on the other hand, should the following facts
prove neither new nor interesting, I must fake upon myself the blame for

Tuo Spidery from Madeira. ' 3*21

net having made a better use of the time and opportunities, denied to my
late friend, which hisacuteness would not have failed to improve to the
utmost.

I am, Gentlemen,

Your obedient Servant,

R. T. Lowe.
Funchal, Madeira,
Feb. \6th,\83\.

Class. Arachnida.

Ord. PULMONARIA.

Fam. AraneiDjE.

Trib. Inequitel^, Latr.

Gen. ScvTODEs, Latr.

Scylodes velutina, Hein. et nob.

Scyt. velutina; tota sepiolina, imraaculata: thorace magno, suborbicu-
lato ; postice rotundato, elevato ; anticfe obsolete sulcato : abdomine sub-
globoso. Longit. 2\, lin.

Hah. in domibus Maderue: Scytode thoracicd ipsa rara mult6 rarior.

Mare nondum capto, fceminam tanttim vidi. Prasdse (Lepismatibus,
Tineis, ferme) more Scyt. thoracica telam jacit. Species a Scyt. thoracicd
omnind d'jstinctissima.

Trib. LaterigraDjE, Latr.
Gen. Loxosceles, Hein. et nob.
Char. gen.
Ocu/t sex, ffiquales, per pariadlspositi, parvi, segmenlum circulare vel
lunatum, arcu antico, (sc. antic^ convexo), delineantes: lateralibus baud
tuberculo impositis. Muxillcp. labium(\ne ut in Scytode fthoracicaj.
MandibulcE robustae, ungue valido (ut in plerisque Araneidis). Pedes
secundi, deindc primi et rjuarti ajquales, longiores; tertii caeteris
breviores.

Obs. — Thorax depressus. Citissimc currit. Quietus pedes omnes

obliqu^ in libclia horizontal! extendit. Telam prffidae nee jacit, nee

uUam nisi fila quaedam struit. In prsedam furtim obrepit,haud insiliens.

A ftinitas cum P/i.'/of/rom?'*, Walck., summa; sed oculis tanti^m sex.

322 Rev. R. T. Lowe's Descriptions of Ttvo Spiders, 8jc.

sicut Scytodes ab affinibus suis, statim distinguitur. Genus a Scytode
omnino distinctum. In Scj/tode vera fScyt. thoracicd, Latr., et Scyt. velu-
tind, nob.), thorax elevatus: ocuU triangulun) delineant, lateralibus
tuberculo impositis: niandihularum unguis miniitissimus : tardigrada,
telam praedee jacit: quieta, pedibuselevatis insistit: pedes quarti, primi
deinde, turn secundi loiigiores.

Species, Loxosceles citigrada, Hein. etnob.
Tab. Supp. XLVIII. fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,9, 11, 12 et 14.
Char. spec, idem ac generis.*
Hub. in domibus Maderae : inter chartas, fossilia, aliaque Museorum,
&c, degens. Rariss. v. v. et ^ et 5 .

Explanation of the Plate, >»

Tab. Supp. XLVIII.
Fig. 1 . 5 Loxosceles citigrada at rest, in natural attitude.

2. Ditto ditto, at rest, watching for prey.

3. ^ Ditto, taken when dead, to exhibit proportionate length of

legs.

4. One of the palpi of ditto, ditto; with the ^ organ.

5. Ditto of Scytodes thoracica, Latr., with ditto for comparison.

6. Lip flanguette. Latr.,) andmaxillse fviachoires, Latr.,) of $

Loxosceles citigrada.

7. Profile of head of ditto, ditto ; (perhaps not quite correct as

the legs were in the way.)

8. Ditto of ditto of 5 Scytodes thoracica, Latr.

9. Eyes of $ Lox. citigrada; central pair geminated, and on a

slight tubercle ; lateral pairs subgeminated, and not on a
tubercle : all with orbits.

10. Ditto of $ Scyt. thoracica, Latr.; two lateral pairs on tuber-

cles; central not: all geminated.

11. One of the palpi of $ Lox. citigrada ; will answer equally

for Scyt. thoracica, Latr.

• The followinpf are the proportions of a $ Loxosceles citigrada hy aiccvii&i.e
measurements.

Thorax IJ line; abdomen about 2 lines; second pair of legs 10 J lines; first
and fouilh pair each 2 lines ; third pair 7^ lines.

Mr. W. O. Aikin ow the Ash-voloiired Harrier. 323

1 2. Mandibles, f Cheliceres, antentie-pinces, ou serves frontak'i,

Latr.),of $ Lox. citigrada.
] 3. Ditto of $ Scijt. thoracica, Latr.

14. Outline profile of abdomen and thorax of Lox. citigrada.

15. Ditto ditto 0? Seyt. thoracica, f.atr.

All except Figs. 1, 2 and 3, more or iess magnified.

Art. XLIII. JVofe oii the Ash-cohmrcd Harrier, { Fulco
cinerarius, Mont.) _ By W. O Aikin, Esq., in a Letter
to the Editor.

TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Sir,

I have had, during the last month, an opportimity of examining several
specimens of the ash-coloured Harrier, fFalco cinerarius, J and as the
females differ materially from the description published in Selby's
Illustrations of British Ornithology, perhaps my remarks may not be
unacceptable to the readers of your valuable Journal.

In the description above alluded to, it is stated that " the whole of the
" under parts are orange-brown without spot or streak;'' I have now
seen five adult females, none of which have the under parts of a uniform
colour, on the contrary, every feather for a considerable space on each
side of the shaft is very much darker than the edges, so as to give the
appearance of lengthened streaks down the breast, belly and thighs, but
more particularly on the breast; the irides also of four of these birds
were of a deep hazel, though certainly arrived at maturity, as one of
them was brought to me with its mate and nest of young ; the other had
the irides of a very light yellow, and from its general appearance I should
judge was a much older bird, as the whole plumage was of a lighter
colour.

Montagu, in the Supplement to his Ornithological Dictionary, substitutes
the description of a young male for that of the mature female, in which
he stales that the under prts are <jf a uniform colour, so that it is apparent

524 Mr. W. O. Aikii) on the Ash-coloured Harrier.

ornithologists should not adopt his description throughout. It however
agrees exactly with two young ones which I have at present alive, excepting
that the irides of mine are of a deep hazel ; they are about two months old,
and are kept in a garden with young ones, of about the same age, of
both the olher Harriers; these differ so materially from their companions
that they could never be mistaken by a person who has once seen them;
first, their size is so much less, then the deep rust colour which pervades
their whole plumage and the absence of the ruff of small feathers round
the head at once distinguish them from the common Hen-Harrier. I
find them much wilder than the others, and the male when disturbed is
continually uttering a short shrill call while the others are silent unless
actually laid hold of. They all strike with their talons, not using their bills
till their feet are secured.

I had an opportunity of weighing and measuring the birds in my own
collection, the particulars of which are as follows :
A male killed 17th June, weighed 9 J ounces troy. Length 17^ inches.

Breadth 3^ feet. In the crop were five Lizards in fragments,

the tails only being perfect.
A female killed 17th June, weighed 10| ounces, troy. Length 18| inches.

Breadth 3 feet, 6| inches.
A female killed 1 9th June, weighed 9i ounces, troy. Length 17^ inches.

Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9J inches. Three of the ova

were as large as marbles, there were also a great many smaller

ones.
A female killed 1st July, weighed 8J- ounces, troy. Length 17 inches.

Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9 inches.
If these remarks are considered worthy your notice, and the young birds
live, I shall be happy to furnish you with any other memoranda which
I consider curious during their change of plumage.

I remain. Sir,

Your's, &c.

W. 0. AlKIN.
Cambridge,

2drdJuly, 1830.

0)1 Curiuarla. 325

Art. XLIV. JVotice sur la Carinaria et description. Par.
M. Verany.

Corps cylindrique allonge, garni de points saillans, prolonge en arriere
et garni a sa partie posterieure et inferieure d'une nageoire qui lui sert
de gouvernail,

Une nageoire rougeatre munie d'une ventouse est implantee perpendi-
culairement sur le dos; c'est a I'aidede celle-ci qu' elle vogue en tout sens.
T^te qui se contracte dans le corps, munie d'une trompe retractile. Deux
tentacules longs et coniques places lateralement a I'insertion de la T^te;
deux yeux en avant du corps places a la base des tentacules. Bouche
garnie d'une luachoire se roulantsur elle meme, munie de quatre rangees
de dents dont les deux internes fixes et petites, les interieures de deux a
deux crochues et mobiles.

Organes de la respiration, coeur, et anus suspendus sous le corps et ren-
fermes dans une coquille.

Sexes separes corame dans les Firoles ; les males ont leur organe sexuel
place anterieurement dans le cot^ gauche sous la nageoire dorsale, les
femelles I'ont pr^s de I'anus.

Un tube rougeatre renfle a son commencement est tout son appareil
digestif. Dans sa cavite I'on rencontre entre les yeux un ganglion d'ou
partent plusieurs nerfs, dont six se dirigent et avant et quatre en arriere;
ceux qui vont en avant se dirigent deux vers la bouche et paraissent faire
agir la trompe, deux aux tentacules, et aux yeux ; de ceux de derreire deux
vont directement dans le nucleus ; les deux autres vont se reunir sous le
nageoire d'ou ils se ramifient en cinq, dont trois dans la nageoire dorsale
et deux vers la queue. Malgre toutes les attentions possibles je n'ai pu
decouvrir a quoi ce mollusque utilise la ventouse qu'il a a sa nageoire.

La Carinaria se nourrit de corps gelatineux et de quelques tr^s petits
poissons tels que Atherina nana. J'ai plusieurs fois trouve dans son
estomac des restes d'autres Carinaires ; ce qui me prouve que cette espdce
se detruit mutuellement.

On la rencontre presque toute I'annee sur nos c6tes; assez abondante
pendant les mois de mai, juin, juillet. II est trds rare de la trouver avec
sa coquille cntiere. C'est La Holoturiorum secunda Bpecies, Rondelet,
p. 126. De Insectis, &c. Lib. 1. Nice.
Vol. V. Y

326 Mr. Westwdod's Remarks on the Thorax of Insects.

Art. XLV. Observations upon the Eighteenth .ATumber of
the ZoologiiulJournaL By J. O. Wkstwood, Esq.,
F.L.S, bic.

TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Sir,

My attention having been in an especial manner directed by Mr. Mac
Leay in the last number of this Journal, (p. 178), to the comparative
structure of the thorax of the genera of Insects, I beg leave to assure you
that so interesting and important a subject has not been overlooked in the
course of my entomological investigations. There is, however, a remark-
able opinion entertained by the French Scavans relative to the typical
structure of the terminal portion of the Metathorax of the Hymenoptera,
which, upon being informed that Mr. MacLeay was engaged upon that
subject, I had hoped would have been subjected to his scrutinizing inves-
tigation ; I cannot therefore but regret that he was not aware of the opinion
referred to, otherwise he would doubtless have noticed it. I find the
following observation in Latreille's Families Naturelles, p. 259. " Le
" thorax des Hymenopteres a abdomen pedicule et celui des Dipteres a
" une composition particuli^re, il est ferme posterieurement par le
" premier segment de I'abdomen, celui que jiai nomme (Mem. du Mus.
" d'Hist. Nat. tom. 7.) mediaire, de sorte que des segments suivants, celui
" qui parait etre le premier de cette partie du corps, est r^ellement le
" second." Such also is the opinion of M. Audouin, as he himself
recently informed me in Paris; and indeed M. M. Cuvier, Lac^p^de,
and Dumeril in their Report, dated 19th February, 1821, upon that
gentleman's Researches mention this, as " une observation curieuve
" del'auteur" p. 11.

Why does not M. Audouin enlighten the students of comparative
anatomy, by the publication of his very numerous delineations and
descriptions relative to the structure of the thorax of the various orders.?

The student should also direct his attention to the anatomical investi-
gations of M. Srauss upon the Cock Chaffer and Hornet.

Intimately connected with the question of the typical formation of
the thorax is that relative to the typical number of segments in the
.^nnulosa. The examination of the Earwig is sufficient to convince any

Mr. Westvvood on the Loves of the Spiders. 327

one that the decapod theory entertained in the " Horse Entomologicse,"
and that of the thorax being composed of five, and the abdomen of seven
segments is unfounded, and indeed Mr. MacLeay himself in the last
number of this Journal is induced to explode the idea. The abdomen of
that insect is in fact composed of nine distinct segments, the last of which
is furnished, in addition to the caudal pincers, with an exserted anal
apparatus. The figure given by M. Leon Dufour in the " Annales des
" Sciences Naturelles" (April, 1828,) in his admirable researches upon
these insects, with a view to their establishment as a distinct order,
unfortunately represents the abdomen with only seven segments, the two
basal ones being omitted, which might easily lead to a belief that this
part of the body is in reality only seven jointed, the two basal joints being
concealed beneath the wings.

With regard to the name of the Order comprising the Earwig, it may
be observed that the term Dermaptera emploj'ed by Mr. Kirby, (who first
on the suggestion of Dr. Leach established the Order) , was proposed by
Retzius the translator of De Geer for the Orthoptera. The former name
addition to this in confusion, *' n'exprimant nullement les traits caracteris-
" tiques de ce nouvel ordre d'insectes, nous lui preferons," says Dufour,
" a juste titre celle de Labidoures," which Dumeril had long ago pro-
posed as its Family name in allusion to the caudal pincers.

In order however to maintain the names of all the orders in the Lin-
nean phrase derived from the wings, there exists no difficulty in selecting
that of the very peculiar manner in the folding of these of the Earwig,
from which circumstance the name Eupiekoptera* may not be thought
inapplicable.

It is to be regretted that the opinions of M.M. Audouin and MacLeay are
not unanimous respecting the legitimate analogy of the Collar of the
Hymenoptera, although botli agree as to its being a portion of the joro^Aorai.
Mr. Curtis indeed still continues to describe it as the whole of that organ.

Our lamented fellow labourer Dr. Heineken, in his pleasant manner
(Zoological Journal, Vol. V. p. 103), has attempted to cast the shadow of
a doubt over the correctness of my observations relative to the " Ijoves
" of the Spiders" detailed in a former number of this Journal; I have

• Ei;, bene ttXixu, plico wripoi', ala.

328 Mr. VVestwood's further Remarks o?i Clitiidium, 5jc.

consequently been anxious to corroborate my remarks by a renewed
examination of the same species of Spiders in their webs. I have not,
however, been fortunate in again observing the act of impregnation; but
at one time during the last autumn I perceived no less than six pairs
engaged on separate webs in preparatory dalliance according to the
Arachnidan method of courtship. This of itself (although not altogether
confirmatory of my former observation) is strongly corroborative of its
correctness ; but as the pleasure resulting from the unlooked for confirma-
tion of our observations when doubted, ranks next to that arising from
novel discoveries, I was gratified in meeting with the interesting details
given by M. Latreille of M. Walckenaer's observations relative to the
" accouplement de T/ieridon benignum" (Encycl. Meth. Vol. 10, p. 624).
I shall merely extract the following short passage as entirely removing all
doubt upon the most material fact advanced in my paper, which, however,
the Reviewer in the " Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles" has entirely
overlooked. " lis restent accouples pendant deux ou trois minutes et
" quelque fois plus long temps."

In page 218 I have observed that the geographical situation of
Rhysodes and Clinidium appeared distinct ; such is not, however, the case.
I have observed in the cabinet of the Baron Dejean six or eight species of
the former genus, several of which were collected in Brazil by M. La
Cordaire. Vide Annales des Sciences Naturelles.

The doubtful situation of Cuciijus and Spondi/lis is shewn by Dumeril
in his " Considerations Generales" having placed them between the
Bostrichid(E and Trogositida, as " genres anomaux de Tetraraeres."

Consult Mr. MacLeay's Horae Entomologicee, p. 1. Appendix t. on
the supposed affinity of Trogosita with the Lucanidce.

I find that in my remarks upon Megagnatlms, I had overlooked Sturm's
figure of the underside of the head. It is however far from being in his
happy style.

The propriety of the generic separation of Trogosita ccsrulea, cenea, &c.
under the name of Temnoscheila is fully confirmed by the observations
of M. La Cordaire, in his account of the habits of Brazilian Beetles,
(Annales des Sciences Naturelles.) The economy being distinct from the
true Trogositce.

Mr. VVestwood on some Lucanidce and Prionidce. 329

The Rev. F. W. Hope has recently received some splendid species of
my genus Temnoscheila.

Since my observations upon the relationship between Lucanid(E and
PrionidcE, and the additional note C. were written, I have examined two
most interesting insects which tend more forcibly to convince me of their
propriety.

The first, (intended to be described in the next volume of the Trans-
actions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society,* is the most magnificent
of Lucanidous insects, and in the lateral spines of its thorax, and the
whorl of hairs ornamenting the tip of the extremely long basal joint of
the antenncE, an approach is made to the Capricornes.

The second,! belonging to J. G. Children, Esq., and the most splendid
of Prionideous Insects, is remarkable for the length of its palpi which
instead of being short and blunt, like those of the Prionidw generally, are
as long as those of a Lucanus ; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is
however flattened at the tip, which is obliquely rounded and papillose.

I have also had an opportunity of more minutely examining a ?
specimen of the insect mentioned in note C. p. 237,J also belonging to
J. G. Children, Esq. Its tropin resemble those of some of the female
Lucanidce, such as Pholidotus, Ryssonotus, &c. as well those of
Parandra, Zoological Journal, Tab. Supp. 47, fig. 7 A. The eyes are
reniform as in the Prionidce, instead of being divided into four distinct
eyes, two above and two beneath, as in Lucanus. The Tarsi are not
exactly cylindric, being slightly compressed and the under surface very
finely cushioned or rather clothed with fine short bristles. Between the
claws there isa very small coriaceous appendage, but without the additional
minute pair of claws of the Lucanidce.

• Under the name of Chiasognalhus Grantii, Steph., MSS.
•f Psalidognathus Frittidii, G. R. Gray.
\ Trictenotoma Childreni, G. R. Gray.

The drove. Hammersmith,
25th March, 1831.

330 Mr. Broderip's Description of Cyprcea Scottii,

Art. XLVI. Description of a new Cmviy and other
Testacea, brought to England hy the HeiK Archdeacon Scott.
By W. J. Broderip, Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., bjC V.P.G.S.

Cypr^a Scottii.*

C. testa ovato-oblonga, subpyriformi, gibba, pallide ferruginea maculis

atro-ferrugineis, subtus planulata, fusco-nigricante, intus albida ;

aperturje albpntis latere sinistro ut plurimum edentulo, anticfe crenato.

Mus. Geol. Soc.

Habitat in freto Sundae juxta Angiam Javse.

Obs. testa junior albida fusco longitudinaliter strigata, strigis transver-
sim subinterruptis.

Long. poll. 3f. Lat. If.

Shell ovate-oblong, inclining to pear-shaped, gibbous, pale ferrugi-
nous with blackish spots, rather flattened beneath, where it is of a rich
dark brown or purple-black. The interior is white and so is the aperture,
the right side of which is closely but not very deeply toothed, while
the left is toothless for the greatest part of its length, shewing only a few
denticules or crenations at its anterior extremity. The posterior notch
is wide, deep, and reflected, and the lips of its edges are very prominent.

The Rev. Archdeacon Scott, whose name this species bears, found two
individuals on the shore near Angia in the Island of Java, and liberally
presented them, together with the rest of his collection to the Geological
Society of London. The backs of these shells are so much eroded by
the action of the atmosphere and of sea-water that only tracer of the
colour remain ; but the under part is in a fair state of preservation and
the smooth margin of the left side of the aperture is very distinct in both.
They are adults, and one of them is apparently of advanced age ; and,
notwithstanding their blemished state, the characters siill remaining are
sufficient to mark specific difference.

Just as this description was going to press, Mr. Turner brought me
another of these shells in better condition than those belonging to the
Geological Society, and confirming the characters above given ; but the
outer or enamelled surface is rubbed through, and the interior layer of

♦ Cypraea Friendii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. named and published by that author
after he knew that the shell was here named, described, figured, and ready for
publication. — Ed.

Z olo lijv al JoTiinial Tol. K jPI .SIY".

T/ochus Australis. — Turbu lamellosus. 331

colouring is brought into view, shewing the appearance which the shell
would present in its youth, and before the secretion of the last coat which
marks the adult state.

It is hoped that the figures and description here given, may, as the
locality is known, be the means of drawing the attention of those who
may have it in their power to procure finer specimens. When a dead
shell is found on a beach, an accurate search at low water under stones,
rolled madrepores, &c. or in pools left by the retiring tide is often rewarded
with the discovery of the living mollusc; and if success should not
attend such efforts, the dredge will be rarely found to fail.

Trochus Austrai.is.
T. testa conica, granulato-annulata, annulis suturam superem'.nentibus

maximis, lutea vel subalbida maculis subrubris et violaceis picta ; anfrac-

tibus planiusculis ; infima facie planiuscula, imperforata ; fauce argentea.

Habitat ad Novse Hollandiae oras occidentales, ad Insulam Buache.

Long. poll. 1. Lat. \.

Mus. Geol. Soc.

This elegant Trochus which approaches in shape to T. conulus, while
in a part of its colouring it reminds the observer of T. annulatus, and has
somewhat the aspect of T. Zizyphinus, was found on the beach of Garden
Island, (Isle Buache) by Archdeacon Scott, and was presented by him to
the Geological Society.

Turbo lamellosus.
T. testa orbiculato-depressa, profunde unibilicata, transversim creberrime

lamellatA, grisea, subtus albida; anfractibus carinatis et suturam versus

profundi canaliculatis ; fauce argentea.

Habitit ad Novae Hollandiee oras occidentales,ad Insulam Buache.

Mus. Geol. Soc. nost., &c.

This shell varies much in its different stages of growth. It approaches
nearest to Turbo torquatus, but differs from that species in the depth
and sharpness of its lamellae, and the flattened form of the whorls which
are carinated on their outward edge and deeply and angularly channelled
towards the suture. The young shells are nuich more flat tli;iu those of
advanced growth, they are dashed with darkish stripes along the upper side
of the whorl which terminate at the edge of tlic carina, and are mottled with
the same colour on the under side. Archdeacon Scott found his specimens
on the beach of Garden Island, (Isle Buache;) and on the main land

332 Capt. P. P. King's Descripiion of

opposite, at the bottom of a well eighty feet deep he found in calcareous
grit two fossil Turbines figured at plate Supp, XLIX, fig. 1, 1> which
appear to me to be identical with Turbo torquatus. The latter species did
not occur among the shells in a recent state which the Archdeacon found
at Garden Island ; but we know that it occurs at Port Jackson on the oppo-
site side of New Holland, and Lamarck gives New Zealand as its locality,
so that I think it probable that it may be found also in the vicinity of
Garden Island.

Description of Plates.
PLATE XIV.
Fig. 1,2. Cyprsea Scottii.

3. The same deprived of the last coat of enamel, and giving
the appearance of the back of a young shell. The back
of the specimen is fractured.

PLATE SUPP. XLIX.
Fig. 1, 1. Fossil Turbo torquatus,

2, 2. Turbo laraellosus, (young,) the lip imperfect.

3. Trochus Australis.

VOLUTA.

1 take this opportunity of stating that a comparison of a great number
of individuals which have lately been brought to this country, has afforded
satisfactory proof that Voluta Pacifica and Voluta elongata are identical :
Voluta elongata, (Swainson,) being only a smooth variety of V. Pacifica
at an advanced age.

Art. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Concldfera and
Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.M.S.
Adventure and Beagle employed hetiveen the years 1826 and
1830 in surveying the Southern Coasts of South America,
including the Straits of 3Iagalhaens a7id the Coast of Tierriz
del Fuego. By Captain Phillip P. King, E.N., F.R.S.y
&;c. assisted by W. J. Brodkrip, Esq.. FM.S., B;c.

The testacea, of which the following paper is a descriptive list, were
principally collected upon the Coast of South America; and upon my
arrival in England, were submitted to the examination of Mr. George
Sowerby; who, very obligingly, selected the undescribed species from

Cirrhipeda, Cunchifera, and Mollusca. 333

the collection, which had been formed under my superintendance by the
Officers of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle, employed under my command
in surveying the Southern Coast of South America.

To these gentlemen I am greatly indebted for the unwearied assiduity
which they at all times displayed, and for the extent of the collection in
this, as well as in other departments of Natural History.

In the description of the species I have had the benefit of the advice
and assistance of my friend Mr. Broderip ; and to his knowledge of the
subject, and the attention which he has devoted to my collection, I owe in
a great measure the paper which I have now the satisfaction of presenting
to the public through the medium of the Zoological Journal.

Upon examining my specimens Mr. George Sowerby found that he
possessed several species not in my collection. These had been obtained
during the voyage, and had been purchased from some of the crew by
Mr. Sowerby, who handsomely put his acquisitions into my hands for
description. I record this act of good feeling towards myself and the
officers of the expedition in general with the greater satisfaction, because
the same liberality has not been evinced in another quarter. I have been
compelled to notice the conduct last alluded to, because, by possibility,
some of the novelties collected during the voyage may be published before
this communication {which has been delayed by the many laborious duties
consequent on such an expedition) issues from the press.

1. Balanus Psittacus.

Syn. Lepas Psittacus. Molina, 1., 223.
B. testd albido'rosaced, snhconicd, elongatd, rudi, longiludinaliter

crcberrimi striata ; radiis (ransversim striatis ; operculo transversim

profunde sulcata, lineis elevatis creberrime plicatis; valvis posticis

valdc productis, acuminatis.

Habitat ad oras Concepcionis et insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost.,
Broderip, ^c.

This cirrhiped which, at Concepcion de Chile, is frequently
found of a larger size than 5| inches long and 3^ in diameter, forms
a very common and highly esteemed food of the Natives, by whom
it is called Pico, from the acuminated processes of the two posterior
opercular valves. The anterior and posterior opercular valves when
in contact, present some resemblance to a Parrot's beak, whence
Molina's name. It is also found very abundantly at Valdivia and

•334 Capt. P. P. King's Description of

at Calbuco, near the north end of the Island of Chiloe. It occurs In
large bunches, and presents somewhat of a cactus-like appearance.
The parent is covered by its progeny, so that large branches are found
composed of from 50 to 100 distinct individuals, each of which becomes
in its turn the foundation of another colony. One specimen in the
possession of my friend W. J. Broderip, Esq., consists of a numerous
group based on two large, individuals. They are collected by being
chopped off with a hatchet. At Concepcion, where they are found of
larger size than to the southward, they are principally procured at the
Island of Quiriquina, which lies across the entrance of the bay; whence
they are exported in large quantities to Valparaiso and Santiago de Chile,
where they are considered as a great delicacy, and indeed with some
justice, for the flesh equals in richness and delicacy that of the crab,
which, when boiled and eaten cold, it very much resembles.

2. Elminius Leachii.*

E. testa albidd, truncatd, longitudinaliter striata, radiis creberrime
longitudinaliter substriatis ; operculo ad basin transversim stTtato,
quadripartito ; long, f ; lat. % ; poll.
Habitat. . In Museo Geo. Sowerby et nost.

3. SCALPELLUM PAPILLOSUM.

S. pedunculo creberrime papilloso ; testd leevi valde compressd ; long,
omnino-^-^; -^^-^ peduncvli ; lat. -^\, poll.

Habitat in mare alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost., G. Sowerby,
Taken by a dredge in 40 fathom water, off the coast of South Ame-

rica, in latitude 44| south, and found adhering to a Terebella.

4, Pholas Chiloensts. Molina.

P. testd elongatd postice ovato-rotundatd, costis posticis dentato-muri-

catis; antice attenuatd striis transveisis posticd undato-muricatis,

antick muticis ; Int. 5 ; long. 2 ; poll.

Habitat ad insulam Chiloei. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., Stokes.

Some doubt has been thrown upon the existence of this shell notwith-
standing the description of Molina. A species very nearly approaching

• Elminius Ki»,uni, Gray in Zoo!. Miscell. from a specimen collected during
the voyage. — Eil.

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 335

it, if not identical, was found at Rio de Janeiro, but as only single valves
were obtained, and these were in a very imperfect state, I have not
ventured to characterise it.

The soft parts of Pholas Chiloensis are considered very delicate by the
inhabitants of the Island of Chiloe, by whom the animal is called
" Co-jraes." They are found in great abundance at low water imbedded
in the rocks near Sandy Point, at San Carlos de Chiloe.

5. SOLEX SCALPRUM.

S. testa lineari suhrectd extremitatibus snhrotundatis ; cardine biden-
tato ; long. |i ; lat. 3J-i ; poll.
Habitat ad Patagoniae oras Orientales (Sea Bear Bay.) Mus. nosf:

A% ^I'^i ^- Anatina elliptica.

^. testd ellipticd, subtenui, transversim striata, antice sub-truncatd,

epidermide fused, tenui; long. If; lat. 2| ; poll.

Habitat ad oras Antarcticas (New South Shetland.) Mus. Brit., nost.

This shell was found at New South Shetland, by Lieutenant Kendall,
of His Majesty's Sloop, Chanticleer, by whom it was presented to me.

7. MAcrr.A edulis.

M. testd s'lbtrigond, tumidd, sublcevi, fulvo-squalidd, intus alhd, den-

tihiis latcralibus prominent ibus ; long: 2; lat. 2 J ; poll.

Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., no.vi., Brod,

This shell was found in great abundance on the flat of sandy mud,

which fronts the west shore of Port Famine, and proved a valuable

article of food to the ship's company, particularly during the winter

months, when sea-birds and game were not to be procured, and the fish

had deserted us. I have named it, in allusion to its affording us a

grateful, as well as seasonabk;, supply of fresh food.

8. Erycina Solenoides.

A', testd suhellipticd, transvcrsim creberrimh substriatd, albidil, epider-
mide fusco- grised ; long. 1 paulo minus ; Int. 2; poll.
Habitat in freto Magellanico (sandy mud flats of Port Famine.) Mus.

Bril., nost., Brod.

336 Capt. P. P. King's Description of

9. Tellinides rosacea.

T. testd suhtrigond, planulatd, striis concentricis creberrimis ; long. | ;
lat. 1 ,*g ; poll.
Habitat ad littora Brasilise (Santos.) Mus. nost.

10. Venus inflata.

V, testd roiundatd, concentrice substriatd, albente, intiis alba, hinuld
obsoletd ; long. It's 5 ^'^t- H ! po'^-
Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. nost.

11. Venus antiqua.

V. testd sub- ovali, convexixisculd, creberrime cancellatd, sub-fused, in-
tus albidd ; lunuld cordatd ; long. 2f ; lat. 3 ; poll.
Obs. in junioribus, striis transversis concentricis elevatis, acutis.
Habitat ad littora occidentalia Patagoniaj (Gulf of Penas and its vi-
cinity.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

12, Arca angulata.

^. testd transversd, subcordato-quadratd, intus fusco-violascente ;

latere antico producto, elevato, undulatim lamellato, postico rotun-

dato ; umbonibus valde remotis, ared cardinali maximd, striata ;

margine hiante ; long. 1^ ; lat. 1| ; poll. •

Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus. nost.

This shell was dredged up from 80 fathoms water in the offing of
Cumberland Bay, at Juan Fernandez ; it was attached to a branch of
coral.

The hinge is broad and smooth, with distinct markings ; the gape is
rather wide, and the anterior part of the shell rises rather elegantly, like
the stern of some Indian canoes, and in all the specimens but one,
terminates in a point. The one above described has a rounded form ;
the bows or front being rather elegantly and finely lamellated in a wavy
form ; the colour of the hinge is red, and the inside is generally of a
brownish purple ; in some it has a more yellow tinge.

13. Arca pectinoides.

..'?. testd auriculatd, cordatd, ventricosd, multi-costatd, transversim
striatd, albd, epidermide rufo nigricante, pilosd ; umbonibus sub-

Cirrhipeda, ConchiJ'era, and MoUusca. 337

approximatis, incurvatis, margine crenulato ; long. 1 ; lot. If ;

poll.

Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. 3Tus. Brit., nost., Brod.

14. NUCULA STRIATA.

.A'', testa striata, subtumidd, crassd, sub-trigond, albd; latere antico

productiori, sub-rostrato ; long, -f-^ ; lot. f ; poll.

Habitat in mari alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost.

Taken by a dredge in 40 fathoms water, 20 miles from the coast of
South America, in the neighbourhood of Port St. Elena.

] 5. MODIOLA SINUOSA.

M. testd ventricosd. subovatd, longitudinaliter striata; intus irides-
cente, margine sinuoso, epidermide fused ; long, -J-^ ; lat. -f a fere;
poll.
Habitat ad littora Brasilise (Santos.) Mus. nost.

16. Pecten Patagonicus.

P. testd sub-aqiiivalvi, brunned, longitudinaliter creberrime elevato-
radiatd ; intus albidd, longitudinaliter sub-radiatd ; long. 2a ;
lat. 2f ; poll.
Obs. auribus inaequalibus.
Habitat in freto Magellanico passim. Mus. nost.

17. Pecten vitreus.

P. testd subaquivalvi, translucente, longitudinaliter multi-sulcatd ;
sulcis convexis fiavidulis, valvd inferiore pallidiori ; long. 1-^^; lat.

U; poll.

Obs. Auribus inaequalibus.

Habitat in freto Magellanico (passim.) Mus. nost.

This shell is found attached to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and,
with other Mollusca, is the food of the Steamer or Race-horse Duck
(Micropterus brachyptera and M. Patagonica.)

18. Terebratula flexuosa.
T. testd rotundato-cordatd, gibbd, sub-fused, longitudinaliter ereberrimd

338 Capt. P. P. King's Description cf

sulcata; margine valdc jlexuoso ; lung, 1 1; lat. 1 J paulo minus; poll.
Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.
This shell, which was dredged up from deep water in the Bay of Port
Famine, attached to stones, is not a common shell in the Strait.

19. Terebratula Sowerbii.
T. testa, subrotundd, planiusculd, subfusca, longitudinaliter radiatim
transversim substriatd, medio wperne depressd, infra convexd, sub-
glabrd; margine utrinque creiiulato, medio glabro ; lovg.\-^j^; lat.
1 ,\ paulo plus ; alt. -{-^ ; poll.
Habitat in freto Magellanico. 3Ius. nost., Geo. Sowerby.

20. Chiton setiger.

C. testa ovali, antice suhatlenuatd ; valvis subdentatis, tenuiter concen-
trice striatis, anticd \0-radiatd, posticd Icevi, parvuld ; nreis late-
ralibvs striis duabus elevatis marginalibus ; ligamento marginali Ice-
vigato, setigero ; long. 2| ; lat. 1^ ; poll.

Habitat ad oras insulse Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus.
Brit., nost., Brod,

Shell ovate, rather attenuated towards the anterior end, generally of
a light blue-green colour, variegated with markings of dark slate. Valves
slightly beaked with minute concentric striae, the lateral compartments
with two marginal ridges, which in some specimens are granulose, in
others smooth. The anterior valve has eight, besides two marginal,
ridges of the same character ; the posterior valve is very small and
smooth. Border coriaceous, and set vvith bristles produced from three
rows of tufts or pores. In some of the specimens in my possession the
bristles are rubbed off.

The shell is found in all parts of the shores of Tierra del Fuego, par-
ticularly on its seaward coast, and the western parts of the Strait of
Magalhaens.

21. Chiton Bowenii.

C. testd oblongo-ovatd, castaneo-rufd ; dor so elevato ; valvis subdenta-
tis, siibloivibus concentrice tenuiter striatis ; areis lateralibus radia-
tim sulcatis ; ligamento marginali granulosa, nigra ; long. 3| ; lot.
1 i ; poll.
Habitat ad oras insulae Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus.

Brit., nost., Brod.

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 339

Shell oblong-ovate, and generally of a chestnut red, and the granu-
lose ligament black ; the colour of the younger specimens is more bril-
liant, and sometimes interspersed with yellow. Middle valves slightly
toothed, and very delicately lineated, the lines forming an obtuse angle
in the direction of the axis of the shell ; the lateral compartments are
marked with deeper striae or grooves, radiating from the upper angle to
the base, which, crossing the transverse markings of the valve, have a
reticulated appearance : the anterior and posterior valves are radiated with
fine Hues.

This Chiton was discovered by Mr. Bo wen. Surgeon of the Beagle,
by whom it was presented to me. The specimen was sent home among
a collection of Natural History, transmitted in the year 1827.

22. FiSSURELLA COARCTATA.

F. iestd ovatd, antice aitenuatd, elevatd ; radiis frequentihus elevatis ;
i'lterne virescenti; foramivis margine externa juxta medium coarc-
taio, subdentato ; long. 2-p*^; lat. iJ-f; alt, \^ ; poll.
Habitat ad Portum Praya. Mus. Brit., nost.

23. Helix translucens.

//. testd subglobosd, translucenle, levissimh transversim striatd;
anfractu basali lined longitudinalLcastaned suh-medid ornato; long.

it; ^a^-rii; poll-
Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro, Mus. Brit., nost., Brad.

24. Helix pusio.

H. testd rotundo-complanatd, crcberrime striata, translucente, maculis
cnstaneo-rujis ornatA; long. -J- ; lat. -f\ ; poll.
Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

25. Helicina sordida.
H. tisstd (jloboso-conoided ; anfractibus rotundatis longitudinaliter stri-

atis ; operculo caslaneo ; long. \ paulo plus ; lat. -^^^ paulo plus;

poll.

Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus. Brit., nost.

The colour of this sliell is of a dirty yellowish white, with a slight
tinge of diaphanous violet within the margin of the iiji.

•340 Capt. 1*. P. King's Description of

26. Pupa subdiaphana.

P. testa cylindraced, albd, subdiaphana, tranversim creberrimc sub-
striatd ; long. < paulo minus; lat. ^^ paulo minus ; poll.
Habitat ad Portum Praya. (Cape de Verd Islands.) Mns. Brit., nost.

27. BuLiNus Gravesii.

B, testd subventricosd, longitudinaliter subrugosd, sub-albidd, fusco-

maculatd, spird longitudinaliter striatd ; long. 1* ; lat. -f^ paulo

minus; poll.

Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. nost.

I have named the shell after my shipmate and friend, Lieutenant Tho-
mas Graves, whose zeal assiduity in assisting and increasing my collec-
tions of Natural History, was as unwearied as the alacrity and ability
which he displayed in the primary and more important objects of the
voyage, of which in His Majesty's Ship, Adventure, he filled the
appointment of Assistant Surveyor. To Lieutenant Graves I am prin-
cipally indebted for my land-shells, and I therefore take the opportunity
of recording the valuable assistance he rendered me during the whole
period of his serving under my command.

28. BuLiNUs Gravesii, var.

B. testd subpyramidali, scabrd, albidd, aliquando lineolis raris ; epider-
mide lutescente ; long. I -^^; lat. ~-j^ paulo plus, poll.
Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. Brit,, nost., Brod.
This is certainly a variety of No. 27, Bulinus Gravesii.

29. Bulinus dentatus.

B. testd cylindraced, punctata, sub-diaphand, fusco maculatd ; aper-
turd dentatd, clausiliam mentiente ; long, -ff ; lat. ^^ ; poll.
Habitat ad oras Brasilise (St. Catherine's.) Mus. Brit., nost.

30. Bulinus lutescens.

B. testd obovatd, ventricosd, subseabrd, lutescente; long. 1|; lat. \^;
poll.
Ha6tyn< ad Maldonado (Gorriti.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and MoUusca. 341

31. BULINUS CORRUGATUS.

B. testa subalbidd, transversim et longiiudinaliter rugoso-slriatd, mactdis

fascv!, ohsoletis ; aperturd purpitrascente ; columella nigricante

purpured ; long. \^ paulo plus; lat. -ff ; poll.

Habitat zA Coacepcion. Mus. Brit., nost.. Brad.

The body-whorl of the older specimens of this shell is rather roughly
striated or wrinkled, the last but one slightly so, and the remaining whorls
are quite smooth. The colour is whitish, with purple spots more or less
obsolete : the old specimens are sometimes of a dull yellowish white.
A specimen is deposited in the British Museum.

The young shells of this species are of a whitish brown, with darker
coloured stri2e. They are very fragile and semi-transparent.

32. BULINUS SORDIDUS.

B. tesld pyramidali, transversim striatd, fused ; anfraclu basali ad
suturam subalbido, lined subcentricd pallidd ; labii vix rejlexi mar-
gine albo ; long. \\^', lat. f poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Mvls. nost.

33. BULINUS MULTICOLOR.*
B. testd ovato-pyramidali, longitudinaliter et transversim creberrime
substriatd, luteo-fuscd maculis albis et purpureo-atru fiicatd ; labia
rosea subrefiexo ; columelld subalbidd, aperturd intus subatro-pur-
pured; long, l/j^ ; lat. -j'g ; poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliam. Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby.

33.* BULINUS ROSACEUS.
n. testd ovato-oblongd, scabriusculd ; apice et anfractibus primis, rosa-

• Whilst this sheet was printing, the September number of the Annales dcs
Sciences made its appearance in England, containing a description of the above
.shell by M. Sander Hang accompanied by an excellent figure (Annales des
Sciences Naturellcs, September, 1831, p. 55, pi. 3, f. 1.) It is there named
Helix multicolor. In my dccription I have considered it to be a Bulitius, but
iU kpccific name has been altere'J to ll»at given to it by M. Rang.

Vol. V. z

342 Capt. P. P. King's Description of

ceis, ceteris viridi-fuscis ; lahro albo ; suturis crenulatis seu plica-

tis ; long, 2 ^ ; lat. 1 ; poll.

Habitat ad oras Americae meridionalis, (Chile.) Mus. Brit,, nost.,
Brod., Geo. Sower by, Sfc.

Soon after the return of the expedition, my friend, Mr. Broderip, to
whose inspection Lieutenant Graves had submitted his collection, observing
symptoms of life in some of the shells of this species, took means for
reviving the inhabitants from their dormant state, and succeeded. After
they had protruded their bodies, they were placed upon some green
leaves, which they fastened upon and ate greedily. These animals had
been in this state for seventeen or eighteen months, and five months
subsequently another was found alive in my collection, so that this last
had been nearly two years dormant. These shells were all sent to
Mr. Loddiges's nursery, where they lived for eight months, when they
unfortunately all died within a few days of each other. Soon after
the shells were first deposited at Mr. Loddiges's, one got away and
escaped detection for several months, until it was at last discovered in
a state of hybernation ; it was removed to the place where the others
were kept, when it died also. The upper surface of the animal when
in health is variegated with ruddy spots and streaks on an ash coloured
ground.

34. PARTUtA FLAVESCENS.

p. testa subfusiformi, pallide fiavd, interdum castaned vel jlavo et
castaneo varid ; long, ii ; hi. -^-^ paulo plus ; poll.
Habitat ad oras Americae meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit.,

nost., Brod.

This shell varies in its colour almost as much as Bulinus citrinus.

35. ACHATINA DONELLII.

^. testd subalbidd, transversim substriatd, anfractu basali ventricosd;
long. -J-g paulo plus ; lat. -| ; poll.
Habitat ad Lima. Must. nost.

36. ACHATINA DIAPHANA.
A. testd subcylindraced, diaphand, transversim striatd ; long. -^-^ ; lat.
y\ ; poll.

Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez, in montibus. Mtis. Brit., nost.,
Brod,

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 343

37. ACHATINA STRIGATA.

^. testa diaphand, suhalbidd, creberrime transversim suhsiriatd, strigis
longiludinalibus castaneis raris ; anfraclu basali subangidato ; long.
\^ paido plus ; lat. y\ paulo minus ; poll.
Habitat in paludibus Brasilije, (Santo Paulo,) Mus. nost.

38. ACHATINA SORDIDA.

jS. testd subdiaphand, subconicd, anfractu hasali veniricoso ; long. -|
paulo plus ; lat. | paido plus ; poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliam, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. nost.

39. AcHATiNA Sellovii.

^. testd cylindraced transversim striatd subdiaphand ; long. -J^ ; lat. y\',

poll.

Habitat ad Brasiliam, (St. Catherine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

This shell, which I found at the city of Nossa Sen^". de Estero, I have
dedicated to my friend. Dr. Sellow, whose researches in Natural History
for several years past in the interior of Brazil, are well known to the
scientific world.

40. SUCCINEA FRAGILTS.

S. testd ovato-acutd, diaphand, ventricosd, transversim striatd, oblique
subrugosd / spird brevi ; long, -^^ paulo minus ; lat. -f'-^ ; poll.
Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

41. SUCCINEA PATULA.

S. testd diaphand, ovato-rotundaid, ventricosissimd, transversim creber-
rime striatd; spird brevissimd ; aperturd patuld ; long. J paulo plus;
lat. I paulo plus; poll.
Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez.

Marinula. Nov. Genus.
Character Genericus.

Testa ovato-producla, sub-solida ; apertura ovata, Integra ; columella
bidcntata, et basin versus uniplicata; dentibusmagnissub-rcmotis conni-
ventibus, supcriore maximo; operculum nullum.

z 2

344 Capt. P. P. Kiug's Description of

42. Marinula Pepita,

M. testa, ovato-prodxictd, viridi-fuscd ; anfractibus sub-tumidis ; spird

brevi ; aperlurd nigricante ; dentibus plicdque alhidis ; long, /g ;

lat. -\ ; poll.

Habitat ad insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost., Brad., G. Sowerby.

This animal, which I have thought it necessary to assign to a new
genus, appears to have for its nearest neighbours the genera Auricula
and Pedipes. It was found on the wooden piles which support the mole
in the Bay of San Carlos, in Chiloe, below the wash of the high water.
The mole stands out into the sea, and there is no fresh water near it,
save a very little rill which discharges its tiny stream more than fifty
yards off.

43. Lymn^a diaphana.

L. testa turritd, transversim substriatd, anfractibus ventricosis; long 4^^,

paulo plus; lat. -f^-^ ; poll.

Habitat ad fretum IVIagellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost..
Brad.

This shell was found in the fresh-water ponds in the neighbourhood of
Cape Gregory, which is on the continental side of the eastern end of the
Strait of Magalhaens.

44. Ampullaria CuMiNGir.

A. testd globosd, transversim striata, subalbidd, longitudinaliter castaneo-
lineatd et fasciatd, epidermide virescente ; umbilico parvo ; lat. l-f^ ;

long ItV ; poll.

Habitat in Sinu Panamse, (Island of Saboga, in a small hill-stream.)
Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

From Mr. Cuming's collection. I have named this shell after Mr.
Cuming, from whom I received it.

fi.^^ eeCjvxtt n74.\0'7 45. NaTICA GLOBOSA.

JV. testd globosd, tenui, ventricosissimd, corned vel subalbidd, subtilis-
simi striatd ; spird brevi ; umbilico parvo ; operculo valde tenui ;
long. J-f paulo phis ; lat. | ; poll.
Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost.,

Brod.

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 345

46. Natica castanea.

JV. lestd ovato-acutd, castanea, albo-lineatd ; aperturd mediocri ; co-
lumelld valde callosd ; umbilico mediocri ; long. J-^ ; lat. -|| ; poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliae oras, circa Santos, Mus. nost.

47. Turbo lugucris.

T. testd nigricante, striatd ; aperturd argented ; labri margine nigrd,
subcrenulatd ; operculo valde lapidoso, albo ; long, 2\ ; lat. 2\
fere; poll.
Habitat ad Sinum Penas. Mas. Brit., nost., Brod.

48. Odontis subplicata.

O. testd granuloso-striatd, viridi-fuscd, nigro maculatd ; umbilico me-
diocri ; labri margine sub-plicato ; long, -f 2- ; lat. -{■§• paulo plus ;
poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Miis. Brit.f nost.

49. Littorina flava.

L. testd longitudinaliter striatd, sub-jlavd ; spird brevi ; anfractu ha-
sali ventricoso ; columellce purpurascentis margine et aperturd sub-
fiavd; operculo nigricante ; long. { paido plus; lat. /g ; poll.
Habitat ad Brasiliara, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. Brit., nost.
In young shells there are a few obscure reddish brown streaks cross-
ing the striae.

50. Littorina perdix.

L. testd striis elevatis baltcatd, albidd, fusco-maculatd, striis intersti-
tialibus minus elevatis, amhabus sub-cancellatis ; aperturd albd, labri
margine tenui, castaneo-maculatd ; long.-^l; lat.-!,^; poll.
Habitai ? Mus. nost.

51. Littorina striata.

L. testd ovalo-conicd, fused, striis elevatis scahrd ; spird brevi ; an-
fractu basalt tumido ; aperturd nigricante, basin versus strigd luteo-
albd ornatd ; labri margine crenulato albo-fulvido ; operculo nigro ;
long. J paulo plus ; lat. /,( fere ; poll.
Habitat in Mari Atlantico boreali, (Port Praya.) Mus. Brit., nost.

346 Capt. P. P. King's Description of

52. Margarita fasciata, n. s.

M. testd albidd, creberrime striatd, purpurea fasciata, aperturd argented;

long. V^ ; lat. t\ fere ; poll.

Habitat in Mari Pacifico. Mus. nost.

Portions of the striated surface are elevated into belts, which are of a
purple colour.

53. Margarita violacea.

M. testd sub-ovatd, violaced, spird brevi ; anfractibus tumidis ; aperturd

iridescente ; long. ,7^ ; lat. y\ fere ; poll.

Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum . Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

Of this shell the Indians make their necklaces ; it is found adhering
to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and is the principal food of the
Racehorse Duck (Micropterus Patachonicus, nob. in Proceedings of the
Zoological Society, December 14, 1830, page 15.)

54. Margarita ccerulescens.

M. testa sub-complanatd, cceruled, striatd, albido-lineatd, aperturd irides-
cente; lat. II fere; long. |^ ; poll.
Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit,, nost.,

Brod.

55. TURRITELLA TUICARINATA.

T. testd turritd, anfractibus tricarinaiis ; carinis nodulosis ; long, if;

lat. -jSjj paulo minus ; poll.

Habitat ad oras Americae meridionalis (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit.,
nost, Brod.

The Carina are nodulous, or twisted like the strands of a rope ;
the twists of the upper carina are in the direction of a water-laid, or
right-handed rope, and those of the two lower carincB are in the oppo-
site direction, or like what is termed a hawser-laid rope. Between these
nodulous carinae are elevated lines, and the base is very strongly striated.
Found in deep water in the Bay of Valparaiso. Dead shells of this spe-
cies are occasionally found thrown upon the beach, near the Almendral.

Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 347

56. TURRITELLA NODULOSA.

T. testa elongato-turritd ; anfractibus striatis ; striis duabus maximis

siibnodulosis ; long, l-fi ; lat, -^-^ fere ; poll.

Habitat? Mus. Brit.,nost.

The two large striae, which are remarkable. for the nodules, are not far
from the ' middle of each whorl, and generally are nearer the upper su-
ture : of these the lowest is the largest.

57. MUREX SALEBROSUS.

M. testa elongato-ovatd, snbalbidd, fasciis fuscis, epidermide cinered ;
spird brevi ; anfractibus angulatis, nodulosls ; aperturd oblongd ad
basin angustd, castaned, intus albd ; labro internk denticulato, den-
tibus obtusis albis ; columelld rectd, Icevi ; canali brevi ; long, 3-j7^;
lat. 2 ; poll.

Habitat? Mus. nost., Geo. Sower by.
This species approaches Murex vitulinus very nearly, the body- whorl

is very much elongated, and the nodules which mark the angles of the

whorl are formed of the more elevated parts of what may be termed

coarse longitudinal plaits.

58. Murex Rhodocheilus.

M. testd ventricosd, albd, fasciis elevatis striatis ; septemfariam va-
rtcosd, variclbus roseis denticulatis ; aperturd rotxmdatd, rosed, in-
tus albidd ; labri margine asperrimh denticulato ; caudd mediocri,
sub-recurvd ; long. 3|i ; lat. 2/^ ; poll.
Habitat? Mus. nost.

59. Triton ranelliformis.

T. testd ovato-fusiformi, subdepressd, albidd fusco fasciatd, costatd ;

costis granulosis, interslitiis striatis ; aperturd subrotundd, albidd ;

columelld subrugosd ; labro intern^ obtuse denticulato ; margine «n-

dulato ; epidermide viridi-fusca, scabrd ; long. 3^^ ; lai. If; poll.

Habitat ad Sinum Penas et oram occidentalem Americae meridionalis.
Mus. Brit,, nost., Brod.

The denticules of the outer lip are ranged in pairs at regular and
somewhat distant intervals.

348 Capt. P. P. King's Description of

60. Triton scaber.

T. testa ovato-acuta, cancellatd ; spird clongatd ; epidermide fused,

seiosd ; apertard albd granulosa ; labro interne ohtusb. denticxdato;

long. ; lat. ; poll.

Habitat ad oras AmericBe meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Miis. nost.

The denticules of the inner lip are more elevated than those of the
last (T. ranelliformis), and are equidistant. It was fished up with the
anchor in Valparaiso Bay,

61. MONOCEROS FUSOIDES.

M. testd ventricosd, spird niediocri, anfractihus bicarinatis ; anfractu

basali lineis elevatis admodum distantibus cincto ; aperiurd patuld ;

deute labiali brevi, lato, obtuso ; canali producto, recto, integro ;

opcrculo corneo ; long. 2^; lat. If; poll.

Habitat ad oras Americae meridionalis, (Concepcion.) Mus. Brit.,
nost., Brod.

Approaching Fusus in its elongated and entire canal, while its exterior
lip has the labial tooth which distinguishes Monoceros. The columella
is not straight, as in all the other species, but curved, so as to make an
angle in some specimens at the commencement of the canal, and in all
it becomes very broad at the point where it is opposite to the tooth. The
shell is of a reddish colour, ventricose, and girt with elevated lines,
about a quarter of an inch apart. The spire has only two of these lines
on each whorl, and has a bicarinated appearance. The aperture is wide,
the outer lip sinuous, its tooth short, broad, and obtuse, and the opercu-
lum horny. The shell is seldom found in a perfect state, the beak being
generally broken off, and the surface is, in all the specimens that I have
seen, covered with a calcareous encrustation, entirely concealing the
colours.

62. BUCCINU.\I MURICIFORME.

B. testd ovato-fusiformi, cinered ; anfractibus tumidis, costellatis,
costellis cancellatis ; aperturd castaneo-nigricante ; labri margine
crenulato. Muricem mentiens ; long. 1 ; lat, -^^ ; poll.
Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod,
The eggs of this species were found, and are preserved in spirits.

Cirrhipeda, Conchif&ra, and Mollusca. 34.9

63. BUCCINUM SQUALIDUM.

B. testd comco-fusiformi, fused ; anfractu basali ventricoso ; spird
mediocri; aperturd fused, lutescenti, pahdd ; long. iJ-f ; lat. 1 i ;
poll.

Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

64. BUCCINUM DEFORME.

B. testd ovatd, suhponderosd, suhalbidd, faseiis duahus fuseis obscuris;

spird brevi; anfractu basali subdepresso, suturam versus crasso';

columelldvaldecallosd; long. 1^^; lat. Ipauloplus; poll.

Habitat ad flumen Plata, (Gorriti) M^ts. Brit., nost.

The eggs of this shell contained in a transparent orbicular nidus, the
size of a turtle's egg, were found thrown up on the sea-beach of the Island.
In the month of January they were observed in all stages of growth. A
series were preserved in spirits, and presented to the College of Surgeons.

Q5. COLUMBELLA MITRIFORMIS.

C. testd fusiformi, luteo-rufescente, faseiis nigro-castaneis, maculis albis
tessellatd; long, /^j lat. J^; poll.
Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod.

66. MiTRA PUSILLA.
M. testd ovato-acutd, ventricosd, falvd, ereberrimk costatd; costis
interstitiisque striatis, basi granulosd ; spird brevi, anf r act ibiis su-
turam superemincntibus; columelld quinque-pUcatd ; long, a; lat. ^,
pauloplus; poll. t> > • 1

Habitat? Mus. nost.

The denticules of the outer lip are arranged in pairs at regular, and
somewhat distant, intervals.

67. VOLUTA.

A fragment of a turbinated shell, bearing marks more assignable to
Voluta than to any other genus, was found on the sea beach in the neigh-
bourhood of Cape Fairweather on the east coast of Patagonia, in latitude
51 jo south. The remains appear to differ from roluta .^ncilla
and Brasdiana.

350 xMr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

Art. XLVHI. The characters oftivo new Dipterous Genera,
with Indications of some generic subdivisions and severahin-
described species of Dulichopidce. By A. H. Haliday, Esq.

Fam. TiPULiDJE.
Sub Fara. Culiciformes, Meig.
Sectio **. Proboscis antennis brevior, palpi incurvati. (Meig.)

ORPHNEPHILA.

Oculifronte conjluentes : Ocelli 0.

Antennce brevlssimce setacece basi globosa, utriusque sexus nudce.

Tarsi antici elongati.

AlcE incumbentes parallels.

Caput subglobosum, oculis reniformibus fronteconfluentibus : Ocelli 0,
Antennae capite breviores 1 l-articulatae : articulus basalis papilliformis
subimmersus; 2''"^ maximus globosus; 3''"' 4'"' et 5'"* aicte connati
quasi unicura magnum ovatura efficientes ; reliqui cylindrici tenues, e
quibus 6'"* brevis subovatus, et 9°"' paulo brevior quam cxteri. Hypos-
toma parvum. Os haustello minimo incumbente, labellis niagnis : palpi
curvati antennis parum breviores 5-articulati: articulo primo parvo clavato;
2^° et 3"° majoribus compressis; 5'° breviore. Alae areolis 2 disci
internis, viz. intermedia et brachiali anteriore : nervura transversa 2dam
et 3*'»" postcostales connectens ultra areolarum apicem est sita : nervurae
radiantes ex iisdem simplices: margo costalis alse baud strictus at inaequa-
liter sinuatus. Coxae inter se approximatae nee elongatae. Pedes graciles,
tibiis ecalcaratis : Tarsi articulo basali longissimo, 4'° brevissimo emargi-
nato, unguibus simplicibus ; antici elongati metatarso tibiara superante.
Abdomen brevius cylindriciim 8-annulatum ; segmento anali magno, in
mare ventricoso. (Tab. XV, fig. 2 — 9.) De metamorphosi nil constat.
1. devia. Tab. XV, fig. 1.

Long. corp. 2 lin. — Exp. alar. 4 J vel minor.

Caput nigro-fuscum, antennis et oculis nigris, ore fusco-pallido : Thorax
rufo-castaneus subnitidus; halteres pallidi: Abdomen antice nigro fuscum,

Species of B/utphiian. — Machatrium. 351

segmento anali rufo-castaneo : Coxae et pedes luteo-pallidi, tarsis apice
fuscis : Alae dilute cinereae nervuris fuscis.

^[Under the shady banks of rivulets in Holywood, also in the county
Galway, October.]

Obs. This genus seems to come near Macropeza (which I suppose to
have also naked antennae in both sexes); and again to have some relations
with Ceratopogon.

Fam. DoLiCHOPiDiE.*

RHAPHIUM. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV.

1. macroceruTH. Meig. IV, 29. 3.

^ Both sexes near Holywood in Downshire.]

2. caliginosum. Meig. IV, 29. 4.?

^ The male ibid.]

MACH^RIUM.

Antenna porrecta articulo "itio subtus exciso supra apice valde elongato
lineari, stylo terminali hreviore hiarticulato
Oculi d.'sjuiicti.
Ala parallelcB incumbenies.

Frons lata, feminae latior. Antennae basi approximatae, apice divaricatae,
capite longiores ; stylo terminali brevi, articulo 1™° minuto ovato, 2''°
setaceo. Oscrassum prominens: Haustellum carnosum labro membranaceo
lanceolato utrinque setula suffulto : Mandibulae sub labro extricatae
eoque breviores cultratae disjunctae : Maxillae lobo lato trigono acuminate
mandibulis breviore haustelli basin utrinque amplectuntur: Lingua cornea
rigida subuliformis: Labella pinguia discreta. (Tab. XV, fig. 11, 12.)
Truncus subcylindricus. Alae parallelie incumbentes nervura 4t& longitu-
dinal! simplici. Pedes mediocrescoxis baud insignitcre longatis. Abdomen
sub-cylindricum mediocre apice conicum, maris gracilius subtus oblique

* I havu noticed every species in my cabinet, for the purposes uf a local li^t
and to introduce gome generic subdivisions.

352 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions nj' Dipterous Insects.

truncatum, Hypopygio minuto abscondito, stylis 2 minimis subulatis vix

emergentibus.

1. Mariliinie. M. aureo-virens, antennis nigris, hypostomate niveo,

pedibus ferrugineis : (Mas J tarsis anterioribus elongatis onychiis

productis.

Exp. alarum $ . lin. 5-|- : ? • 5|4:-
Long. Corp. <J . 2|. $ . 2^.

Antennae nigrae: Os nigro-fuscum : Hypostoma et palpi niveo-sericantes :
Fades sub antennis glaucescens : Gense splendide-virides barba Candida:
Frons aurato-viridis : Oculi rufo-castanei : Thorax Isete virens lineis 2
dorsi cupreis, aliis obsoletioribus subcyaneis : Metathorax, pleurae et coxae
glauco sericantes: Abdomen preesertim in femina magis auratum
nigro setosum lateribus glauco pubescens : Halteres lutei : Alae subhyalinae
radice et alulis dilute ferrugineis nervuris fusco-ferrugineis : Pedes pallide
ferruginei nigro-pilosi etsetosi, tarsis anticis apice posticis totis et tibiarum
vix suramo apice nigris : Tarsi anteriores maris onychiis insignibus ut in
Diaphoro.

% $ '^ Taken on the coast near Holywood, in July, 1828.]

DIAPHORUS. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV.
1. Jlai'ocincius. Meig. IV, 33, 1.

^ Near Bexley, June.]

PSILOPUS. Meig. IV, 35, CXXV.

1. platypterus. Meig. IV, 36, 2.

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 270, 20.
[The wings of the male in repose are divaricate ; it is fond of resting
in small troops on the shady side of a gate or paling.]

CHRYSOTUS. Meig. IV, 40, CXXVI.

1. Zffisws. Meig. IV, 43, 7.

2. nigripes. 6.

3. femoralis. 5.

Species of Porphyrops. 353

4. neglectus. 41, 1.

5. copiosus, — . 2.

^ All these occur about Holywood.]

PORPHYROPS. Meig, IV, 45, CXXVII.
A. Jntennis apice setigeris, (Mas) articulo tertio valde elonyato setd
brevissimd, Metalarso postico basi subtus uncinato. Plectropus, mihi.
1. pallipes. Meig. IV, 55, 23.

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 266, 2.
Varietatem feminae segmento tertio immaculate qualem et ipse vidi
Meigen pro genuina habuit.

% A common and diffused species.]

var.fi. obscure viridi-jeneus pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus tibiisque

posticis apice nigris, abdomine basi maculis lateralibus flavis,

alis obscuris.

I have several males of this variety from the west of Ireland, and none

of var. a. from the same locality. They may probably be distinct species.

2. pumilus. Meig. IV, 53, 17.

^ A single female near Holywood.]

3. decoratus. P. obscure viridi-aeneus, pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus

tibiisque posticis apice tarsisque nigris, alis cinereis.
Long. Corp. 1 1.
Frons chalybea nitida : Facies sub antennis cyanea : Hypostoma candi-
dum : Coxae anticae pedesque ferruginei, femora anteriora nonnunquam
fusco-lineata. Feinina major colore obscuriore, pedibus lutescentibus
obsoletius infuscatis, a Rhaphio macrocero $ vix nisi antennarum forma
distinguenda.

^ Not rare near Holywood in moist meadows among plantations.]

B. .Antennis apice seliycris, (Mas) Hypostomale angustissimo lincari.
Perithinus, mihi.
4. riparius. Meig. IV, 54, 18.

Feminam Meigen descripsit loco laudato.

Mas. Tarsorum anticorum articulo 2'*'' arcuato, 3''" ct 4'° brovissimis.
Antennarum articulo 3''" longiore quam fcminaj. Frons ol)scure

354 Mr, A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

viridis : Hypostoraa et barba candidae : Femora nigra anteriora genubus
fuscis, postica basi angustius pallida : Tibiae fusco-ferriigineae, posticae apice
fuscae: Tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei : Femora antica dense nigro villosa.

Lamellae sinuatap exsertae, quae forma Meigenio audit "Jilis analibtis $
furcatis.''^

*\ Not uncommon on the sea-coast al Holywood: I have females also
from Richmond Park.]

*Add. Labrum lanceolatum, mandibulis sub eodem brevioribus
extricatis : Lingua subuliformis longior : Maxillae lobo minimo trigone
intra basin palporum vix detegendo.

tin omni specie ex hac familia adesse videntur mandibulae discretae
plerumque cultratae, sed in pluribus (ex. gr. Generibus Dolichopo, Mede-
tero, &c.) invicem adpressae ideoque auctoribus erroreacceptae. Maxillae
stipes linearis rigid us haustelli lateribus est adnatus et lobus vix nisi in
Genere Machcerio conspicuus.

5. insulsus. P. obscure viridi-aeneus, hypostomate aterrimo, antennis

pedibusque nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, posticis compressis basi
pallide flavis apice clavatis atris. (Mas. J
Long. corp. 2|.
Color obscurior quam in praecedente : Abdomen brevius et pedes
postici longiores : Frons fere nigra ; Hypostoma et barba atrae : Femora
omnia atra, postica latiora, coxae anticae nigro-villosae : Tarsi antici maris
simplices apice nigri: Tibiae posticae longiores sinuato-compressee :
Lamellae baud exsertae.

5[A single male taken on the coast near Holyv?ood.]

6. rufipes. Meig.IV, 62, 14.

^ Several females ibid.]

7. obscurattis. Meig. IV, 55, 21.

^ A single female ibid.]

C. Antennarum seld dorsali ante apicem articuli tertii inserld.
Porphyrops.

8. diaphanus. Meig. IV, 46, 1.

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 270, 18.

51 Taken near Holywood, but rare.]

9. fulgens. P. argenteo micans, thorace viridi-aureo, abdominis

Species of Porphyrops. 355

basi fasciis interruptis flavo-diaphanisj hypostomate nigro.
CMas.J

Long. Corp. 2 vel 3 lin.
Antennarumarticulus 3""* brevior quam in praecedente: Frons argenteo-
micans : Hypostnma et barba nigrse : Thorax viridi-aureus argenteo-
micans : Abdomen argenteura nee ut in praecedente nigro-pilosum, seg-
mentum l"""" basi viride, 2<i"™ 3^""° et plerumque 4'"" flavo-diaphana
linea dorsali et incisuris nigrisargenteo micantibus: Coxae et femora nigro-
fuscae anteriora apice pallida: Tibiae pallide ferruginese, posticae apice
nigrae : Tarsi postici toti, antici apice, concolores.

Differt a P. diaphano etiam alarum nervo 4'° vix leniter sinuato,
pedlbus gracilioribus et filis analibus vix emergentibus.

Confer P. argyreum, Meig. IV, 46, 2, hypostomate (atque ut credo
etiam barba) argenteo; etiam Muscam semiargenteam, Donovan et
Turton, pedibus ferrugineis.

^ Ibid.]

10. versicolor. Meig. IV, 50, 9.

% The female, ibid, very rare.]

1 1 . Itucocephalus. Meig. IV, 42, 8.

Segmentum 2<'"'" macula laterali flavo-pellucida obsoletiore.
^ The female ibid.]

12. vestitus. Meig. IV, 48, 5.

^ Two males ibid.]

D. ^^ntennarum setd dorsali nudd propc basin arliculi tertii insertd.
(Bina Genera?)

13. annulipes. Meig. IV, 56, 25.

% Common on the coast at Holywood.]

14. Jlavicoxa. Meig. IV, 57, 27.

5[ Near Holywood in moist meadows.]

15. flaviventris. Meig. IV, 58, 28.

H Ibid.]

MEDETERUS. Meig. IV, 59, CXXVIII.

A. Femoribus anlicis obclavatis subtus .ipinulosis, coxis elougatis
j'Jnlennarum scid mediocri vol brevi.

356 Mr. A. H, Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

1. regius. Meig. IV, 60, 1.

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 267, 5.
^ I have seen one female taken on the coast near Belfast, and now in
the cabinet of Mr. G. C. Hyndraan.]

2. viridis. Meig. IV, 60, 2,

<[[ One n)ale taken in Holywood.]

3. notatus. Meig. IV, 62, 6.

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 269, 10.
% I have met with this species from June to September, in Cheshire,
Cumberland, and about Holywood.]

4. formosus. M. fusco-seneus, hypostomate aureo, pedibus viridibus

geniculis testaceis; antennis tarsisque nigris. (¥emina.)
Long. Corp. vix 3. Exp. alar. %\.
Hypostoma fuscum aureo versicolor : Palpi nigri : Barba candido-sericea :
Thorax fusco-seneus dorso magis virescens, lineis setigeris splendide
cupreis : Abdomen viridi-subaureum ad latera tesselato-pubescens forma
tereti fere ut in M. regio : Halteres pallide ferruginei : Alse hyalinse radice
dilute ferruginese nervura transversa sinuata et 4ta, longitudinali determi-
nate flexuosa: Pedes nitidi viridestarsis nigris feraoribus auratis summo
apice et tibiarum basi pallide testaceis.

5[ One female taken in Cheshire, September, 1828.]

5. bipundatus. Meig. IV, 63, 7.

% One female on the coast near Holywood, March, 1829.]

6. conspersus. M. fusco-seneus, hypostomate aureo, femoribus

rubineis, alis antice punctis postice lituris fuscis. (Ma%.}
Long. Corp. If.
Frons et vertex atri cupreo variantes : Thorax fusco-seneus lineis 2
nigricantibus, postice ad latera rubineo splendens : Abdomen longiuscu-
lum fusco-cupreum splendore rubineo obductum : Pectus, latera abdominis,
postscutellum et coxae schistaceo-sericatse : Femora rubinea : Tibiae aeneo-
virides : Tarsi nigri : Alee obscure hyalinae punctis fusco-ferrugineis serie
duplici prope costam plerumque gemellatim dispositis et prseterea nebulis
dilutius fuscis versus marginem posticum : Nervura 4'* subsinuata puncto
solitario distinctiore : Hypopygium absconditum.

% A single male on the coast, Holywood, July 1828.)
Obs. Sub M. nebuloso, Meig. IV, 9, character specificus augendus

Species of Medeterus. 357

verbis " hypostomate albido.''

7. Bahiem. Meig. IV, 66, 12.

5[ On the sea coast, Holywood, March. — August.]
Var. /3. alis hyalinis immaculatis,

[Much rarer than the other variety but does not seem to be specifically
distinct.]

8. precox. Meig. IV, 64, 8.

[I find this species on the sea-coast so early as March : on fine days
abf»ut Midsummer a little before high-tide they may be seen in swarms
resting lightly on the surface of the waves, and carried on by their advance :
numbers of them will be found paired in this situation. I have met with
the species also on the banks of the Thames, but always within the range
of the tide.]

B. Femoribus muticis, metatarso postico brevi, Hypopygio maris
occulto, jintennaruvi seta dorsali longiore. Camptosceles mihi.

9. Scambus. Meig. IV, 68, 18.

Fall. Dol. 19, 26.

Alae ut in sequente subfuscae vel nigricantes nee hyalinse. Maris
femora intermedia crassiora subtus ante apicem nigro fasciculata : Tibiae
nigrae pilosae, sinuato-compressae et valde dilatatae : Metatarsus brevissimus
articulo 2**° elongate sinuato : Femora postica subnuda.

^ Sea coast and shady groves, Holywood, and in the county Galway.]

10. curvipes. Meig. IV, 65, 10.

Fall. Dol. 20, 27.
Maris femora intermedia incrassata subtus angulata densius setosa: Tibiae
ferrugineae et medium usque crassiores apice sinuato nigro : Metatarsus
brevissimus articulo 2''° longissimo lineari: Femora postica pilosa.
5[ With the preceding, but more abundant.]

11. loripes: M. olivaceus, alis fuscanis, pedibus ferrugineis. (Mas J

tibiis intermediis flexuosis nigris, metatarso breviore.
Long. corp. vix 1.
Maris femora intermedia obclavata subtus serie ciliorum medio inter-
rupt& : Tibiae nigrae vel totae vel basi ferrugineae vix subtilissime pubes-
centcs, setulis rarioribus erectis, medio conslriclac : Metatarsus brcvis

Vol. V. A A

358 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

vix crassior; articulo 2''" vix 3*^'"'" jequante : Femora postica subnuda.
Sequent! simillimus.

^ Sea coast, Holywood, March, 1831.]

12. Prodromus. Meig. IV, 64, 9.

(Mas.) tibiis intermediis arcuatis intus pectinato-setosis.
Long, corp, vix 1 lin.

Alarum color quam in M. Scambo et curvipede fere dilutior: Maris
femora intermedia obclavata subtus setoso-ciliata : Tibiae ferrugineee
arcuatge setulis longioribus rigidis : Metatarsus basi subtus angulatus,
baud abbreviatus ut in antecedentibus : Femora postica subnuda.

^ Most abundant on the sea-coast at Holywood, appearing a little
earlier than M. curvipes.

C. Femoribusmuticis, metatarso postico breviore prominulo, Hypo-
pygio injiexo, Thorace ante scutellum deplanato. Teechobates, mihi.

13. Jacuhis. Meig. IV, 66, 14,?

Fall. Dol. 5, 7.
5[ I captured one specimen (of this species as I think) in a sand pit at
Erith, but have not preserved it.]

14. nigricans. Meig. IV, 67, 16.

[I have specimens from Greenwich Park, apparently of this species,
but so ill preserved that I am not confident.]

15. Truncorum. Meig. IV, 67, 15.

% Common in sunny gravel pits, Holywood, and in the county Galway.

D. Femoribus muticis, pedibus gracilibus elongatis, metatarso postico
longiore. Leptopus, mihi.

16. tenellus. Meig. IV, 69, 21.

^ In moist meadows, Holywood.]

17. ornatus. M. ochraceus, thorace supra et abdominis vitta dorsali

viridi micantibus.

Long. Corp. 1|.
5r Taken in Darent Wood.]

Species of Dolichojms. 359

DOLICHOPUS. Meig. IV, 74, CXXX.

* Lamellis adpressis, filis elongatis arcuatis clavatis apice cirrhosis.
Hypophyllus, mihi.
1. obsctirellus. Fall. Dol. 13, 11.

^ Both sexes taken under the shady banks of rivulets at Holywood,
but rare.]

** Lamellis concavis hiantibus. Genuini.
A. Ciliis genarum nigris, Alarum nervo Ato flexuoso.

2. ungulatus. D. viridi-zeneus, pedibus rufis, coxis tarsisque nigris,

hypostomate candido, antennisatris.

Meig. IV, 80, 13.
Linn. Fauna. 1 85S.
fMas.J femoribus posticis nigro-villosis.

Long. Corp. 3.
^ Generally diffused and abundant.]

3. hrevipennis. D. obscure eeneo-viridis, antennis basi subtus coxis

anticis pedibusque rufis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris. (Mas. J
tarsis anticis elongatis articulis 2 ullimis atris compressis, 4'"
brevi, 5'" latissimo, femoribus posticis pallido-villosis.
Meig. IV, 89, 27.
Long. Corp. 3.
Alae fere ut in D. ungulato. Hypostoraa flavo aureum.
^ Both sexes on the sea-coast near Holywood.]

4. equeslris. D. viridi-aeneus, antennis nigris, hypostomate flavo-aureo,

pedibus ferrugineis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris, alls intus
exangulatis.
(Mas. J femoribus posticis nigro villosis; tarsis anticis gracillimis,
articulo ultimo compresso atro.

Long. corp. 21.
D. un(/u^a<o similis at duplo minor : Coxae anticse nigra subtus apice
ferruginea; : Tarsi aiitici quam in I), hrevipennis Jt^ngiorcs et graciliores,
articulo ultimo compresso atro et breviore quani 4">; tarsi anteriores
basi ferruginei postici loti ut et apex tibiarum nigri : Aite intus cxangu-
latae ut in D. acuticorni.

^ A single male on the sea-coast, Holywood]
A A 2

360 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

5. planitarsis. D. obscure aeneo-viridis, hyposlomate candido, anten-

nis femoribus anterioribus pedibusque posticis nigris.
fMas.J femoribus imberbibus, articulo ultimo tarsorum intermediorum
clavato atro.

Meig. IV, 81, 25.
Fall. Dol. 12, 8.
Long. Corp. 2\.
^ A single male near Holywood, 1827.]

6. campestris. D. fusco-aeneus, incisuris abdominis nigris, pedibus

nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, alis cinerascentibus, hypostoraate griseo.
Meig. IV, 78, 8.
Long. Corp. 2^.
^ Two females on the sea-coast, Holywood.]
Var. ft, obscurior, hypostomate nigro vix sericantr.

Long. corp. vix 2.
Confer D.fuscipedem infra No. 22 ciliis albis alarum nervo 4*° roagis
flexo.

5f Ibid, one female.]

7. atratus. D. obscure aeneus, pedibus nigris, alis latis apice nigri-

cantibus.
fMas.J femoribus imberbibus, metatarso postico hispido.

Meig. IV, 7Q, 3.

Long. Corp. 2i.

% Taken near Canterbury in May.]

8. fastuosus. D. viridi-cyaneus, antennis pedibus et incisuris nigris,

hypostomate candido, alis ad costam infuscatis.
fMas.J femoribus imberbibus, alis postice latius excisis.

Long. Corp. 3.
Pedes longissimi, metatarsus posticus in $ baud hispidus : Ate solito
ongiores postice fere per totam longitudinem jequaliter angustats :
Halteres pallidi ; Lamellae albidse nigro marginatse.

Confer D. eyaneum, Meig. IV, 78, 9, alis in $ rotundatis; etiam D.
picipedem, Ibid. 76, 4, metatarso postico hispido.

51 One male near Holywood, 1827.]

Species of Dolichopm. 361

B , Ciliis genarum pallidis.
a. Lamellis maris pallidis.

9. nitidus. D. seneo-viridis, hypostomate flavo, antennis basi subtus

rufis, pedibus pallide ferrugineis tarsis nigris, alarum nervo 4***
rectangularim fracto; (Mas.) femoribus posticis fusco-villosis.
Fall. Dol. 12. 9.
Long. Corp. 2|.
Coxae anticse griseae apice pallidae ; villi femorum in $ rariores quam
in D. ungulato. Alae obscure hyalinse in ^ $ similes nisi quod in illo
adsit lineola parva costalis minus conspicua quam in sequente.

N. B. D. liitidus, Meig. IV, 80, 12, alia species antennis nigris
coxis anticis ferrugineis.

^ Not uncommon on the sea coast, Holywood.]

10. festivus. D. aureo-viridis, antennis rufis apice nigris, coxis anticis

et pedibus pallidis, alis latissimis nervo 4to subangulato.
(Mas) femoribus posticis pallido villosis.

Long. Corp. 3.
H}'postomaflavescensaut argenteum: Palpi strarainei: Coxae pallidas
posteriores basi nigricantes : Tarsi anteriores subgraciles, maris paulo
longiores metatarso pallido apice nigro, postici toti nigri ut et apex
tibiarum : Alae utriusque sexus latissimae nervo transverse subarcuato, 4*»
plus minus subangulato, dilute cinereae, maris lineola costali atra.
D. nitido Fall, similis at colore laetiore, &c. distinguendus.
5[ Sea coast, Holywood, rare.]

11. Diadema. D. obscure aeneus, antennis nigris, hjrpostomate
producto argenteo, pedibus fusco-pallidis, alarum nervo 4'° rectan-
gulatim fracto.

(Mas) alis hyalinis, femoribus imberbibus, tarsis anticis subcrassioribus.

Long. corp. 21.

Hypostoma super os productum niveo-argenteum, altero situ cum palpis
stramineum : Thorax aeneo et fusco lineatus ad laiera cinereus : Abdomen
cinereo tesselatum linea dorsali et incisuris nigris: Lamellae albae margine
parcius nigro ciliatae : Pedes obscure lutcscentes : Coxae basi fuscae apice
pallidae anteriores albo sericantes : Femora plerumque fusco tincta ; Tarsi

ri anteriores basi lutcscentes, antici crassiusculi breviores quam in D.

362 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Injects,

nitido. Fallen. Alae maris hyalinee angustiores quam in illo, feminse
versus costam cinerese ; margo posticus ad nervum 5'""' acute incisus.

A D. nitido, Meig. diftierre videtur colore obscuriore hypostoraate et
coxis.

5[ Very common on the sea coast at Holywood.]

12. popularis. D. feneo-viridis, hypostoraate flavo, antennis rufis

apice nigris, coxis anticis pedibusque rufis.
(Mas J tarsis intermediis articuhs St'" et 4'" brevibus dilatatis ciliatis
aliris, ultimo minuto candido, alis postice sinuatis.

Fall. Dol. 11,7.
Meig. IV, 91, 30.
Long. Corp. 2|.
Tarsi antici apice postici fere toti nigri : Hypostoma feminse albidum :
Alae obscuie hyalinse: Femora maris imberbia.

5[ Not rare about Holywood.]

1 3. pennatits. D. seneo-viridis, hypcstomate flavo, antennis nigris basi

rufis, coxis anticis pedibusque rufis, tibiis posticis apice tarsisque
nigris.
(Mas) tarsis intermediis articulis 2^" et 3''" brevibus dilatatis ciliatis
atris, tibiis posticis crassioribns prope basin intus variolosis, alis postice
sinuatis.

Meig. IV, 90, 28.
Long. corp. 2f .
Alae maris paulo angustiores quam in prgccedente ; Femora imberbia :
Hypostoma feminae albidum.

^ ^ ? Holywood, 1827.]

14. urbanus. D. seneo-viridis, hypostoraate candido, antennis rufis

apice nigris, coxis anticis et pedibus rufis, tarsis nigris.
(Mas J tarsis intermediis basi rufis articulis 2''° 3''° et 4'° nigris, ultimo
albo, alis postice sinuatis.

Meig. IV, 92, 31.
Long. Corp. 2J.
In meo specimine alfe magis coloratse quam in praecedentibus, femora
maris imberbia.

^ $ Holywood, 1827.]

15. pennitarsis. D. seneo-viridis, hypostomate aureo, antennis rufis

Species of Dolichopus. 363

apice nigris, coxis anticis et pedibus ferrugineis, tibiis posticis
apice tarsisque nigris anticis basi pallidis.
(Mas) metatarso intermedio late pennato atro, alls hyalinis postice
sinuatis.

Fall. Dol. 11,6.
Meig.IV, 90, 29.
Long. Corp. 'i.\^
Maris cilia straminea: Femora imberbia: Hypostomafeminse argenteum.
Var. Minor alis brevioribus latioribus postice minus emarginatis.
Var. pedibus et coxis anticis pallidioribus tarsis anticis vix apice fuscis,
posticis ad basin et apice tibiarum pallidis.
V^ar. metatarso intermedio angustius ciliato.

^ A common and diffused species.]

16. acuticornis. D. seneo-viridis, antennis acutis flavis apice nigris,

coxis anticis et pedibus pallidis, tarsis posticis nigris, alis intus
exangulatis.
(Mas J antennis elongatis, femoribus imberbibus.

Fall. Dol. 12, 10.

Meig. IV, 94, 34.

Long. Corp. 2.

Antennae feminae acutse sed vix elongatae : Alae hyalinse.

^ ^ ? near Holywood, rare]

1 7. ihalassinus. D. laete viridis, antennis rufis apice nigris, coxis anticis

pedibusque pallide ferrugineis tarsis nigris, alis latioribus intus
fere exangulatis.
(Mas) femoribus imberbibus, hypostomate flavo.

Long. corp. 2\.
Tarsi antici graciles simplices metatarso pallido apice nigro, metatarsus
intermedius vel totus niger vel basi pallidus : Feminae hypostoma argen-
teum et antennae fere totae rufae etiam coxae omnes in ilia ferrugineee
posterioribus tantum basi infuscatis : Alae obscure hyalinae intus subro-
tundatae nee incisae ad nervum 5'""", lineola costalis in $ omnino nulla.

5r Holywood : and Bexley (in Kent).]
18. trivialis. D. viridi-aeneus, hypostomate flavo, antennis basi subtus
rufis, coxis anticis et pedibus ferrugineis, tarsis nigris ante-
rioribus basi ferrugineis.

364 Mr. A. H. Ilaliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

(Mas) tarsis anticis articulis 2'^" et 3''° subtus concavis, femoribus
posticis pallido villosis.

Long. Corp. 2^.
Statura et fere color D. ungulati, at abdominis incisurse vix nigrae :
Alae paulo latiores obscure hyalinae, $ lineola costali utin illo brevissima,
ad nervum St""" baud incisse ut in D.festivo: Tarsi antici breviores quam
in praecedente: Femora immaculata : Femina antennis tantuin apice nigris,
alis dilute fusco hyalinis, hypostoraate albicante.

^ Not uncommon near Holywood.]

19. inquinatus. D. obscure viridis, bypostomate candido, anteunis

nigris, pedibus luteis, femoribus tibiisque posticis apice tarsisque
nigris, alis extus ad costam fuscis.
(Mas. J femoribus imberbibus.

Long. Corp. 21.
Hypostoma feminae albidurn: Lamellae maris lutescentes: Femora
postica apice summo infuscata : Nervus 4'"* alarum magis determinate
flexus quam in praecedentibus : Coxae anticae cinereae in $ apice latius
lutescentes: Abdominis incisurae nigricantes.

^ Common on tbe sea coast, Holywood.]

20. ActcEus. D. nigro-viridis, antennis nigris, bypostomate candido,

coxis anticis et pedibus pallide luteis, femoribus tibiisque posticis
apice tarsisque nigris, alis nigricanti hyalinis imraaculatis.
(Mas J nervis alarum tenuissi mis, femoribus imberbibus.

Long. corp. 2.

Abdominis incisurae nigricantes : Coxae anticae, albo sericantes : Lamellae

$ albidae tenuiter nigro-marginatae pilis nullis longioribus: Hypostoma $

candidum, $ albidum : Alae extus latiores at vix postice sinuatae nervo

4*^° determinate flexo, lineola nulla costali : Femora saepius immaculata

in ?.

^ Sea coast, Holywood, not rare.]

21. vitripennis. D. obscure aeneus, bypostomate candido, antennis

pedibusque nigris tibiis ferrugineis, alis hyalinis extus latioribus
(Mas J alis intus subsinuatis, femoribus imberbibus.

Meig. IV, 78, 7.
Long, corp 2.
Thorax cinereo lineatus: Abdomen ad latera cinerascens incisuris

Species of Dolichopus. 365

nigris: Tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei: Tibiae posticse apice nigrse:
Lamellifi maris albee nigro marginatse.

Var. viridi-cyaneus nitidus abdomine seneo.

^ Common on the sea coast, Holywood.]

22. fusclpes. D. obscure 2eneus,hypostomatealbo,antennispedibusque

nigris tibiis ferrugineis, alis obscuris (femina.J
Long. Corp. 2^.
Praecedenti similis sed alae obscuriores nee dilatatae : Coxse apice trochan-
leres genua tibiae tarsi anteriores basi et plaga longitudinalis femorum
posticorum ferruginei ; Tibiae posticae apice nigrae : ilfas incognitus.

^ Ibid, two females.]

23. clavipcs. D. obscure aeneus, hypostomate candido, antennis

pedibusque nigris, tibiis ferrugineis (Mas) posticis clavatis

compressis sulcatis vix basi ferrugineis, femoribus albido-villosis.

Long. Corp. vix 2,

Alae quam in D. vitripenni angustiores nee sinuatae subhyalinae : Tarsi

antici quam in illo breviores : Femora postica crassiuscula villis longioribus

albidis: Coxae ad apicem trochanteres tibiae et basis tarsorum anticorum

ferruginei : Abdomen incisuris vix nigricantibus : Lamellae $ albidae nigro

marginatae.

^ One male, ibid,]
b. Lamellis maris nigris.

24. plumipes. D. thorace ferrugineo, abdomine olivaceo, articulis 4

ultimis tarsorum anticorum brevibus in mare dilatatis nigris,
antennis nigris basi rufis.

Meig. IV, 87, 23.
Fall. Dol. 14, 13.
Long. corp. 2^.
In meo specimine maris metatarsus anticus niger apice nonnihil
dilatatus (num diversa.-" tamen notae reliquae optime conveniunt.)

% Holywood, 1827.]

C. Kervo 4'o alarum subrecto ; Ciliis genarum nigris rarioribus.
(Femora ^ omnibus imberbia.)

366 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects.

25. ciipreus. D. obscure cupreus, hypostomate albo, antennis pedibus-

quenigris, tibiis ferrugineis, alls fuscanis.
(Mas J lamellis nigris.

Meig, IV, 98, 42.

Fall. Dol. 15, 15.

Long. Corp. 2.

5[ A common and generally diffused species.]

26. Sarus. D. obscure viridi-ceneus, capite albido, pedibus lutescentibus

tarsis apice nigris, alis cinereis, antennarum seta pubescente.
(Mas) lineol^ costali nigra, lamellis fusco-luteis.

Long. corp. vix 2.
Antennse nigr3e: Frons et hypostoma albidge: Thorax absque lineis
versicoloribus : Halteres pallidi : Alse maris angustiores quam feminae,
lineola costali brevi crassa nervura 1 ™"™ subcostalem baud attingente :
Coxae nigro-cinerese : Femora antica et apex posticorum supra infuscata :
Metatarsus posticus brevissimus.

^ A pair near Holy wood.]
Confer £). celerem, Meig. IV, 84, 18, etvividum, 100, 48.

27. (ETosus. D. obscure seneo-viridis, antennis nigris, pedibus

ferrugineis coxis nigricantibus, hypostomate (mas) nigro aut
ffeminaj albido.

Meig. IV, 98, 43.
Long. corp. 1 — \\.
Lamellae maris nigrae, femora postica supra ssepius fusca.
^ Common and generally diffused.]

28. nigripennis, D. obscure seneus, coxis pedibusque nigris, tibiis

anterioribus rufescentibus, alis fuscis.

Meig. IV, 102, 52.
Fall. Dol. 15, 16.
Long. corp. IJ.
Lamellae maris nigrae. Oe rostriforme productum et brevius quam in
Orthochile nigroccerulea.

^ A rather common and generally diffused species.]
* I have yet another species of this section from the west of Ireland :
it is larger than D. arosiis, with pale lamella, but I have not yet suffici-
ently investigated its characters.

, '?AL 1-1"

^Dulngi'fml JoTira)al,T®l,Yo Pl.U.

Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 367

ORTHOCHILE. Meig. IV, 103, CXXXI.
1. nigroccerulea. Meig. IV, 103, 1.

Latr. Gen. Crust., &c. IV, 289.

Long. Corp. Ij.

^ I found both sexes near Bexley in June.]

References to the Figures. Tab. XV.

1 . Orphnephila devia $ .

2. Side view of the body.

3. A wing.

4. Forefoot.

5. Hind tarsus.

6. The head ; the antenncE being removed, except the basal joint.

7. Tlie antenna without the radical joint.
8 and 9. The<rop/i«.

10. Hind metatarsus of P/ectropus.
. 11 and 12. Machcerium Maritima .

a. antenna.

e. cbjpeus.

b. haustellum.
y, labrum.

•( m. mandible.
n. maxilla.
o. Tongue.

f. lahclla.

c. Maxillary palpus.

368 Analytical Notices of Books.

Art. XLIX. Anuiytical Notices of Books.

N^ova Acta Pliysico-3Iedica AcademicE CcesaretE Leopol-
dino- Carolina; Maturce Curiosormn. Tomus XIV. —
Boiinae 1828.

In resuming our analysis of this valuable collection of memoirs, our
attention fe again directed in the first instance to a theory " de la cause
" de I'Hybernation chez les Animaux Dormeurs." The paper now
before us, written by Dr. Pastre, is, however, of a very different character
from that by Dr. Otto, with which we commenced our notice of the
previous volume. Instead of proceeding on the basis of anatomical
facts, it is entirely theorectical in all its parts, and the " physiological
" abstraction" on which it professes to be founded, is, we are reluctantly
obliged to confess, too subtle for our comprehension. To avoid miscon-
ception, we give in the authour's own terms, the statement of the
immediate and essential cause of hybernation, contained in his concluding
paragraph " The principle of life," he says, " is no longer occupied
" with nutrition, or assimilation, or the perception of external objects ;
" it breaks oflF almost all communication with the moral or instructive
" faculty; realizes a sort of asphyxia by means of xhQ power of fixed
" situation; and by this means preserves the animal body in all its
" physiological integrity." It may fairly be questioned whether these
conditions are not rather the symptoms than the cause of a state of
hybernation, on the modus operandi of which state, (dependent as it is
universally admitted to be on a peculiar idiosyncrasy), such general
observations as those contained in the present paper are calculated to
throw but little light.

Dr. Rathke's Essay " Ueber die Entwickelung der Athemwerkzeuge
" bei den Vdgeln und Saugthieren" is, like all the writings of that acute
anatomist, replete with novel and interesting matter. The gradual
developement of the respiratory organs in Birds and Quadrupeds is

Nova Acta Academia Naturm Curiosorum. 369

followed up from their first appearance to their complete evolution ; and
the various gradations of form v?hich they successively assume, at different
periods and in different animals, are traced with great minuteness. Of
the facts thus ascertained the most important, as well as the most un-
expected, is the existence in the higher Classes of Vertebrata, at a very
early period after the impregnation of the ovum, of organs corresponding
to the the temporary branchice of the Batrachian Reptiles, and the
permanent gills of Fishes. The discovery of these organs in the egg of
the common fowl was first announced by Dr. Rathke in the " Isis" for
1825 ; and afterwards extended by him to the embryos of Swine, Horses
and several ruminating Quadrupeds, and finally to that of the human
species. Several other comparative anatomists have since turned their
attention to the same object ; and their labours have produced not only
a positive corroboration of the observations of the original discoverer,
but also much additional information. The most successful of these
investigators are M. Huschke, whose papers also appeared in the " Isis";
and Dr. von Baer, whose memoirs are contained in Meckel's Archives of
Physiology, and in the " Annales des Sciences Naturelles." So much
in fact has been written on this highly important discovery both previously
and subsequently to the publication of the paper now before us, that it
would be impossible to do justice to the subject by a simple abstract of
its contents; while to enter into a general analysis of all the papers to
which we have referred would occupy too much of our space. We must
therefore rest content with having indicated where ample information may
be found by those who are desirous of entering fully into this curious
investigation- For the benefit of those who may not have it in their
power to make these references, but who may be desirous of verifying
for themselves the leading facts on which the theory is based, it may not
be superfluous to add, that the period when the branchial apertures on
the sides of the neck, and the vascular arches to which they lead, are
most distinctly visible, is, in the egg of the common fowl, about the
third or fourth day of sitting; in the embryo of the Swine, about three
weeks after impregnation ; and in the human subject, about the fifth week
of gestation.

The next paper, following our usual order of reference, relates to a
" Schadel-und Kopf-mangel an Embryoncn von Schweinen," and contains

370 Analytical Notices of Books.

a very curious, although for the present an isolated, observation indicative
of the early period at which the embryo may exhibit a monstrous forma-
tion. Among the ova contained in the uterus of a sow, and which from
their magnitude and degree of development, appeared to have just passed
the third week of their growth. Dr. Von Baer observed one of much
smaller size, but which, on being opened, was found to contain two
diminutive sacculi, having the appearance of hydatids. In one of these
sacs, the larger of the two, was found an embryo, deficient in the skull ;
and in the other, which was extremely minute, a second without any
vestige of head and destitute also of the anterior part of the body. In
both these embryos, notwithstanding their small size, the devclopement
of the abdomen and limbs was such as to evince that they had been
expelled from the ovary at the same time with the other ova among which
they were found. The authour thinks it improbable that these embryos
could ever have attained their full growth; and states his belief that the
deficiency of skull and head at so early a period can only be accounted
for by assuming this monstrosity to have its origin in the ovary itself,
although the want of skull may also frequently be the consequence of
hydrocephalus.

In a paper " Ueber die geheilte Verletzung eines Fossilen Hyasnen-
" Schedels," by Samuel Thomas von Soemmering, we have an exposition
of some of the latest opinions of that great anatomist on the subject of
fossil bones. The object of the paper is to illustrate the fossil skull of a
hyaena, remarkable for an extensive fracture of its occipital crest, which
had entirely healed, although in a very irregular manner. Of this skull
some account had previously been given both by M. Cuvier and by Dr.
Buckland, who concurred in opinion that the injury was the result of a
bite, inflicted, according to M. Cuvier, either by its fellow hyaenas or by
the lions and tigers, the bones of which found in the same cavern prove
them to have inhabited the same locality. Dr. Buckland does not admit
the latter conjecture, and IM. Soemmering agrees with him in thinking that
the bite was received from another hyaena. His paper commences with
an enumeration of the places in which fossil remains of hyaenas have
hitherto been found, and of the figures of them that have been published
from time to time. He states that fossil skulls of hyaenas appear to be
more rare in Germany than those of bears j and minutely compares one

Nova Acta ylcademice Nature Curiosorum. 371

figured and described by Collini, in the " Acta Academige Theodoro-
*' Palatinse" for 1784, with a recent skull of the Hycena Crocuta. From
this comparison he concludes that the recent and fossil species can scarcely
be distinguished from each other; an inference strengthened by a similar
comparison of a fossil bear's skull from Gailenreuth with a recent one
from Lithuania, and of a portion of the fossil lower jaw of a wolf from the
same Cavern with a recent lower jaw from Saltzburg. " There existed
" therefore, he says, " in the primitive world, a species of Hyaena, of
" Bear, and of Wolf, which can with difficulty be distinguished from
" living species of those genera."

The authour next proceeds to compare the skull which forms the
immediate subject of his paper with that of Collini, and finds that it
belongs, as Cuvier had previously remarked, to a distinct species, Hycena
fossilis or spelaa; the distinguishing characters between which and the
other hyaenas, botli recent and fossil, are stated to consist in the greater
shortness of its facial when compared with its cerebral portion, the
greater prominence of its forehead, and its general colossal stature. Its
substance is carefully investigated, and it is shewn to have belonged to an
adult and probably an aged individual. The nature of the wound and
the mode of its reparation are then considered at length, and illustrated
by valuable observations with regard to the formation of callus, and the
other stages of union in the bones both of men and animals. By the
application of the principles thus obtained to the fossil in question, it is
shewn, as might indeed have been conjectured a priori, that in the
primitive world the union of broken bones in the Mammalia was pro-
duced in the same manner as at the present day. Then follow the
authour's reasons for believing the injury to have resulted from the bite
of a hyaena; and the paper concludes with the expression of a belief
that the fossil hyana to which this skull belonged had its primitive abode
at no great distance from the place where its remains were found after
some thou-sands of years; and with a retractation of the early opinion
of the authour, founded on imperfect data, that the fossil remains fomid
in the Gailenreuth cave had been deposited there by the hands of man.

M. Constantin Gloger's .Memoir " Ueber den Nestbau der Zwergmaus
&c." contains the description of two very different nests, in each of

372 Analytical Notices of Books.

which was found a litter of the young of Mus minutus. Pall, a species
regarded by the authour as identical with the Mus messorius and Harvest-
mouse of Shaw and Pennant. The most artificial of these nests, which
in skilfulness of construction was fully equal to that of most birds, was
suspended from the summit of three straws of the common reed {Arundo
Phragmites, L.) and was entirely composed of the panicles and leaves
of the plants, slit longitudinally and intricately plaited and matted to-
gether. Its internal cavity was small and round, and accessible only by
a narrow lateral opening. From the peculiarity of its structure, there
can be little doubt that this curious nest was fabricated by the animal itself,
and not merely adopted by it ; and this conclusion is confirmed by the
description of a similar nest, also containing young, found in the neigh-
bourhood of Berhn, by a pupil of Professor Lichtenstein, through whom
the account of this discovery, inserted at the end of the volume, was
communicated to the authour. The value of the paper is much enhanced
by the general observations with which it commences on the stimulus by
which Birds and Quadrupeds are impelled to construct their habitations;
and by the comparison which follows of the means possessed by each
class as a whole, as well as by the individual species composing it, for
carrying this impulse into eflFect.

The " Versuch einer Naturlichen Eintheilung der Vogel, von Dr.
" F. A. Ritgen," is a specimen of the trichotomous system, applied to
the classification of birds. This arrangement professes to be founded on
the modifications of the pelvis, coincident with those of its locomotive
appendages, and with corresponding variations in the functions of these
parts, so important in determining stations and habits. No details,
however, are given of the structural characters employed ; those which
depend on the pelvis being expressly reserved for another opportunity.
The subdivisions appear to be the result of a comparison of structure and
habits : thus for instance the primary distribution into three series, as they
are termed, is efiected either in conformity with habits, according as the
abode of the birds is more peculiarly the water, the dry land, or the
marshes ; or with reference to structure, according as the hinder limbs
serve more the purposes of fins, of hands, or of feet. The following
tabular view will give an idea of the manner in which the authour follows

Nova Ada Academim Naturce Curiosorum. 373

out his system. It should be observed that to each of his divisions he
usually gives two distinguishing names, the one functional and the other
structural. In order to avoid giving up too much of our space to a mere
catalogue of hard words, we quote one only, and the former in prefer-
ence to the latter.

Series I. HYGRORNITHES.

Tribe I. Haucolymbi.
Fam. 1. Orthocolymbi, (Colymbus, L.)

2. Dyseretae, [^Ica, L., Uria, Briss.)

3. EretJE, {^ptenodytes, Forst.)

Tribe II. Haupteni.
Fam. 4. Colymhopteni, [Pelecanides, Leach.)

5. Plotopteni, {Laridw, Leach.)

6. Colymboploteres, (Mergus, L.)

Tribe III. Ploteres.
Fam. 7. Tachy ploteres, (jJnas, Meyer.)

8. Orthoploteres, {Anser, Meyer.)

9. Baryploteres, (Cygnus, Meyer.)

Series II. XERORNITHES.

Tribe I. Ciioropteni.

Fam. 10. Dromochoropteni, (Otis, L., Charadriadae, Leach, Or-
tygis, 111.)

1 ] . Baterochoropteni, ( TetraonidcB, Leach, Phasianidae,

Vig., Cracidce, Vig.)

12. Herpochoropteni, [Columba, L.)

Tribe II. Hylopteni.
Sect. I. Hylochasmopteni.

Fam. 13. Hylochasmopteni, (Caprimulgus, L., Steatornis, Humb.,
Cypselus, III., Jlirundo, L., Muscicapa, L., Edolius, Cuv., Platy-\
rhynchus, Desm., Trogon, L.)
Sect. n. Hyloclasmopteni.

Fam. 14. Orthaepyrhynchi, (FringiUa, L., Emberiza, L., Bu-
phagu, L., Phylotoma, Mol.)

15. Simaepyrhynchi, (Glaucopis, Gmel., Tanagru, L.,

Vol, V. u ii

374 Analytical Notices of Books.

Mi/iothera, 111., Jmpelis, L., Lanius, L., Prioniles, III., Phdedun,
Cuv.

Fam. 16. Macraepyrhynchi, [Pogonias, L., Corythaix, 111., Bucco,
L., Loxia, L., Crotophaga, L., Scythrops, Lath., Musophaga, Iserl,
Buceros, L,, Ramphastos, L.)
Sect. III. Hylotrypanopteni.

17. Microrthorhynchi, {Pipra,L., Cinclus, Bechst., Sturnus,

L., Oriolus, L., Cassicus, Cuv., Turdus, L., Alauda, L., Parus, L.,
Molacilla, L.)

18. Macrorthorhynchi, [Alcedo, L., Merops, L,, Galbula, L.,

Upupa, L., Certhia, L., Trochilus, L:, Sitta, L., Picus, L., ywnx, L.,
Cuculus, L.)

] 9. Hypsorthorhynchi, (Coj-aa'ay, L., Corvus, L., Gracula, L.,

Paradisea, L.)

Tribe III. Hypsopteni.
Fam. 20. Hylypsopteni, [Psiltacus, L.)

21. Nyctypsopteni, (S<rtx, L.)

— — — 22. Hemerypsopteni, [Ophiotheres, Vieill., Vidiurida, Falco-
nidce.)

Series III. MYDALORNITHES.
Tribe I. Limnopteni.
Fam. 23. Limnopteni, {Porphyria, Eriss., Fulica, L., Gallinula,
Briss.)

24. Limnemicolymbi, {Phalaropus, Vieill., Parra, L.,

Channa, 111., Crcx, Bechst., Rallus, L.)

25. Limnodromi, (S'coZoj9ax, L., Vanellus, Briss., Actitis,

111., JViumentu*, Briss., Ereunetes, 111., Strepsilas, 111.)

Tribe II. Pabalimnopteni.

Fam. 26. Limnobateres, [Platalea, L., Phcenicoptems, L., i?e-
curvirostra, L.)

27. Limnorthopteni, {Cancroma, L., Tantalus, L., Ciconia,

Briss., GrM5, Pall., Ardea, Briss., Scopus, Briss., Eurypyga, III.,
Anastomus, 111.)

28. Paralimnodromi, [Glareola, Gmel., Chionis, Forst., Cc-

reopsis, Lath., Psophia, L,, Palamedca, L., Dicholophus, 111.)

J^'ova Acta Acmlemice JSTaturce Cnriosorum. 375

Tribe III. Pedinornithes.

Fam. 29. Ochteraptenodytes, [Didus, L.)

30. Choraptenodytes, [Casuarius, Briss., Rhea, Briss.)

31. Ammaptenodytes, (Slruthio, L.)

As we are not supplied with either the facts or the reasoning on which
this " Natural distribution of Birds" is founded, it would be absurd to
enter into a discussion of its merits. It certainly affords evidence of
some ingenuity, if only in the construction of the Greek compounds with
which, in common with many German systems of the present day, it
abounds. Indeed it might almost be said, with reference to the classifi-
cation before us, that in its present state, and until it shall have received
further elucidation, it consists of little else but these new terms, many
of which, to say the least, are sufficiently cramp. We have already
[Zool. Journ. IV. 255] had occasion to refer to the extreme to which
this propensity is carried on the part of our authour, and we shall find
it, if possible, still more strongly marked in a paper on the arrange-
ment of the Amphibia, also contained in the present volume. From
the composition of such terms, however high-sounding they may be,
there accrues little credit to a writer, and less advantage to science.
How much more usefully would the learned authour have been employed
in more minutely following up the observations on the distribution of the
different families and genera over the surface of the earth, with reference
chiefly to station and physical geography, which form the conclusion of
his paper. The subject lightly touched upon in these concluding pages
well deserves a profound investigation.

An Essay, " Ueber den Fabricischen Beutel der Vogel," by Dr. A.
A. Berthold, is an attempt to determine the function of the organ known
as the Bursa Fabricii, in Birds. The authour first passes in review the
opinions held upon this subject by different writers; viz. by Fabricius
ab Aquapendente, its discoverer, who conjectures that it serves in the
female as a reservoir for the male semen; by Perrault, who compares t
to the anal sacculi and glands of certain Carnivorous Quadrupeds; by
Schneider, who somewhat fantastically imagines that it receives and
matures the eggs; and by Blumenbach, who attributes to it no definite
function, but assumes that it properly belongs to the male, and is only

B u 2

376 Analytical Notices of Books.

rudimental in the female. After controverting all these different viev/s,
the authour states his own opinion, that the Bursa Fabricii is the Urinary
Bladder of Birds. His reasoning is grounded on the situation of the
organ, and its embouchure in the cloaca ; on the frequent occurrence of
urine within it; on its being furnished with a muscular coat; and on its
great development in the foetal state, compared with the gradual diminu-
tion which it undergoes in the older birds. It seems probable, however,
that in positively affirming this organ to be itself the urinary bladder, the
authour has somewhat overstated his own opinion, which may, perhaps,
be more accurately collected from the following passage, with which he
concludes his paper: — " The cfoaca of Birds," he says, " is a Urinary
" Bladder, into which the rectum opens ; on its anterior side the allan-
" tok passes off, in i\\& foetus, in the shape of a small process. But the
" Bursa Fabricii is also a subdivision of the cloaca, and consequently
" a subdivision of the urinary bladder, which, like the allantois, plays an
" important part during the state offcetus. The bursa bears the same
" relation to the entire cloaca, as one of the cornua uteri does to the
" entire uterus. In the same light n)ust we consider the bladders of
" Amphibia and Fishes, which contain partly urine, and partly peculiar
" secretions. For this reason, I regard the bursa not as an anal gland,
" not as a receptacle of the eggs, not as an organ performing an in-
" definite function in the one sex, and merely rudimental in the other,
" but as a subdivison of the urinary bladder of bird;, separated from the
" cloaca, serving in the fatal state especially as a respiratory organ, but
*' remaining to an after period of life, and containing urine hke all
'• other urinary bladders."

A second Memoir by M. Constantin Gloger, " zur Naturgeschichle
" des Weissbindigen Kreuzschnabels," contains a minute account of the
characters, habits and mode of life of the Loxia tcenioptera, Glog.,
with conjectures as to its original country. This species, single specimens
of which have been occasionally met with in Sweden and various parts
of Germany, occurred in considerable numbers in Silesia and Thuringia
in the autumn of 1826. Although the arguments advanced by the
authour in his text tend to prove that its migration took place from Asia
rather than America, there can be little doubt, as he himself confesses in
a note, that the bird is identical with an American species, Loxia

S^ova Acta Actulemice NaturiB Curiosorum. 377

leucoptera, Gmel. or more properly L. falcirostra. Lath. It is also the
Cruciroslra bifasciata of Brehm's " Omis."

We have now arrived at Dr. Ritgen's " Versuch einer natiirlichen
" eintheiiung der Amphibien," in which the Amphibia (including the
ReptiliaJ are subjected to a similar process of subdivision with the Birds;
and apparently also on principles nearly similar, the presence or absence
and modifications of the external limbs, serving as the basis of the
classification. We had intended here also to have given a tabular view
of the arrangement, but the length to which it would extend, the little
advantage to be derived from such a view unaccompanied by any of the
details on which it is founded, and our dislike to fill our pages unneces-
sarily with such words (if words they can be called) as Jltryptodontopho-
lidophides and Bdalsipodobatrachi, induce us to forbear such an
infliction on the patience of our readers. The arrangement of Birds
already given must therefore serve as a specimen of the authour's mode
of systematizing. He seems, it is true, somewhat more at home in the
present branch of his subject, but we doubt much whether he has
succeeded belter in developing the " Natural distribution;" which, it is
still necessary to repeat, and perhaps ever will be so, can never be attained
by the study of isolated characters, however important the organs from
which they are derived.

Prince Maximilian of Wied's Memoir "Ueber den Quetz Paleo des
•' Seba," contains a minute description of the animal which he now
regards as the Uromastyx cyclurus, Merr., a species hitherto resting
solely on the figure and description given by Seba. The authour also
gives new distinctive characters of the nearly related genera Uromastyx
and Tropidrirus, a species of which latter discovered by himself in Brazil,
Trop. torquatus, he had formerly considered identical with the Quetz
Palco of Seba. The true Quetz Paleo was found by Dr. Boie on opening
the body of a specimen of the Coluber 1 Achtcnsteinii, Max., contained
in a collection of Amphibia transmitted to Leyden from South Brazil.

This paper is succeded by one communicated by Fr. Boie " Ueber
" eine noch nicht beschriebene Art von Cordylus, Gron.," containing
the description of a second species of the genus Cordylus, Daud. It is
founded on a single specimen in the Leyden Museum, named by the
authour and his brother Cotd. rataphractus.

378 Analytical Notices of Books.

A third Herpetological Memoir derived from the investigation of the
treasures contained in the magnificent collection of the Leyden Museum,
is entitled, " Untersuchung der Speicheldriisen bei den Schlangen." Its
chief purpose is to make known an important fact in the economy of
certain snakes, in regard to which much uncertainty existed, their bite
having sometimes been found fatal, while at others it is perfectly harmless.
This anomaly is clearly accounted for by an observation first made by
Prof. Reinwardt on the Dipsas dendrophila of Java, afterwards extended
by Dr. Boie to other species of Dipsas and Homalopsis, and still further
confirmed in several other genera by M. Schlegel, the authour of the
present paper. All these snakes have teeth nearly similar in character to
those of the genus Coluber, excepting that the last on either side of the
upper jaw is longer than the rest, and has a deep sulcus on its anterior
surface, the base of which corresponds, as in the true poisonous fangs,
with the termination of the excretory duct of a poison-secreting gland.
As the sulcate poison-teeth stand much farther back within the mouth
than the fangs of Vipers, Rattle-snakes, &c. it is obvious that the danger
resulting from the bite of the snakes that possess them is contingent on
the extent to which the mouth is opened in the act of biting, or in other
words on the participation or non-participation of the hinder teeth in the
infliction of the wound. There exists a direct transition from the snakes
in question to the true poisonous snakes by the intervention of Elaps,
J^aja, Bangarus and Trimeresurus, in which the anterior portion of the
upper jaw is gradually shortened, the imperforate anterior teeth become
fewer in number, and the elongated posterior tooth is perforated as in the
Vipers, but has in addition an anterior fissure communicating with the
whole length of the cavity. These modifications are well represented in
a plate accompanying this important memoir.

The only Ichthyological paper in the present volume is the commence-
ment of a " Vergleichende Betrachtung des starren Geriistes welches das
" Fortpflanzungsgerathetragt und umgiebt," by Dr. Ritgen. In this first
section of his proposed comparative osteology of the pelvis and its
auxiliary bones and cartilages, the authour confines himself, with the
exception of a few general observations, to the description of these
organs as they exist in Fishes, the lowest animals in which they can be
clearly demonstrated, unless we consider as the commencement of apelvis

^ova Acta Academice J^aturce Cariosorum, '379

the rudimental bones found in some Cephalopodous Mollusca. The
details of the modifications observed in different fishes, which constitute
the principal value of this paper, will not admit of a satisfactory analysis;
we can therefore only indicate them as containing much interesting
information for the comparative anatomist. They are partly original and
partly selected from the works of previous writers on the Osteology of
Fishes.

Two species of .■^un'cwZa, Lam., found in turning over the plants collec-
ted by him in the Island of 0-Wahu, constitute the " Species Novas
" Conchyliorum Terrestrium, (quas) ex Insulis, Sandwich dictis, attulit
" Adelbertus de Chamisso." They are here described and figured as the
Auriculas 0-waihiensis and sinistrorsa ; and an indication is also given
of a third, of which only a fragment was observed.

. Dr. Otto's " Beschreibung einiger neuen, in den Jahren 1818 und
" 1819, in Mittellandischen Meere gefundener Crustaceen," contains
detailed descriptions, accompanied by coloured figures, of nine new
species of Crustacea from the Mediterranean Sea. These are referrible
to the genera Porlunus, Inachus, Alpheu3 (2 species), Callianassa,
Praniza, Cymothoa and Caliyus (2 species) . The localities in which
they were found are Nice and the Bay of Naples.

The Memoir " Ueber die Daphnia sima und ihren Blutkreislauf," by
Dr. Gruithuisen, is a valuable contribution to the anatomy of this singular
genus. In young individuals of Daphnia siina the valves are so transparent
as to allow of the circulation of the blood being traced through the entire
body v/ith little difficulty ; and this circumstance has enabled the authour
to give an outline of its course on the plate which accompanies his memoir.
The following is the summary with which he concludes his more detailed
account. " The veins descending from the arms, and ascending from
" the cheliferous tail and from the valves, pour the blood into the venous
" heart : the venous heart empties itself through a foramen into the
" arterial heart; from which the great mass of blood is sent upwards to
" the arms, to the head and to the mantle, and downwards to the tail,
" whence it returns by the veins, &c." Both the arterial and veDous
hearts are siated to consist of sac-like muscular membranes, capable of
quick and powerful contraction, especially the former, in which the
vivacity of the pulsations has been noticed by several writers. Only

380 Aitalytical Notices of Books. < .,

those vessels which proceed from the heart appear, it is said, to possess
proper coats, the capillary canals in which the blood becomes venous
offering no trace of a proper vascular membrane. It may be added that
the two systems seem, both from the description and figure, to pass
immediately into each other.

We may also notice in this place, although properly belonging to
another subdivision, the paper which follows by the same author, " Ueber
" die Kais diaphana und J^ais diastropha niit dem Nerven-und Blut-
*' system derselben." It forms an interesting addition to the little
knowledge which we previously possessed respecting these minute and
paradoxical Annelida. Dr. Gruithuisen states that he has never observed
in the Xaides any other mode of propagation than that by subdivision ;
and thus confirms the observations made by Trembley and Roesel, and if
we recollect rightly by Muller also, that they are capable of artificial
multiplication by cutting their bodies transversely into distinct portions,
which had been doubted on the authority of Bosc and others. The
nervous system is in Nais diaphana (which is synonymous with jSTais
rermicularis, Auct.) more developed than the apparently simple structure
of its other organs would have led us to expect ; in J^'ais diastropha, a
new species, it is apparently much less complicated. The author assures
us that the effect of this difference is strongly marked in the diffei'ent
degrees of sensibilitj" and volition evinced by the two species. For the
details of the nervous system, as well as of the vascular, we m!ist refer
to the paper itself.

The Dissertation " Ueber ein eigenthiiniliches, den JSfervus Sympathicus
" analoges, Nervensystem der Eingeweide bei den Insecten," by Dr.
Johannes Miiller, contains a further development of the analogy between
the nervus recurrens of insects and the nervus sympatheticus of higher
animals. The anatomy of this, which he regards as the proper intestinal
nervous system of insects, had already been given by the authour from a
species of Phasma in a previous volume of these Transactions. In the
present it is extended to numerous other Orthoptera, as well as to insects
of most of the remaining orders. From these observations Dr. Miiller
is clearly of opinion that the identity of the nervus recurrens with the
ganglionic system, as it is called in Fertebrata, is clearly made out, and
that there can be no doubt of its representing the nervus sympatheticus

Hewitson's British Oology, 381

and not the nervus vagus of the higher classes. The details, which are
of great interest to the entomological anatomist, must be sought in the
paper and its accompanying plates.

In the single Helminthological paper, " Filarial et Monoslomi
" speciem novam in Balcena rostrata repertam describit Dr. F. C. H.
" Creplin." Of these two new species of internal parasites, the former,
named by the authour Filaria erassicauda, was found in considerable
numbers in the corpora cavernosa penis of the species of Whale indicated,
and partially dependent into the cavity of the urethra. It appears to be
the first entozoon discovered in such a situation in any animal. The
other, Monostomum plicatum, Crepl., occurred on the inner surface of
the small intestines, and of the oesophagus; it was also rather abundant.

The last paper in the present volume which, as zoologists, we have
occasion to notice, gives the result of some " Untersuchungen iiber den
" Bau einiger Polypen des Mittellandischen Meeres," by M. W. Rapp.
The Polypi on which the observations in question were made were the
Veretillum Cynoviorium, Cuv., and Tubularia solitaria, Rapp, a species
■which the authour believes to be new. Much interesting information
with regard to the habits of these singular creatures, and some new views
with respect to portions of their anatomical structure, give value to this
contribution. Both species are figured, and the large size of the aggre-
gated polypes in the one case, and of the solitary individual in the other,
affords an excellent opportunity for observing both their conformation and
mode of life. They were observed by the authour on the coast of
Languedoc.

British Oology, being Illustrations of the Eggs of British
Birds, with figures of each species. By W. C. Hbwitson
of JVewcastle. 1831. Nos. 1. to 6.

Part of a very interesting, but hitherto much neglected, branch of
Nature's productions is here illustrated in a manner highly creditable to
the talents of the authour, who combines in himself the rare advantages
of being an excellent artist as well as an ornithologist. Six numbers

382 Scienlific J\/'otices.

of this valuable addition to the works devoted to tlie Natural History of
our own country have appeared, containing 59 representations of the
eggs of 40 species.

The outlines of the various forms are accurate, the markings charac-
teristic, the shading and colouring delicate and true to nature, and
several of the subjects already represented are of great rarity. Each
number of this work, in addition to its four plates, contains several
pages of lelter-press descriptive of the situation of the nests, the materials
of which they are composed, the number of eggs, &c. These and
various other particulars, obtained in most instances by the personal
observations of the authour, promise to add much to our knowledge on this
very interesting and important part of the Natural History of our Native
Birds.

W. Y.

Art. L. Scientific JVotices.

appendix to the Notice of the Herring.

The fishermen of Portree in the Isle of Sky told ray friend Mr. Atkinson
on his visit to St. Kilda during the summer of the past year that in
one of the Lochs of Inverness-shire they formerly caught a species of her-
ring twice the size of the common herring, and though this large sort were
not numerous, they always took a few every season during their fishing.

The small transatlantic herring referred to, I learn from Mr. Ord, is
called by the Americans the Nova Scotia herring, and is considered a
better fish than the common herring of America, and a distinct species.

W. Y.

Scientific JS/'otices. ' 383

TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

Sir,

Finding in your last number for the current year, page 25 1, an allusion
to my discovery of the Metamorphosis in the Decapodous Crustacea, by
which I perceive that a degree of scepticism still exists, not only as to
the facts upon which it is based, but also as to the universality of metamor-
phosis in this tribe of animals, I have now to state what will I trust convince
you that if any delusion exists or source of error, it must rather attach
to M. Rathke than to me; not having seen his work I judge only from
the analysis with which you have favoured us in your interesting and
valuable Journal.

First then, in regard to the Brachyura I have ascertained the newly
hatched animal to be a Zoe in the following Genera, viz. 1. Cancer.
2. Carcinus. 3. Portunus. 4. Eryphia. 5. Gegarcinus. 6. Thel-
phusa? 7. Pinnotheres. 8. Inachus.

The Macrourous genera which I have actually ascertained to be likewise
subject to metamorphosis, are 1. Pagurus. 2. Porcellana. 3. Galathea.
4. Crangon. 5. Palsemon. 6. Homarus. 7. Astacus ! These embrace
all our most familiar native genera of the Decapoda. With regard to
Astacus however it will be necessary to be more particular. This genus
embraces but two species, the A. marinus or Lobster, and the A. fluviatilis
or River Crawfish ; now with regard to the marine species or Lobster I can
aver that it does actually undergo a metamorphosis, but less in degree
than any other of the above enumerated genera, and consisting in a change
from a cheliferous Schizopode to a Decapode ; in its first stage being what
I would call a modified Zoe with a frontal spine, spatulate tail, and
wanting subabdominal fins, in short such an animal as would never be
considered what it really is, were it not obtained by hatching the spawn
of tiie Lobster.

Are we then to consider the fresh water species of Astacus or Craw-fish
as an exception ? or is there not reason (from the above detail) to suspect
that this peculiarity may have escaped the notice of M. Rathke ? If
however ii should be found otiicrwisc, it can only bo regarded as one
tolilarif exception lo the generality of metamorphosis, and will render

384 Scientific J^'otices.

it necessary to consider these two animals for the future as the types of
two distinct genera.

The accompanying rough sketch of the cheliferous member of the
larva of the Lobster, [Tab. XV. f. 13] in which a is the claw, b the outer
division of the limb or future flagrum, and c the rudimentary branchia,
will enable naturalists that may have access to the work of Rathke, to
institute such a comparison as may probably enable them to decide,
whether there are any grounds for suspecting that a similar structure
prevails in that of the River Crawfish.

I am, Sir,

Yours, &c.
Cor\, Dec. 16, 1830. Jno. V. Thompson.

Kote on Procellaria Anginho, Hein., and Proc. Bulverii, Selby and

Jard,

. Procellaria Anjinho described by the late Dr. Heineken in Brewster's
Journal, and proposed with some doubt as a new species, proves, according
to the remark of the Rev. L. Jenyns, to be altogether identical with the
Sooty Petrel of Latham's Synopsis, the Procellaria fuliginosa of Gmelin
and Latham's Index. Procellaria Bulverii of Selby and Jardine's
Illustrations of Ornithology cannot be considered as differing from the
same species in any thing but age. Young birds of P. fuliginosa have
the plumage rather fuller and consequently appear rather larger ; their
tail is either perfectly even or has the middle feathers elongated. But if
a large assortment of individuals be examined, several constantly occur
upon which it is impossible to decide whether they belong to the latter
or to the forked-tail sort, the transitions or variations in this character
are so gradual and inconspicuous, and are moreover unaccompanied by
any regular corresponding differences of size or plumage. In no other
essential point does Proc. Bulverii appear to differ from Proc. Anjinho,
and both must hereafter merge into synonyms of Proc. fuliginosa,
Gmel.
Madera. R. T. Lowe.

THE

ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL.

1832—1834.

Art. L[. Remarks on the nature of the Respiratory Organs
in certain littoral MoUusca of Madera. By the Rev. R. T.
Lowe, A. M.

In reperusing, after a considerable interval, my paper in the 19th
number of the Zoological Journal, (page 280,) in which I detailed a
series of experiments, instituted with a view to ascertain something of
the nature of the respiratory organs in Melampus, Pedipes, and Trun-
catella ; it has struck me that I have been too hasty in regarding some of
my conclusions as positively or finally established : or rather, perhaps,
in not sufficiently explaining, or defining, the actual extent to which
my resulting speculations might safely, and legitimately, be admitted.

It is very certain, from the fact of these MoUusca surviving total im-
mersion for so long a period as they did, in water, that a remarkable
difference in their powers, in respect to an ability for enduring complete
deprivation of atmospherick air, from those of our land Pulmonifera
in general, may be safely considered as established.* Now from this

• It is CKsential to remark that I do not consider this position invalidated by
the following quotations from the observant Miiller, or others of a similar
character. Speaking of his Ilciix ptUucida (Vitrina, Drap.) he observes,
" Limacem in aqua pcrire affirmat Clariss. Gcofl'roi; hoc sese nobis, etiamsi
" periculum in pluribus fcccrimus, minus probavit; in aquam onim Immissi,

fundum stalim peticrunt, ac totum corpus e testft protulerunt ; tentacul.i

Vol.. V. CC

386 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the Respirulury Organs

difference of function or power in the animal, it seemed most natural
and simple, at that time, to infer the probability of some corresponding

tamen in aqua, quod pluribus terrestrium commune, non exseiucrunt; hoc
situ iramobiles, mortuos quidem simulant ; at IntTU paucas horas partini
aqui exeunt, et observatori minus cauto pcrdunluv ; omncs vero, si ex
aqui\, immo post elapsum diioilecim horarum spalium, toUanUir, mox ten-

" tacula porrigunt, incedunt, ac brevi sese testa condunt." Mull. Verm. Hist.

p. 17.

Of his Hel. obscuraCBulimus obscurus, Drap.) lie remarks, " Aquae immcr-
" sus non perit, sed ripam petit." Id,,Ibid. p. 103. Speaking of Hel. luhrica
(Bulimus, Drap.), he again professes to contravene Geoffroy's correct state-
ment: " Aquis immersus non perit, licet Clariss. GeofFroi contrarium affirmat.
" Prime quidem experimento limacem periisse suspicabar ; corpus cnim extra
" testam quasi exanimatum ientaculis in ipso corpore conditis hasrebat, duni milii
" simul in mentem venit efFatum nominati autoris de Cocbleii sui VIIF, earn
" nempein aquS. perire, atque hoc modo necari et e testS. elici; brevi tamen
" sese vivum circumnavigando probavit, Cogebam enim in interiora testce se
" reciperc, ac testam aquK reddidi ; confestim egrediebatur, et fato tranquillus
" post intervallum triiim horarum ripas tandem appulit, ac sicco gavisus, ten-
" tacula promsit, et pro more incessit." Id., Ibid. pp. 104, 105.

At p. 99, he remarks of his Hel. succinea (Succineaputris, Auct.) " Auctores
" hunc cognomine amphibium dixere, mintis vero accurate : maximam enim
" vitae partem in sicco vivit, et in aquS. non perire pluribus commune est,
" varietatemque Hel. nemoralis in rivo plures dies degere vidi." Id. Ibid. p. 99.
Here he rightly considers the animal of which he speaks as terrestrial; but I
make the quotation for the sake of the general remark, and the particular fact of
the Hel. nemoralis ; both again alluded to in the following passage of his Pre-
face or Introduction,

" Helicem succineam auctores amphibium dixere, quum ei soli proprium in
" aqu^ aeque ac in terrS. vivere crederetur : at hoc pluribus terrestrium com-
" mune est ; multos enim aquae immissos non sutFocari, quosdam sese, ut au-
" fugiant, aquae sponte tradere j ideoque locum aquis clausum, quera cochle-
" ariis instituendis Varro indicat, non satis tutum; varietatemque H. nemora-
" lis, quod singularissimum puto, fundo rivi tota aestate vivere, observationi-
" bus didici.'' Id.,Praef. " Testacea," p. xi.

The words are printed in Italicks which show the insufficiency of these obser-
vations themselves to warrant the general conclusion he has drawn, " in aqxi-X
" non perire pluribus commune est," at p. 99, and again in the last quotation

of certain littoral Mollusca. 387

variation in the form, structure, or nature of the breathing organs them-
selves ; instead of looking for such difference elsewhere. And reasoning
analogically from the fact, that various branchiferous animals not only of
the Mollusca, but of much higher orders, such as Crustacea, various Fishes,
&c., survive, as long as their hranchice only are kept moist, a total
deprivation of the fluid in which they habitually live immersed : while,
on the other hand, no well-established instances seemed recorded, of an
animal, with respiratory organs formed originally to derive oxygen im-
mediately from the atmospherick air, having the power of accommodat-
ing the same organs to the extraction of this vital principle from waterf :
it seemed more reasonable to consider, on the ground of my experi
ments, the above mentioned Mollusca to belong to the former of these
classes, than to regard them as indicating the existence of a new group
of animals possessed of the latter anomalous, and altogether unexampled,
characteristick.

I am, however, perfectly aware of the danger in natural science of
carrying too far the argument from analogy, or of indulging too freely
in processes of generalization. I am sensible too of a deficiency in the
chain of facts ; and one that in most other countries I might have my-
self very easily supplied. I wish therefore at once to notice and account
for its omission. The point is this : my experiments prove indeed, that

from the Preface. As to tlie observation on Hel. nemoratis recorded in these
two last quotations, not to dwell upon the discrepancy or inaccuracy in the
accounts tliemselves of " plures dies" and "toti testate," (for it can scarcely
be doubted that both statements refer to one and the same fact), no reliance can
be placed in a matter of such nicety on an observation which leaves it doubtful
whether an animal " in /undo rivi" or " in rivo," might not have frequent
opportunities of obtaining a supply of atmospherick air, though not actually
seen by Miillcr himself in tlie act of doingso.

• See inter alia, Mull. Verm. pp. 153, ICO.

f Tlie converse of this, it is well known, is in some sense exemplified in the
Ba/racA/a (amongst others); in the passage of the common Fro^' from the Tadpole
to the perfect state. But, in this case, it is not by the accommodation or modi-
fication of the old organ, but by the use of a distinct, coexistent, hitherto unem-
ployed one, that the animal at last breathes air, instead ofwaicr.

CC 2

388 Rev. R. T. Lowe u7i the Respiratory Organs

while our land Pulmonifera cannot long survive a total immersion in
water, certain amphibious littoral Mollusca, the nature of whose respira-
tory organs is in question, can do so : and hence that the powers of
these animals are certainly, those of the breathing organs are probably,
and therefore the structure of the latter also probably, dissimilar. But
it is not allowable to infer from this, with anything more than conjectural
force, that the breathing organs of the latter are in structure so different
from those of the land ./l/o^/«sca, as is involved in the supposition that
they are pectinated, till I have also proved, by similarly conducted ex-
periments, that the fluviatile Pulmonifera will, no more than those of
the land, survive a total immersion, for an equal length of time with my
Pedipedes and Truncatella, in the fluid they inhabit. And even then,
that they are precisely so different as to be actually pectinated, will per-
haps after all require little short of anatomical demonstration : for it is
possible, that this difference of power may be the result of some dif-
ference of organization, or of some apparatus of compensation, existing
elsewhere than in the respiratory organs ; analogous to that which the
Seal possesses in the large venous sinus of the liver ; or to that which the
foetus exhibits in the foramen ovale, among Mammalia: the breathing
organs themselves remaining the same. The question as to the fluviatile
Pulmonifera, however, is a point most easily determined* by any one
who can procure live LimncBce or Physce, &c. ; whilst here it is imprac-
ticable, or at least difficult, there being only one or perhaps two minute
new species of Limncsa, and those of extreme rarity, besides ^ncylus
fiuviatilis, in the island. I must therefore content myself with com-
mending this simple experiment to some of my conchological friends at
home, which will serve as a very fair sort of experimentum crucis to
my former trials in Madera. If the result satisfactorily determine the

* MuUev at p. 128 of the Hist. Venn, has an observation on his Bucclnum
auricula (Linnam auricularia, Auct. rec.) much in point, tending as far as it
goes to confirm what I cannot help suspecting may prove to be the fact ; namely
that these fluviatile Pulmonifera will really be found capable of supporting life
when totally immersed. But still, like his other experiments, it is too defi-
cient in detail and precision to establish the matter in question.

of certain littoral Mollusca. 389

Jnconclusiveness of those experiments for proving the respiratory organs
of Melampus, Pedipes, &c. to be pectinated, by showing that the
animals of Limntsa, with respiratory organs well known not to be so,
are equally capable of supporting life under similar circumstances, it
will establish at least the fact, that a class of animals exists, which,
with respiratory organs originally formed for breathing atmospherick
air, have yet the power either of accommodating these very same
organs, (not of developing or employing different ones, as certain Rep-
tilia do in the converse case*), to the abstraction of oxygen from
water, or alse, perhaps, even of supporting life solely by the action of
the water on the integuments or mantle : by, in short, a sort of conver-
sion of the whole exposed surface of the body into a breathing apparatus,
without employing the aerial breathing organs at all. It must indeed be
admitted, that in animals like these, in which the influence of oxygen
on the blood is tending fast to its minimum, it is not difficult to imagine
that the system of the animal functions may with much greater theo-
retical plausibility be conceived capable of accommodating itself to such
a change, than in higher races of animals and types of organization : in
which the oxygenous fluid exercises a much more powerful influence,
and plays a far more important part in the conditions of vitahty.

The solution of this problem is equally interesting in a geological
point of view as in others. It will tend to demonstrate the right or wrong
collocation of many fossil shells; a question of so much consequence in
the discrimination of various strata. It will go to prove whether certain
genera which have been heretofore referred to the land or fresh-water
Pulmonifcra do or do not belong to the marine or at least littoral Pecti-
nibranchiata, I am therefore proportionately interested in its right
determination ; and no farther anxious for the verification of my former
inferences, than as far as regards the establishment of the truth. They
will stand, at all events, as useful starting points for the researches of
others : and the conclusions there drawn (some of them certainly too
positively) will also, if proved erroneous, serve to display the necessity of
extreme caution in all inductive reasoning to Naturalists in general,

♦ Sic Note t, r»fc 387.

390 Rev. R. T. Lowe on tlie Respiratury Organs^ Sjc.

My object in these additional remarks is not at present entirely to re-
nounce all my former inferences ; but only to guard other enquirers, by
explaining more clearly and distinctly the exact extent, to which, in the
present state of the matter, those conclusions may be safely and legiti-
mately received.

I have been led to reconsider and thus to recapitulate this matter,
from some anatomical observations, made by my friend the Reverend
M. J. Berkeley, on the nature, or structure, of the respiratory organs in
Valuta denticulata, Mont. These he is inclined to consider of the same
nature as those of the LimnaidcB. I am not in any \vay disposed to
impugn the correctness of these observations ; nor to shelter myself be-
hind considerations of the difficulty of obtaining by the scalpel correct
ideas in objects so minute and difficult of examination as these. To the
authourofthe investigation of the anatomy of Cyclostoma, in this Journal,
apart from all private sources of the fullest confidence in his skill and
ability, the most implicit dependence may be paid, in points such as
these; however baffling they may have proved to the researches of my-
self and others, conducted on the same plan. But granting the complete
estabHshment of the fact, by any means of investigation, viz. that the re-
spiratory organs of Vol. denticulata, Mont, are not branchial, i. e. pec-
tinated ; I am not therefore authorized to conclude finally, though I may
be led to suspect, that those of Pedipes, Truncatella and Melampus are
also not so. In my former paper, I have myself introduced this shell,
not without considerable hesitation on other grounds, into association
with my Melampodes, in the absence of all accurate knowledge of the
animal as to the point in question. I cannot therefore at present admit
this instance to be of sufficient weight to invalidate peremptorily all the
inferences in question ; though it is certainly well wortli consideration,
and a most interesting discovery in itself.

R. T. L.

Madera, March 20th, 1833.

»5

Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Aniphishienidcc. 391

Art. Lll. Description of a neiv Genus of Reptilia of the
family of AmphisbieniJce. By Thomas Bell, Esq., F- R.
<S- L. S., 8fC.

Fam, AmphisbjEnid^. (Aniphisbsenoidea, Htzmjfer.)
(Jenus Anops, nobis.
Char. Gen. Pedes nulli. ^nnuli thoracici compleli. Rostrum por-
reclum, scutello arcuato, compresso tectum. Oculi sub scutellis Uiten-
tes. FJnca lateralis depressa. Cauda breviuscula, obtusa. Pari
pra-anales nulli.

Anops Kingii.
Corpore supra fusco, infra albido.

Tab, xvi, fig. 1.
Habitat in America Australi.
Exstat in Museo nostro.

This interesting little animal forms one of the numerous additions
made, by the indefatigable researches of Capt. King, to the Natural His-
tory of that part of South America, which formed the subject of his late
important survey.

As in the rest of the ^^mphishanldte, the body is long, slender, and
cylindrical ; becoming however rather smaller towards the tail, which
terminates obtusely. The seal' 'hich are arranged in complete rings
around the body, are all (juadrangular, and generally equilateral, ex-
cepting those near the lateral line, and on the tail, which arc longer
than they are broad. The lateral line is slightly dejKessed, forming a
small channel, more distinct than in Jlmphisbcena, though less so than
in Chirotes, and extending nearly the whole length of the body on each
side. There is not, externally, any appearance cither of anterior or of
(wsterior members. The heail is covered laterally with about eight or
nine pairs of small flat sciitella, and is protected above and in front, by a
single one, which is arched and compressed so as to form a sharp edge,
and i)r()j( els considerably beyond tiie lower jaw. The eyes are so com-
pletely hidden under a pair of the i;niull [ilatcb which cover the sides of

392 Mr. Bell o?j a neiv Genus of Amphiabcenidcc.

the head, that their existence is only indicated by a slight shade of colour
seen through the horny plate. The ears, as in the other genera of the
family, are entirely hidden. The anus is transverse, and forms the seg-
ment of a circle; the anterior border being furnished with three pairs of
plates, of which the outer pair is rounded, the others quadrangular; while
the posterior edge has four pairs, the middle pair of which are large and
square, the others narrow and somewhat fan-shaped. Ihere are na
pores anterior to the anus, as in Amphisbcena.

In. Lin,

Total length 8 5

Length of the head ..... 4

the tail 12

Diameter of the body .... 4

The propriety of applying a distinct generic appellation to this new
species of a singular and interesting family, will, I think, appear from the
consideration of the characters which I have given in the foregoing
description. Whilst the general form, the structure and arrangement of
the scales, the concealed ears and eyes, and the short obtuse tail, point
out at once its close relation to the other genera of the AmphisbanidcE,
there are several characters, and those not unimportant, in which it dif-
fers from all the genera at present included in that family. Thus by the
absence of any external rudiments of members, and the entire conceal-
ment of the eyes, it is distinguished from Chirotes, to which it is allied
by the depressed lateral line, and by the absence of prae-anal pores.
From Amphishana it differs in the absence of pores and in the more
depressed lateral line ; and it wants the broadly shielded thorax of Le-
posternon. From all it is strikingly different in the form of the rostrum
and of the singular compressed frontal plate, which considerably resem-
bles that which characterizes the genus Typhlops.-

Whether we may consider this peculiarity as constituting an approxi-
mation to the last named genus, it would perhaps be presumptuous to
decide; but the same peculiar structure would indicate a corresponding
similarity in their habits ; and I cannot doubt that the hard sharpened
and prominent horn which terminates this part, is intended to facilitate
the entrance of the animal into masses of closely entangled herbage and

Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Scincidce, 393

brushwood, or even under the surface of the ground, where it would
force a passage in the pursuit of insects and worms, on which all these
animals probably feed.

The arrangement of the scales in the Amphisbasnidcs generally, is
calculated to afford in an equal degree the power of progression and retro-
gression; as they are in no case imbricated, but placed side by side,
with the posterior as well as the anterior and lateral margins closely con-
nected with the skin. They are the only Reptilia which can with strict
propriety be termed double marcheurs.

Art. LI II. Description of a new Genus of Reptilia of the
family Scincidce. By Thomas Bell^ Esq., F. R. ^ L. S.,

Fam. SciNClD^ (Scincoidea, Filzinger.)

Genus Lerista.

Char. Gen. Caput scutatum. Palpebra nuUae. Aures sub cute laten-
tes. Corpus gTixcWe ; ^g'wama; laeves, aequales. Peeves quatuor; anteri-
ores exigui, brevissimi, didactyli ; posteriores longiores, tridactyli.
j^nui simplex, semicircularis. Pari prceanaks etfemorales nulli.

Lerista lineata.

^neo-viridcscens, subtiis pallidior ; lineis binis dorsalibus, et binis
laleralibus, nigris.

Tab. xvi, fig. 2.
Habitat in Australia.
Mus. nost.

The specimen on which I iiave lliouglit it necessary to found this
genus, was presented to me by my friend John Dalrymple, Esq., with

3^ Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Scincida.

several other new species of Rcptilia, vvhiclj he had received IVoni the
Swan River.

The head of this little animal is rather pointed, the upper jaw project-
ing a little beyond the under ; the teeth are minute, simple, and
numerous ; the nostrils nearly round ; the eyes, covered by a transparent
cuticular plate, are destitute of eyelids, and surrounded by a circle of
minute scales ; the ears, as in the Anguida, are wholly concealed by the
scaly integument. The body is slender, continuous from the head, and of
nearly the same size to the commencement of the tail ; it is covered by
semicircular scales, which are perfectly smooth, and have entire margins.
The fore legs are very distant from the hinder, extremely small, and fur-
nished with but two minute toes, of which the inner is the longer ; the
hinder legs are about twice the length of the anterior, and have three
toes, of which the outer is the longest, and the inner the shortest. The
tail is as long as the head and body, slender and tapering. The anus is
simple and protected by two large polished scales. There are neither
femoral nor prse-anal pores. The general colour i^ a light metaUic
green, paler beneath ; the head is spotted with blackish brown, and there
are a pair of narrow black dorsal lines extending from the neck to the
end of the tail, and a pair of broader lateral ones, of the same colour.

In. Lin.

Total length 3 8

J..ength of the head . • . 3

body ... 1 6

tail .... 1 9

fore foot . . 2

hinder foot . 4

Diameter of the body . . 2

The foregoing description will at once shew that whilst this little animal
agrees with the rest of the family of Scincida: in all its general characters
of form and structure, and in the arrangement of its scales, it possesses
some very interesting peculiarities which at once distinguish it from
every other genus. It agrees with the genera Gymnophthalmus (Mer-
reni), 7\nd J blephar is (Fitzinger) in the absence of eyelids; but it dill'ers
from both of these in the number of toes; the former having 4 — 5, the

Mr. Bell on a neiu Genus of Scincidce. 395

latter 5 — 5, whilst Lerista has 2 — 3. This trivial distinction, had it
stood alone, would scarcely have warranted me in giving to this animal
a new generic name, but would rather have called for a revision of the
characters of the two genera above named. The absence of external
ears, however, constitutes a character of no inconsiderable importance,
and, when combined with those above mentioned, and with the more
elongated and auguiform structure of the body, bears me out in consider-
ing it as a distinct genus.

Its affinity to Mr. Gray's genus Saiphos is probably very close, as it
agrees with it in the concealment of the ears by the integument, and in
the absence of femoral pores, and approaches it in the comparatively
elongated body and small limbs. From this genus however it dififers not
only in the number of the toes, but in the absence of eyelids.

I have thought it necessary to enter into this rather lengthened detail
of the affinities and distinctions of this animal as compared with its con-
geners, not only to shew its actual relaiion to them, but also to exonerate
me from the charge of needlessly multiplying genera; a fault which at-
taches to the Naturalists of the present day, almost as strongly as the
contrary error formerly did to the strict Linneeans. It has always ap-
peared to me, that a legitimate reason for the construction of a generic
character, and a fair claim to generic rank, exist, when we find such a
peculiarity of structure as evinces any marked difference in the habits of
the animal, from those most nearly related to it ; and such I believe to
be the case in the structure of the organs of hearing and of vision in the
genua Lerista.

396 Mr. Brightwell on the Food of Corethra,

Art. LIV. On the Food and Habits of certain Insects,
By T. Brightvvkll, Esq., F. L. S.

Sustentatio larvarum, imprimis raping viventium, saspius singularis.

Fabricius.

I. Reaumur has investigated and described the metamorphoses of
the Corethra plumicornis,* a little Cfnat of the family of the Tipididce,
but this distinguished Naturalist was unable to determine the food of the
larva; he conjectured that they devoured the invisible animalcula,
teeming around them in the stagnant waters which they inhabit.

Reaumur found the larva in July and August in water. He describes
its body as transparent, almost cylindrical, largest at its anterior part ;
the head has in front a double hook fcrochetj. In the anterior part are
two reniform little bodies, and two others of the same kind, but smaller,
towards the anus. The last segment of the body has underneath an oval
fin CnageoireJ in the form of a leaf, and the anus is furnished with two
fleshy horns. The nympha is furnished with two little horns on the
head and two elliptical nageoires at the anus. It remains in this slate
only ten or twelve days. To this may be added that the viscera appear
to consist of a simple alimentary canal, largest in the centre of the body
where the food remains during digestion. The body of the animal con-
sists of innumerable crystalline fibres, woven together like net work.
It is more rigid than its appearance seems to indicate, and it retains this
rigidity to a remarkable degree after death.

Accident made me acquainted, a few years since, with the fact that
these little animals devour, with astonishing rapacity, the Water Flea
fMonoculus Pulex, Linn., Daphnia Pulex, Miiller) and that they are
an instrument, in the hand of Providence, for preventing their excessive

* Corethra culiciformis, De Gecr, VI. 372. t. XXIII. f. 4—12. Cor. plunii-
cornis, Reaumur, Vol. V. 40. Tab. VI, f. 4 — 15, Tipula chrystallina, De Geer,
149. 20? It is doubtful whether it be De Geer's insect: the respiratory horn
is wanting in our species. Cot. plumicornis, Meigcn, Dipt. Eur. Vol. I. 15. 1.
Corethra lateralis, Latr. and Panz.

Tif/. 7.

I'itf.2.

<x"

I'iff. ,3.

F?r/. ^'.

" " %,

-i/

J''/\^ o

Mr. Brightwcll on Filarice and Insects. 397

increase, an increase which has been sometimes so great in stagnant
waters, as to change them into the appearance of blood, and make them
like a thick mass of living water.

The Daphni(c are about the size of a pin's head, and half a dozen
Tipulidan larva will clear a bottle well stocked with them in a few
hours. They seize their prey with the rapacity of a Pike, grasping it
with the two anterior jaws or hooks (as Reaumur calls them) and gorging
it alive. The larger Daphnice, filled with ova, often struggle a long
time in the jaws of their adversary, who can only swallow them by
degrees. These larvce will live several days without food, but die after
that time, although the water be daily changed. Once, being unable to
procure any Daphnia, I cut some roasted mutton into small particles,
and on putting a few into the bottle in which I kept the larvce, most of
them struck at, and two actually gorged, this substantial diet. One of
these I kept for some days in a small glass tube, watching it carefully
until the mutton had digested. From the transparency of the animal
this process might distinctly be perceived ; the food dissolving into an
opaque fluid, was gradually absorbed by the surrounding vessels, until
the body was tinged with a greenish color. This animal continued in a
highly vigorous state for two days without any other food, when it
changed first into the nijmpha state, then into a fine specimen of the
perfect insect.

A bad figure of this larva is given by Reaumur ; we have given a
more accurate one, Plate XIX., fig. 1, in which a. is the animal of the
natural size and b. highly magnified. In the latter the parts as described
by Reaumur will be readily traced,

II. Most Naturalists are aware of the fact that intestinal worms are
found in the bodies of various insects, and particularly in those of several
species of the Carabida inhabiting moist situations. I have found them
most abundantly in the bodies of the Ilarpalus or Molops madidus, a
very common insect of this family. These worms, which are identical
with, or allied to, the Gordius aquaiicus, Linn, f Filar iu of modern
authors), are a most forniidable foe to these insects, devouring the

398 Mr. Briglitvvcll on FUurice and Lisecls.

whole of their viscera an J uitimately destroying their victim. The abdo-
men of the beetles thus infested often presents so swollen an appearance,
that a diligent observer may readily recognize them. Two, or even
three of these worms, from one to three inches long each, are occasion-
ally found in the body of one insect, and when developed, it appears
almost impossible that they could be coiled in so small a space as that
from which they have emerged.

I have kept many of the worms taken from the CarahidcB in water,
but they have uniformly died after some weeks, having during that
time maintained a constant vibratory motion. After a tempestuous tor-
rent of rain, which fell on a hot day in the latter end of July, my children
brought me two of these worms, found in my garden upon the dripping
leaves of an Arbutus tree. One of them was about two, the other about
three inches long. They were both in a very vigorous state, and I im-
mediately placed them upon some wet earth, in a garden-pot, with a
glass over them and proceeded to search for a specimen of the Molops
madidus that I might introduce it to the Gordii and see what would fol-
low. Having speedily found one of these insects I put it under the
glass, and in less than five minutes the beetle attacked one of the worms,
cut it in pieces with its jaws, and very quickly devoured it, pushing with
its palpi the wriggling pieces of worm into its mouth. The Molops
entirely devoured both the worms in about ten minute?. I kept this
Molops, feeding it with flies and other insects for some days, when it
died. On dissecting it I could not discover any traces of the worms it
had devoured.

About the same time another worm of this kind was found, after a
heavy rain, in the garden of a friend, which was presented to me. This
worm is of an amber colour and transparent, and when examined under
the microscope its annulose structure is very distinct, the whole body
being transversely striated. The intestinal canal appears filled with little
well defined globular bodies of a dark colour, presenting the appearance
of ova. This worm tapers towards the head, which is slightly tinged
with a crimson hue; the orifice of the mouth can under a lens be dis-
tinctly perceived. The ova (if such they are) commence where the
tapering off to the mouth ceases, and are continued to the anus, which

Mr. Briglitwell on Filuna; and Insects. 399

is blunter tlian the head, and of the same colour as the rest of the body.
The oviform bodies lie in conglomerated little masses in the middle part
of the canal, but in the other parts assume nearly the form of a string of
beads. On subjecting a small section of this to a high power in a com-
pound microscope, the little globules appeared depressed in the centre,
and darkest on one side.

It is natural to enquire how these worms find access to the bodies of
insects coated in mail of such proof as the Carahida are encased in.
It seems evident they cannot enter by the mouth, as the CarabidcB
greedily cut up and devour them. Do they not (after the manner of the
Gordius MedinensisJ penetrate and lodge themselves in the bodies of
the Carabidfs upon their first emerging from the pupa into the imago
state? At this time we know the bodies of the CarahidcB are so soft as
to be easily penetrated, and that they remain some time in this state con-
cealed in situations where these worms are not unlikely to be found.

Mr. JefiPreys, in his valuable Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumo-
nobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain, in the last part of the " Trans-
" actions of the Linnean Society," has stated some facts, which appear
to render this opinion probable, and the same Naturalist has also sus-
pected that the Gordii are the food of the insectivorous Water Beetles.
He says, " All the inljabitants of this genus fLimneusJ may be truly
" termed amphibions, since the nature of their food frequently oblio-es
" them to seek it on wet and marshy ground. During the spring they
" are greatly infested by a minute slender species of Gordins which, in
" number from two to ten, attach themselves to the interior of the mantle
" near its connection with the neck of the animal. This troublesome
" parasite does not seem to be stationary, since I have not unfrequently
" observed it to change its place and take up perhaps more commo-
" dious quarters in another shell. It probably constitutes part of the
" food of the smaller Dytiscidcn. After I had put two sorts (the Dyt.
" trifidus and Dyt. crassicornisj into the glass vessel where the Limnci
" were kept I could not detect any signs of the Gordii: though in other
" cases I have known them to survive, even after their guardians had
" begun to putrify."

400 Mr. Tcmpleton on certain Spiden.

Art. LV. On the Spiders of the Gemis Dysdera, Latr.
with the Descriptio7i of a new allied Geiius. By Ro bkrt
Tbmpleton, Enq. In a Letter to the Editor.

Sir,
My attention having been directed for some months past to the Spiders
in my immediate neighbourhood, an attentive examination of their
generic characters became necessary. The following paper, which is
the result of my enquiries so far as relates to the genus Dysdera of La-
treille and an allied one, of which at present I have met with only one
species, will I hope prove not devoid of interest to your readers.

I am, &c.

RoBT. Templeton,
Corr. Memb. Belfast Natural History Society.
To N. A. Vigors, Esq.

ARANEADiE, Leach.
Dysdera*, Latr., Walcken., Leach.

Eyes 6, arranged in the circumference of a circle, the anterior
largest.

Div. 1. Dysdera.

Mandibles f porrect, about half the length of the thorax, internally
truncated obliquely from a little beyond the base, posterior edge sur-

* That there exists a necessity for an attentive examination of the various
genera of thelrue Araneidao, and indeed I might say of the Arachnida gene-
rally, will be at once recognized wlien I state that I have a considerable num-
ber of Spiders that will go into no genus as at present established, and that the
genus Ep'eira, as the characters are given in that deservedly popular work,
Samouelle's " Entomologist's Useful Companion," will not admit the typical
Species Ep. Diadema with quadrata, alsine, and a host of others.

■f In examining the jaws o{ Spiders the various parts must be detached from
the head of the animal, since from the transparency and minuteness of difterent
parts, their exact form cannot be determined ; besides the errors likely to arise

Dysdera. — Harpactes. 401

mounted by a row of teeth (4 in number), a cavity towards the apex to
receive the claw which is very long and strong.

MaxillcB anteriorly triangular, contracted in the middle and very much
dilated posteriorly where the palpi are attached; labial edge nearly
straight.

Lip elongate, gradually narrowing to the apex, which is truncated
and grooved, the sides posteriorly slightly curved out to receive the
maxillae.

Palpus with the 2nd joint much curved, the last short in the male,
and with the fecundating appendage oval.

Eyes, the anterior distant, so as to give the appearance of a horseshoe,
and not much larger than the other pairs.

Legs, the 4th pair longest.

Dysdera erythrlna, Auct.
Dysdera? parvula, Dufour.

Div. 2. Harpactes.

Mandibles somewhat vertical, small, elongate, abruptly truncated at
the apical extremity, with 2 or 3 minute teeth ; the claw very short.

MaiiWcE elongate ; the sides parallel, rounded at the extremity, trun-
cated obliquely internally, a little dilated externally to receive the palpi.

Lip elongate, rectangular, slightly contracted at the apex and dilated
at the base.

Palpus with the 2nd joint not much curved, the last moderately long,
and the fecundating organ somewhat cylindric.

from want of sufficient light and the foreshortening. If the drawing of the
jaws of the last species described in this paper which was taken with the parts
in situ, were placed side by side with the correct representation in the accom-
panying drawing, no one could conceive that they belonged to the same
species. I am inclined to think that Walckenaer's division Triangularilubra: of
the genus Theridium, has been formed by a mistake of this kind, tiie triangular
anterior lip being plainly seen and the minute fine- line which marks the edge
of the posterior being not at all discernible, unless after dissection, in a great
many species.

Vol. V. DD

402 JMr. Templetoii on certain Spiders.

Eyes, the anterior pair approximate, leaving no open space, and much
larger than the other pairs.

Dysdera Latreillii ?, Biackw.
Dysdera , mihi.

Being by no means an advocate for the unnecessary establishment of
new genera, I have merely removed these Spiders into separate divisions,
the differences being too striking to admit of their being associated to-
gether, though in habit and form they bear a strong analogy. As I an>
not certain that my species is that described by Dufour or byBlackwall
I am undetermined as to which division their specimens may belong. I
have however given a drawing and description of mine, so that those
who may have opportunities of meeting with the Dysd. parvula of Du-
four and the Dysd. Latreillii of Mr. Blackwall may be enabled to
combine the synonyms, if they all belong to the same species. Dufour's
description is " Thorax smooth, depressed, livid black ; mandibles, palpi
" and feet testaceous rufous; abdomen griseous, hispid," which might
apply to mine; but in his drawing the mandibles are represented of
half the length of the thorax, and the eyes differ from mine slightly in
position and magnitude : how far these differences may have arisen from
hasty examination I am unable to determine, but if the drawing be cor-
rect, it unquestionably refers to another species.

In the examination of Spiders a source of inaccuracy arises, which
requires to be pointed out, and which has perhaps led to the slight dif-
ference between Mr. Blackwall's description and that given below. If
the Spider be examined in the air, the silky hairs lie over each other so
as to prevent the abdominal maculae being at all or clearly distinguish-
able, and to obviate this, I have uniformly placed the species I sketch
under water between two plates of glass separated by rings of card, thus
each hair assumes its natural position and the maculae are easily seen.

Dysdera Templetoni*.
Dysdera Latreillii ?, Biackw.

* Mr. Templeton having omitted to affix a trivial name to this species, the
Editor has supplied the deficiency by applying to it that of its able observer.

Zmiln ni <• al Jii.maalTi}l.T,]I?I,CTI.

Dyadera Templetoni. 403

Female.

Cephahthorax oval, broadest posteriorly, 6-angular, the angles well
marked; castaneous black, shining, eyes silvery white occupying the
middle third of ihe forehead : beneath pale slaty brown becoming darker
at the roots of the coxse.

^6rfomeH cylindrical, widest a little behind the middle, one-half longer
than the thorax, pale brown with innumerable dark brown maculde
scattered over the whole excepting the upper third of the middle line
and a narrow crescentic portion along the apex ; spinnerets not project-
ing : beneath the lateral portions covered with maculae, which not
encroaching on the middle third leave a pale yellowish brown space
extending from the spiracles to the spinnerets ; with close attention we
may on this space in some specimens observe obsolete maculae towards
the anterior part.

Palpi pale greenish brown, the last joint darker.

Legs nearly of equal length, the 3d pair being a little shorter than the
rest, very pale brown. The femur with a diffused green annulus; the
2d joint of the tibia with the basal half greenish brown; legs densely
covered with fine hairs, and the last joint of the tibia and the 1st of the
tarsus with fine black spines; claws black.

Male.

The male differs in having the abdomen grayish yellow with scattered
dark hairs, more copious at the sides and posteriorly, the maculie with
a light centre, not found at the anterior part, and so arranged as to
leave a fine, pale, unoccupie'd medial line : beneath it has on each side
three large dark maculae in a row, parallel to that of the opposite side.

Legs yellow, with the base of all the joints and the femur brown.

Spuinerets projecting.

This little Spider, which I have been acquainted with for two or three
years, runs with great rapidity, and may be procured in considerable
abundance by separating the close ivy from fir trees, and striking it sud-
denly on a table on which a large sheet of paper or a napkin is placed :
the little animals arc then forcibly detached from the minute rorosscs in

Vol.. V. DD 2

404 Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders.

which they secrete themselves and can easily be picked up with a
moistened camel's hair pencil. They are best killed and preserved by
immersing them in spirits.

OONOPS.

Mandibles elongate, truncated obliquely, forming a groove to receive
the claw ; no teeth ; claw short.

Maxilla approaching, elongate, narrowed at the apex and obliquely
truncated internally ; base slightly dilated to receive the palpi.

Lip elongate subtriangular, rounded at the apex.

Palpus in the female gradually enlarging to the last joint which is
conical, and surmounted by a minute conical joint ; hairy, all the hairs
serrated. In the male, the last joint short, and the fecundating appendage
pyriform with a long bristle terminating it.

Eyes oval, the larger pair placed side by side, touching nearly their
whole length ; the lateral pairs placed obliquely on their outer side.

Legs 4th pair longest.

Oonops pulcher.

Cephalothorax triangular, oval, pale reddish brown, pinkish, or occa-
sionally pale greenish brown, translucent, smooth; eyes bluish, sur-
rounded by black elevated rings ; in the greater number of specimens
3 rows of scattered strong black hairs pass down the back, one in the
middle line and one on each side of it, these end about two thirds of the
way down by diverging irregularly towards the legs : beneath pale pinkish,
very thickly covered with black hair : hook of the mandible castaneous,
jaws covered with scattered black hairs.

Abdomen oval, broadest a little behind the middle, anteriorly mount-
ing upon the corselet, coccineous, covered with strong black, or occasional
pale, hairs, particularly anteriorly : beneath concolorous, with often a
dark fascia running from the stigmata to the spinnerets ; spinnerets rather
long, projecting a little beyond the apex of the abdomen.

Legs vitreous, densely covered with fine hairs; the last joint of the

Oonops pulcher. 405

tibia and 1st of the tarsus with a double row of strong and lengthy spines ;
the posterior legs with a few additional, smaller, irregularly placed.

This beautiful little Spider, which is with me exceedingly common, is
to be found in the same situations as the last : it passes the winter in the
centre of little cocoons which it weaves in the interstices of the ivy.
When first detached from the cocoons they are a little stupid, but soon
recover and begin to run about. They seem in their movements to com-
bine the peculiarities of different families of Spiders, at one time run-
ning forwards, then, when interrupted in their progress, taking a little
jump to the right or left with inconceivable swiftness and starting off in
some other direction. I have never seen them catching their prey by
leaping on it, but have no doubt of their capability, if the destined fly be
properly situated to admit of it, and I am inclined to think that this is
their mode of seizure, as they do not seem inclined to weave nets; a few
irregular threads being the only product of their labour when I have con-
fined them.

They seem to possess a power which, from Mr. Blackwall's obser-
vations, must be very rare among Spiders; I allude to their being
enabled to walk upon glass. I have taken every precaution in ascer-
taining this, so as to avoid every doubt which could arise. I took them
up on the point of a brush and placed them on a plate of glass and then
set them off running in an opposite direction to that by which I placed
them there, so that no previously formed thread could assist them. I
also applied a high magnifier, and though the glass plate was held
towards opaque and luminous objects and with the light falling in every
possible direction, I could detect no thread ; 1 observed however that the
whole of the last joint of the tarsus was closely adpressed to the Hass,
and that it walked with great deliberation ; when disturbed immediately
forming a thread as it dropped. How they manage this I cannot say, as
they have no provision such as we find on the feel of flies to enable them
to effect it. The claws are figured in the drawing, and between them I
detected on one foot a little transparent body on a peduncle exactly like
what we observe on the feel of the genus Ciro. Perhaps this may be
the part of the fool in which the power resides. It requires future
investigation.

406 Mv, Templeton on certain S/julers.

The necessity of separating this genus from the preceding, to wliich it
is very closely allied, can admit of no doubt. In the first place, its form
is exceedingly dissimilar, as will be apparent from a comparison of their
profiles, that of Dj/sdera being very elongate and cylindric, this short
and globose as in Theridion or Epeira, and the peduncle very far along its
inferior surface. The cephalothorax is also in this nearly rhomboidal,
the opposite sides being very nearly parallel, and the angle by v/hich the
anterior recedes being very acute, whWe Dysdera \s far from presenting
such a form, and the anterior superior angle is nearly a right one. The
eyes here also differ from those of every other genus, the large ones in the
centre and the lateral pairs being all oval*: not however perfectly regular,
the inner edges of the larger being nearly straight and their breadth being
diminished disproportionately anteriorly ; the lateral ones are much more
nearly perfectly oval but they differ slightly anteriorly. In the palpi the
greatest discrepancy occurs, and I know of no other genus in which the
hairs are serrated. The parts of the moulh are also unlike JJysdera.

When the Spider is examined alive its blood f is perfectly transparent,

• Though these eyes assume this singular form, to suit perhaps the oeconomy
of the animal, it is obvious that the surface must be part of the same solid of
revolution, else distinct vision would not be practicable: this is a curious
circumstance, and leads to the enquiry of how the surface becomes modified in
the compound eyes of Lamia, Saperda, &c.

f I know no more beautiful and interesting object, than the circulation of
the blood in the Spider presents under the microscope. It is much more dis-
tinctly seen in Clubiona atrox than in any other species I have yet examined,
from the circumstance that the particles or globules of the blood are very
opaque and therefore more distinctly observable. To see the motion in the legs
the age of the specimen matters not, but if the entire circulation be the subject
of investigation it is better to take the young, the central dorsal macula alone
being then distinctly marked. The mode I pursue, and which I recommend
for the adoption of others, consists in placing the Spider under water between
two plates of glass with a ring or two of card interposed of sufficient thickness
to prevent its being much compressed: the animal is thus prevented from strug-
gling, and as sufficient air remains in and about the pulmonary sacs to aflford
an adequate supply of oxygen to it, it does not seem to suffer from the confine-
ment in water. By throwing the light of the rcfieotor up, the circulation of

Circulation i?i Spiders. 407

no dark globules occurring as in most others.

the blood is now distinctly perceptible. The heart, as was long- ago pointed
out, occupies the superior anterior portioH of the abdomen, the blood passing in
laterally at the posterior part ; it contracts 63 or 54 times in a minute, the
muscular apparatus dragging it forwards and compressing it at the same time.
When it expands some of the blood seems to regurgitate, but the greater mass
is driven forwards through a small vessel into the cephalothorax. This vessel
enlarges and presents every appearance of an auxiliary heart, as attached to it
on each side is acarti'aginous clavicle-shaped body which is fixed anteriorly
and moved by lateral muscles posteriorlji, and which separating and again
approximating drive forward the fluid. These cartilages are considerably
separated anteriorly, but the posterior extremity is merely separated by the
vessel, and is parallel to its fellow of the opposite side. The vessel in passing
forward from the thoracic heart? immediately divides, a branch passing to each
side of the vomeriform process of the skeleton which is found beneath the cen-
tral thoracic point, and which gives attachment to certain muscles of the coxae;
it then reaches to a point about midway to the apex of the cephalothorax and
divides into a las>h of branches, oneof which joins its fellow of the opposite side
and runs dow n the centre of the forehead, its course being marked by a groove on
the skeleton internally, giving branches to the eyes; another branch goes down
the centre of the mandible or rather nearer to its outer side ; and one to each of
the legs, palpus, jaw, &c. : that going to the posterior legs runs nearly directly
backwards. In tracing it down the leg we find it nearly in the middle line; it
terminates a little from the claw by opening directly and at right angles into
the vein which is of much larger size and generally lies on one side of the
artery in the tarsus, getting under it however at the joints; the vein being
larger, and subdividing and again joining, the blood moves in it much slower than
io the artery and apparently often stagnates until the vis a tergo produced by
the accumulation behind drives it on. If analogy be of much importance, this
Kettles the physiological discussion relative to an active power in the capillaries,
none being here at all distinguishable. The blood from the several parts, viz.
legs, mandibles, &c. collects in a lateral thoracic vein, the openings being- at
right angles. This vein then passes into the abdomen at the sides of the pedicle,
a curious valvular structure, which 1 first saw last May in Lyco.ia mctata, being
placed here; it is fixed in the middle line and has its outward extremity free,
being of a crescenlic form, and past It the current runs, a liitle eddy occuring
behind it as it recovers its position. The stream then goes directly to the pul-
monary sacs and thence icturns to the heart.

Ill Clubiona theglobulcs arc elliptical and viiy Idiij;, with adark speck about

•108 Mr. Tenipleton on certain Spiders.

Explanation of the Figures.

Plate XVII.

Fig. 1 . Dysdera H. Templetoni, female.

2. male.

3. Seen in profile.

4. Anterior superior part enlarged to shew the position of the eyes.

5. The eyes seen from before.
6. seen from above.

7. The mandibles from behind, with 2 teeth on the nearer edges

of the cavity for feceiving the claw, and one on the farther.

8. The maxilla and posterior lip ; the inner labial edges of the

jaws are membranous and pass behind the lip, the jaw
becoming suddenly, not gradually, incrassate.

9. The palpus of the female.

10. Oonops pulcher, female.

11. Profile.

1 2. Eyes seen from above.

13. in front.

14. Mandibles.

15. Parts of the mouth.

1 6. Male palpus.

17. A hair from the palpus of the female to shew its serrated

structure.

18. Tip of the hind leg, to shew the appendicial joints and the

claws, with the little pellucid body between on its
peduncle.

the position of each focus ; they are not numerous, being in the pedal arteries
about two or three times their own length asunder, one only passing at once
through the tube : in the veins however they lie closer together.

I remember last year seeing what I thought was the motion of a fluid in the
legs of Giro alatus. If this observation was correct, accurate examination may
make this a test of the position of these minute tribes : it lies open to future
investigation.

Dr. Bancroft o7i Jamaican Fishes, 8fc. 409

Art. LVI. Account of several Fishes and other Animals of
Jamaica. By E. N. Bancroft, M. D. In a Letter to
the Editor.

Kingston, Jamaica, 24th July, 1830.
Dear Sir,

I HAVE not been able to acknowledge sooner the favour of your letter
of the 17th of last November. 1 was indeed partly induced to delay my
answer from the expectation you had therein held out to me of a farther
communication with such portions of the Zoological Journal as relate to
the objects I sent to you twelve months ago ; but these I have not yet
had the satisfaction of receiving.

This letter will, I believe, be forwarded by the packet, which is to sail
on the 3d of next month; and in it I shall give jou some account of the
contents of several packages which I proposed to send you by the ship
New Prospect, that will sail for London at the end of this month. The
first package to be mentioned is a cask with compressed sides (as it may
to you be termed) called a breaker, a form which I preferred on account
of one of the Fishes to be sent in it, a Cephalopterus hitherto, I believe,
unknown.

I have to regret that this specimen in particular, and some others of
the Fishes, are not quite in their natural colours. I had directed the
first to be put into strong brine, and this it seems was done by a servant
in a largo copper boiler, there being no other vessel at hand to contain
a fish of its size and shape, and the brine was occasionally renewed to
prevent putrefaction ; but 1 had the mortification to find very lately, when
I had the fish taken out to be put into the breaker, that some portion of
its surface had acquired a green colour from the copper, an alteration I
had not been previously informed of. It appears that the servants were
able to remove some part of the green colour ; but I was afraid of their
injuring the skin if they continued to rub it ; and although I hesitated for
some tinjc about sending this specimen, yet I thought it best to send it in

410 Dr. Bancroft o?^ Jamaican Fishes, ^'c.

the end, because it appears to be a rare fish here : for no other has I
believe been caught since that one. It is highly probable that the green
colour may be entirely removed ; but even if this should not be effected,
there remained enough of the original purplish colour on the fish's back
to show what it formerly was at the time I put it into the breaker. In
case however that the original colour should have suffered any change
from the action of the spirit in the cask, I venture to send inclosed one
or two attempts of mine at a figure of the fish. They were meant solely
as memoranda for my own private use, and were made hastily during
uneasy moments ; and their defective execution would have deterred me
from submitting them to the severe scrutiny of Zoologists, had not the
hope that their fidelity as to colouring and as to shape and dimensions
might palliate their defects, at length overcome my objections. This
specimen appeared to me, when taken out of the brine, to have shrunk ;
it originally measured 17 inches from the apex of ihe frontal flappers, or
fins, to that of the ventral fins, and 28 inches in extreme breadth across
the wings ; the tail being 2 1 inches long. About twelve months ago
another of the same species, a male, was sent to me ; but I had been
called out of town for three or four days, and when I returned home the
fish was so putrid as to be useless. Its dimensions however were rather
larger ; its length, measured as above, was 32 inches, its extreme breadth
44 inches, and its tail 27 inches. This individual had the male ap-
pendages, as Colonel Montagu has called them, arising on the interior
edge of the ventral fins, very distinct ; I have reason to consider it as an
adult.

Though I have taken notes of the characters of this Fish, yet I abstain
from sending them, as they would be useless to Mr. Bennett, who I hope
will continue his favour to me and mine, and take this and the other
Fishes now sent under his own protection. He will observe in it one
deviation that is perhaps unique in the Ray tribe, and will therefore serve
as a marked specific character, in the position of its spiracles. Tliere
are clearly none on the dorsal surface, whence I was led to suppose them
wanting, as in some Sharks; at last however I discovered them in a
groove immediately under the anterior edge of the base of the pectoral

Cephalupterus hypostomus. — Echeneis lunata. 411

fin, at only half an inch behind the eye. I would submit also to Mr. Ben-
nett's notice the substitute for teeth with which the edges of both lips are
provided, in the form of a " pave" of flattened semi-transparent oblong
hexagonal bony substances. Several Rays have a structure somewhat
similar, but I have never yet seen that any authour has adverted to it,
although it is assuredly deserving of attention, as well for its suitableness
to the animal's wants, as for its regularity and beauty *.

The next object to be mentioned is an Echeneis, which it seems to me
cannot with propriety be considered as Ech. J^''aucrates, and, if not, must
be regarded as a new species undescribed. Of this I send two specimens,
the intestines of one of which I was obliged to have taken out, on ac-
count of the degree of putrescence they came into before I had finished
the notes and sketch I took of it. This individual was a male, and mea-
sured 3"2| inches from the apex of its inferior jaw to the tip of the upper
portion of the caudal fin. The other was an inch and a half longer, but
from the flabbiness and light colour, and mottled appearance of the skin,
I supposed it to be an old one or else in a sickly state, and therefore a less
perfect specimen of the proper colour of the species than the shorter one ;
especially as one or two others in a very healthy stale that I have seen
were exactly of the same dark hue with the latter. My chief reasons for
considering it as a distinct species from Ech. Naucrates are that the
Naturalists, whose works I have been able to consult, agree in assisnino-
the following characters to

* Tlie several Fishes forwarded by Dr. Bancroft were exhibited at the
Meeting of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological
Society on September 27, 1831. Of this exhibition a notice was published in
the " Proceedings" of the Committee (Part I, p. 134), together with characters
of the new species.

That of the Cephulnpterus is as follows :

Cephalopteri-s HvrosTOMUS. Veph. Iwvis; ore infero ; pinnarum pec-
tnralium marghie aniico (leclivi redo ; spiracuUs in fossd. sub basi untici
jtinnarum pectoralium poaitis.

Tah. Sui'pi.. I..

412

Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &ic.

Ech. Xaucrates,

1 • Body green ; beneath the lateral
line white.

2. All the fins except the caudal

yellow, and edged with violet.

3. Lateral line white.

while in our Species they are
as stated below.

1. Body without the slightest

tinge of green, but of a full
black on the upper and more
anterior portion of the back,
and of a dark grey over the
rest of the body, with a
lighter grey stripe from near
the eye to near the vent.

2. All the fins of a dark grey

passing into a black at the
anterior and outer portions.

3. Lateral line consisting of very

small black points.
Iris a pure white.
Tail fin forked.

4.
5.

6. Skin scaly.

7. 22 to 25 bars on the disk.

8. Pectoral fins very acute at the

tip.

4. Iris golden yellow.

5. Tail fin entire. Shaw adds

that it is ovate.

6. Skin naked.

7. 24 bars on the disk.

8. In the figures of Shaw and

Bloch the pectoral fins are
rounded at the tip.

I had at first included in the above enumeration a difference as to the
dorsal fin, which is always described as being single in Ech. J^aucrates,
and which I found double in the first two or three individuals of our
Echeneis that I saw: but in the last specimen I met with, the larger one
now sent, it was likewise single ; nor have I seen fishes enough to
authorise me to say whether the fin be generally single or double.

I have just stated the skin in our species to be scaly, and I beg to call
Mr. Bennett's attention to a peculiarity in the scales that I have never
noticed before, either in authours or in nature. The scales appear to be
of two sorts; one of them is larger, rhomboid, reticulately disposed, and
dark coloured, forming as it were the ground scales; the other much

^-i.^

Echeneh lunata. 413

smaller, sub-ovate, light coloured, sometimes single, more commonly
disposed in small imbricated patches over the large rhomboid scales, the
whole of those upon any one of the latter scales seldom covering a larger
space than would be equal to half its area.

It may be presumed that Dr. Patrick Browne had never seen this spe-
cies, from his character of " pinnis posterioribus albo marginatis ;"
which can scarcely apply to Ech. JVaucrates, unless the specimen he had
seen had had the original tinge of the margin of the fin obhterated by
time or by being kept in spirits. Nor does he or any other authour cite
Echeneis Remora as existing in these seas; yet I have a specimen of it
which I myself took from the gills of a Xiphias, of which I shall per-
haps say something by and bye.

The same motives that lead me to send you my drawings of the small
Cephalopterus, induce me ta inclose my figure of the above Echeneis.*

But whatever satisfaction this fish, if it shall prove to be a non-
descript, may from its novelty afford to Mr. Bennett, there is one organ
common to the genus, from the investigation of which I cannot but be-
lieve that he will derive yet greater pleasure. I allude to the structure
and functions of the disk on the head, which have been hitherto very
imperfectly noticed, although they well merit careful examination, and
will afford a new illustration of the adaptation of means to ends with
which the works of the Creator are so replete. It seems to me passing
strange that an organ, which obviously performs so important an office
in the oeconomy of the fishes of this genus, should have been so long
ignored, and so generally slurred over by Naturalists with even Linnaeus
at their head ; for surely his character of it, " Caput supra planum
" marginatum, transversa sulcato-serratum," will be found to deserve no

• This Echeneis is characterized in the " Proceedings" of the Committee of
Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society, as the

Echeneis lunata. Ech. corpore elongato, squamosa; disci slriis 22 — 25;
pinnd caudali lunatd; pecloralibus aoulis.

D. 30veI32. A. 30 vel 33. C. 16. P. 21. V. 6.

Tar. XVIir.

414 Dr. Bancroft un Jamaican Fishes, &c.

better epithet than the latter, when its peculiar structure shall have been
explained. Neither does the great Cuvier appear to have studied it
(probably from the want of a good specimen) as is evident from the
doubt he entertains as to its wioc/ms operandi; " le poisson se fixe aux
" differents corps, soil en faisant le vide entre les lames transversales, soit
" en accrochant les dpines de leur bords." Bosc is the only one who
has expressed a just notion on this subject; " je reste persuade quo c'est
" en faisant le vide que I'Echeneis se fixe," (Deterville's Diet. d'Hist.
Nat. t. 10, p. 46.) but he has left us nearly as much in the dark as to the
anatomy of the part as his predecessors. Yet the whole of its conform-
ation is most curious. After dissecting such a portion of it as exhibited
its structure, I made sketches of the various bony and cartilaginous pieces
and of the several sets of muscles that act between them, and drew up
some account of its structure. But having afterwards succeeded in
getting a second specimen of the fish, I have determined to send it to
Mr. Bennett's (and, if necessary, to Mr. Yarrell's) charge, and to request
them to undertake a labour for which they are far better qualified : and
although I have since obtained a third specimen (which, with the first, is
sent in the breaker) yet I have put into the cask with these a spare disk,
which I partly dissected, that it might not be necessary to mutilate either
of those specimens by removing its disk for the purpose of anatomical
examination. The organ will be found nearly as complicated as the
spine and the ribs in vertebrated animals, and there is some similarity in
the play of the parts on each other so far as relates to the dorsal surface ;
yet the whole mechanism is singularly different, (one single transverse
piece for instance supplying the place of one pair of ribs and of the body
of the vertebra belonging to it,) and at the same time beautifully simple
and efficient. The outer border of the disk would of itself siiflfice for
mere adhesion to the surface on which it is applied, when a perpendicu-
lar force is exerted to pull it off, as in the case of the wet leather suckers
that boys play with : but it offers no resistance, as I have found on trial
repeatedly, to a force parallel to the surface, which causes the disk to
slide over it in all directions. The mechanism of the lamina>, however,
within the disk effectually supplies that deficiency. In their state of

Etheneis lunata. 415

fepose these lamince are inclined obliquely backwards, the posterior
emerging from behind the anterior, and they lie in such close contact
that there can scarcely be any void between them : but when the fish,
after having attached itself by its disk requires to take the firmest hold
of an object, it draws the lamina, by means of the muscular apparatus of
the organ, into a direction nearly perpendicular to the surface of attach-
ment, and retains them in that position by the triple series of teeth on
the edge of each lamina, the spaces naturally existing between the
lamina to the depth of about the fifth of an inch being at the same
instant extended to their greatest capacity, and each contributing to
form a considerable vacuum. So long therefore as this combined action
is kept up, the disk remains immoveable.

That the spare disk in the cask may be as little incomplete as possi-
ble, I inclose for Mr, Bennett three of the bones I had removed from it,
one answering to the spinous process of a vertebra and the others form-
ing two of the above moveable lamina.

Before I conclude with this genus, I may notice a couple of errors that
authours have fallen into concerning their motions. M. Risso, for example,
describes them as lazy and slow ; yet all admit that they contrive to fix
themselves to fishes of great velocity, and in these seas they are very
often found upon Sharks : how could they reach these, how could they
detach themselves from their " conducteurs" to catch their faeces (on
which Bosc asserts that they feed), and come up with them again, unless
they were enabled to move with great speed ? Some of our oldest fish-
ermen here tell me that, although the Echeneis swims at a moderate rate
when lounging, or going round tlieir canoes in search of food, it will
pursue its prey with great quickness; and to me the lengthened-conical
form of its body, and the length and size of its dorsal, anal, and caudal
fins, appear to be well adapted for great speed.

Another error, as I deem it, is that the Echeneidcc swim resupinately ;
yet prima facie, this seems improbable, and no fisherman here has ever
observed them swimming in that position.

There is a small J^urse in the cask, of which I sent you a specimen
last year. I have since then detected the spiracles; they were very

416 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, 8fc.

small, and just behind the eyes. We must therefore consider the fish as
a young Squalus cirratus fScyllium of Cuvier). The adults of this spe-
cies are sometimes found here of the length of 14 or 15 feet. They
have generally 10 rows of teeth ; not a common character with Sharks.

If Mr. Bennett should have the opportunity, I hope he will forgive my
recommending to his study the forms of the teeth, and the number of
series, in the different sub-genera and even species of the Squalida. I
suspect that each will be found to have its peculiarities, so that the indi-
vidual might be determined by the teeth alone, and perhaps by a single
tooth.

I have also put into the cask a specimen of our Sea-eel, although it
seems to be only the Conger vulgaris *, and another, if I recollect right,
of a Scorpcena : but the note I had taken of the latter is mislaid, and I
therefore abstain from saying more about it.

Three specimens of our Yellow Snake will be found in the breaker,
which I beg to recommend to the attention of Mr. Bell, as this species
(of Boa ) has never been properly described. Sloane's account of
its head and body being " of a dark brown colour, with some yellow
" streaks here and there," and of " the belly being all yellow," is very
far from correct ; and his figure of it is ridiculous, nay disgraceful.
Dr. P. Browne's is less objectionable, and it notices the claws near the
anus; yet it is not in strict accordance with truth, the Snake being

• The Sea-eeZ oommunicated by Dr. Bancroft is perhaps identical with the
Savanne of Martinique (Mur^na Savanna, Cuv.) a fish of which no distinguish-
ing: mark has yet been published, except that derived from the forward position
of the commencement of the dorsal fin.

Dr. Bancroft's fish is characterized in the "Proceedings" of the Committee
of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society as the

CONGEK Savanna ? Cong, pinnd dorsali ante basin pinnarum pectoralium
ineipiente: dentibus anterioribus conicis ; lateralibus pluti-seriatis, seriei
medias majoTtbus, parallelopidedis, cuneatis, serierum externarum interna-
rumque minoribu.i granula/is rotundatisque, omnibvs confertis ; vomerinis
mediis majoribtts triangularibus, subrecurvis, compressis, lateralibus
rnlundato-gravulatis.

Snakes of Jamaica. 417

neither " lutea" (which, among Naturahsts, signifies a golden-
yellow, of which hue I have never seen a single scale in this species)
nor " maculis nigris notata," for the spots are strictly not of a black,
but of a dark blue colour. One of them (with the more obtuse tail) I
received alive, injured from bruises, but not lacerated; and from the
great size of its abdomen, it seemed to be large with young. It was put
into spirits within a very short time after it died ; yet when I removed it
into the cask, I was greatly disappainted at finding its abdomen in a most
flaccid state, I nevertheless send it, (with two other specimens, much
damaged about the head,) because certain parts or organs, being yet per-
fect, may prove useful, especially the head, the tail, and the claws near
the vent. These last are well defined and will, I hope, claim notice
from Mr. Bell. I say this, because, although the claws in question are a
remarkable character in the Boa tribe, they have never been well
figured, so far as I know. The best of the attempts I am acquainted with
is in Abel's plate of " the great Snake of Java," p. 46 of his Voyage to
China ; but let his figure only be compared with the part in my speci-
men, and its imperfections will strike you. A correct representation
therefore of this character seems to be a desideratum, at least in English
works of Natural History ; nor in the account of Professor Mayer's in-
vestigation of this particular structure among the '' phaenopoda" of the
Serpent race, given at p. 253, vol. III. of the Zoological Journal, is any
mention made of figures to illustrate his descriptions.

Tiiere is a peculiarity moreover of our Yellow Snake which is deserv-
ing of attention : its pupil, during life, is linear and vertical. I have had
several opportunities of observing the eye of this species, and, in one
individual, I was able to watch it by day and by candle-light, for not less
than six or seven weeks. The only variation I ever perceived from its
usual form of a very narrow vertical line was upon one or two occasions
(in liie Snake first mentioned of the above three) when the length of the
line was somewhat shortened, and its extremities slightly dilated, giving
to the pupil a distant resemblance to an hour glass much lengthened out.
As I have not seen any work or figure which alludes to any such form of
the pu[)il among the Ophidin, (with ihe exception of Abyssinian Brncc's

Vol. V. KB

418 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &ic.

plate of the Cerastes, in which however the pupil \% not linear, but ellip-
tical, and acute at both ends, exactly as in Cats,) I regard this form as
curious and interesting, and I accordingly inclose for Mr. Bell a slight
sketch I made of it at the time, of the natural size, and with a note as to
the colours of the iris, that he may clearly understand my meaning, if he
should be induced, as I trust he will be, to give a coloured representation
of the Snake. One of the three specimens was in its brightest hues when
brought to me, for it appeared to have cast its skin just before, and it
was really a showy and handsome Serpent; and as I have no reason to an-
ticipate, from what I have seen as to this, or to other Yellow Snakes
which F have kept in spirits for several months, that its colours will have
materially suffered before it reaches you, it would therefore be the
best type to select for a coloured figure. In favour of this Snake, whose
cause I am willing as you see to plead, I may add that every scale on its
back and sides, from the snout to the tail, (the abdominal and caudal
.scuta of course excepted) reflected that changeable lustre which the
French call chatoyant ; the light-brownish ones giving off a similar golden
splendour, passing off into a vivid green, or light blue, with the blue
scales; while these presented a rich Mazarine blue passing from the
brightest to the fullest and darkest gradations according to the positions
in which they are viewed.

In addition to the yellow, I have sent a small greyish Snake, a Coluber,
which I presume to be undescribed. Sloane mentions a " Serpens major
" cinereus, of a light grey colour ;" but as he applies the same epithet of
major to the " Serpens subflavus," our Yellow Snake, which he states
truly to be 7 or 8 feet long, it is difficult to suppose that his Grey Snake
means the small species now sent. His whole description is comprised in
the above few words ; and as Brown makes no allusion to such a Snake, it
seems clear that he never saw one. Of this species I have lately received
a live specimen, a little larger than that in the cask, and I found its
pupil perfectly circular and black ; the iris on its inner border was of a
bright golden hue ; but towards the middle, and on its outer circum-
ference, it was set with minute brown dots which gave to it the appearance
of a brownish outer ring.

Loligo. 419

1 omitted to state, in regard to the specimen of the Yellow Snake
which had recently shed its skin, that it has a much smaller proportion of
the dark blue scales on the middle and posterior portions of its body than
any others I have met with. Mr. Bell may perhaps ascertain whether
this variation be accidental, or whether it should be ascribed to a differ-
ence of age or of sex. i shall also mention, on the authority of some
planters of credit, that a number of Yellow Snakes, as 10 or 1"2, are
not unfrequently met with in the woody parts of the Island with their tails
twisted together, but the rest of their bodies free. This chiefly occurs
about April and M ly, at their breeding season as is supposed : when
thus surprised, they will raise their tails and hiss, and it takes them some
time before they c?'.i unwind themselves and separate; so that any active
person armed mioht then easily decapitate or destroy them. It seems
not improbable that the sight of similarly convoluted Snakes gave rise to
the old fable of the Lernean Hydra; and the feat of Hercules may have
been merely that of a man, who, meeting with such a knot of Serpents,
had the wit to assail them in their entangled state.

In the cask there is another sample of our Black Snake, which is some
inches longer than the individual sent to you last year : pupil round, and
with the iris deep black and shining.

I now come to the Mollnsca class; and along with a second sample of
the Loligo forwarded last year, which has been put up entire, with its
ink bladder undisturbed, and which I believe to be the species alluded to
by Pere Nicholson at p. 344 of his Histoire Naturelle de St. Domingue,
you will find in the cask a large specimen that claims, I think, to be a
new species, and distinct from Loligo sugitlala. My reason for this is,
that all the figures I have seen of the wings of the latter agree with
Lamarck's character, " le bord superieur" (anterieur would have been
belter) " de ccs ailes est perpendiculaire a I'axe du corps, et ne s'ins^re
" pas de biais, comrae dans le Calmar commun." Animaux sans vert.,
t. 7, p. GG3. Now in the present species the anterior border is far from
being perpendicular, and as far from being rhomboid ; it is strictly cor-
date •. I regret that its viscera had been taken out previously to my

• I have just seen No. 1 of Gu^rin's Iconographic of Cuvier'sR^gne Animal
Vol.. V. EE 2

420 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c.

receiving it from the neighbourhood of Old Harbour where it was caught;
but I shall endeavour to get a perfect specimen, and in the mean time I
trust this individual will be thought worth having, for it seems to sur-
pass the " taille gigaritesque" of the specimen mentioned by Lamarck in
the Paris Museum, its extreme length (in its present shrivelled state)
frorii the tip of the pedunculated arms to that of the tail being 28 inches ;
and its mouth, at least, affording a fine example of the parrot-boak of the
Sepiaria. I hope that, if either Mr. Broderip or Mr. G. B, Sowerby
will take this Loligo in charge, he will pardon my liberty in begging
him to have the patience to look well at the cotyledons on the different
arms, at their alternating positions, and at the varying forms of the den-
tated rings within them ; for, although the rings are more or less set
with teeth, either all round or on two opposite sides, yet those on one
side are often very different from those on the other, three or five being
frequently much larger than the opposite or the intermediate ones, and
differing besides by their shapes, directions, and inclinations, each diversity
nevertheless being evidently the best adapted for the action of its cotyle-
don in its respective situation. I nowhere find any mention of these
peculiarities of structure, minutiae of this sort, however admirable for
their contrivance, having been unaccountably overlooked or contemned.
I suspect that the greatest possible differences would, on investigation,
be found to exist among the Sepiaria partly as to the form of their
cotyledons, and partly as to the structure and action of their cartilaginous
rings. But whither am I going, and to whom do I presume to suggest
enquiries ?

Another Molluscum is also sent in the cask, an Aphjsia : but " quan-
" turn mutatus ab illo," as I saw it for a very short time before it died.
Death produces a woeful alteration in the appearance of this tribe of
animals; for the body and members are all so shrunk up, especially
when preserved in spirits, that no one can form any just notion of the
real structure or habits of the individual, from the mere inspection of a
specimen in this state. Every little seeming wart or papilla now on its

and fig. 6, of pi. 1 of Mollusques represents Lvligo Brongniartii, which ha« some
likeness to that I send.

Motlusca. —Birds. 421

surface was in life a tentaculum more or less branched, semitransparent,
agreeably coloured, varying from half to one inch in length, each arm of
which used to stretch itself out in all directions, the different stems on
the head, neck, and body alternately contracting or expanding, while the
dorsal sack was constantly opening and shutting its edges, and the sin-
gular apparatus within in perpetual and curiously varying activity.
These animals die shortly after being taken out of the sea; and although
some of them have been brought up to me without delay in sea water,
I have never had the time, even if I had possessed the ability, to draw
their figure. Nor is there any artist here, that I know of, who is at all
capable of doing justice to subjects of this description, of which there are
here many hundreds probably of the most interesting kind. I must not
omit to mention that this Aplysia, though apparently dead, afforded a
liquor which, applied to linen, soon changed it to a good purple hue.

You are now informed of the contents of the breaker. Another pack-
age, a deal box, has also been sent to your address, which contains some
bottles well secured from breakage, and other things. Among these I
am glad to say there are some specimens in your favourite department of
Ornithology, though I regret that they are not in the state in which I
should have desired to send them. But I prefer much to receive them in
an imperfect condition to being wholly without them, knowing that even
in such a state they may still afford very useful information to an able
Naturalist. The first I shall notice of these is a splendid species, to the
characters of which I can find no parallel in any books T have. It was
killed some time ago in Manchester, and appears to be extremely rare in
the interior of the Island. The person who killed it has since died, and
my endeavours to find out any particulars about the bird, and especially
of the areoZa round the eye, and of the iris, have been fruitless. The
horizontally produced upper mimdible, the variety and brilliancy of its
colours, and the contrast of the alar specula to its other hues will recom-
mend this individual to your attention. 2dly. There is a variety of
Phaiton athereus, ft, with this peculiarity, that it has but a single long
fe:ilher in the tail, and thai each of the tail feathers has its sliaft black.
That these arc not accidental variations will be clear from their equally

422 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, S^c.

existing in the two individuals I forward; the better of which in some
respects had its upper mandible injured by the shot which killed it.
3dly. An Hamatopus, which does not quite agree with the characters
of the only three species I find described, viz. Hcprn. ostralegus, palliatus,
and niger. 4thly. A Sitta, perhaps new, killed with tlie Uamatopus at
Cape Gracias a Dios. The Phaeton and the Sterna were shot at sea on
the voyage thence. There is also a green Humming-bird, ill preserved,
with its nest and eegs.

In a chip box within the above are a variety of Insects, mostly taken
in my house or garden; among them are a male and a female Curciilio
finely marked with alternate stripes of black and metallic green, and a
very handsome species of Stt/gia, (Lamarck, Anim. sans vert.) probably a
nondescript. Its larvse (of which two are sent in a phial) were marked with
alternate bands of a brick-red colour and of black; they lived on the
quinate leaves of a noble Ipomcea with large corollas of the brightest
crimson, and descended from these, when disturbed, by a fine thread;
their bite caused an acute burning pain. In the same phial with
these will be found several Spiders, two of which are black and were
marked with red spots, though the red colour has since wholly disap-
peared by the action of the spirit. The upper of these two, with three
spots (formerly red) along the middle of the dorsal surface, and also a
vase-shaped spot on the abdomen (the colour I ought to have said was of
a bright crimson in all those spots) is what Brown has coarsely called
the Red-arsed Spider, and is believed by all people here to be highly
venomous, its bite affecting the system with severe general pains for
months. It is chiefly found among timber and planks that have been
undisturbed for a time, and hence carpenters are stated to be often bitten
by them. I have sought for exact information on this head, but have
not yet been able to procure any evidence of the fact that is positive.
Sloane alludes to this Spider at p. 1 98 of vol. 2, No. 29, but as he had
only seen one in spirits, he was not aware of its having been spotted with
red. The lower of the black Spiders, to which the four ovaria in the
same phial belong, is perhaps of the same species with the former, but I
have not had the time to examine it minutely, and as yet only know that

S)t(ikes (Hid Lizards »f Jamaica. 423

it w, nts the dorsal spots. Tliey are both females; the first mentioned
one appears to he a Dra^sus, Walckenaer and Latreille. There is also in
that phial a third Spider, very minute, resplendent with silver dots.

In a large bottle, together with 1. the olivaceous-brown Snake of this
Island, 1 send, 2. a snake from Cape Gracias a Dios, in which the dorsal
scales are generally pied, the anterior portion being more or less white,
and the posterior black ; and 3. another Snake from Carthagena, called
there by some name answering to our term of " Barber's pole," though
I cannot guess why. Its black scales however are yet more curiously
marked towards their base by a yellowish subeliiptical spot along the
middle with a white line diverging from it on each side; and 4thly. a
specimen of what they here term " the double-headed Snake," which is
perhaps what Shaw has called .Unguis Jamaicensis (Gen. Zoology,
v. 3, p. 588.), " A. subargenteo-fuscescens," alttiough in this indivi-
dual I can discern no silvery hue, and but a very faint resemblance to
his figure of it: still less does it correspend with Dr. Pat. Browne's de-
scription and figure of Unguis lumhricalis. To me it appears to fall
under Schneider's sub-genus Typhlops, and its form, its caudal aculeus,
and some other peculiarities render it interesting, especially as the
notions concerning the .Ungues (Linn.) have been loose and erroneous.
It is a pretty creature, and will, I hope, deserve to be figured. Besides
these Ophidians I send some number of different Saurian Reptiles, of
which I will here only notice the three largest, viz. 1. .^meiva vulgaris,
of which Shaw has given but an indifferent figure. I never saw a live
one except at a distance in the bushes, else I would describe its hues,
which are handsome, and cannot well be understood from a specimen
in spirits. 2. A noble looking animal caught in the parish of Man-
chester, about the centre of Jamaica, and there called the green Lizard;
and 3dly. another with a broad black stripe extending from the eye to
the hind leg and bordered on each side with a narrow whitish stripe:
this is supposed to assist the Snakes as an indicator of prey, and has
thence obtained the name of the Snake's iraiting-boy. There are many
other Lizards, of various sub-genera, some of them very diminutive; and
of the whole I believe that the first mentioned is the only one that has been

4*24 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Dentaliiim subuUttum,

made known. I therefore hope Mr. Bell will find occupation with tlieni,
and perhaps a treat. Some of the above I never had leisure to examine ;
but of several of the smaller ones I took memoranda while alive ; and
from these I might have been tempted to introduce some extracts, but
that I have at last opened my eyes to the length to which this letter has
already been protracted ; and I will not therefore trifle longer with your
patience farther than to say that there are in the other bottles a variety
of our domestic Spiders, and of Insects, many among which may also be
new.

I have the honour to be, dear Sir,

Your's very sincerely,

E. N. Bancroft.

Art. LVII. Observations upon the Dentidiuni subulalum
of Deshayes. By the Rev. M. J. Berkelkv, A. iM.

During the summer of 1830 extensive soundings were made by
Captain A. Vidal, R. N. on the N. W. coast of Ireland on the great bank
running parallel with the coast, in search of Aitkin's Rock. A few of
the specimens of sand, gravel, «SiC. from difi'erent parts of the bank having
been kindly placed in my hands, I found amongst them several indi-
viduals of a Dentalium new to our coasts. These, on comparison with
Madeira specimens from Mr. Lowe, and others in Mr. G. B. Sowerby's
collection, proved to be the Dentalium snhulatam of Deshayes, (Anat. &
Monogr. du genre Dentale, p. 53) ; the only points of difference being a
paler hue, and an almost total absence of the constriction near the orifice.
The former difference is exactly such as might be expected from their
occurring in a higher latitude, and the latter is clearly so variable, as not
to throw any suspicion on the specific identity of the several specimens.
They occurred in fine sand, at various distances from the coast, in
lat. 55% at great depths, from 60 to 1 20 fathoms. As I was not sure

the type of the Genus Ditrupa. 425

that any were alive when taken, it became a matter of interest if possible
to procure further information establishin2; the claim of the species to a
place in the list of our marine animals: and I was the more anxious, as an
examination of Mr. Lowe's specimens had convinced me that it was not a
Dentalinm, but formed a new genus among the Annelida. Accordingly,
when in the following summer the survey of the bank was resumed, I
requested Captain Vidai to preserve for me in spirits whatever animals he
should procure alive in sounding; and if possible specimens of the Den-
talium. This he very kindly undertook and noted the depth at which each
specimen was taken. Tlie Dentalium did not occur at any less depth than
63| fathoms, and twice (on one occasion off St. Kilda) it occurred at
171 * fathoms. Nothing could be concluded as to habit from the man-
ner in which the shells were imbedded in the tallow, but this was of the
less con-^pnuence as from information received from Mr. Lowe it appears
that they are found in great numbers together, in masses of a conglome-
rate (if it may be so called) of mud and various marine substances, the
broader end only appearing above the surface. From the amazing dif-
ference in the diameter, it should seem that the narrow or posterior end
is gradually absorbed in the course of growth. Tiie animals of the
Madeira and British specimens, as was supposed, proved perfectly
identical.

It will clearly appear from the description and accompanying figure
that notwithstanding the resemblance of ihe shell to that of true Den-
talia, it is most nearly allied to Serpula; but evidently distinct in having
an unattached shell (for there is no evidence to lead to a suspicion that it
is attached, even in infancy), and more especially in possessing a poste-
rior as well as anterior aperture. I have therefore no hesitation in
proposing a new genus Diirupa (cic and -pvTrr} foramen) for the recep-
tion of this and such other species now included in Dentalium, as shall
be found to possess an animal similarly organized. One at least is so
circumstanced, DenlaHumGadus, Mont. ( Dent.coarclatum, Lam.), of the

• A spc-cinirn of Cmnia pvrsnnaid w;is taken .1' flic ininientic dcptli of
25) rathonis.

426 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Ditrupa and Fihgrand.

animal of which indeed I have seen only a single specimen ; but this was
enough to prove it most clearly congeneric with Dcntalium subulatiim,
though from the complete evaporation of the spirit in which it was pre-
served and the circumstance of the surface of the operculum being over-
grown with Ceramium repens and another minute ^Igee, I was not able
to understand its structure sufficiently to give a figure. I at first thought
that tliere were some appendages to tlie operculum : nor from the
extreme minuteness could I ascertain so certainly the nature of a third
substance, in addition to the two Ahja above mentioned, as to pronounce
decidedly upon the point with such scanty materials. It is highly pro-
bable that the other minute British Dentalia will prove to pissess an
animal of like structure, though possibly even in that case it would be
requisite to place them in a distinct genus.
The characters of the genus

Ditrupa

are as follows.

Shell free, tubular, open at both ends.

Operculum fixed to a conical pedicellated cartilaginous body, thin,
testaceous, concentrically striate.

BranchicB 22 in two sets, not rolled up spirally, flat, broadest at the
base, feathered with a single row of cilia.

ilfan</e rounded behind, slightly crisped, denticulated in front, strongly
puckered on either side.

Fascicles of bristles 6 on each side.

I take this opportunity of referring to the two Serpulee described in
Vol. 3, p. 229. Since the account there given was published I have
dredged several specimens of Serpuhi Anindo*, and find my former
observations confirmed. It belongs to the genus Sabella as characterised

• Serpula Arundo, Turton, Serp. t'ibulariii, Monf. Tbe latter name being
the original ought to be retained, and the species named Sabella tiibularia.
Serpula tubularia, Turt. is quite a different species, and the same with Serr.
vermicularis, Lam., excluding var. b. I am obliged to Dr. Johnston for calling
my attention to this point in Loudon's Magazine of Natural History, vol. 7,
p. 126.

Rev.M. J. Berkeley on Asshnininb, rulatadentictdata. 427

by Cuvier, being one of the rare instances in which a calcareous tube
occurs in that genus.

For the other, Serpula Filograna, I beg leave to propose a new genus
which will be characterised by the nature of its opercula and number of
branchiae, and may be called Filograna ; in which case, Turton's specific
name implexa will be very appropriate.

Filograna, nob.

Shell very slender, filiform, gregarious.

Branchice 8, fihform, of which two bear an infundibuliform obliquely
truncate operculum.
Mantle rectangular.
Fascicles of bristles 7 on each side.

Fig. 2. Ditrupa subulata
a. The animal.

Reference to the Figures,

Plate XIX. r

b. One of the branchiae.

c. A portion of the anterior part of the mantle.

d. Operculum.

Art. LVIII. Deacriptiou of the Animals of Valuta Jenli-
cnlata., Mont, and Assiminia Grayana, Leach. By
the Rev. M. J. Bkukklev, A. M.

Valuta denticulnta, Mont. [Carychium Myosotis, Michaud, Compl. de
I'Histoire de Draparn.) and Assivdnia (irayana. Leach, abound under
stones in the salt marshes by the Thames at Gravesend. Having an
oppf)rtunity of examining both in a living state in the summer of 1832,

428 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Valuta denticukita.

I was surprised to find manifest indications that both were puhnonife-
rous, which were contirmed on a minute inspection of the internal
structure, as far as perhaps could be expected in such small animals. I
was enabled in the former to trace distinctly the course of the vessels, and
was decidedly of opinion that the lungs were constructed for the breath-
ing of air unmixed with water. In the other case I was not so successful,
though the utmost pains were taken : but as the animal is only half the
size the difficulty was much increased. I am enabled however to assert
that I could detect nothins; like branchiae; and, what is more to the
point, that the vault of the cavity of respiration was traversed by a mul-
titude of minute vessels all tending one way towards a large vessel running
down in the direction of the heart; which is exactly the structure in
pulmonifcrous Mollusca. This perhaps will be esteemed as decisive
when the external characters of the animal are taken into consideration.

VoLUTA DENTICULATA, Mont.

Foot obovate-oblong, pale ochraceous with shades of cinereous, obtuse
in front, more or less obtuse behind, not evidently composed of two
laminae.

Tentacula highly contractile, filiform, obtuse, cinereous, slightly
annulated, darker at the tip ; eyes at the internal base.

Muzzle porrected, not truly proboscidiform, lip large, notched in
front as in Limncsa, cinereous: the central pottion faintly annulated;
on each side near the margin there is a round raised spot. IMouth fur-
nished with a small tooth above.

Mantle closed all round, with the exception of a perforation at the
point of juncture of the outer lip and spire for the admission of air.

Fceces cylindrical (as in Limncea).

Operculum none.

If the mantle be carefully opened, and the vault of the cavity of
respiration examined with a lens under water, the pulmonary veins are
seen very distinctly running from all sides into one large vein, which runs
close to the sac of viscosity and carries the blood directly into the heart.
The sac of viscosity is very large, and without minute inspection might
be taken for branchi:je : a comparison with that org?n in l.yiiina-idcE veri-

Assiminia Grayana. 429

fies the conclusions formed from a careful examination.

I speak with greater caution on the point in deference to Mr. Lowe's
experiments on an animal evidently congeneric: and I do not advert to
them as in the present Number some observations are made upon them,
in consequence of a communication which was transmitted to him on the
subject.

On seeing the animal I was immediately struck wi;h its resemblance to
that of Phijsa or rather Aplexa. On mentioning this to Mr. G. B.
Sowerby, he informed me that he has some fluviatile Limnaidce from
South America which tend lo confirm my suspicion. On the whole, I
think that there can be little doubt that it is most nearly allied to ^pltxa;
and, as it appears to me, an object of some interest as connecting the
LimnaidcB with Carychium, Auricula, &c. _,„_

Assiminia Grayana. '

Foot broadly obovate, obtuse, composed evidently of two distinct
laminae, the lower projecting beyond the upper, and separated from it
by an accurately defined line; above fuscous, beneath olivaceous shaded
with cinereous.

Tentacula very short and obtuse, fuscous, eyes at their tips.

Muzzle porrected, not truly proboscidiform, deeply notched in front,
fuscous, strongly annulated; the edge of the lip paler: on each side is
a groove running backwards from the base of the tentacula.

Mantle open behind.

Fceres elliptical (as in Cydostoma).

Operculum corneous, ovate, spirally striated.

The most remarkable circumstance in this animal is the position of
the eyes, at the tip of the tentacula, as in Helix and its allies, and not at
the base. It would appear as if there were in reality no tentacula and
only the tubercle common to many Mollusca at the base of the tentacula,
a little more developed than usual. The shell is so like that of some
species of liissoa that it is quite surprising that in Dr. Fleming's British
Animals and Mr. Jeffrey's paper in the Linneaa Transactions it should
be placed in or close to the genus Limnwa. Dr. Leach seems to have
formed his conclusions from an actual inspection f>f the animal, and con-

430 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on lihsou suhumbiticata.

sequently made a distinct genus for its reception. In many points the
animal resembles very much that of Cyclostoma, and is perhaps a step
nearer than that and Uelic.ina, which have the mantle open behind, to the
Pcctinifera. Its nearest ally however amongst the peclin'ferous Mol-
ijusca I should conceive not to be Risioa. That an opportunity of com-
paring the animals may be afforded, it may not be improper to subjoin
a description of the Rissoa siibumbilicata made at the same lime. This
species I have always found in brackish water amongst ConfervfB, liup-
pia, 7.annichclli.a, &c,

Rissoa subumbilicata.

Foot truncate in front, not grooved along the anterior margin, oblong,
obtuse, the sides hollowed out ; not composed of two distinct laminae.

Tentacula long, filiform, eyes on tubercles at their external base.

J/!(z:/e proboscidiform, smooth, lip scarcely any.

Operculum corneous, spirally striate.

Faces elliptic.

Placed in water it swims on the surface by means of its foot.

There are two peculiarities in this species not general in Rissoa, the
hollowing out of the side of the foot and the absence of a short filiform
appendage on each side of the posterior end of the foot above.

Reference to Ficiures.

Plate XIX^-U*- /^ • ^ 9 J
Fis. 3. Valuta dcnticulata.

a, a, a. Shell with the animal in different positions.

b, h. Different forms assumed by the foot.

c. Pulmonary veins and sac of viscosity.

d. Sac of viscosity opened to show that it is not a plume of
branchiae.

^^ssiminia Grayana.

> As m the last.

0, O.J

c. Is intended to show how the lower lamina of the foot pro-
jects beyond the upper.
Rissoa iubumbilicata.

*o'

Rev. M. J. Berkeley & Mr. Hoffmao on Cerit/iium. 431

Art, LI X. ^ description of the anatomical structure of Ce-
rithium Telescopiiim, Brug. By the Rev. M. J. BnaKKLEV,
A.M., and G. H. Hoffman, Esq.

The genus Cerithiuw, is placed by Lamarck at the beginning of the
first section Canaliferes of iiis Tiachelipodes Zoophages, immediately
after Turritdln, which closes the section Trachelipodes Phytiphayes.
The characters of the animal are evidently taken from Adanson, who
informs us that one of the species lives in the sand amongst grass and
mangroves, feeding on " scolopendres" and other small marine worms.
Cuvier places it immediately before Murex, after Purpura, Cassis
and Terehra. This would imply a structure of the parts of the mouth
adapted for boring shells, according to the known habits of Murex and
certain allied genera. But a single glance at Adanson's figure is suffi-
cient for conviction that the animal is much more nearly allied to
the Trochoides ; and that Lamarck judged rightly according to the
evidence before him in placing it on the confines of his two great classes.
And this is corroborated by the little additional information in the Manuel
des Mollusques of .M. Sander Rang, who describes the mouth as toothless
but furnished with a small tongue.

In this state of information with regard to the habits and organization of
the genus Cerithinvi, it was most gratifying to receive a living specimen of
CerUhium Teleicopium from Mr. G. B. -Sowerby, as a prospect was
offered of coming to some satisfactory decision as to the proper situation
of the genus; though the species is one, which is not so nearly related
as some others to the individual whose animal is figured by Adanson,
and is indeed made a subgenus of Trochus after De Ferussac by Sander
Rang.

Though placed in f-esh sea water, the utmost care being taken to
renew it frequently, and all kind of marine substances which could be
procured supplied for food, it refused all nourishment, contenting itself
with simply walking over them, and in so doing touching them with its
proboscis. It was exceedingly shy, so that with great difficulty
a drawing was obtained of the animal exserted. As it declined all noii-

432 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman

rishment, it was thouglit advisable after a few days to kill it by immer-
sion in spirits, lest it should be unfit for dissection. Various engagements
precluded the possibility of examining it for some weeks, and as partial
decomposition had taken place, we almost despaired of success. Most
fortunately we were able to procure through the kindness of Dr. Sibbald
another specimen, brought from Ceylon, and thus were enabled to verify
the observations made upon it. This however was by no means in so
perfect a state as to supply all the information desired, and therefore if
future opportunities of comparing the present account with abundant
good specimens should prove us in any particulars incorrect, due allow-
ance must be made. Our observations it will be seen establish completely
the correctness of Lamarck's views.

Foot broadly obovate, subtriangular : sometimes when adhering to
the side of the glass nearly round, thick ; small for the size of the shell,
without any groove in the anterior margin ; above between umber and
olivaceous, with a few brown freckles and wrinkles, not furnished with
any fringe or cilia ; below pale umber, cinereous.

Tentacula thickest at the base, then suddenly contracted and there
bearing the eyes externally ; the upper part much attenuated. The left
tentaculum much longer than the right with a constriction in the middle
of the attenuated portion.

Muzzle pvoboscidiform, contractile, as long as the foot, flat below,
convex above and wrinkled transversely, of a deep olivaceous tint, and
presenting very much the appearance of a common Leech; slightly
notched in front; immediately below the notch is the aperture of the
mouth. There is no crest or appendage to the lip.

Mantle with a very small canal ; just within the outer edge furnished
with small triangular teeth.

Operculum horny, round, convex within, depressed externally, spirally
striate, the margin thin, transparent, ragged.

The spirits in which the animal was preserved were of a dark verdigris.

When removed from the shell it was found to consist of nearly 6|- vohi-
tions ; the first of which was very obtuse, and with the second green ;
the three following dark green.

Anatomy of Ceritliium Telescopium. 433

Through the mantle are readily traced the rectum, matrix, sac of vis-
cosity, stomach and liver. On opening this along the left side, the
branchiae, rectum and matrix are seen in situ.

The organ of respiration consists of a long single row of triangular
plates, which are less and less elevated as they are more distant from the
margin, and are at last little more than parallel wrinkles. The vessel
which carries the arterial blood to the heart is distinctly traceable on the
left side, running down to the heart which as usual lies close to the sac of
viscosity ; the auricle is small and curved ; the ventricle much firmer
and obovate. This gives off two large vessels and a smaller one, of
which one supplies the liver, but before it reaches it gives off a large
vessel above the rectum : the various ramifications in the liver are well
marked ; some of them are represented in fig. 3. The second vessel
given off from the ventricle runs parallel with tlie heart and pulmonary
artery to supply the anterior parts of the animal. The third passes
immediately above a particular organ (m. fig. 5.) to be mentioned pre-
sently. We were not able to trace returning vessels.

The parts of the mouth are very small ; the tongue very short, fur-
nished as usual with regularly disposed reflexed teeth ; the salivary ducts
enter on each side above the point of insertion of the tongue, and after
running down on either side of the oesophagus, suddenly turn back ; and
there the glands are seen curling from side to side, and at length united
together just below the apex of the tongue. A. single short flat ligament
is attached to the mass of the mouth behind, and inserted into the foot
beneath the cESophagus.

The oesophagus is very long, runs backwards to the stomach in the
direction of the volution, and enters into it laterally at the further end.
The stomach is of a veiy curious and complicated srructure. It is
divided by valvular processes into three portions, which are not however
distinctly marked externally. *

The first of these occupies rather more than the upper half of the
whole stomach. It is into this, immediately above the constriction, that
the cesophagus enters obli.^uely between two plates. Of these the
external one runs down to the apex of the stomach ; the inner runs only
Vol, V. FK

434 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoflfinaa

third of that distance and is not so thick. The whole of this and the
upper half of the second sac is divided into two by a thick crest-like
fold. On each side of this, at the point where the oesophagus enters, the
stomach is constricted, and on the exterior side is a valvular projection
taking a spiral direction inwards.

In this upper portion of the stomach beyond the valve is a small rib
running at first parallel with the crest, and when arrived at the apex turning
round and again running parallel with the crest, thus forming a small loop
within which are little concentric ridges, like the lines at the tips of the
fingers ; but these gradually become fainter, and the portion of the wall
within the loop is thickened until it becomes confluent with the valve:
the valve itself runs parallel with the loop for more than half of its
length. Between the crest and this the coat is nearly smooth or very
slightly wrinkled transversely; but on the other side of the loop near the
constriction are some narrow thick parallel folds at right angles to the
loop, beyond which again are some narrower more oblique folds.

The second sac is very small : the coat marked with a continuation of
the same series of transverse wrinkles. To the portion of the crest in
this sac is applied lengthwise a thin transparent plate marked with
transverse lines, and dotted between them, which has a ridge with small
teeth which project horizontally. We could not detect the mode of
attachment, but supposed that it was free along the denticulated margin
and fixed below. We found it however simply applied close to the
crest, without any attachment. Our attention was drawn to it in conse-
quence of the little teeth which make this portion of the crest appear as
though it had a denticulated margin. Beyond the point where the crest
terminates is a small coecum, from which there is a communication round
the crest with the passage down which the food passes in its entrance from
the oesophagus. Beyond this is a valvular projection as before, but
thicker than that in the first, the office of which seems to be to cut ofi" at
pleasure the communication down the channel just mentioned. Possibly
something analogous to rumination may be carried on.

The third sac is still smaller; its walls are not marked with any
remarkable rugse, but internally there is a tiiick projection which seems a

Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopium. 435

continuation of that in the second sac. The valve of the pylorus is very
imperfect.

From thence leads the duodenum, marked for a short distance with a
continuation of the last mentioned projection, and then for its whole
length with strong oblique lines ; it follows the direction of the spiral till
it reaches the heart, when it turns round and runs parallel with its former
course, passing at length between the branchise and matrix till it ends
near the margin of the mantle. The latter portion, which constitutes the
rectum, is much and frequently constricted almost to the extremity.

The liver occupies the whole of the upper volutions. The structure
of it is quite different from that of other Mollusca, as far as we can
discover; and indeed from any represented in Miiller's Anatomy of
Glands. It resembles more the common structure of kidneys. In order
to make this plainer it will be better to trace the course backward from
the stomach. The bile is poured in at an orifice between the small
crest-like process described above as close to the orifice of the oesophagus,
and the large crest which divides the first sac into two. The biliary duct
follows the course of the volutions and at short intervals communicates
with small cysts perforated with the orifices of innumerable tubes radiating
from a thin pale substance interposed between them and the external
glandular portion of the liver. The glandular portion is pale olive, the
intermediate substance white, and the tubes yellow brown. A vertical
section of the liver presents a very interesting object.

Both the animals examined possessed a matrix, oviduct and ovaries
With regard to the male organs of generation we are possessed of no
information. The ovaries are situated immediately above the duodenum.
Aslender thread proceeding from these by a straight course to a matrix, and
entering it somewhat obliquely, is the oviduct. The matrix is very large
and complicated, close to, and parallel with the rectum. It consists of
three strong folds which fit over a thick longitudinal wrinkled rib so closely
that it appears like a simple sac and requires a minute inspection to
ascertain the real structure. Between this and the first fold are numerous
little transverse indentations which appear externally like stria;. These
doubtless form so many little bags for tiie receiHion of the eggs. Bclwccu
Vol,. V. Fi- 2

436 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman

the first and second fold are a number of wrinkles.. The matrix
terminates close to the anus.

Besides the organs above mentioned, there is a cylindrical body
consisting of a rather firm transparent jelly, disposed apparently in
layers, parallel to the rectum, and running along the duodenum as far as
the pylorus. Of this no excretory tube could be satisfactorily traced,
but it was supposed that it must secrete something necessary for the eggs.

The brain consists of four ganglions. The two upper ganglions are
close together, as also are the two lower ones. The right upper ganglion
sends off on its own side two principal nerves beneath the oesophagus,
and one above it to the left. The left upper ganglion sends off two
behind; and in front both send off to the parts about the mouth several
nerves, of which the hindermost are forked at their origin from the
ganglions. The two lower ganglions supply the tentacula, and from
their lower part numerous branches penetrate the foot.

From the whole of the preceding account it is evident that we have
before us an animal allied very nearly indeed to Trochus. Its external
appearance is precisely that of Turritella, with the exception that in
Turritella there is a membrane on the right side of the foot. The
digestive organs are very like those of the Trochus dissected by Cuvier.
The stomach would indicate that its food is either vegetable, or if animal,
from its complicated structure, and the thickness of its coat in parts,
something most probably of a crustaceous nature ; and the very small
powers of the mouth, ill fitted for constant gnawing, make it highly
probable that its habits may be exactly those of Adanson's species.
However this may be, there can be little doubt that they are most nearly
allied. The small Cerithium reticulatum of our coasts in external
structure is just the same, possessing appendages neither to the foot nor
mouth.

i:. ^

^Dolo^ral .7OTrcualToil^"^.]Pl^XXo

i% ^

r^L p

Z olog-ix-al Jo-rmial Tol .T. ri.XSI.

.9.

/.9.

Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopmm. 437

Explanation f the Figures.

Plates XX & XXI.

Cerithium Telescopium, Brug.

Fig. 1.

Animal in its natural position as seen from above and

beneath.

Animal taken from the shell.

Operculum.

Foot.

Muzzle.

Rectum.

Matrix.

/•

Stomach.

Liver.

Organ (use unknown) belonging to the parts of gene-
ration.

Sac of viscosity and ovaries.

Cavity of respiration laid open.

Operculum.

Foot.

Muzzle.

Rectum.

Matrix.

Branchiae.

Liver.

Vessel carrying blood from the branchia; to the heart.

Pericardium.

Ventricle.

Auricle.

Sac of viscosity.

Cavity of the abdomen laid open.

Portion of the coat of Ihc abdomen turned back.

Head.

Rectum.

438 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman

e. Matrix.

f. Stomach. •

g. Liver.

t. Duodenum.

o. CEsophagus.

m. Accessory organ of generation.

r. Branchiae.

o. Ventricle.

/3. Auricle.

r. A portion of the ventricle cut off.

Z. Large artery to the anterior.

TT. Large artery to the liver.

6. Plate from the interior of the stomach.

7. Vertical longitudinal section of a portion of the liver.

a. External coat consisting of granules, globular in the

circumference, within more oblong.

b. A thin apparently homogenous layer interposed between

these and the tubes

c. carrying down the secreted bile into the biliaiy duct.

d. Biliary duct divided longitudinally with its cyst.

8. Vertical transverse section.

9. A small portion of ditto.
Letters as in fig. 7.

10. Stomach laid open.
0. CEsophagus.
k. Orifice of ditto.
a. Accessory organ of generation.
d. Duodenum.
g. Liver,
o. Large crest.

/3. Situation of toothed plate, (fig. 6.)
y. Second sac, the dark part above its coccum.
h. Third sac.
11. Matrix.

Anatomy of Cerilhium Telescopium. 439

a. Operculum.

b. Foot.

c. Muzzle.

d. Mantle.

e. Wrinkled rib over which the three folds of the matrix

fit.
/. Oviduct.
t. Neck of matrix.
a. /3. y. The three folds.

1 2. Ovaries exposed in situ.
g. Liver.

/. Stomach.

s. Integument.

r. Ovaries.

t. Matrix,

o. Oviduct.

13. 7ft. Mass of mouth.
r. Wall to ditto.

a. Left upper cerebral ganglion

(3, Right ditto.

r. S. £. Nerves from lower part of right ganglion.

i. t). Ditto from left.

o. (Esophagus.

1 4. t. Tongue.

7ft. Mass of mouth.

s. Salivary glands.

(1. Salivary ducts,

o. Orifice of ditto.

X. (Esophagus.

440 Mr. Wcstwood's characters of

Art. LX. Tnsectorum Arachnoidumque novorum Decades
duo. Auctore 3.0. We?,t WOOD, F.L.S. Sfc.

CoLEOPTEBA (Pentamera) . Familia dubia.
CuPBS, Latr.
Cup. concolor, Westw.
Sub-albido-luridus ; capite insequali concolore ; elytris 6-punctato-
striatis, interstitiis lituris quibusdam longitudinalibus brevibus obscuris
notatis, fascias tres vald^ obliquas et interruptas formantibus, quarum
fasciarum intermedia latior est, et pone medium elytrorum posita. An-
tennae subdepressse nee cylindricse.
Long. Corp. lin. 5.

Habitat in America boreali, " New Harmony," etiam in America
meridionali, Valparaiso ??

In Mus. Soc. Nat. Hist. Belfast, Dom. Hope, et nostr.

Hymenoptera (Aberrantia, Westw.). Fam. Siricidae.
Oryssus, Latr.
Or. Sayii, Westw.
5 . Niger ; capite thoraceque punctatis ; abdomine subtilius punctato ;
vertice, ad regionem ocellorum, tuberculato ; facie lineis duabus minutis
abbreviatis albis inter oculos ad marginem infcriorem ; labro albido;
antennis nigris, apice articuli 3tii articulisque 4to et 5to supra aibo-notatis ;
pedibus nigris, apice femorum lineplaque supera tibiali albis; alis
dimidio basali hyalinis, dimidio apicali fuscis et ad costam obscuriori-
bus, macula parva substigmaticali apiceque ipso byalinis, stigmate nigro.
Long. corp. $ lin. 7|. Exp. alar. lin. 11.
Habitat in America boreali, " New Harmony."
In Mus. nostr. Dom. G. B. Sowerby communicavit.
Note. In the Encyclopedie Methodique, Vol. 8, p. 561, a second
species of this remarkable genus was added by Latreille under the name
of Or. unicolor, of which both sexes had been captured in the Bois de Bou-
logne, near Paris. Its characters very much resemble those of the species
above described, except that Or. unicolor is only half the size of Or. co-
ronatus, whereas my new species is somewhat larger than that insect.

undescribed Insects and Spiders. 441

Hymenoptera (Normalia, Westw.) Fam. Crahronida.
Cheilopogonus* Westw.
Genus Cerceridem cum Philantho arete conjungens. Antennae subdis-
tantes (spatio illas adoriginem separante spatium inter illas et oculos sequan-
te), thorace evidenter multo breviores, $ sensim incrassatse, urticulo 3tio
longiore subcylindrico, ultimo oblique truncate; mandibulse intern^
inermes; oculi internfe incisione minuta. Areola submarginalis 2da an-
ticfe sessilis, postice baud completa, (Fig. 4 a.) Caput magnum, facies fere
rotundata, clypeo antic^ pauUo producto et dentibus 3 minutissimis ob-
tusis in medio armato, ad latera pilis longissimis rigidis obliquis mandi-
bulas obtegentibus vestito. Abdomen subovale rugosfe punctatum, seg-
mentis subcoarctatis, Imo subnodiformi, ultimo (^) dentibus 2 parvis
terminate, (Fig. 4 b). Pedes spinis fossoriis muniti.
Sp. 1. Cheil.punctiger, Westw.

Niger nitidus, vald^ rugoso-punctatus (praesertira abdomine); anten-
narum articulo Imo ad apicem, facie maculis 4 quadrat^ positis, vertice
maculis 2 minutis, lineisque 2 pone oculos, collari fascia postica, scutelli
mesothoracici et metathoracici fascia transversa, abdominis segmento
2do late ad basin, segmentis 3tio, 4to etSto fascia apicali, scapulisque
flavis; pedibus flavis, femoribus basi obscuris; alis fulvescentibus, antice
versus apicem obscurioribus.

Long. corp. lin. 4. Expans. alar. lin. 7.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 4. a and b.

Habitat in America boreali, " New Harmony."

In Mus. Soc. Hist. Nat. Belfast.

Orthoptera. Fam. Mantida.f
Me tall vticuSjX Westw.
Corpus oblongo-ovatum, depressum, nietallicolor. Prothorax lati-

* XttXof labruro, et iruiyiav barba.

t The characters separating F.mpusa from Mantis and PhyUium from Phasma
are surely not of sufficient importance to raise tliese several genera to the rank
of families as has been recently proposed in the Entomological Magazine.

t MtraWct/rtKoc, tnetallicus.

442 . Mr. Westwood's characters of

tudine vix longior, (quartam partem longitudinis abdominis vix eequans,)
lateribus fere rectis, absque dilatatione lateral!, antice baud angustatus.
Oculi maximi rotundati. Caput muticum, vertice piano. Pedes an-
tici maximi ; femoribus brevibus crassissimis ; femora 4 postica sim-
plicia, quam in Mantide crassiora. Abdomen versus apicem acuminatum,
apice ejus tegminibus alisque perfectis baud obtecto. Antennae sim-
plices.

NoTA. Generi Mantidi (at a Servilleo restricto) affinis. Differt pro-
thoracis brevitate, abdominis apice detecto, coloreque metallico.
Sp. 1. Met. splendidus, Westw.

Viridis nitidissimus; tegminibus cupreo-nitentibus; femoribus anticis
macula central! fulva.

Variat colore purpureo, femoribus 4 posticis antice subfulvis.
Tab. XXII. Fig. 1.

Long. Corp. lin. 14. Expans. tegminum lin. 22.

Habitat in Malabaria.

In Mus. nostr.

Orthoptera. Fam. Phasmidx.*

AscffiPffASMAy-f Westvv,

Corpus longum subcylindricum, alatum, tegminibus obsoletis. Caput

fere quadratum angulis rotundatis, supra laeve, baud tuberculatum.

Oculi magni subfrontales. Ocelli nuUi. Antennae corporis toti fere

longitudine, frontales. Prothorax quadratus mesothoracis longitudinem

fere aequans, tuberculis duobus parvis anticis. Mesothorax pauUo longior

quam latus. Tegmina omnino obsoleta. Alse magnse abdominis fere

longitudine, semicirculares. Pedes et abdomen simplicia subcylindrica.

Sp. 1, .^sch. annulipes, Westw.

$ Sordide viridis ; capite prothorace et mesothorace lineis notulisque

♦ Although numerous instances occur in which the mesothoracic organs of
flightare alone developed, this is the only insect in which 1 have hitherto noticed
the metathoracic ones alone to exist. In all the specimens which I have seen
the same structure prevails.

f A privativum, et crk-in-a<r/(« tpgmen.

^o»lo,o;i['al J®TOi-jQ,al TolXriolSi:.

/'^//^■fi,,.,;/ ,/r/'

undescrihed Insects and Spiders. 443

quibusdatn aliis pallidioribus signatis ; femoribus tibiisque viridibus basi
et pone apicem late albido annulatis, tarsis albidis articulorum apicibus
obscuris ; antennis fuscescentibus basi pallidioribus ; abdomine sub-
fusco ; alis fuscescentibus immaculatis nisi costa lata (tegmen refe-
rente) viridi, maculis numerosissimis parvis (interdum confluentibus)
nigris undique notata.

Long. Corp. lin. 2^. Exp. alar. lin. 3^.

Habitat in Java.

In Mus. nostr.

Orthoptera. Fam. Gryllidce, Leach.

(Locustariae*, Latr. Locustina, McL. Gryllus Tettigoniae, Linn.)

Strongyloderus,-\ Westw.

Thorax maximus, convexus, fere rotundatus, diametro transversali
longitudinem tertia parte superante, lateribus serratis, disco tuberculis
parvis instructo. Caput transversum, thorace immersum, vix dimidii
thoracis latitudine; inter antennas dente parvo acuto canaliculato
armatum ; facie lata. Antennae tenues (in specimine nostro unico muti-
late, tota parte superslite longitudinem corporis insecti aequante) . Abdo-
men vix thorace longius, convexum, basi latum, sensim attenuatum.
Pedes longitudine mediocres, validi, dentati, praesertim postici.
Tibiae anticae basi subocellatae. Tarsi 4-articulati, breves, articulo 3tio
bilobo. Prosternum baud dentatum.

The singular insect upon which I have established this genus is in an
apparently imperfect state, very minute rudiments of tegmina alone beinty
visible, and the metathoracic segment being destitute of any appearance
of wings. Whether however it may not belong to M. Ser ville's subapterous
section must be decided by the examination of other specimens ; my
insect is a ^ , and its size, nearly an inch long, is noticeable as bearing
upon the question of its perfection. The form of the thorax (or rather

* Noraen Locusta pro Locuslis voracibus in Bibliis sacris ( Locusta mii^ra-
tnria, &c.) commemoratis retineri debet,
t Srpn/yvXow rotundo, itpi) collum.

444 Mr. Westwooil's characters of

prothoracic shield) being similar in the imperfect states of this order to
that of the imago has induced me to characterize it as a group, without
hesitation, from the almost anomalous form of that part of the body.
Sp. 1. Strong, serraticollis, Westw.

Fulvus; thoracis discosub-testaceo; antennisfuscoannulatis; abdominis
segmentis 4-7 in medio obscurioribus ; tuberculis discoidalibus thoracis
nigris, thoraceque utrinque punctulis numerosis elevatis.

Long. Corp. lin. 10. Thoracis latit. lin. 6.
Tab. XXII. Fig. 2.

Habitat in Malabaria.

In Mus. nostr.

Orthoptera. Fam. Locustid<B*, Leach.

(Gryllus Locusta, Linn. Acridia, Latr. Acridina, McL.)

Tripetalocbra,-\ Westw.

Tetrici [Acrydio) affinis. Antennae corporis dimidii longitudine,

crassBe, difformes, articuio Imo brevi, 2do brevissimo, 3tio longo

lato supra piano subtus lamina tenui horizontal! instructo, incisionibus

4 marginalibus quasi articulos indicantibus, articuio 4to multo breviore

subtus laminato, ut in prsecedenti, articuio 5to majore apice latiore,

etiam similiter laminato, articuio 6to minutissimo, ovato-conico. (Tab,

XXII. Fig. 3.) Oculi valdfe prominentes. Caput inter antennas spina

bifida armatum. Prothorax corpus totum obtegens rigono-lanceolatus,

inter pedes 4 anticos utrinque uni-spinosus, dorsoque in medio trigono-

elevato.

Sp. 1. Trip.ferruginea, Westw.
Fusco-ferruginea, obscura, nigoso-punctata ; prothorace versus
apicem lineis duabus lateralibus elevatis angulosis ; oculis pallidis.
Long. corp. lin. 6 J.

• I follow Linnaeus and Leach in giving to the family of the Grasshoppers
with short anteanoe the name of Locusta, including also those whose ravages
are so well known.

t Tptif ties, irhaXov folium, et Ktpag cornu.

undescribed Insects and Spiders. 445

Habitat in Malabaria.
In Mus. nostr.

Heteroptera (Geocorisa), Farn. Pcntatomid<E.
Deroploa,* Westw.
Scutellera affinis. Corpus ovatum, depressum. Antennae breves
5-articulatse, articulo Imo minutissimo, 2do paullo longiore, 3tio
reliquis longiore, ultimo paullo crassiore. Thorax lateribus posticis
utrinque in spinam magnam obtusam elevatam antice porrectam productis.
Scutellum magnum ovatum depressum inerme, abdomen fere obtegens.
Sp. 1 . Der. parva, Westw.
Castanea punctatissima ; thorace antic^, scutelli linea gracili dorsali
interrupta, maculisque quibusdam minutis flavis ; pedibus fusco-rufis,
tibiis annulatis.

Long. Corp. lin. 2. Latit. thoracis lin. 1|.

Tab. XXII. Fig, 6.
Habitat in Novtl Hollandia.
In Mus. nost., &c.

Nota. Congenerica ? Cimex Dcsfontainii, Fab., Coq. t. 10, f. 5,
e Barbaria.

[Pentatoma, Latr.)
Penlatoma verrucosa, Westw.
Rufo-testacea, fusco variegata, punctata, subrotundata ; thoracis late-
ribus posticis utrinque uni-spinosis ; dorso lineis quibusdam elevatis
obliquis ; scutellum tuberculis duobus magnis rufis rotundatis basalibus,
alterisque duobus parvis lateralibus, posticfe angustatum, et ad apicem
abdominis productum, parte postica concav^, lateribus elevatis ; heme-
lytrorum corium rufum, nigro-punctatum, membranaque apicali ultra
abdomen longfe producta ; abdominis latera detecta serrata ; antennae
thorace longiores articulis 2do et 3tio longitudine ffiqualibus, etiam 4to et
5to, qui pracccdentibus duobus paullo longiores sunt; femora subtus uni-
spinosa, antica crassiora, tibiae 2 anticac dilatataj, 4 posticae simplices

* ^ifit) colluin, et oirXov arnw.

446 Mr. Westwood's characters of

rufe, annulo albo.
Long. corp. (hemelytris inclusis) lin. 5.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 7.
Habitat in Malabaria.
In Mus. nost.

Heteropteba. Fam. Lygaida.
Platydius*, Westw.

Megymenum, Guer., habitu quodamtnodo simulans. Corpus oblongo-
ovatum, subdepressum. Antennae sub capitis marginibus insertae, vix
thoracis longitudine, 4-articulatae, articulo Imo brevi, 2do magno
dilatato elongato-ovato, depresso, 3tio minori, ultimo vix magni-
tudine articuli primi, acuminato. Caput planum lateribus elevatis
postic^ in collum contractum : oculis magnis ; ocellis duobus. Rostrum
4-articulatum, ad basin pedum intermediorum extensum, articulo secundo
longiore. Thorax transverso-quadratus, antice utrinque, pone oculos,
uni-spinosus, lateribus dilatatis, irregulariter serratis ; scutellum vix abdo-
minis dimidii longitudine, postice subcordatum. Hemelytra abdo-
minis margines serratos baud obtegentia, membrana apicali magna
nervosa.

The Edessa hrevicornxs of Fabricius is referrible to this genus, and
may be considered as its type. In the species above described the
intermediate as vrell as the anterior femora are toothed beneath. The
genus comprises several distinct species, all of which appear to be
inhabitants of the South-eastern parts of Asia.

Sp. 1. Plat, subpurpnrascens, Westw.

Capite, thorace, scutello, corioque hemelytrorum fusco-purpureis,
membrana apicali fulvescente, hac obscur^ nervosa; antennis pedibusque
nigris. Corpus subtus purpureum.

Long. Corp. lin. 7j. Latit. abdominis lin. 4.
Tab, XXII. Fig. 8.

Habitat in Java.

In Mus. nost., &c.

♦ nXarvg planus.

nndescribed Insects and Spiders. 447

Heteroptera. Fam. Reduviida.
OpjSTOPLATYS,f Westw.
Reduvio affinis. Corpus pyriforme depressum, abdoinine piano.
Caput parvum, porrectum, tuberculo utrinque ante oculos, in quod
insident antennae {in specimine nostro mutilatae) articulis duobus basalibus
aequ^ longis, pilosis, articulo basali crassiore capite pauUo longiore.
Rostrum thoracis longitudine. Thorax capite latior praesertim in parte
postica, in lobos duos ad latera rotundatos sutura transversa divisus.
Abdomen antice thoracis latitudine, posticfe multo latius, supra concavura,
lateribus paullo elevatis, hemelytris baud obtectis, postice emarginatum,
Hemelytrorum corium parvum longitudiiiale, membrana apicali maxima.
Pedes sat longi, graciles; tarsis 3-articulatis articulo Imo brevi.
Sp. 1. Op. Australasia, Westw.
Fuscus, pilosus, hemelytrorum membrana apicali nigra.
Long. Corp. lin. 6J. Latit. abdominis lin. 2|.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 9.
Habitat in Nova Hollandia.
In iVIus. nost,

DiPTERA (Nemocera). Fam. TipulidcE.
Subfam. Terricolae, Latr.
Gynoplistbs,* Westw.
Ctenophorcc affinis. Rostrum (vel clypeus) capite brevius. Antennae
capite multo longiores, in utroque sexu supra pectinatae $ 18, 5 17,
articulatae. Abdomen $ depressum latum, apice acuminato, oviductu
exserto acuto. Alarum nervi ut in Ctenophord Jlaveolatd dispositi.
Insecta Australasia: indigena.

Sectio prima. Antenna $ graciles, singulo articulorum 3 — 17 ramum
longum gracilem superne emittente.

Sp. 1. O'yn. nervosa, Westw.
$ Fusco-nigra; abdomine subrufescente, raargine postico segmen-

• 'OirtaOn' retro, et ir\ari»c planus,
t Vvvt) mulier, ct oTrXtffrr/c armatus.

448 Mr. Westwood's characters of

torum pallldo, apice (ano) obscuriore ; alis pallid^ fuscis, nervis,
macula parva antica centrali alteraque pone medium obliqua nigris ;
pedibus fuscis, femoribus basi pallidis.

Long. Corp. $ lin. 6. Expans. alar. lin. 1 1 .
Tab. XXII. Fig. 10. 11.

Habitat in Australasia.

In Mus. nost.

Sectio secunda. Corpus minus gracile. Antennae $ paullo crassiores
singulo articulorum 3 — 14 ramum supra emittente. Articulo 15mo
supra acute producto, reliquissimplicibus (Tab. XXII. Fig. 12.) Antennae
$ articulis 3 — 11 ramum breviorera emittente, articulo 12mo
sequentibus crassiori, articulo 17mo. 16mo. longiore, ovate. (Tab.
XXII. Fig. 13.)

Sp. 2. Gyn. variegata, Westvv.

Nigra; abdomine (nisi apice), alarum, feraorum, tibiarumque basi
fulvis; alis pallidis, apice fasciisque tribus transversis nigris marginem
posticum baud attingentibus, anticd et in medio ; alae lineis duabus
nigris longitudinalibus, una costali, altera centrali conjunctis.

Long. Corp. $ . lin. 41. 5 , (oviductu incluso) lin. 5|. Expans.
alarum $ lin. 7. $ lin. 11.

Tab. XXIL Fig. 12. Antenna $. Fig. 13. Antenna ?.

Habitat in Australasia.

In Mus. nost.

Ptilogyna,* Westw.

TipulcE affinis. Rostrum capiti aeque longum. Antennae $ 13-arti-
culatse, articulo 3tio ramum unicum e basi emittente ; articulis 4 ad 9 ramos
duos longos e basi, alterumque e medio paullo breviorem emittentibus ;
lOmo longo, ramis duobus basalibus alteroque brevi fere apicali ; 11 ad 1 3
brevibus simplicibus : $ H-articulatae, thoracis vix longitudine,
graciles, articulo Imo crasso, 3tio ad apicem infra producto, singulo
articulorum 4 ad 1 ramos duos ad basin emittente, ramo externo quam
articulum ipsum paullo longiore, interno breviore, articulis 4 terminalibus

* IlrtXoi' penna, ct ywr) mulicr.

tmdescrihed Insects and Spiders. 449

simplicibus. (Tab. XXII. Fig. 15. antenna $). Alae (Fig 14.) cellula
discoidea subapicali 7-angulata nervis fere ut in Limnobid bisulcatd
Sebum., dispositis. (Vide Schill. Beitr. t. 1. Dipt. f. 3. A.)
Sp. 1. Ptil. marginalis, Westw.

Fusca; capite, antennarum basi, thorace postic^, prasserlim in i,
segmentorum abdominalium lateribus, femoribusque (nisi apice) fulvis;
alis ad costara dinnidiato-fuscis maculis duabus parvis ante medium
alterisque duabus apicalibus pallidis, nervis (nisi, internis) fusco-nubilis.

Long. Corp. $ .lin. 11|. Exp. alar. lin. 18|. Mas paullo minor.
Tab. XXII. Fig. 14. 15. ?

Habitat in Australasia.

In Mas. nost. $ ? .

OzocsRA,* Westw.

LimnobicE affinis. Alarum nervi ut in Gynopliste nervosd (fig. 10)
dispositi. AntennED thorace longiores, 32-articulataB; articulis 3tio ad
31muminclusisramulumlongissimumgracilempilosuraebasieraittentibus
(Fig. 5). Oculi $ maximi interne lunati subtus fere conniventes.
Palpi perbreves, 3-articulati, articulo Imo minuto, 2do majore subovato,
3tio paullo ra?jore spatuliformi. Thorax ovato-rotundatus. Abdomen
i longum cylindricum, unguibus duobus terminatum.

The insect forming this genus exceeds all the other pectinated Tipididcs
in the great number of the ramose joints of the antennae.
Sp. 1. Oz. interrupta, Westw.

Pallide ochracea, thorace subobscuriore ; oculis nigris ; antennarum
ramulis pallida fuscis; alis pallidis nervis subfuscis, lineagracili interrupta
chjerea per areolam elongatam subcosfalem (cum asterisco notata ia
Fig. 10.) currente.

Long. Corp. lin. 10. Expans. alar. lin. 16.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 5. Antenna.

llalntal in Australasia, apud " Swan River."

In Mus. Dom. Hope.

• O^of ramus, ct Kipac cornu.
Vol. V. GG

450 Mr. Wcstwood's characters of

Hemicteina,* Westw.

Tipul(B afHnis. Rostrum capiti seque longun;. Palpi articulo ultimo
praecedente quadrupio longiore, annulatissimo. Antennae $ graciles,
13-articulat8e, thoracis longitudine, singulo articulorum 4-9 ramum
subtus emittente, articulum longitudine aequante ; articulis 10-13 longi-
oribus, simplicibus, gracillimis. (Tab. XXII. Fig. 17.) Alse areola
discoidea, subapicali, 6-angulata, posticfe nervos 4 siiuplices emittente.
(Fig. 16.) Abdomen $ elongatum, clavatum. Pedes omnes (prsesertim
tarsi) longissimi.

Sp. 1. Hem. gracilis, Westw.

^Fusco-ochracea; oculis nigris; rostro subfulvo ; thorace subvittato;
alis pallide fuscescentibus, nervis obscurioribus ; abdomine segmeutis
duobus apicalibus nigris, ano fulvescenti ; pedibus unicoloribus, subfuscis.

Long. corp. $ lin. 10. Expans. alar. lin. 16.
Tab. XXII. Fig. 16. 17.

Habitat in Brasilia.

In Mas. nost.

NoTA 1. Congenerica est, at species minor, pedibusque forsan
brevioribus, Tipulapectinata, Wied., "ochracea, thorace vittato, antennis
" pectinatis, alis flavidis." Long. corp. $ 8 lin. " Beine lang,
" ochrebraun, gegen die spitze hin allmahlig gesattiger". De affini-
tatibus hujus insecti eel. Wiedemannus observat " Die art stehet
" zwischen mehreren gattungen mitten inne ; in den viergliederigen
*• tastem steht sie bei den Limnobiis, in dem kammformigen fiihlern
•' vom vierten bis zum neunten gliede sind sechs lang stark abwarts
" gerichtete der wurzel jedes gliedes eingefugte zahne dera Ctenophoris,
" in der fuhlergliederzahl der Richtung und dem aderverlaufe dem
" Tipulis am nachsten." Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. 1, p. 47.

NoTA 2. A speciebus caeteris (vere Tipulideis) longipedalibus
abauctoribus descriptis, species nostra dififert: scil. Limnobia longimana.
Fab., tarsorum anticorum apicem album habet ; Tipula longipes. Fab.,
pedes albo annulatos apicibus albis ; Tipula brevivcntris, Wied,, tibias

• ■ H;ui semi, ct ktIviov pecten.

undescribed Insects and Spiders. 451

basi albas possidet; Pobjmera hirticornis, Wied., Fab. fChironomus)
antennis 28-articulatis verticillatis gaudet. Leptotarsus Macquartii,
Guer., Voy. Coq. Ins. pi, 20, fig. 1., abdomen fulvum nigro raaculatunr
antennasque (e figura) 10-articulatas simplices habet. DoUchopeza*
iylvicola. Curt., antennis 1 2-articulatis cellulaque discoidali subapicali
nulla gaudet.

Megistocera, Wied.
Meg. dimidiata, Westw.

Ochracea; ano obscuro; antennis longissimis fuscis basi fulvis; femoribus
tibiisque ad apicem obscuiis; alis hyalinis costa lata luteo-fuscanti ;
abdomine abbreviato; ? antennis brevibus 13-articulatis.

Expans. alarum, lin. 16.

Habitat in Australasia.

In Mus. nost.

Ctenophora lata. Fab.

Haec species, Indiam orientalem habltans, sectionem peculiarem in
genere Ctenophord constituit. In specimine Fabriciano caput deest.
Specimen maris in manibus teneo, a Dom. Sykes in India captum ; quod
antennas vald^ plumosas exhibet, singulo articulo exceptis articulis basa-
libus apicalique ramos 4 scil. 2 utriusque lateris emitiente, omnes longi-
tudine sequales.

Lepidoptera. (Noctubna.) Fam. PyralidcB.
AcRONOLEPiA,-\ Westw.
Antenna: fere ad apicem squamoso-dilatatae ut in genere nostro Desmia
at non geniculatae, apiceque ipso simplici, (Tab. XXII. lig. 18.) Palpi
capite vix longiores apice attenuati. Proboscis (maxillaj) longa.
Cor|)us mediocre, abdomine ultra marginem posticum ala'v.m inferiorum
haud protenso. Coxae antics vald^ elongataj, femora arnica brevissima.

* Hoc ge/iug a eel. Curtisio propositum est anno 1825. Mcigeniusin tomo 6to
opcrin ejus, 1830, tab. 65, iniectum idem figuravit sub u-'iniDe " Leplina" at.in
de»cripiione su£i Dolichopezam appellavit, absque ulIA nolil operi Curlisii
rtfercnte.

t ' \k(iovov fcumma part, ct Xen-ic squama.

Vol. V. CG 2

452 Mr. Westwood's characters of

Alae posticse subrotundatae.

The remarkable structure of the antennae distinguishes ■ the insect
composing this genus from every other with which I am acquainted.
Sp. 1. Acr. quadricolor, Westw.

Nigro-fuscus ; alis superioribus fuscis, plaga parva basali purpurea,
macula parva sulphurea rotundata marginis interni terminatis ; alis
inferioribus fulvis, h'mbo externo fusco.

Expans. alarum lin. 11.

Habitat in Brasilia.

In Mus. nost.

Ordo ? Fam. Coccidce,

MoNoPHLBBA Leach, MSS. Latr. Regne An. Edit. 2da. vol. 5, p. 233.

Antennae $ corpore longiores, graciles, submoniliformes, 26-arti-
culatae, verticillato-pilosae. Oculi magni, laterales, rotundati, compositi.
Abdomen ovale, planum, segmentis 5 ultimis ramum pilosura utrinque
emittentibus.

Mon. Leachii, Westw.

PIceo-nigra; abdomine prothoraceque fusco-carneis ; scutello albido;
alis fusco-nigris, lineis duabus longitudinalibus gracillimis albis.

Long. corp. (absque rarais abdominalibus) lin. 3j. Long, rami ultimi
lin. 1. Long, antenn. lin, 4. Expans. alarum lin. 8.

Habitat in Java, Malabaria.

In Mus. nost.

Arachnida. Pulmonaria. Dimerosomata.

Fam. Epeirid<E.

Phoroncidia,* Westw.

Epeiris eancriformibus affinis. Cephalothorax fere semiglobosus

laevis, antice in tuberculum magnum productus, in quo insident oculi,

scil., tres utrinque in margine tuberculi, alterlque duo majores verticales.

Abdomen magnum basi truncatum, cephalothoracis latitudine; postice

rotundato-dilatatum, depresso-concavum, maculis irregularibus spira-

• ^opoe ferens, et oyxo^ tumor.

undescrihed Insects and Spiders. 453

ciiliformibus obtectum, lateribus spinis 3 longissimis acutis utrinque
armatis, anoque infere producto obtuso. Pedum 1 et 4 paria longiora,
tunc par 2duin, tunc Sum.

Sp. 1. Phor. aculeata, Westw.
Picea nitida ; abdominis disco rufescente, marginibus spinisque nigris
maculis duabus basalibus marginalibus utrinque albis ; apice palporum
$ subfulvo.
Long. corp. lin. 2.

Tab. XXII. Fig. 19.
Habitat in Malabaria.
In Mus. nost.

Arachnida. Adelarthrosomata. Westw.
Fam. Phalangiida:.
Trogulus, Latr.
Trog. Templetonii, Westw.
Troguh bicarinato, Latr., major, et pro magnitudine paullo angustior,
etiam colore albidiore; femoribus anticis ad basin interne dilatatis et ir-
regulariter obtuse dentatis ; tarsis anticis apice articuli Imi baud externe
producto ; palpis filiformibus mandibulis paullo brevioribus, 5-articuIati,
articulo Imo brevissimo, 2do 4toque longitudine sequalibus longis,
3tio quam Imum vix longiore, 5to quam 4tum paullo breviore.
Long. corp. lin. 6.
Habitat in Valparaiso.
In Mus. Soc. Hist. Nat. Belfast.

In honorem Dom. Roberti Templetonii Arachnologi Ilibernici peri-
ttssimi hanc spcciem nominavi.

454 Mr. Westwood o?i a peculiarity of the Ear-wig.

Art. LXI. On a remarkable sexual peculiarity exhibited by
the Ear-wig, (Forjiculaauricularia, Linn.) i?j/ J. O. West-
wood, Esq., F.L.S.y if,c.

Sir,

May I be allowed space for a remark or two in explanation of an
observation of mine contained in the last Number of this Journal